THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

RAINBOW   PACKING 


Facsimile  of  a  roll  of  Rainbow  Packing.     None  genuine  without  the  Trade-Mark,  the  word 
"  Rainbow  "  in  a  Diamond  in  Black 

UTICE 

To  our  Patrotis  and  the  Trade: 

The  great  demand  and  superior  quality  of  our  "  Rainbow"  Sheet  Packing 
has  induced  unprincipled  parties  to  put  upon  the  market  a  poor  imitation,  which 
so  closely  resembles  the  genuine,  in  color  only,  as  to  deceive  anyone  not  acquainted 
with  the  goods  of  our  make,  and  we  issue  this  notice  as  a  caution  to  the  trade. 


OUR  TRADE-MARK 

CONSISTS  OF 

THE  WORD 


"RAINBOW" 

IN  A  DIAMOND 

IN  BLACK 


in  three  rows  of  diamonds  extending  through  the  entire  length  of  each  and 
every  roll  of  Packing,  and  is  secured  and  owned  exclusively  by  us. 

All  parties  infringing  the  same  will  be  dealt  with  according  to  law. 

We  would  also  caution  the  trade  against  red  packings  offered  by  travel- 
ing agents  and  others  as  "Rainbow,"  or  equal  to  it,  as  the  same  are  only 
base  imitations,  and  will  not  do  the  work  of  our  "  Rainbow  "  Packing.  Only 
the  genuine  bears  our  trade-mark. 

You  are  further  cautioned  against  unprincipled  parties  manufacturing  and 
selling  imitations  of  "Rainbow,"  who  have  copied  our  "Rainbow"  circular, 
word  for  word,  thereby  grossly  misrepresenting  their  abortive  efforts  to  produce  the 
equal  of  "  Rainbow"  Packing.  We  have  manufactured  and  sold  6,000  tons  of 
"Rainbow"  Packing  in  the  last  five  years.  It  is  the  only  packing  in  the 
world  that  will  make  an  instantaneous,  guaranteed  steam  joint. 


Made  in  rolls  about  200  Ibs.  each,  ^,  f6,  h,  i, 
Price,  per  lp.,  $1.00 


inch 


MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


THE  PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RAINBOW    PACKING 


Facsimile  of  a  roll  of  Rainbow  Packing.     None  genuine  without  the  Trade-Mark,  the  word 
"Rainbow"  in  a  Diamond  in   Black 


IADDITIONAL  DIAMONDS 

Our  trade-mark  is  the  word  " Rainbow  "  in  a  diamond,  in  black, 
extending  throughout  the  entire  length  of  each  and  every  roll.  As 
some  of  our  customers  and  consumers  have  been  imposed  upon, 
owing  to  the  diamonds  not  covering  the  entire  width  of  the  rolls, 
we  have  decided,  from  this  date  forth,  to  manufacture  all  Rainbow- 
Packing  with  Three  Rows  of  diamonds  in  black,  containing  the 
word  Rainbow,  extending  throughout  the  entire  length  of  each  and 
every  roll,  instead  of  one  row  only.  Please  see  that  Packing  you 
buy  for  Rainbow  bears  these  trade-marks. 


MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 


16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


IMITATIONS 

Manufacturers  of  all  classes  of  rubber  goods  have  attempted 
to  imitate  Rainbow  Packing.  They  have  misrepresented,  and  are 
still  misrepresenting  the  merits  of  their  worthless  imitations. 
They  have  stated  that  they  have  hired,  our  superintendents  and 
other  employees,  thereby  obtaining  the  secret  of  making  Rainbow 
Packing,  which  is  absolutely  false.  The  secret  of  this  Packing  is 
known  to  two  men  only,  Mr.  Charles  A.  Hunter,  our  general  super- 
intendent, and  Mr.  Charles  H.  Dale,  the  president  of  this  company. 
Rainbow  Packing  passes  through  at  least  one  hundred  different 
processes  before  reaching  the  market. 

Unprincipled  manufacturers  and  dealers  are  constantly  impos- 
ing on  engineers  by  substituting  cheap  red  sheet  packings  for  Rain- 
bow. When  you  send  for  or  order  Rainbow  Packing,  see  that  the 
three  rows  of  diamonds  in  black,  connecting  like  this 


extend  through  each  yard  or  roll.  If  it  does  not,  you  have  not  got 
the  genuine  Rainbow  Packing.  If  it  is  billed  "Red"  packing, 
send  it  back.  If  any  manufacturer  or  dealer  bills  you  any  pack- 
ing as  "Rainbow"  or  "Rbw.,"  that  does  not  bear  our  trade-mark, 
as  explained  herein,  it  is  a  fraud,  and  if  you  will  send  us  the 
packing  and  their  invoice  we  will  give  you  a 

REWARD  OF  $25.00 

pay  you  for  the  packing,  as  well  as  all  express  charges  on  same. 


MECHANICAL 

APPLIANCES 


RECENTLY  PUBLISHED 
Tenth  Edition  Volume  One 

Mechanical  Movements 

POWERS  AND  DEVICES 

By  GARDNER  D.  HISCOX,  M.E. 

400  Pages  1,800  Illustrations  Price,  $3.00 


THIS  is  a  Dictionary  of  Mechanical  Movements, 
Powers,  and  Devices,  embracing  an  illustrated  descrip- 
tion of  the  greatest  variety  of  Mechanical  Movements 
and  Devices  in  any  language.  It  covers  with  its  Supple- 
mentary Volume,  entitled  "  Mechanical  Appliances,  Me- 
chanical Movements,  and  Novelties  of  Construction " 
(Price,  $3.00),  the  whole  range  of  the  practical  and  invent- 
ive field,  for  the  use  of  Machinists,  Patent  Attorneys, 
Inventors,  Engineers,  Draughtsmen,  Students,  and  all 
others  interested  in  any  way  in  the  devising  and  oper- 
ation of  mechanical  works. 


A  special  detailed  circular  of  this  work  as  well  as  Volume 
Two  sent  on  request.     Address : 

THE  NORMAN  W.  HENLEY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
132  Nassau  Street,  New  York,  U.  S.  A. 


>Iechanical  Appliances 

Mechanical  Movements 
and  Novelties  of  Construction 


An  Encyclopedia  of  Mechanical  Movements 
and  Mechanical  Appliances,  including  many 
Novelties  of  Construction  used  in  the  practical 
operation  of  the  Arts,  Manufactures,  and 
in  Engineering.  For  Engineers,  Draughts- 
men, Inventors,  Patent  Attorneys,  and  all 
others  interested  in  Mechanical  Operations. 


Including  an   explanatory  chapter  on  the  leading  conceptions  of 
Perpetual  Motion  existing  during  the  past  three  centuries. 


By 

GARDNER   D.  HISCOX,  M.E. 

Author  of  "  Gas,  Gasoline,  and  Oil  Engines," 
"Compressed  Air,"  etc.,  etc. 


Being  a  Supplementary  Volume  to  the  Author's  Work  entitled 

Mechanical  Movements,  Powers,  and  Devices 


New   York 

THE  NORMAN  W,  HENLEY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

132    Nassau    Street 
1904 

si  w  


COPYRIGHT,  1904,  BY 
THE  NORMAN  W.  HENLEY  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

ALSO 

ENTERED  AT  STATIONER'S  HALL  COURT,  LONDON,  ENGLAND 
All  Rights  Reserved 


COMPOSITION,  ELECTROTYPING,  PRESSWORK  AND 
BINDING  BY  TROW  DIRECTORY,  PRINTING  AND 
BOOKBINDING  COMPANY,  NEW  YORK,  U.  S.  A. 


Preface. 


THE  ten  editions  through  which  the  first  volume  of 
"Mechanical  Movements"  has  passed  is  more  than  a  suffi- 
cient encouragement  to  warrant  the  publication  of  a  second 
volume,  more  special  in  scope  than  the  first,  inasmuch  as  it 
deals  with  the  peculiar  requirements  of  various  arts  and  manu- 
factures, and  more  detailed  in  its  explanations,  because  of  the 
greater  complexity  of  the  machinery  selected  for  illustration. 
Despite  the  greater  simplicity  of  the  devices  which  have  been 
pictured  and  briefly  explained  in  the  first  volume,  the  appli- 
ances described  in  this  second  volume  can  be  just  as  easily 
understood,  the  text  having  been  so  worded  that  no  insuper- 
able difficulties  are  presented  to  the  reader  of  average  mechani- 
cal knowledge.  -  More  extensive  though  it  may  be  than 
"Mechanical  Movements,"  the  present  work  by  no  means  ex- 
hausts the  subject.  Many  an  apparatus  has  been  omitted, 
either  because  limitations  of  space  have  intervened,  or  because 
of  the  impossibility  of  securing  adequate  details  of  construc- 
tion. The  machines  incorporated,  however,  cover  so  vast  a 
mechanical  field  and  have  been  so  carefully  selected  to  supply 
the  needs  of  the  student  seeking  general  information,  that  they 
will  be  found  fairly  representative  of  the  power  devices  used 
in  old  and  modern  industries.  Mechanical  intelligence  may 
well  be  deemed  to  have  found  its  highest  expression  in  the  con- 
trivances that  are  illustrated  and  described  in  these  pages. 

Although  the  author  has  not  the  slightest  desire  to  encour- 
age the  hopeless  pursuit  of  perpetual  motion,  he  has,  neverthe- 
less, thought  it  advisable  to  dwell  at  some  length  on  the  exceed- 
ingly ingenious  means  devised  by  misguided  inventors  in 
their  endeavors  to  solve  an  unsolvable  problem.  The  pages 
in  which  perpetual  motion  machines  are  described  may  induce 


PREFACE. 


those  who  still  believe  in  reaching  this  ignis  fatuus  to  bend 
their  energies  in  causes  more  worthy  of  their  zeal.  Moreover, 
it  may  be  that  some  of  the  mechanical  movements  which  have 
been  evolved  by  the  perpetual  motion  inventor,  although  they 
may  not  attain  the  end  sought  by  him,  may  still  be  applied 
with  profit  to  his  instruction  in  true  mechanical  principles  and 
to  avoid  the  errors  committed  in  the  search  on  the  lines  of 
this  folly  of  past  centuries.  This  in  itself  is  a  sufficient 
justification  of  the  insertion  in  this  volume  of  the  section  on 
perpetual  motion. 

The  deeper  we  delve  in  the  research  for  novelty  and  variety 
in  the  present  field  of  mechanical  design,  the  more  we  see  the 
possibilities  of  human  ingenuity.  The  facility  and  power  of 
construction  shown  in  the  complicated  mechanism  of  the  past 
augur  well  for  the  future  of  inventive  genius. 

GARDNER  D.  Hiscox. 

September,    1904. 


CONTENTS. 


SECTION    I. 
MECHANICAL    POWER    LEVER. 

Lever  in  a  Draught  Equalizer — Timber  or  Log  Grapple — Lever  Equalizer  for  Sulky 
Plows — Lever  Equalizer  for  Three  Horses — Lever  Nippers. 

SECTION    II. 
TRANSMISSION    OF    POWER. 

Universal  Screw  Driver — Quick  Coupling — Transmission  of  Power  by  Wire  Rope 
and  Anchored  Levers — Bag  Elevator — Horizontal  Conveyor—I  Beam  Trolley 
— Two  Way  Conveyor — Rope  Tramway  Carriage — Friction  Pulley — Geared 
I  Beam  Trolley — Variable  Power  and  Speed — Worm  Gear  Elevator — Cash 
Carrier — Variable  Speed  Device — Friction  Pulley — Panel  Clutches — Viscosi- 
meter — Positive  Combination  Clutch — Pneumatic  Belt  Shipper — Acoustic  Tel- 
ephone. 

SECTION    III. 

MEASUREMENT    OF    POWER,    SPRINGS. 

Registering  Wind  Vane — Anemometer — Electric  Signal  Anemometer- — Metallic 
Thermometer — Wind  Force  Register-— Recording  Wind  Meter — Recording 
Barometer — Registering  Air  Thermometer — Metallic  Thermometer — Thermo- 
stat— Metallic  Thermometer — Maximum  and  Minimum  Recording  Thermom- 
eter— Sunshine  Recording  Thermometer — Centrifugal  Speed  Indicator — Hy- 
groscope — Prony  Brake — Transmission  Dynamometer — Thermohydroscope — 
Power  of  Springs — Rectangular  Spring — Compound  Triangual  Spring — Volute 
or  Spiral  Spring — Helical  Spring — Straight  Torsion  Spring — Helical  Torsion 
Spring — Conical  Spiral  Torsion  Spring — Bolster  Springs — Compound  Bolster 
Spring. 

SECTION    IV. 

GENERATION    OF    POWER,    STEAM. 

Internally  Fired  Boiler — Heat  Circulation  in  a  Hein  Boiler — Down  Draught  Boiler 

Furnace — Triplex  Boiler — Water  Tube  Boiler — Vertical  Water  Tube  Boiler — 

Flash  Coil  Boiler — Finger  Tube  Boiler — Duplex  Water  Tube  Boiler — Flash 

Type  Steam  Generator — Novel  Motor- — Solar  Caloric  Engine — Mouchot's  Solar 

7 


CONTENTS. 


Boiler— Marine  Water  Tube  Boiler— Down  Draught  Wood-burning  Furnace- 
Gravity  Feed  Furnace— Traveling  Link  Grate— Under  Feed  Furnace— Down 
Draught  Furnace— Annular  S'team  Blower— Steam  Blower— Argand  Steam 
Blower_Coal  Dust  Feeding  Apparatus— Coal  Dust  Burner— Burner  for  Auto- 
Boiler-Autombbile  Boiler— Oil  Fuel  Furnace— Oil  Fuel  Burner— Fuel  ( 
Burner— Liquid  Fuel  Burner— Petroleum  Fire  Grate— Chimney  Draught  Indi- 
cator—Plug for  Leaky  Boiler  Tubes— Safety  Plugs  for  Boilers— Simple  Float 
Steam  Trap— Automatic  Steam  Trap— Float  Steam  Trap— Differential  Expan- 
sion Steam  Trap— Balanced  Steam  Trap— Return  Trap— Automatic  Boiler 
Feeder_Centrifugal  Steam  Separator— Low  Water  Alarm— Simple  Boiler  Feed 
peviCe_Feed  Water  Heater  and  Purifier— Surface  Condenser— Novel  Surface 
Condenser— Evaporator. 

SECTION    V. 
STEAM    POWER    APPLIANCES. 

Types  of  Compound  Engines— Triple  Expansion  Engine— High  Speed  Vertical 
Engine — Compound  Steam  or  Air  Engine — Triple  Expansion  Marine  Engine — 
Compound  Corliss  Engine — Convertible  Compound  Engine — Novel  Three- 
Cylinder  Engine — Revolving  Engine — Friction  Relief  in  D  Valves — Novel 
Triple  Compound  Marine  Engine — Types  of  Slide  Valves — Balanced  Piston 
Valve — Tandem  Compound  Locomotive  Cylinders — Balanced  Valve  for  Steam 
Engine — Novel  Piston  Valve — Automatic  Valve  Motion — Types  of  Slide  Valves 
— Concentric  Valves,  Corliss  Type— Oscillating  Steam  and  Exhaust  Valve — 
Riding  Cut-off  Valve — Types  of  Slide  Valves — Parson's  Steam  Turbine — 
Steam  Turbine — The  Stevens  Valve  Gear — Valve  Gear — Corliss  Valve  Gear — 
Dashpot  for  Corliss  Engine — Reversing  Gear — Flexible  Crank  for  Marine 
Shafting — Flexible  Couplings — Novel  Valve  Gear — Reversing  Gear — Floating 
Valve  Gear — Triple  Expansion  Valve  Gear — Walschaert's  Valve  Gear — Engine 
Stopping  Mechanism — Shifting  Eccentric — Sector  Gear  Governor — Dashpot 
Governor — Centrifugal  Governors — Friction  Power  Controller — Inertia  Gov- 
ernor— Fan  Governor — Adjustable  Governor — Marine  Governor — Differen- 
tial Pressure  Regulator — Balanced  Pressure  Regulator — Self-Closing  Stop  Valve 
— Reversing  Gear— Novel  Reducing  Valve — Differential  Exhaust  Valve — Au- 
tomatic Quick-Closing  Valve — Reversible  Throttle  Valve — Compensating  Ex- 
pansion Joint — Flexible  Ball  Joint — Balanced  Expansion  Joint — Universal 
Flexible  Pipe  Joint — Cargo  Elevator — Factory  Heating  from  Waste  Gases — 
Rotary  Engine — Reversible  Rotary  Engine — Rotary  Steam  Engine — Pendulum 
Compound  Engine — Rotary  Piston  Engine — Oscillating  Rotary  Engine — 
Steam  Ram.  , 

SECTION   VI. 
EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER    AND  APPLIANCES. 

The  Lightest  Gasoline  Motor — Combined  Gasoline  and  Steam  Motor — Two-Cycle 
Marine  Motor— Alco-Vapor  Boiler — Kerosene  Oil  Engine— Gas  or  Gasoline 


CONTENTS. 


Engine — Balanced  Engine — Gasoline  Atomizer  and  Vaporizer — Soot-Proof 
Sparking  Plug — Ignition  Connections — Multiple  Cylinder  Ignition — Gasoline 
Motor  Starter — Muffler  for  Explosive  Motors — Exhaust  Muffler. 


SECTION   VII. 
HYDRAULIC    POWER    AND    APPLIANCES. 

Wave  Motors — Fog-Horn  Buoy — Oriental  Irrigation  Works — Valveless  Rotary 
Pump — Rotary  Pump—Centrifugal  Pump — River  Motor — Floating  Motor  for 
Rivers — Water  Motor — 1,000  Horse-Power  Turbine — Multinozzle  Turbine — 
Valve  Movement — Impact  Water-Wheel  Governor — Double-Ported  Nozzle — 
Flexible  Ball  Joint — Iron  Sluice  Gate — Basket  Strainer — Double-Beat  Flap 
Valve — Water  Still — Water  Pressure  Regulator — Venturi  Tube  and  Measuring 
Meter — Hydraulic  Lifting  Jack — Uniform  Flow  of  Water — Novel  Spraying 
Nozzle — Hydraulic  Press — Hydraulic  Punch — Fire  Extinguisher — Domestic 
Refrigerator — Counter-Balancing  Hydraulic  Elevators — Re-enforcing  Wells — 
Siphon  Water  Ram. 


SECTION   VIII. 
AIR-POWER    MOTORS    AND    APPLIANCES. 

Pneumatic  Ball  Puzzle — Pneumatic  Disk  Puzzle — Pneumatic  Fan — The  Sirocco 
Fan  Blower — Aerial  Top — Pneumatic  Grain  Elevator — Sand-Blast  Apparatus 
— Sand-Blast  Jets — Air-Moistening  Apparatus — Magic  Ball — Gyrating  Balls — 
Megascope — Pneumatic  Moistening  Apparatus — The  Pantanemone — A  Kansas 
Windmill — Sailing  Wagon — Sail-Rigged  Merry-go-round — Flying  Propeller — 
A  Kite  without  a  tail — The  Eddy  Tailless  Kite — Tissandier's  Electric  Air  Ship — 
Santos-Dumont  Air  Ship — Giffard's  Steam-Propelled  Air  Ship — Dupuy  De 
Lome's  Air  Ship — The  Campbell  Air  Ship — Power  Flying  Machine — Renard  & 
Krebs  Electric  Air  Ship — Grain-Drying  Apparatus — Pneumatic  Lift — Air-Op- 
erated  Hydraulic  Crane — Valve-Light  Ventilator — Fruit-Drying  Apparatus. 


SECTION    IX. 
GAS    AND    AIR-GAS    DEVICES,    ETC. 

Kerosene  Portable  Forge — Producer  Gas  Generator — Mond  Gas  Plant — Air  and 
Vapor  Gas  Generator— Water-Gas  Plant— The  "Wells  Light"— Lucigen  Light 
— Gasoline  Torch— Kerosene  Soldering  Furnace — Kerosene  Oil  Burner — Kero- 
sene Cook  Stove— Kerosene  Heater— Gas  Gravity  Balance— Gas-Fired  Lime- 
kilns. 


I0  CONTENTS. 


SECTION    X. 
ELECTRIC    POWER   AND    DEVICES. 

Electric  Cable-Making  Machine— Chloride  Accumulator— Electric  Wire  Insulating 
Device — Electric  Wire  Doubling  Device — Cable  Cover,  Braiding  Machine — 
Wire-Covering  Machine — Shunt- Wound  Dynamo — Shunt  Dynamos  connected 
in  series — Short  and  Long  Shunt — Separately  Excited  Dynamo — Compound 
Wound  Dynamos — Multi-Speed  Electric  Motor — Drum  Controller — Commu- 
tator Construction — Spring  Binding  Post — Electric  Transformer — Recording 
Ampere  Meter — Novel  Arc  Lamp — Searchlight  Mirror — Electric  Engine  Stop 
— Series  Arc  Lighting  Circuit — Rotating  Electric  Furnace — Electric  Blowpipe 
— Electric  Furnace — Tandem  Worm-Gear  Electric  Elevator — Electrically 
Driven  Sewing  Machine — Electric  Motor  Worm-Driven  Pump— Electric  Incu- 
bator— Electrical  Soldering  Copper — Electric  Welding  Apparatus — Electric 
Welding — Electric  Revolving  Crane — Electro-Magnetic  Track  Brake — Electro- 
Magnetic  Clutch — Wireless  Telegraphy — Automatic  Trolley-Wheel  Guard — 
Electric  Lighting  System — Electrically  Heated  Chafing  Dish — Vibrating 
Electric  Bell — Printing  Telegraph — Electric  Fire-Alarm  System — Electric 
Tree-Felling  Machine — Electric  Trumpet — Electric  Blue  Print  Machine — 
Demagnetizing  a  Watch — Electric  Curling-Iron  Heater. 


SECTION   XI. 
NAVIGATION,    VESSELS,    MARINE    APPLIANCES,    ETC. 

Curious  Boats— Greenland  Kayak— Racing  Yachts— Ancient  Feathering  Paddle 
Wheel — Types  of  Propellers — Screw  Propeller — Sheet  Metal  Propeller — Feath- 
ering Blade  Propeller — Twenty-five-Foot  Launch — Bicycle  Catamaran — Bicycle 
Gear  for  a  Boat — The  Manipede  Catamaran — Types  of  Shallow-Draught- 
Screw-Propelled  Boats— Dirigible  Torpedo— Automobile  Torpedo— The  Hol- 
land Submarine  Boat— Reversing  Clutch— Ice  Boat— Submarine  Cable  Grap- 
nel—Steam Sounding  Machine— The  Drag  Steering  Gear— Rope  Hitches- 
Knots  and  Splices— Bell  Buoy— The  Whistling  Buoy— Lighting  Buoy— Fog 
Whistle— Fish  Way— Floating  Breakwater— Nets  and  Seines. 


SECTION   XII. 
ROAD    AND    VEHICLE   DEVICES,    ETC. 

Road  Grading  Wagon-Traction  Wheel-Dumping  Wagon-Differential  Speed 
-Automobile  Steering  Gear-Ratchet  Brake  Lever-Automobile  Change 
d  Gear-Automobile  Steam  Engine-Types   of    Motor  Bicycles-Steam 
rrey-Steam  Freight  Wagon-Steam  Dray-Interchangeable  Automobile 


CONTENTS. 


SECTION    XIII. 
RAILWAY    DEVICES    AND    APPLIANCES,    ETC. 

Block  and  Interlocking  Signals — Railway  Signals — Trolley-Car  Sander — Loco- 
motive Sander — Multiple  Plate  Friction  Clutch — Types  of  Trolley-Car  Trucks 
— Types  of  Rack-railway  Locomotives — Fare-Recording  Register — Cable  Grip 
— Railway  Track  Brake — Rolling  and  Compressing  Steel  Car  Wheels — Re- 
versing Car  Seat — Four-Spindle  Rail  Drill — Crank-Pin  Turning  Machine — 
Extension  Car  Step — Trolley  Replacer — Car  Coupler — Bulldozer  Press. 

SECTION    XIV. 
GEARING    AND    GEAR    MOTION,    ETC. 

Novel  Worm  Gear — Swash-Plate  Gears — Stop-Gear  Motion — Volute  Tappet  Gear 
— Geared  Reversing  Motion — Elliptic  Linkage — Interrupting  Cam-Gear  Mo- 
tion— Circular  from  Reciprocating  Motion — Crank  Substitute — Sun  and 
Planet  Motion — Intermittent  Rotary  Motion — Friction  Gear — Parallelism 
from  Circular  Motion — Circularly  Vibrating  Motion — Differential  Speed  Gear 
• — Epicyclic  Train — Transmission  Gear — Variable  Speed  Friction  Gear — 
Variable  Speed  Gear — Driving  Gear  for  a  Lathe — Variable  Drive  Motion. 


SECTION    XV. 
MOTION    AND    CONTROLLING    DEVICES,    ETC. 

Parallel  Motion — Three-Point  Straight-Line  Linkage — The  Dead  Center  Problem 
— Crank  Substitute — Short-Range  Walking  Beam— -Turning  a  Square  by  Cir- 
cular Motion — Double-Link  Universal  Joint — Change  Speed  Pulleys — Multiple- 
Shaft  Driving  Device — Reciprocating  with  Stop  Motion — Reciprocating  Mo- 
tion— Reciprocating  Into  Rotary  Motion  without  Dead  Centers — Right-Angle 
Coupling — Reversible  Friction  Ratchet — Friction-Plate  Clutch — Friction  Clutch 
— Expanding  Wrench  or  Chuck — Multiple  Ball  Bearings — Shaft-Thrust  Ball 
Bearings — Bicycle  Ball  Bearing — Bail-Bearing  Castor — Spring  Motor — Weight 
Driven  Motor — Swing  Motor — Ammonia  Compressor — Coin-in-the-Slot  Gas 
Meter — Spiral  Fluting  Lathe- — Pantographic  Engraving  Machine- — Geometrical 
Boring  and  Routing  Chuck — Rose  Lathe — Plantariums — The  Phenakisto- 
scope. 

SECTION    XVI. 
HOROLOGICAL    TIME    DEVICES,    ETC. 

Electric  Pendulum — Electric  Clock  Controller — Repeating  Clock  Escapement  with 
Electric  Pendulum — Electric  Ratchet — Solar  and  Sidereal  Clock — Novel 
Clock — Electrical  Correction  of  Clocks — Long-Distance  Telegraph-Clock 
Correction — Flying-Pendulum  Clock — Self-Winding  Synchronizing  Clock. 


I2  CONTENTS. 


SECTION    XVII. 
MINING    DEVICES    AND    APPLIANCES. 

Mjning  Lamp— Well-Boring  Tools— Prospecting  Diamond  Drill— Assay  Ore 
Crusher— Ore  Roasting  Furnace— Magnetic  Metal  Separator— Magnetic  Sep- 
arator—Quartz Pulverizer— Ore  Washing  Tower— Automatic  Ore  Sampler- 
Pneumatic  Concentrator— Ore  Car  on  a  Transfer  Truck— Dry  Placer  Gold 
Separator— Dry  Gold  Mining  Machine— Gold  Amalgamator— Sheave  Wheels 
for  Gravity  Planes — Briqueting  Machine — A  Briqueting  Plant — Coal-Washing 
jig Propeller  Pump  Agitator — Coal-Handling  Plant — Method  of  Change  Di- 
rection. 

SECTION   XVIII. 
MILL   AND    FACTORY    APPLIANCES    AND    TOOLS,    ETC. 

Machine-Made  Chains — Suspending  Grip — Universal  Dog — Drill  Chuck — Brick 
Clamp — Combination  Tools — Easily  Made  Steam  Whistle — Gasoline  Heated 
Soldering  Copper — Pulley  Balancing  Machine — Lubricating  Drill — Expand- 
ing Drill — Taper  Attachment  to  a  Lathe — Taper  Turning  Attachment — Cen- 
tering Device  for  a  Drill  Press — Boring  Elliptic  Cylinders — Crane  Truck — 
Centrifugal  Separator — Blacksmith  Helper — Belt-Driven  Forging  Hammer — 
Eye-Bending  Machine — Angle  Iron  Bending  Machine — Pipe-Bending  Machine 
— Rolled-Thread-Screw  Machine — Power  Hack-Saw — Seamless  Tube  Machine 
— Metal  Band-Saw — Hand-Screw  Tire-Setting  Machine — Hydraulic  Tire- 
Setting  Machine — Automatic  Furnace — Gas-Heated  Hardening  and  Temper- 
ing Furnace — Tempering  Bath — Down-Draught  Gas-Melting  Furnace — Oil 
or  Gas  Fired  Forge — Melting  Furnace — Duplex  Melting  Furnace — Open 
Hearth  Steel  Furnace — Hot-Metal  Mixer — Kerosene-Oil  Melting  Furnace — Pe- 
troleum Forge — Petroleum  Melting  Furnace — Petroleum  Fired  Reverberatory 
Furnace — (Plate  Hardening  Machine — Dovetailing  Machine — Diamond  Mill- 
stone-Dressing Machine — File-Cutting  Machine — Dovetails — Mortising  Dove- 
tail Machine — Bagging  and  Weighing  Scales — Automatic  Bagging  and  Weigh- 
ing Machine — Turpentine  Still — Flour  Packer. 

SECTION    XIX. 
TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING    DEVICES,    ETC. 

Pattern  Burring  Machine — Cotton-Seed  Hulling  Machine — Cotton  Bat  Compressor 
and  Condenser — Cocoanut-Paring  Machine — Flock  Grinding  Machine — Flax- 
Scutching  Machine— Multiple-Strand  Cordage  Machine— Paper  Enameling 
Machine — Cordage-Making  Machine — Three-strand  Cordage  Machine — 
Thirty-two-Strand  Cordage  Machine — Flocking  Machine — Electric  Cloth  Cut- 
ter—Quarter Sawing  of  Lumber — Evolution  of  the  Lag  Screw — Porcelain 
Molding  Machine — Diamond  Cutting— Diamond  Crusher  and  Mortar— Dia- 
mond Hand  Tools  and  Drills — Combination  Press — Artificial  Flower-Branch- 
ing Machine. 


CONTENTS.  13 


SECTION    XX. 
ENGINEERING    AND    CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 

Four-Spool  Hoisting  Engine — Disintegrator — Foundry  Construction — Excavator 
and  Rotary  Screen — Universal  Pocket  Level — Adjustable  Beam  Clamp — Grav- 
ity Elevator — Portable  Concrete  Mixer — Concrete  Mixer — Trench  Brace — 
Types  of  Machine-Shop  Construction — Wood  Preservation  Apparatus — Wire- 
Guy  Gripper — Timer  Creosoting  Apparatus — Electrically  Driven  Hammer — 
Duplex  Rolling  Lift  Bridge — Balanced  Swing  Bridge — Fall  Rope  Cable  Carrier 
— Crib  Dam — Counterbalanced  Drawbridge— Earth  Embankment — High 
Structures — Transfer  Bridge — Gigantic  Wheel — Moving  Platform — Traveling 
Stairway  or  Ramp. 

SECTION   XXI. 

MISCELLANEOUS    DEVICES. 

Portable  Saw — Stump-Pulling  Machine — Motor  Roller-Disk  Plow — Automobile 
Plow — Reversible  Plow — Tethering  Hook — Fountain  Wash  Boiler — Potato- 
Washing  Machine — Potato-Rasping  Machine — Paris  Green  Duster — Automo- 
bile Mowing  Machine — Modern  Two-Horse  Mower — Cream  Separator — Re- 
frigeration— Model  Cold-Storage  House — 'Modern  Grain  Harvester — Com- 
pound Thresher — Refuse  Cremator)- — Conical  Charcoal  Kiln — Coking  Oven 
— Destructor  Furnace — Life-Saving  Net — Remington  Typewriter — United 
States  Army  and  Navy  Guns — United  States  Magazine  Rifle — Breech-Block 
Mechanism — Magazine  Pistol — Artificial  Ankle — Artificial  Leg. 


SECTION   XXII. 
DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 
Geometrical  Pen — Ellipsograph — The  Campylograph. 

SECTION    XXIII. 

PERPETUAL    MOTION. 

Perpetual  Motion — The  Inventor's  Paradox — The  Prevailing  Type — Marquis  of 
Worcester — Folding- Arm  Type-^-Chain  Wheel — Magnetism  and  Gravity — 
The  Pick-up-Ball  Type — The  Ball-Carrying  Belt — Ferguson's  Type  to  prove 
its  impossibility — Revolving  Tubes  and  Balls — Geared  Motive  Power — The 
Differential  Hydrostatic  Wheel — The  Lever  Type — The  Rocking  Beam — Tilt- 
ing Tray  and  Ball — The  Rolling  Ring  which  did  not  Roll — Differential  Water 
Wheel — The  Gear  Problem — Mercurial  Wheel — The  Air-bag  Problem — Air 
Transfer  in  Submerged  Wheel — Extending  weights  and  water  transfer — The 


14  CONTENTS. 


Sponge  Problem  of  Sir  W.  Congreve,  of  docket  Fame — Transfer  of  Air — Differ- 
ential Weight  of  Balls — Inclined  Disk  and  Balls — Self-Moving  Water  Power — 
Chain  Pump  as  Known  in  1618 — The  Archimedean  screw  for  raising  balls — 
Differential  Weight  by  Flotation — The  Flotation  Problem — Liquid  Transfer— 
Chain-Pump  Type — Mercurial  Displacement  in  a  cistern  of  water — Air-Buoyed 
Wheel — The  Overbalanced  Cylinder — The  Hydrostatic  Weight  or  differential 
volume  problem — Capillary  attraction  type — Magnetic  Pendulum — Magnetic 
Wheel — Magnetic  Mill  of  the  Middle  of  the  Eighteenth  Century — Regenerating 
Pendulum — Magnetic  Wheel — Alternate  Magnet  Type — Electro-Magnetic 
Type — Electrical  Generation. 


SECTION  I. 


MECHANICAL  POWER, 
LEVER. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


!*% 


BffENTED   HUHE       NOV.J.1391 


BUHE 


Dealers  \vho  have  not  carried  gaskets  in  stock,  owing  to  the 
numerous  and  unsalable  sizes,  will  appreciate  the  Eclipse,  as  they 
will,  with  a  box  of  each  size,  be  able  to  make 

/cats 
"ock 

All  pieces,  no  matter  how  small,  can  be  formed  on  the  metal 
tubes  into  a  sectional  gasket,  as  shown  in  cut. 

The  Eclipse  Gasket  can  be  readily  fitted  to  any  size  man  or 
hand-hole  plate  in  use,  and  a  perfectly  tight  joint  guaranteed  in  all 
cases  where  the  plain  and  simple  directions,  which  accompany 
each  box,  and  are  here  given,  are  followed. 


Lay  the  Eclipse  Gasket  rope  around  the  man  or  hand-hole  plate,  about 
X  inch  from  the  inside  shoulder,  and  cut  the  ends  off  square,  so  that  they  will 
go  around  the  plate  and  meet  nicely;  after  which  insert  the  metal  tube  half- 
way in  each  end,  butting. the  ends  together;  then  wind  the  seam  spirally  with 
the  gummed  tape,  lapping  the  same  as  shown  in  cut.  Make  your  joint  ;is 
usual.  It  is  not  necessary  to  screw  up  the  plate  as  hard  as  with  the  old-style 
gasket,  as  the  Eclipse  Gasket  will  flatten  and  conform  to  any  seat,  no  matter 
how  rough  it  may  be. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 
PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


Beware  of  Cheap  Tubings  and  other  Imitations 

The  Eclipse  Gasket  is  red  in  color  and  composed  of  the  cele- 
brated Rainbow  Packing  Compound.  It  will  not  harden  under  any 
degree  of  heat,  or  blow  out  under  the  highest  pressure,  and  can 
be  taken  out  and  repeatedly  replaced.  Joints  can  be  made  in 
from  three  to  five  minutes. 

It  is  put  up  in  green  boxes  with  a  sectional  cut  of  the  gasket 
and  the  trade-mark  in  red  on  the  top  of  every  box,  each  box 
averaging  from  5  to  6  Ibs.  Explicit  directions,  extra  metal  tubes, 
and  a  roll  of  gummed  tape,  for  wrapping  seam  spirally,  accom- 
pany each. 

CA  LJTIQN 

Do  not  buy  imitations  of  the  Eclipse  Gasket,  either  in  the 
way  it  is  constructed  or  under  any  other  name  or  pretense.  We 
will  prosecute  any  manufacturer,  dealer  or  others  infringing  and 
imitating  this  gasket.  If  imitations  and  infringements  are  offered, 
you  are  respectfully  requested  to  notify  this  company,  that  we 
may  protect  both  the  trade  and  ourselves  from  imposition. 

For  mutual  protection,  we  have  secured  very  broad  patents 
covering  ^this  gasket,  and  the  following  trade- mark,  the  word 
'Eclipse"  printed  in  black  across  a  red  sphere,  representing  an 
eclipse  of  the  sun,  which  will  appear  on  the  box  labels  containing 
the  genuine  goods  of  our  make. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 
PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 


MECHANICAL    APPLIANCES 

AND 

NOVELTIES    OF    CONSTRUCTION. 


Section    I. 
MECHANICAL   POWER,    LEVER. 


i.  LEVER  IN  A  DRAUGHT  EQUALIZER  for  four  horses. 
This  equalizer  consists  of  a  doubletree  having  singletrees,  a  bar  pivoted 
at  one  end  to  a  lateral  frame  on  the 
pole  and  connected  at  its.  outer  end  to 
the  doubletree,  a  crossbar  pivoted  to 
the  rear  end  of  the  pole  being  con- 
nected at  one  end  by  a  rod  connected 
at  its  other  end  to  the  bar  pivoted  to 
the  lateral  frame  on  the  pole.  The 
singletrees  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
pole  are  pivoted  to  the  end  of  a 
bar  extending  across  the  pole  and 
pivoted  to  the  crossbar.  By  this 
construction  the  draught  of  the  horses 
secured  to  all  the  singletrees  will  be 
equalized,  the  doubletree  on  the  pole  being  permitted  to  have  a  move- 
ment backward  and  forward  on  the  end  of  a  bar  which  is  free  to  swing 
beneath  the  raised  portion  of  a  strap  secured  to  the  pole. 


1 8 


MECHANICAL  POWER,   LEVER. 


2.  TIMBER  OR  LOG 
GRAPPLE.  A  handy  device 
for  carrying  heavy  timbers,  joists, 
railroad  ties,  telegraph  poles,  etc. 


3.  LEVER     EQUALIZER     FOR     SULKY    PLOWS.       Two 
jaws,  forming  a  double  clevis,  attached  to  the  front  end  of  the  beam 

of  the  plow,  and  so  arranged  that  by 
means  of  a  series  of  holes  in  the  jaws 
the  plow  may  be  regulated  to  run  at  a 
greater  or  less  depth,  and  also  to  cut  a 
furrow  of  any  desired  width. 

Two  levers  of  different  lengths,  to 
which  the  draught  eveners  of  the  team 
are  secured,  are  pivoted  one  on  either 
side  of  the  jaws,  and  are  connected  by  a  chain  that  passes  around  a 
sheave  secured  on 'the  under  side  of  the  drawbar.  By  this  means  the 
draught  is  equalized  between  the  two  beams.  Swinging  arms,  pivoted 
to  the  sides  of  the  beam,  sustain  the  chains  and  hold  them  so  as  to  draw 
straight  from  the  equalizing  levers. 

4.  LEVER  EQUALIZER   FOR  THREE   HORSES  on  single 
pole.     The  arms,  A  C,  are  fastened  to  opposite  sides  of  the  tongue, 

and  the  pivots  in  their  ends  are  at  equal  distances 
from  the  tongue.  To  the  end  of  the  arm,  A,  is 
pivoted  a  doubletree,  B,  to  one  end  of  which  a 
singletree,  G,  is  held,  and  to  the  opposite  end  a 
singletree,  F,  is  held  adjustably  by  a  pin  passed 
through  one  of  a  series  of  holes  in  the  end  of  the 
doubletree.  The  doubletree  is  pivoted  about 
two-fifths  of  its  length  from  the  outer  end.  To 
the  end  of  the  arm,  C,  is  pivoted  a  doubletree,  D, 
on  the  outer  end  of  which  a  singletree,  H,  is  held 
by  a  pin  through  one  of  a  row  of  holes.  The  in- 
ner end  of  this  doubletree  is  connected  by  loops, 
E,  with  the  middle  of  the  doubletree,  B.  The 
doubletree,  D,  is  pivoted  about  one-third  of  its  length  from  its  inner 
end.  By  means  of  the  holes  in  the  ends  of  the  two  doubletrees  the 
leverage  can  be  varied  to  suit  conditions.  The  direct  draught  of  the 
tongue  is  in  the  center  of  the  two  draught  points. 


MECHANICAL   POWER,    LEVER.  IQ 


5.  LEVER  NIPPERS.  A  labor- 
saving  device  in  the  hands  of  the  wire 
worker.  Its  lever  advantage  is  readily 
seen  by  inspection  of  the  detailed  parts 
as  a  compound  lever,  which  doubles  the 
cutting  power  of  the  nippers. 


SECTION  II. 


TRANSMISSION  OF  POWER. 


Section    II. 
TRANSMISSION    OF   POWER. 


6.  UNIVERSAL     SCREW    DRIVER. 

The  handle  has  a  ratchet  socket  in  which  the 
three-point  blade  may  be  inserted  for  greater 
power  or  to  accommodate  special  conditions. 

7.  A  section  showing  the  ratchet  and  pawl 
socket  for  holding  the  square  shank  of  the  blade 
for  corner  work. 


8.  QUICK    COUPLING    for 

sewer  rods.  Makes  a  smooth  contin- 
uous rod  that  can  not  uncouple  while 
in  use. 


9.  TRANSMISSION  of  power 
by  wire  rope  and  anchored  levers. 
The  braced  tee  pieces  A  B,  with 
their  arms  connected  with  a  distant 
rocker  by  the  wire  W  W,  pivoted 
to  the  windmill  frame  and  to  the 
crank  rod  at  A,  make  a  very  effec- 
tive method  of  operating  a  pump 
at  a  distance.  A  strong  fence 
wire  is  sufficient  for  a  house  pump 
and  may  be  supported  on  rollers 
for  long  distances. 
23 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


10.  BAG  ELEVATOR.  The  bags 
are  delivered  from  a  car  door  on  to  a 
grating  through  which  the  forked  hands 
of  the  elevator  picks  them  ,up  and  dis- 
charges upon  an  inclined  chute  grating 
to  slide  to  a  horizontal  carrier  from  which 
they  are  deposited  at  any  desired  place. 
The  forked  hands  are  braced  loosely  to 
the  sprocket  chains,  which  are  guided  in 
grooved  posts,  so  that  there  is  no  sag  to 
the  forks  when  the  load  is  on. 


it.  HORIZONTAL    CONVEYOR.     Receives    the    bags    from 
the  elevator  (Fig.   10)  and   deposits   them   along  a  warehouse   floor 


by  dumping   them  off   the  side  at  places   where  the  inclined   guide 
board  is  set. 


12.  I  BEAM  TROLLEY.  A  sim- 
ple and  effective  apparatus  with  a  chain 
tackle  for  setting  heavy  work  in  lathes 
and  moving  light  articles  in  shops. 

The  I  beam  makes  a  most  convenient 
outrigger  from  the  front  of  a  warehouse 
or  factory  for  the  transfer  of  goods  to 
and  from  trucks. 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


13.  TWO  WAY  CON- 
VEYOR. Method  by  which  a 
rope  and  disk  conveyor  can  be 
made  to  change  its  direction. 
For  grain,  gravel,  sand,  clay, 
and  other  loose  material. 


14.  ROPE  TRAMWAY  CAR- 
RIAGE.    Bleichert  System.     The 
upper  rope  is  the  bearing  cable  and 
trolley,  the  lower  one  is  the  hauling 
rope  with  the  grip  device  attached 
to  the  car  frame.     The  pull  of  a 
lanyard  starts  or  stops  the  car. 

15.  Shows   a   side   view   of   the 
open  car  frame  and  grip  cam. 


16.  FRICTION  PULLEY.     The  central  hub  A,  which  is  keyed 
to  the  shaft,  is  turned  up  to  form  a  bearing  for  the  pulley  and  for  the 

cover  B  fastened  over  the 
circular  chamber  in  the  pul- 
ley. The  gripping  dogs  or 
levers  C — hung  at  the  ends 
of  the  arms  on  hub  A — are 
finished  at  one  end  to  fit  the 
friction  surface  in  the  pulley 
chamber.  The  countershaft 
is  drilled  out  to  receive  the 
hardened  rod  D,  which  is  connected  to  the  shipper.  As  the  rod  is 
moved  in  the  shaft  by  the  shipper,  a  double  wedge — formed  on  the 
rod — forces  out  the  two  pins  E,  and  these  pins  press  the  gripping 
levers  tight  against  the  friction  surface.  When  the  rod  is  moved  in  the 
opposite  direction  the  springs  force  the  pins  toward  the  center  and  re- 
lease the  levers.  A  screw  plug  at  the  back  of  the  chamber  can  be  re- 
moved and  the  pins  E  adjusted  to  give  the  gripping  levers  the  desired 
pressure.' 

17.  A  section  showing  the  pins  and  wedge  rod. 


26 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


18.  GEARED  I  BEAM 
TROLLEY.  Designed  for  mov- 
ing heavy  articles  on  overhead  I 
beam  railways  in  factories.  The 
trolley  wheels  are  geared  to  a  driv- 
ing shaft  with  sprocket  wheel  and 
chain,  the  lift  being  an  ordinary 
tackle,  not  shown. 


19.  VARIABLE  POWER  AND 
SPEED  with  friction  cone  pulleys  and 
traversing  pulley  as  applied  to  a  drilling 
machine.  The  transmitting  roller  is 
pivoted  in  a  frame  that  slides  on  a  side 
bar  and  is  clamped  by  a  screw  at  the 
position  required  for  the  desired  speed. 
See  No.  106,  ist  vol.,  for  a  frictionless 
form  of  transmitting  roller. 


20.  WORM  GEAR 
ELEVATOR.  Sprague 
type.  The  double  worm 
and  gear  serves  the  pur- 
pose of  balancing  the 
thrust  of  the  driving  shaft 
and  is  also  a  means  of 
safety  from  breakage  of 
teeth.  The  wear  on  the 
worms  and  gear  is  also 
much  lessened  by  their 
duplication. 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


21.  CASH  CARRIER.     To  the  upper  surface  of  the  car  are  se- 
cured uprights,  in  which  are  journaled  the  axles  of  grooved  wheels 

running  upon  the  over- 
head wire  or  track.  In 
other  uprights  is  held  a  rod 
on  which  are  placed  two 
coiled  springs,  so  arranged 
that  the  rod  acts  as  a  dou- 
ble buffer  to  the  carrier, 
each  of  its  ends  being 
adapted  to  strike  a  stop 
block,  two  of  which  are 
attached  to  the  wire,  one  at  each  end.  Near  each  end  of  the  bar  is  a 
pawl,  acted  upon  by  a  spring  which  lifts  its  free  end  so  it  will  auto- 
matically engage  with  a  lip  formed  on  the  stop  block  for  holding  the 
car  stationary  when  it  reaches  either  end  of  its  trip.  The  pawls  are 
disconnected  and  the  car  started  by  means  of  levers  pivoted  to  the 
frame  and  connected  with  the  pawls. 


22.  VARIABLE  SPEED  DEVICE.  The  wheels  A  and  A' are 
each  made  up  of  two  disks  mounted  on  a  shaft  and  carrying  between 

them  small  toothed  pinions,  B  B  B, 
and  B'  B'  B',  which  are  mounted 
on  roller  clutches.  The  bearings 
for  the  pinions  are  arranged  to 
move  radially  in  the  slots  shown 
in  the  plates,  so  that  the  diameter 
around  which  the  chain  must  wrap,  may  be  lengthened  or  shortened 
at  will.  If  the  pinions  of  one  wheel  or  drum  are  moved  radially 
outward,  those  of  the  mating  drum  must  be  moved  inward,  and  vice 
versa. 

The  pinions  are  moved  radially  by  means  of  two  scroll  plates  for 
each  sprocket,  the  spiral  slots  of  which  engage  the  bearings  of  the 
pinions  and  move  them  in  the  same  manner  as  the  jaws  of  a  scroll 
chuck  are  operated.  The  manner  in  which  the  scroll  plates  are  turned, 
to  effect  changes  in  diameter  of  driving  and  driven  gears,  is  accom- 
plished by  the  simultaneous  moving  in  or  out  of  two  flat  racks  lying  in 
slots  cut  in  the  sprocket  shafts. 


28 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


23.  FRICTION  PULLEY.  The 
flange  at  the  left  is  fast  on  the  shaft,  while 
the  flange  at  the  right  is  loose.  On  the 
end  of  the  hub  of  the  latter  flange  teeth 
are  cut,  the  surfaces  between  the  teeth 
being  helical,  as  shown.  The  fixed  collar 
at  the  right  is  milled  to  correspond.  The 
spring  secured  to  the  loose  flange  and  the 
collar  is  always  under  tension  and  tends 
to  rotate  the  flange  in  the  direction  in 
which  the  belt  travels.  As  the  flange 
turns  on  the  shaft  it  is  forced  against  the 
running  pulley  and  is  then  turned  by  the 
friction  until  the  pulley  is  clamped  fast 
between  the  two  friction  surfaces,  when 
the'  pulley,  flanges,  and  shaft  all  rotate  to- 
gether. To  release  the  pulley,  the  brake 
— shown  just  below  the  right-hand  fric- 
tion disk — is  brought  against  the  angular 
face  of  the  flange.  This  holds  the  flange  back,  but  the  collar  still 
turns  ahead  with  the  shaft,  thus  removing  the  end  pressure  on  the 
friction  and  releasing  the  pulley. 

24.  A  section  showing  the  details  of  construction. 


25.  PANEL     CLUTCHES. 
Simpson  type.     A  silent  clutch 
that    prevents   back    movement 
and  takes  up  a  forward  motion 
without  the  jerk  of  a  ratchet  and 
pawl.    Useful  on  agricultural  im- 
plements, sewing-machines,  etc. 

26.  The   under   figure  repre- 
sents   a  triangular    quick-action 
panel  applied  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple as  the  other  against  three 
friction  segments.     Plan  and  sec- 
tion. 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


29 


27.  FRICTION  PULLEY.  Upon 
the  hub  of  the  pulley  is  keyed  a  collar 
with  lugs  on  one  side  which  engage  with 
lugs  on  the  friction  disk  ;  this  causes  the 
disk  that  fits  loosely  on  the  hub  of  the 
pulley  to  revolve  with  the  pulley,  and  at 
the  same  time  leaves  the  disk  free  to  vi- 
brate sideways  if  necessary.  The  advan- 
tage of  the  disk  being  loosely  connected 
with  the  pulley  in  this  manner,  will  be 
appreciated  in  case  the  pulley  should  be- 
come worn  loose  on  the  shaft. 


28.  VISCOSIMETER.     An  instrument  for  measuring  the  viscosity 
of  liquids,  or  the  resistance  which  a  liquid  offers  to  flowing  or  a  quick 

change  of  state.  The  liquid  to  be 
tested  is  placed  in  the  reservoir  in 
which  is  a  paddle-shaped  agitator 
or  wheel.  The  shaft  of  this  wheel 
is  run  by  a  train  of  gears  actuated 
by  a  drum,  which  is  caused  to  re- 
volve by  means  of  a  weight  and 
cord  as  shown.  At  the  upper  end 
of  the  shaft  is  a  worm  and  worm 
wheel  and  on  the  shaft  of  the 
worm  wheel  is  a  pointer,  which 
passes  over  the  face  of  a  dial,  by 
which  the  speed  of  the  paddle  or 
agitator  can  be  ascertained.  The 
weight  is  first  drawn  up  by  means  of  the  crank  on  top  of  the  drum.  The 
liquid  is  poured  into  the  reservoir  and  the  latter  raised  to  the  proper 
point  to  give  the  paddle  wheel  the  proper  submersion.  The  trip  on 
the  paddle  shaft  just  below  the  dial  is  then  thrown  out,  when  the  drum 
and  weight  start  the  paddle  wheel  revolving.  The  viscosity  of  the 
liquid,  with  reference  to  some  other  liquid  taken  as  a  standard,  is  then 
determined  by  noting  the  indications  of  the  pointer  on  the  dial.  The 
number  of  revolutions  of  the  pointer  or  the  number  of  divisions  passed 
over  in  a  given  time,  compared  to  the  reading  when  testing  another 
liquid,  indicates  the  relative  viscosity. 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


29.  POSITIVE  COMBINATION 
CLUTCH.  The  first  motion  of  the 
clutch  handle  brings  the  friction  cones 
into  contact ;  a  further  push  of  the 
handle  moves  the  teeth  of  the  clutch  into 
contact  and  prevents  slipping  of  the  fric- 
tion cones.  The  bell-crank  arm  on  the 
handle  holds  the  clutch  fast  in  its  locked 
position. 


30.  PNEUMATIC   BELT  SHIPPER.     The  device  consists  sim- 
ply of  a  small  air  cylinder  with  a  piston  travel,  such  as  will  give  the 

belt  the  proper  throw ;  the  cyl- 
inder is  piped  from  each  end 
to  a  two-way  cock,  the  plug  of 
which  has  a  bar  with  a  looped 
cord  within  reach  of  the  opera- 
tor. Attached  to  the  piston  is 
an  arm  <?,  which  extends  down 
to  the  bar  carrying  the  shifter 
forks — air  does  the  rest.  Sec- 
tion 3 1  explains  the  whole  thing 
for  a '  belt  requiring  but  one 
movement. 

Machines  having  a  backing 
belt  are  provided  for  by  the  ar- 
rangement shown  in  section  32, 
in  which  the  piston  and  belt 
shifter  are  held  in  a  central 
position  by  two  coiled  springs 
when  the  belts  are  on  the  loose 
pulleys.  The  springs  are  com- 
pressed, and  their  resistance  is 

easily  overcome,  when  air  is  admitted  to  the  opposite  ends  of  the 
cylinder,  which  action  will  put  the  belt  on  either  the  forward  or  back- 
ing pulleys. 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RAINBOW  PACK! 


No  Baking 

or 
Following 

Up 


Makes 

Steam 

Joints 

Instantly 


Facsimile  of  a  roll  of  Rainbow  Packing.     None  genuine  without  the  Trade-Mark,  the  word 
"Rainbow"  in  a  Diamond  in  Black 


This  packing  is  especially  adapted  for  very  high  pressure,  and 
is  not  affected  by  any  degree  of  steam  heat.  It  will  not  harden 
under  any  degree  of  heat,  or  blow  out  under  the  highest  pressure, 
and  will  make  an  Air,  Steam,  Hot  or  Cold  Water  Joint  equally  well. 

It  is  not  affected  by  oils,  ammonia,  liquors,  steam,  heat,  or 
alkalies.  Unlike  plumbago  and  other  sheet  packing,  it  will  not 
harden  or  crack.  Joints  can  be  made  and  broken  in  one-eighth 
the  time  consumed  with  packings  that  harden,  as  a  tool  is  not 
required  to  break  or  face-off  joint. 

Steam-heating  companies  can  make  thousands  of  joints  in  new 
plants  without  the  use  of  steam,  with  the  assurance  and  guarantee 
that,  when  steam  is  applied,  every  joint  will  be  perfectly  tight, 
saving  the  labor  of  baking  and  following  up,  etc.,  as  is  the  case 
when  usudurian  or  plumbago  packings  are  used,  thereby  saving 
frcm  100  to  300  per  cent  in  labor  and  time. 

Made  in  rolls  about  200  Ibs.  each,  A,  A,  /2,  i,  A,  i,  I,  1  inch 
Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 

MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY    BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   CO. 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RAINBOW  PACKING 

Facsimile  of  a  roll  of  Rainbow  Packing.    None  genuine  without  the  Trade-Mark,  the  word 
"Rainbow"  in  a  Diamond  in  Black 

A  Few  of  the  Advantages  "Rainbow"  has  over 
any  other  Packing 

It  packs  any  kind  of  Steam,  Air  or  Hot- Water  Joint;  it  is  a 
non-conductor,  and  lasts  longer  than  any  other  packing  in  use. 

It  is  particularly  adapted  to  packing  expansion  or  super- 
heated steam  joints,  as  it  does  not  burn  or  char  as  other  pack- 
ings do. 

"Rainbow"  is  the  most  durable,  effective  and  economical 
packing  made,  and  the  users  of  steam  have  long  felt  the  need  of 
an  article  that  could  be  adapted  to  all  the  uses  that  packing  is 
put  to. 

"Rainbow"  will  make  a  tight  joint,  however  rough  the  sur- 
faces may  be  to  which  it  is  applied. 

To  locomotive  engine  builders  and  railroad  companies  "  Rain- 
bow "  is  invaluable,  as  it  obviates  the  necessity  of  facing  joints, 
therefore  reducing  the  cost  of  construction  and  repairs,  as  joints 
will  remain  tight  much  longer,  "Rainbow"  not  being  affected  by 
contraction  or  expansion. 

Joints  should  be  faced  with  Plumbago,  Lampblack  .or  Chalk. 
This  packing  can  be  taken  out  and  repeatedly  replaced. 

Made  in  rolls  about  200  Ibs.  each,  A,  A,  A,  i  A,  4,  I,  t  inch 
Price,  per  Ib.,  $1.00 


d, 


MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 


TlJlH 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


33.  ACOUSTIC  TELEPHONE.  The  mouthpiece,  a,  has  a  cen- 
tral aperture  for  the  passage  of  sound  waves  to  the  diaphragm,  c, 

whose  edges  are  secured  within  a 
rabbet  of  the  mouthpiece.  The 
diaphragm  is  about  7  inches  in 
diameter  and  is  made  of  spruce 
wood,  which  possesses  great  sono- 
rousness combined  with  strength 
sufficient  to  sustain  the  tension  of 
the  line  wire.  The  mouthpiece  and  diaphragm  are  held  to  the  wall 
on  a  bed  piece,  b,  by  the  tension  of  the  line  wire.  The  bed  piece  is 
recessed  at  both  sides,  fg,  and  centrally  apertured  for  the  passage  of 
threads  connecting  the  line  wire  to  the  diaphragm.  The  front  recess, 

f,  affords  a  space  between  the  diaphragm  and  the  center  of  the  bed 
piece  for  free  action  of  the  diaphragm,  promoting  clearness  of  enun- 
ciation when  the  instrument  is  used  as  a  receiver,  and  the  rear  recess, 

g,  secures  a  small  marginal  support  for  the  transmitter,  thereby  avoid- 
ing a  large  contact  with  the  wall  and  preventing  excessive  vibration. 

To  avoid  indistinct  articulation  and  the  ringing  sounds  common  to 
acoustic  telephones,  the  line  wire  is  connected  to  the  diaphragm  by 
silk  cords,  which  are  twisted  about  the  end  of  the  wire  to  obtain  a  firm 
connection  therewith,  and  which  diverge  into  three  or  more  strands 
that  are  secured  to  a  metal  ring,  c,  between  which  and  the  diaphragm 
a  rubber  or  leather  ring,  d,  is  interposed.  The  line  wire  is  made  of 
strands  twisted  together  and  coated  with  varnish  to  bind  them  and  pre- 
vent them  rubbing  upon  one  another. 


34.  ACOUSTIC   TELEPHONE. 


Wire  suspension  to  facilitate 
transmission  of  sound  by 
making  the  angular  turns 
at  about  45°,  with  rub- 
ber straps  wired  to  a  yoke 
of  wood  as  shown.  Small 
dampers  of  rubber  or  leather 
are  wired  or  tied  on  to  the 
main  wire  between  nodal 
points  to  prevent  undue  vi- 
bration and*  change  of  tone 

by  wind  or  rain.    The  mouthpiece,  if  of  metal,  should  be  grounded,  to 

prevent  electric  sparks. 


3- 


TRANSMISSION   OF   POWER. 


35.  ACOUSTIC  TELEPHONE.     The  front  board,  A,  of  the  box 
is  provided  with  a  central  aperture.    The  diaphragm,  b,  is  stretched  over 

the  central  opening  of  a  board,  D,  which  has 

.,^-r  — -""^l       strengthening  ribs  on  its  under  side  and  along 

I  G  "~^^^ 111  the  edges.  An  annular  block  of  wood,  F, 
whose  thickness  decreases  from  the  top  toward 
the  bottom  on  the  inner  as  well  as  the  outer 
side,  is  placed  between  the  front  board  and  the 
diaphragm.  The  upper  opening  of  the  block 
coincides  with  the  central  opening  of  the  front 
board,  and  the  bottom  opening  is  smaller  than 
the  opening  in  the  board,  D.  The  bottom  edge 
of  the  block  is  pressed  upon  the  diaphragm  by  bolts,  G.  In  the  cen- 
tral opening  of  the  block  is  a  funnel-shaped  vessel,  H,  held  in  place  by 
wires,  ab,  at  the  top  and  bottom,  which  hold  the  lower  end  of  the 
funnel  a  short  distance  from  the  diaphragm.  A  button  is  fastened  to 
the  middle  of  the  diaphragm,  to  which  is  fastened  the  wire,  K.  The 
funnel  concentrates  the  sound  waves  and  guides  them  to  the  diaphragm, 
thus  causing  strong  and  distinct  vibrations  that  reproduce  the  words 
very  plainly.  The  diaphragm  is  formed  of  alternate  layers  of  skin  and 
a  textile  fabric,  or  of  hard  rubber  about  '/16  inch  thick. 

36.  ACOUSTIC  TELEPHONE.     The  characteristics  of  this  tele- 

phone are  a  curved 
mouthpiece,  D,  a  vi- 
brating chamber,  I, 
with  an  ear  tube,  T, 
for  returning  the  vi- 
brations to  the  ear 
without  moving  the 
head  in  conversation. 
It  also  has  attached  a 
clock -gear  vibrator, 
which  makes  a  loud 
call  by  the  hammer 
strokes  on  the  dia- 
phragm. The  mouth- 
piece, D,  and  the 
resonator,  I,  may  be 

made  of  metal,  hard  rubber,  wood,  or  papier-mache  as  convenient,  from 

3  to  5  inches  in  diameter.     37.  Cross  section. 


SECTION  III. 


MEASUREMENT  OF  POWER, 
SPRINGS. 


33 


Section  III. 
MEASUREMENT   OF    POWER,   SPRINGS. 


38.  REGISTERING  WIND  VANE.     The  wind  vane,  a  a,  15 
feet  above  the  roof  of  the  building,  the  vertical  shaft,  b  b,  which  is 

fastened  to  and  turns  with  the  vane, 
and  gives  corresponding  movements 
to  the  cylinder,  c  c,  round  which  the 
register  paper  is  fastened.  The 
paper  is  divided  vertically  into  24 
parts  for  the  hours  of  the  day  and 
its  circumference  on  the  drum  into 
4  divisions,  N,  E,  S,  W,  for  the  quar- 
ters of  the  wind.  At  </,  is  a  pencil 
tube  attached  to  the  top  of  the 
weight,  e,  and  the  pencil  bears 
lightly  against  the  paper  by  an  In- 
dia rubber  elastic  spring.  A  clock, 
g,  permits  this  weight  to  descend  to 
the  bottom  of  the  cylinder  in  twenty-four  hours,  when  the  cylinder  is 
taken  out,  and  the  register  slipped  off.  Another  one  is  put  on  by 
pasting  one  of  the  edges  of  the  paper  and  letting  it  overlap  the  other 
edge  round  the  cylinder. 


39.  ANEMOMETER.  Robinson 
type.  For  measuring  the  velocity  of 
the  wind.  The  worm  screw  runs  in 
one  of  a  train  of  geared  index  wheels 
carrying  pointers.  The  dials  are  marked 
for  direct  reading  of  from  o.i  mile,  i 
mile,  10  miles,  100  miles,  1,000  miles  ; 
so  that  the  difference  of  two  readings 
and  the  time  gives  a  ready  solution  of 
the  wind  velocity. 
35 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


40.  ELECTRIC  SIGNAL  ANEMOMETER.     Consists  of  four 
hollow  hemispheres  or  cups  fixed  to  the  ends  of  two  horizontal  rods  A 
crossing  each  other  at  right  angles  and  supported  on  a  vertical  shaft  D 

whose  worm  thread  is  geared  into  the 
wheel  H.  On  the  face  of  wheel  H  are 
beveled  projecting  pins  E  which  engage 
with  a  beveled  projection  on  the  spring  I. 
The  pins  are  so  arranged  on  wheel  H  as 
to  momentarily  close  circuit  through  a 
single  stroke  bell  for  every  twenty-five 
revolutions  of  the  cup  arms  A.  The 
electric  circuit  starts  at  the  insulated 
binding-post  B,  goes  through  wire  to 
the  insulated  spring  C,  where  it  is  com- 
pleted to  spring  I  to  frame  of  instrument 
and  the  uninsulated  binding -post  F. 
From  binding-posts  B  and  F,  where 
start  the  line  wires,  the  circuit  is  com- 
pleted through  bell  and  battery. 

41.  METALLIC    THERMOMETER.      The  instrument  is  pro- 
vided with  two  series  of  hard  rubber  pulleys  mounted  on  studs  project- 
ing from  a  board.     A  fine  brass  wire 
(No.  32)   attached  to   the  board   at 
one  end  passes  around  the  successive 
pulleys  of  the  upper  and  lower  series 
in  alternation,  the  last  end  being  con- 
nected  with    one    end    of    a    spiral 
spring,   which  is   strong   enough   to 
keep  the  wire  taut  without  stretching 
it.     The  other  end  of  the  spring  is 
attached  to  .a  stud  projecting  from 
the  board.     The  pulleys  are  of  dif- 
ferent diameters,  so  that  each  series 
forms  a  cone.      By  this  construction 
the  wire  of  one  convolution  is  pre- 
vented from  covering  the  wire  of  the  next. 

The  last  pulley  of  the  upper  series  is  provided  with  a  boss,  to  which 
is  attached  a  counterbalanced  index.  A  curved  scale  is  supported 
behind  the  index  by  posts  projecting  from  the  board. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


37 


42.  WIND  FORCE  REGISTER.     The  metal  drum,  a  a,  is  made 
of  tin  plate  ;  it  is  two  feet  in  height  and  one  foot  in  diameter,  suspended 

by  a  chain,  b,  to  a  strong  support,  c,  on 
the  roof  of  the  Observatory  ;  its  lower 
end  is  connected  by  a  chain  and  guide 
rod,  d,  with  a  spiral  spring  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  case.  On  the  top  of  this 
spring  is  a  pencil ;  it  bears  against  the 
sheet  of  paper,  g  g,  fastened  to  a  board 
drawn  aside  by  a  clock.  When  the 
wind  blows,  the  tin  cylinder  is  forced 
into  some  other  position,  as  is  shown  in 
the  dotted  figure,  a'  a',  and  the  pencil  is 
drawn  upward.  The  more  violent  the 
wind  the  further  will  the  tin  cylinder  be 
pushed  aside,  and  the  higher  the  pencil 
drawn.  The  force  necessary  to  draw 
the  pencil  upward  to  a  given  point  is 
determined  by  direct  experiment,  and  ex- 
pressed in  pounds  weight  upon  a  square 
foot.  The  direction  from  which  the  wind 
blows  makes  no  difference,  as  it  always 
has  the  same  surface  to  press  upon. 

43.  RECORDING   WIND    METER.     On  the  ends  of  a  cross 
supported  by  a  vertical  shaft  several  feet  above  the  roof  of  the  building, 

are  four  hemispherical  copper  cups. 
These,  whatever  may  be  the  direction 
of  the  wind,  are  caused  to  turn  round 
with  a  speed,  as  has  been  determined 
by  experiment,  of  about  one-third  the 
velocity  of  the  wind. 

To  the  lower  end  of  the  shaft  thus 
made  to  revolve  by  the  cups  is  attached 
an  endless  screw  connecting  with  a  train 
of  wheels,  which  move  a  cam.  The 
wheels  are  so  arranged  that  one  turn 
of  the  cam  answers  to  1 5  miles  in  the 
movement  of  the  wind.  A  pencil 
which  rests  on  the  edge  of  the  cam, 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,   SPRINGS. 


and  bears  lightly  against  a  surface,  is  carried  from  the  bottom  to  the 
top  of  the  paper  by  each  revolution  of  the  cam.  It  should  be  under- 
stood that  the  paper  is  attached  to  a  board  drawn  aside  by  a  clock  at 
the  rate  of  half  an  inch  an  hour.  The  number  of  times  that  the  pencil 
moves  from  the  bottom  to  the  top  of  the  paper,  multiplied  by  15,  gives 
the  number  of  miles  that  the  wind  has  moved  in  an  hour  or  day. 

44.  RECORDING  BAROMETER.  The  tube  marked  A  B  is 
of  glass  ;  the  upper  part  is  of  a  larger  diameter  than  the  stem,  A  being 
3/4  of  an  inch  internal  diameter  and  10  inches  long, 
while  the  stem,  B,  is  %  of  an  inch  bore  and  26 
inches  long.  The  total  length  of  the  tube  is  there- 
fore 36  inches.  The  reservoir,  C,  is  suspended 
from  a  brass  frame,  D,  fastened  to  the  back  of  the 
case.  This  frame  also  holds  the  upper  ends  of  the 
steel  springs,  E,  E.  The  glass  reservoir,  C,  is 
of  the  same  diameter  and  length  as  the  upper  part 
of  the  tube,  A  ;  on  its  open  end  is  turned  a  flange 
to  hold  it  in  a  brass  frame,  F,  to  which  are  fastened 
the  lower  ends  of  the  steel  springs,  E,  E  ;  it  also 
carries  an  ink  pencil,  G,  that  touches  the  ruled 
paper  on  the  board,  H,  H,  which  is  drawn  aside 
by  the  clock,  J. 

The  springs  for  weighing  the  reservoir  are  made 
of  steel  wire,  No.  22  English  wire  gauge,  closely 
wound  round  a  mandrel,  J/2  inch  in  diameter  and 
10  inches  long,  on  which  they  are  tempered  hard 
and  afterward  lowered  to  a  suitable  temper  by  being  dipped  in  oil  and 
ignited  two  or  three  times,  the  burned  oil  forming  a  japan  that  prevents 
them  from  rusting  in  damp  weather.  , 

Ink  pencils  of  the  barometer  and  other  instruments  are  made  by 
drawing  narrow  glass  tubing  to  a  fine  point,  which  lightly  touches  the 
paper  register,  leaving  a  mark  of  red  ink  that  has  been  diluted  with 
about  one-quarter  of  its  volume  of  glycerin.  The  glycerin  prevents 
the  ink  from  drying  too  rapidly. 

To  receive  the  atmospheric  fluctuations  a  suitable  ruled  paper  is 
fastened  by  means  of  small  brass  clamps,  K  K,  to  the  board,  H  H, 
which  is  hung  by  rollers  to  the  thick  steel  rod  fastened  to  the  sides  of 
the  case,  on  which  the  paper  is  carried  from  right  to  left  by  the  clock,  J? 
at  the  rate  of  T/3  an  inch  per  hour,  by  means  of  the  pulley  on  the  hour 
arbor  of  the  clock. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


39 


45.  REGISTERING  AIR  THERMOMETER.  A  glass  tube 
bent  into  a  circle  with  an  air  bulb  at  the  top  nicely  balanced  by  coun- 
terweights on  a  knife 
edge.  Part  of  the  tube,  as 
shown  by  the  heavy  black 
line,  is  filled  with  mercury. 
The  expansion  and  con- 
traction of  the  air  in  the 
bulb  end  moves  the 
mercury  and  carries  the 
pointer  up  or  down  by 
change  of  gravity.  A 
cylinder  moved  by  clock- 
work receives  the  record. 


46.   METALLIC   THERMOMETER.     A  series  of  rods  or  strips 
of  zinc  and  iron  alternating,  with  their  alternate  ends  fastened  together, 

so  that  the  first  rod  shall  be  zinc 
and  the  last  iron,  which  should 
extend  to  a  curved  lever  that 
operates  a  sector  and  small  pin- 
ion to  which  the  index  hand 
is  attached.  The  dial  gradu- 
ation to  be  made  by  comparison  with  a  standard  thermometer. 

47.     THERMOSTAT. 

For  an  incubator.  A  coil 
of  zinc  and  steel  ribbon 
fastened  together  by  rivets 
or  solder  is  fixed  at  its  cen- 
ter end  to  a  block  in  the 
incubator  chamber  and  at- 
tached by  a  lever  to  a 
damper  and  to  a  lever  on 
the  wick  gear,  and  controls 
both  air  inlet  and  flame. 
The  zinc  should  be  thicker 
than  the  steel  and  on  the  outside  of  the  coil,  e,  counterweight  for 
balancing  lever  and  connections  ;  A,  air  inlet  cylinder ;  B,  lamp  chim- 
ney, all  of  sheet  iron  ;  O,  damper  rod  ;  D,  wick  rod. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


48.  METALLIC  THERMOMETER.     The  instrument  depends 
for  its  operation  on  the  difference  between  the  expansion  of  brass  and 

steel.  The  linear  expansion  of 
brass  is  greater  than  that  of  steel, 
so  that  when  a  curved  bar  of 
brass  is  confined  at  the  ends  by  a 
straight  bar  of  steel,  the  brass  bar 
will  elongate  more  than  the  steel 
bar  when  both  are  heated,  and 
will  in  consequence  become  more 
convex. 

At  the  right  are  shown  two 
bars,  the  straight  one  being  of 
Steel,  the  curved  one  of  brass.  The  steel  bar  is  slit  for  a  short  distance 
in  two  places  at  each  end,  and  the  ears  thus  formed  are  bent  in  op- 
posite directions  to  form  abutments  for  the  ends  of  the  curved  brass 
bars,  two  brass  bars  being  held  by  a  single  steel  bar,  thus  forming  a 
compound  bar,  as  shown  below.  Each  compound  bar  is  drilled 
through  at  the  center.  Ten  or  more  such  compound  bars  are  strung 
together  loosely  upon  a  rod,  which  is  secured  to  a  fixed  support.  A 
stirrup  formed  of  two  rods  and  two  crosspieces  rests  upon  the  upper 
compound  bar  and  passes  upward  through  the  support.  Above  the 
support  it  is  connected  by  a  link  with  a  sector  lever  which  engages  a 
pinion  on  the  pivot  of  the  index. 

49.  Straight  steel  and  curved  brass  bar. 

50.  The  compound  bar. 


51.  MAXIMUM  AND  MINIMUM 
RECORDING  THERMOMETER. 
a,  b,  two  strips  or  rods  of  hard  rubber  at- 
tached to  the  index  arm  k,  and  the  ad- 
justing post  /.  The  lower  ends  pivoted 
to  the  lever  d,  /,  shown  on  the  side  figure. 
m,  a  spring  to  take  up  looseness.  /,  a 
wooden  frame.  s,  s,  two  light  flanged 
sleeves  sliding  freely  on  the  bent  rod  n, 
which  is  fixed  above  the  index  scale. 
The  scale  to  be  made  by  comparison 
with  a  mercurial  thermometer,  e,  a  nut 
for  adjusting  the  position  of  the  index. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


52.  SUNSHINE  RECORDING  THERMOMETER.    Extend- 
ing from  the  instrument  in  the  room  through  the  roof  is  an  iron  pipe. 
j ! __r1       On  its  upper  end  it  carries  an 


iron  bar,  b,  to  which  is  fastened 
firmly,  at  c,  the  metallic  ther- 
mometer bar,  d;  from  the  loose 
end  of  this  bar  a  fine  wire 
descends  over  a  guide  pulley 
down  the  inside  of  the  pipe  to 
the  lever,  e,  in  the  case  in  the 
room  below.  On  the  long  end 
of  the  lever  is  an  ink  pencil,  /, 
that  records  the  motions  of  the  thermometer  bar  on  the  register  sheet, 
gg,  which  is  fastened  by  means  of  two  small  clamps  to  the  board  that 
is  carried  sideways  by  the  clock,  h.  Over  the  metallic  thermometer 
bar  above  the  roof  is  a  glass  shade,  /,  protecting  it  from  the  weather, 
or  covered  with  a  louver  box  when  used  for  recording  temperature  only. 
On  the  register  paper,  g  g,  are  shown  the  fluctuations  for  the  day. 
In  this  instance  many  clouds  have  passed  between  the  sun  and  instru- 
ment. If  the  curve  had  been  without  oscillations  it  would  show  that 
the  day  had  been  clear. 


53.  CENTRIFUGAL     SPEED     INDICATOR.      Gravity  of   a 
colored  fluid  in  the  central  and  outer  tubes  is  varied  by  the  centrif- 
ugal force  of  revolution  for  a  constant  in- 
dicator. 

The  machine  consists  of  three  tubes,  a,  b, 
b\  which  connect  freely  with  one  another, 
and  are  mounted  vertically  between  conical 
centers.  The  tubes  are  sealed  air  tight  so 
that  no  liquid  can  escape  or  be  added.  A 
scale  is  placed  on  a  standard  opposite  the 
central  glass  tube,  and  is  graduated  to  cor- 
respond to  various  speeds.  When  the  ap- 
paratus is  set  in  motion,  the  level  of  the  col- 
ored liquids  falls  in  the  central  tube  a,  and 
">V  rises  in  b,  and  fr;  by  comparing  the  level  of 

*•  the  liquid  in  a  with  the  scale,  the  speed  can 
be  read  off. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


54.  HYGROSCOPE.  In  the  instrument  a  strand,  H,  of  hair,  de- 
prived of  all  fat,  is  secured  at  its  upper  end  at  /,  and  at  its  lower  end 
to  a  crank,  k,  carried  by  the  shorter  and  heavier  arm, 
g,  of  an  angle-lever  pivoted  at  O.  The  longer  and 
lighter  arm  of  the  lever  serves  as  a  pointer  and  termi- 
nates in  a  trident,  Z.  Hair  has  the  property  of  ex- 
panding or  lengthening  with  an  increase  of  relative 
moisture  and  of  contracting  with  a  decrease  in  rela- 
tive moisture.  Since  the  strand  of  hair  is  constantly 
under  the  tension  imposed  by  the  weight  of  the  arm, 
g,  an  increase  or  decrease  of  relative  moisture  and  a 
corresponding  expansion  or  contraction  of  the  hair 
will  be  accompanied  by  a  movement  of  the  pointer, 
Z,  which  plays  over  a  double  scale.  The  central 
point  of  the  arm,  Z,  indicates  on  the  lower  scale 
(graduated  from  o  to  100)  the  relative  moisture. 
Hygrometers  which  are  employed  at  no  great  eleva- 
tions are  influenced  by  the  moisture  of  the  soil  after  a  heavy  fall  of 
dew  or  rain.  For  this  reason  five,  eight,  ten,  or  fifteen  per  cent,  must 
be  deducted  from  the  percentage  indicated  by  the  pointer,  for  light 
rain  (snow,  fog),  moderate  rains,  and  heavy,  continuous  rains. 


55.  PRONY  BRAKE.    The  lever  arm  is  pivoted  at  A.    The  band 
carrying  the  brake  blocks  is  connected  to  the  lever  at  D  and  B.     The 

brake  blocks  are  hollow  and  pro- 
vided with  internal  water  circulation 
for  cooling.  The  faces  of  the  brake 
shoes  are  smeared  with  tallow,  and 
no  water  is  allowed  on  the  friction 
surfaces.  The  block  B,  to  which 
the  band  is  attached,  moves  in  a 

curved  slot,  being  controlled  by  the  screw  and  handwheel  S.  A  turn- 
buckle  is  provided  in  the  band  for  tightening  the  grip  of  the  blocks. 
A  very  close  regulation  may  be  obtained  by  means  of  the  various  ad- 
justments, since  the  coefficient  of  friction  fluctuates  very  slightly  owing 
to  excellent  lubrication  and  absence  of  water  from  the  friction  surfaces. 
It  is  necessary  that  the  center  M  of  the  shaft,  the  pivot  at  A  and  the 
point  of  attachment  of  the  weight  to  the  lever  all  be  in  the  same 
straight  line  parallel  to  the  ground  line. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


43 


56.  TRANSMISSION    DYNAMOMETER.       The    motor    acts 
directly  upon  the  axle  of  the  wheel,  A,  in  the  direction  shown  by  the 

arrow,  and  this  wheel  carries  along  the 
intermediate  one,  B,  which  transmits 
motion  to  the  inner-toothed  wheel,  C. 
The  latter  is  connected  with  the  machine 
to  be  experimented  upon  by  the  axle,  c, 
and  the  Cardan  joint,  c'. 

The  axles,  a  and  c,  revolve  in  bearings 
fixed  to  the  frame,  M,  but  the  axle  of  the 
wheel,  B,  revolves  in  a  bush  which  is 
carried  by  a  beam  whose  fixed  axis  passes 
exactly  through  the  contact  of  the  cir- 
cumferences of  the  wheels,  A  and  B. 
The  result  of  this  is,  that  the  momen- 
tum of  the  force  exerted  by  the  wheel, 

p  _,  ...  n  .,  A,  upon  B,  is  null  with  respect  to  the 

(g)  [=£^y|^^----v:|'-- -.^L^  edge  of  the  knife-blade  upon  which  the 
beam  oscillates,  and  that,  consequently, 
such  force  has  no  tendency  to  move  the 
beam  in  one  direction  more  than  in  another.  The  beam,  then,  is  only 
influenced  by  the  resistance  that  the  wheel,  C,  offers  to  the  motion  of 
the  wheel,  B  ;  and  it  is  such  resistance  that,  by  a  system  of  levers  in  a 
ratio  of  i  to  10,  is  measured  by  means  of  the  weight,  P. 

57.  THERMOHYDROSCOPE.     The  instrument   comprises   es- 
sentially a  double  spiral,  S,  of  zinc  and  iron  and  a  prepared  strand,  H, 

of  hair,  extending  from  the  end,  a,  of  the 
spiral,  through  an  eye,  r,  over  the  roller, 
O,  to  the  end  of  the  index,  Z.  The  eye, 
r,  is  carried  by  the  spring,/,  and  is  raised 
or  lowered  by  means  of  the  set-screw,  s. 
If  the  eye  be  lowered,  the  strand  of  hair 
is  subjected  to  tension,  and  the  index,  Z, 
thereby  raised.  If  the  eye  be  raised,  the 
strand  of  hair  is  slackened,  and  the  in- 
dex falls  by  its  own  weight.  In  this 
manner  the  index  of  the  instrument  is 
adjusted. 
The  spiral,  S,  operates  in  the  same  manner  as  the  spiral  of  a  ther- 


44  MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,   SPRINGS. 

mometer.  When  the  temperature  rises  the  spiral  curves  inwardly,  so 
that  its  free  end,  a,  moves  downwardly  to  a'.  The  tension  of  the 
strand,  H,  is  thereby  diminished,  and  the  index  falls.  Since  the  rel- 
ative moisture  has  remained  the  same,  the  length  of  the  strand  is  not 
changed.  While  the  polymeter  points  constantly  to  fifty  per  cent.,  the 
thermohygroscope,  through  the  falling  of  its  index,  shows  that  the 
temperature  has  raised,  and  with  a  uniform  temperature,  a  change  of 
the  index  indicates  change  of  the  relative  moisture. 

POWER  OF  SPRINGS. 

Reference  to  letters  of  formula  : 
P.  Maximum  in  pounds. 
B.  Breadth  of  spring  in  inches. 
H.  Thickness  of  spring  in  inches. 
L.  Length  of  spring  in  inches. 
F.  Deflection  of  spring  in  inches. 

R.  Radius  of  helical  springs  or  points  at  which  load  is  applied. 
S  =  max.  stress. 

=  100,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in.  for  elliptical  springs,  )  „ 
•    =    80,000         »  «          helical         «        f 

=    14,500         "  "  "  «       Brass. 

E  =  modulus  of  elasticity. 

=  31,500,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in.  (steel). 
=  15,000,000    '•'  «          (brass). 

G  =  modulus  of  elasticity  for  torsion. 
G  =  %  E  =  12,600,000  Ibs.  per  sq.  in.  (steel). 
=    6,000,000    "  "          (brass). 

Best  work  of  spring  is  at  one-half  its  maximum  load  as  per  formula- 

58.  RECTANGULAR  SPRING.     Fast  at  one  end  load  at  the 
other  end. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

SBH* 
6  L 

6PL3 
E  B  R3 

F_SL 

L  :    E  H 

If  spring  is  triangular  in  breadth 
and  of  equal  thickness,  use  above 
formula,  in  which  B  =  breadth  at 
base  or  widest  part. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


45 


59.  COMPOUND  TRIANGULAR 
SPRING,  or  more  than  one  leaf  of  either 
form  in  the  cuts. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

For  a  single  and  double 
elliptical   spring    the 
max.  load  =  2  P. 
SNBH       SB'H2 

Deflection  of  a  double 
elliptical  spring  =  2  F. 
6  P  L3 

F       S  L 

L  ~~  EH 

6  L        "    6  L 

N  =  number  of  leaves. 

E  N  B  H3 

TT 

Ends  of  leaves  tapered  to  — 


60.  Single  elliptic  spring.        61.   Double  elliptic  spring. 


62.  VOLUTE  OR  SPIRAL  SPRING, 
flat.  P  =  power  applied  at  end  of  arm,  R. 
Distance  a  =  flexure  of  arm. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

SBH 

F     r        I2PLR2 

F       2  S  L 

-    6R 
R  =  radius  of  P. 

-    EBH3 

R        EH 

L,  total  length  of  spring  in  action. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


63.  HELICAL  SPRING,  flat.  P  = 
power  applied  at  end  of  arm,  R.  Dis- 
tance a  =  flexure  of  arm. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

For  square  B  =  H. 
SBH2 

F       Ra       I2PLR2 

F       2SL 

6R 

R  =  radius. 

EBH3 

R       EH 

L  =  total  length  of  spring  in  action. 

64.  HELICAL  SPRING,  round.     P  = 
R ,          power   applied    at    end  of   arm,    R.      Dis- 
p     tance  a=  flexure  of  arm. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

S.D3 

F        Pa       64PLR* 

F       2SL 

3*  R 

R<1          ,rED< 

R        ED 

L  =  total  length  of  spring  in  action. 
TT  =  3.1416.      D  =  diameter  of  steel. 


65.  STRAIGHT    TORSION    SPRING, 

flat. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

p_       SB2H2 

3&VB'-fH« 

F  —  Ra 

H  >  B,  nearly. 

3PR2L[B2+H2] 

F_bLvB2+H2 

p  _           S  B2  H2 

GB3H3 

R             GBH 

3R[o.4B+o.96H~ 

H,  breadth  of  spring.      B,  thickness.      G,  modulus  =  %  E. 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,    SPRINGS. 


47 


66.  STRAIGHT  TORSION  SPRING, 
round.  P  =  power  applied  at  end  of  arm,  R. 
Distance  a  =  flexure  of  arm. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

STT  D3 

F      R        32PR2L 

F       2SL 
ROD 

i6R 

R  —  radius.' 

3.1416.      D  :=  diameter  of  steel.      G,  modulus  of  elasticity 
for  torsion. 


,  67.    HELICAL    TORSION    SPRING, 
round.     To  pull  lengthwise  of  the  helix. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

S,rD3 

2RSL 

F      2SL 

DG 
F      32P*2L 

16  R 

R~  GD 

"     TrGD^ 

=  3.1416.       D  =  diameter  of  steel.        G,  modulus. 


68.   HELICAL     TORSION     SPRING, 
flat.     To  pull  lengthwise  of  the  helix. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

r            S  B2  H2 

3pR2l                Ha] 

.p    swlFTTr, 

~3RVB2+H2 
H  >  B,  nearly. 
SB-H' 

GB3H3 

R            GBH 

•     3R[o.4B  +  0.96  H] 

G,  modulus. 


48 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,   SPRINGS. 


69.    CONICAL    SPIRAL    TORSION 
SPRING.     Round,  to  pull  or  push. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

p_S-D3 

~   i6R 

Nearly 
i6PR  L 

F      SL 
R~GD 

"     TrGD* 

TT=  3,1416.      G,  modulus. 


70.   CONICAL   SPIRAL   TORSION 

SPRING,  flat. 
To  pull  or  push. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

p            SB'H* 

Nearly 
3PR'L[B2+H*] 

3R  A/B2+H2 
H  >  B,  nearly. 
p_            SB2H2 

F_SLVB2+H2 

2  G  B3  HS 

R           2GBH 

3R(o.4B+o.96H) 

G,  modulus. 


71.  BOLSTER  SPRINGS,  round.     For  each  spring,  if  double. 


Max.  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

p        S-D3 

2RSL 

F      2  SL 

DG 
32PR2L 

i6R 

R        GD 

TrGD^ 

D  =  diameter  of  steel.       TT  =  3.i4l6.       G,  modulus. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Beware  of  Cheap  Tubings  and  other  Imitations 

THE    ECLIPSE 
SECTIONAL   RAINBOW   GASKET 

For  Steam  Boilers 

Will  Fit  any  Hand  or  Man-Hole  in  the  World 

MANUFACTURED   FROM  THE 

BRATED  RAINBOW  PACKING  COMPOUND 

LENGTH  AND  WEIGHT  PER  BOX 


f  inch  diameter 

36  feet 

a|  pounds 

i 

36 

5i 

i 

24 

5i 

4 

18 

6 

i 

12 

61 

1 

12 

7 

i  and  f  inch  for  Pipe  Unions. 

\  inch  for  Hand-Hole  Plates. 

f  and  f  inch  for  Man-Hole  Plates. 

i  and  i  inch  for  Extra  Large  Man-Hole  Plates. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 

A  Special  Size  of  1-4  inch  Eclipse.    48  feet  in  box,  weight 
about  1  1-2  Ibs.     Price,  per  lb.,  $2.00 


rE"1  — 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

1 


.hCLH 
SECTIONAL   HAir  tt     *    GASK 


BVTENTED    HUTS.       NOV. ,3. 1391 


BEFORE   USE 


In  order  to  protect  our  customers  more  fully  against  worthless  tubings, 
we  are  now  manufacturing  all  Eclipse  Gaskets  like  the  section  shown  below: 
Trade  ECLIPSE  Mark  Patented  1891,  imbedded  in  the  tubing  every  six  inches. 
All  gasket  tubings  not  showing  this  mark  are  infringements  on  our  patents, 
and  are  worthless  imitations. 


FACSIMILE  OF  A  6-INCH  SECTION 

OF  ECLIPSE  GASKET 
showing  Name  and  Trade-Mark  imbedded 


FACSIMILE 

of  the  first  Eclipse  Sectional 
Rainbow  Gasket  ever  put  in  a 

man-hole  of  a  boiler 
Steam  pressure,  160  Ibs. 


en 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SPIRAL  R 
.'F    ROD    PACKING 


^wWW^^^^  ^ 

**«***' 


For  ^iMMPv  Packed 

Westinghouse  tfP3  *n 

Pumps  C  #o*es 


,  —  ..• 
i  I  •.••-•• 


3-8  inch  diameter.    Weight,  about  4  1-2  Ibs. 
,* 

The  Peerless  Spiral  Piston  and  Valve  Rod  Packing  has  been 
adopted  by  many  of  the  leading  railroads  in  the  country  for  West- 
inghouse Pumps. 

fi 

MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

16  WARREN   STREET,   NEW  YORK 

£ 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

PEERLESS 
SQUARE  BRAIDED  FLAX  PACKING 


Owing  to  repeated  demands  by  both  consumers  and  the  trade,  we  have 
now  facilities  for  making  a  braided  Flax  Packing.  Our  trade-mark,  "  Peerless," 
is,  to  those  who  are  familiar  with  our  goods,  a  guarantee  that  this  is  the 
best  in  the  market.  Prices  in  these  goods,  like  all  others,  are  regulated  by 
the  quality.  Practically  all  of  the  so-called  Italian  Flax  Packing  consists  of 
principally  Jute  Fibre,  in  addition  to  which  it  is  loaded  with  an  unnecessary 
amount  of  tallow.  We  put  it  up  in  boxes  with  label  (see  cut)  to  protect  the 
consumer. 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

i  inch 

I  60    feet 

5*  Ibs. 

92 

6i    '' 

494 

7i 

* 

45 

9 

24 

7 

' 

21^ 

8f 

i 

18 

9t 

ii 

15 

12 

ii 

33 

25 

if 

30 

25 

ii 

27 

24 

if 

25 

24 

if 

22 

22 

ii 

22 

2 

!•                  19 

22 

Price,  per  lb.,  60  cents 


MEASUREMENT   OF   POWER,   SPRINGS. 


49 


72.  COMPOUND    BOLSTER    SPRING.      The  value  of   each 
spring  must  be  first  obtained  and  all  added  for  the  compound  spring. 


U.3^, 


Max;  load. 

Deflection. 

Flexibility. 

S.D3 

2RSL 

F       2SL 

DG 

32  P  R*  L 

i6R 

R      GD 

TrGD4 

G,  modulus. 


SECTION  IV. 


GENERATION  OF  POWER, 
STEAM. 


Section    IV. 
GENERATION    OF    POWER,    STEAM. 


73.  INTERNALLY  FIRED  BOILER.  Double  corrugated 
tubular  furnace  with  cylindrical  shell  and  return  tubes.  A  large  vol- 
ume of  water  and  large  water  surface  which  insures  steady  steaming. 


A  liberal  steam  space  and  dry  pipe  prevents  siphoning. 
74.  Cross  section  of  boiler. 
Continental  type. 


75.  HEAT  CIRCU- 
LATION in  a  Hein  boiler. 
The  two  longitudinal  fire- 
brick partitions  along  the 
upper  and  lower  tubes  di- 
rect the  heated  gases  in 
contact  with  the  entire 
tube  surface. 


53 


54 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


76.  DOWN  DRAUGHT 
BOILER      FURNACE. 

Hawley  type  under  a  Hein 
boiler,  c,  tubular  grate,  d, 
tube  connection  between 
grate  header  and  front  drum. 
b.  tube  connection  between 
grate  header  and  rear  drum 
with  blow  off. 

a,  uptake  connection 
from  each  end  of  grate  header  to  shell  of  boiler.  This  arrangement 
gives  a  rapid  circulation  in  the  grate-bars  and  prevents  overheating. 

77.  TRIPLEX  BOILER.     Fanning  type  with  down  draught  grate. 
Shells  are  filled  with  tubes  and  with  no  stays.     Top  shell  used  for 


steam  space.     Gases  of  combustion  pass  under  lower  shells  through 
the  tubes  and  back  between  the  three  shells.     Water  line  in  upper 
shell.     Large  efficiency  claimed. 
78.  Section  through  boiler. 


79.   WATER   TUBE    BOILER. 


Arranged  for  utilizing  the  heat 
from  a  puddling  furnace. 
A  most  efficient  econ- 
omizer of  heat  from  any 
kind  of  furnace  from 
which  there  is  sufficient 
waste  heat  for  generating 
steam.  A  diaphragm 
guides  the  heat  to  best 
advantage  through  the 
two  sets  of  upright  tubes. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


55 


80.  VERTICAL  WATER  TUBE 
BOILER.  Wood  type.  A  furnace 
chamber  at  one  side ;  an  upper  and 
lower  tube  drum  with  the  tubes  banked 
in  two  sections,  and  a  fire-tile  partition 
extended  nearly  to  the  top  of  the  tubes. 
The  only  provision  for  circulation  is  by 
the  upward  current  in  the  fire  side  induc- 
ing a  downward  flow  in  the  rear  bank  of 
tubes.  Tubes  are  cleaned  by  steam  jets, 
through  doors  in  the  walls  of  the  setting. 


81.  FLASH  COIL  BOILER.  Made  with 
two  open  coils  of  iron  pipe  interlocked  so  that 
the  central  space  is  occupied  by  a  useful  steam- 
generating  surface. 

This  form  gives  a  large  generating  surface  in  a 
small  space. 


82.  FINGER   TUBE   BOILER.     The 

shell  is  made  of  thick  tubing  for  small  boilers 
or  T/2  inch  plate  for  larger  size.  The  fingers 
are  of  short  pieces  of  pipe  welded  at  one  end 
with  a  square  head  for  a  wrench  and  screwed 
into  the  shell,  using  ordinary  pipe  threads. 
The  connecting  tubes  are  not  essential  and 
may  be  omitted.  An  excellent  boiler  for 
amateur  practice. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


83.  DUPLEX   WATER   TUBE    BOILER.     One  of  the  many 

forms  of  water  tube  boilers 
now  coming  into  general 
use  in  which  great  economy 
in  evaporative  power  and 
space  has  been  obtained. 
Diaphragms  spread  the  heat 
equally  among  the  stacks  of 
upright  tubes. 

The  half  section  at  the 
right  shows  the  tube  con- 
nections with  the  shell. 


84.  FLASH   TYPE    STEAM    GENERA- 
TOR.    The  water  is  fed  at  the  bottom  of  the 
coil  at  A.     Gasoline  is  vaporized  in  the  small 
cast  iron  retorts  B,  placed  beneath  the  steam 
coil.     A  cheap  and  safe  type  for  amateur  and 
automobile  use.     The  generation  of  steam  is 
controlled  by  the  pump  action  in  this  class  of 
boilers. 

85.  Plan  of  retorts  and  connections  from  the 
feed  pump  and  to  the   burners   beneath   the 
retorts. 


86.  NOVEL  MOTOR.  In  this  motor  bulbs  are  arranged  diamet- 
rically opposite  each  other,  in  pairs,  each  pair  being  connected  by  a 
tube.  The  motor  thus  formed  of  the  series 
of  bulbs,  the  tubular  arms  and  the  shaft  sup- 
porting them,  is  operated  by  the  heat  of  a 
small  lamp.  Each  pair  of  bulbs  contains 
enough  water  to  fill  one  of  them.  The  wheel 
thus  formed  revolves  over  a  deflector  which 
is  heated  by  means  of  the  lamp.  %The  bulbs 
are  exhausted  of  air,  so  that  pressure  suffi- 
cient to  force  the  water  from  the  hot  bulb  to 
the  cooler  one  above  quickly  generates  from 
water  under  a  vacuum  by  its  low  boiling  point. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


57 


87.  SOLAR    CALORIC    ENGINE.     Ericsson  system.    This  en- 
gine ran  at  420  revolutions  per  minute  in  clear  sunlight.     It  was  con- 
structed on  the  same  design 
as  the  ordinary  hot-air  en- 
gine  and   ran    under   the 
same  conditions. 

It  is  calculated  that  the 
heat  radiated  by  the  sun 
during  nine  hours  per  day, 
for  all  the  latitudes  com- 
prised between  the  equator 
and  the  45th  parallel,  cor- 
responds per  minute  and 
per  square  foot  of  normal 
surface  to  the  direction  of 
the  rays  to  3-5  thermo  units 

of  772  foot  pounds.     Hence,  a  surface  of  100  square  feet  would  give 
a  power  of  270,000  foot  pounds,  or  from  8  to  9  horse-power. 

88.  MOUCHOT'S   SOLAR    BOILER.     A  is  a  glass  bell,  B  is  a 
boiler  with  a  double  envelope,  D  is  a  steam  pipe,  E  is  a  feed  pipe,  F 

is  a  conical  silvered  mirror  ; 
G  G  is  a  spindle  around 
which  a  motion  is  given  to 
the  machine  from  east  to 
west  by  the  gearing  regulat- 
ing the  inclination  of  the 
apparatus  on  the  spindle 
G  G,  according  to  the  sea- 
sons ;  I  is  a  safety  valve ; 
K  is  a  pressure  gauge,  and 
L  is  a  water  gauge. 

Diameter  of  top  9  feet; 
45  square  feet  of  silvered 
glass  surface.  Boiler  of  blackened  copper  3 1  inches  high,  1 1  inches 
diameter.  Thin  glass  cover  2  inches  larger  than  boiler. 

Pressure  generated  7  5  Ibs.  per  square  inch  ;  1 1  Ibs.  of  water  evap- 
orated per  hour.  Used  for  driving  a  pump.  A  sun  motor  of  this 
type  is  now  in  operation  in  Southern  California,  pumping  water  for 
irrigation.  Reflector  331/,  feet  diameter,  10  horse-power. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


w^y^^jKwM 


89.  MARINE  WATER 
TUBE  BOILER.  A  light 
and  powerful  boiler  invented 
by  Du  Temple  in  France  and 
used  on  an  English  torpedo 
gunboat.  Patented  1876. 

This  boiler  has  all  the  essen- 
tial qualities  of  the  later  water 
tube  boilers. 

Ample  water  circulation  is 
provided  for  by  the  back  con- 
nections, one  of  which  is  shown 
in  the  cut. 


90.  DOWN  DRAUGHT  WOOD- 
BURNING  FURNACE.  The 

curved  chute  facilitates  the  self  feeding 
of  the  wood  to  the  grate.  Width  of 
chute  suitable  for  cord  wood.  Fire 
trimmed  from  a  side  door.  St.  Clair 
type,  which  is  also  adapted  to  the  burn- 
ing of  bituminous  coal. 

91.  GRAVITY  FEED  FUR- 
NACE. For  an  internal  fire-box 
boiler.  For  bituminous  coal  the  in- 
clination of  the  grate  made  to  suit  the 
sliding  properties  of  the  coal.  The 
feed  hopper  extends  clear  across  the 
grate  width.  The  coal  feeds  down  by 
rate  of  combustion,  which  in  turn  is 
regulated  by  the  amount  of  draft  ad- 
mitted. The  new  coal  is  heated  by 
the  burning  fuel  before  it  properly 
"  catches,"  and  thus  a  preliminary  evo- 
lution of  gas  is  effected,  which  lessens 
very  perceptibly  the  amount  of  visible 
smoke  given  off  by  the  furnace. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


59 


92.  TRAVELING  LINK 
GRATE.  The  link-bar  grate 
is  fed  forward  by  a  geared  drum 
carrying  the  coal  fed  from  a 
hopper  and  coked  under  the 
fore  arch  of  the  furnace.  Mo- 
tion of  grate  and  amount  of  coal 
regulated  by  speed  of  gear  and 
opening  of  the  hopper,  sliding 
door,  and  grate  guard. 


93.  UNDER  FEED 
FURNACE.  A  circular 
grate  with  a  central  recess  to 
which  the  coal  is  lifted  from 
the  magazine  by  a  spiral  car- 
rier. The  coal  is  pushed  up 
through  the  central  funnel 
and  falls  over  on  to  the  grate, 
which  is  circular. 

A,  magazine  or  hopper. 

B,  feed  screw. 


94.  DOWN   DRAUGHT  FURNACE  in  an  internal  fired  boiler. 
Eastwood  type. 


A  water  tube  grate  with  tubes  between  the  furnace  head  and  a  cross- 
head  between  the  doors  of  the  upper  and  lower  furnace  for  obtaining  a 
perfect  circulation  in  the  grate. 

95.  Longitudinal  section  of  furnace. 


6o 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


96.  ANNULAR  STEAM  BLOW- 
ER. For  boiler  and  other  furnaces.  An 
annular  cast-iron  chamber  perforated  for 
steam  jets  at  an  angle  that  projects  the 
jets  in  a  converging  cone  and  draws  in 
the  air  with  a  force  corresponding  with 
the  pressure  of  the  steam. 

97.  STEAM  BLOWER.     Eynon-Korting  type.     A  double  nozzle 
air  injector  and  double  cone  tube  for  boiler  and  other  furnaces.     The 


needle  valve  regulates  the  flow  of  steam  from  the  central  jet  which  is 
re-enforced  by  the  incoming  air  around  the  two  nozzles. 

98.  ARGAND    STEAM    BLOWER   for 
furnaces.      A  perforated  annular   nozzle  in- 
closed in  a  shell  with  curved  sides  and  steam 
connections. 

It  furnishes  a  large  volume  of  air  with  a 
small  amount  of  steam.  The  air  and  steam 
are  thoroughly  mixed  in  the  shell  of  the  blow- 
er before  the  blast  is  delivered  into  the  ash 
pit.  It  makes  very  little  noise  in  operation. 

99.  Section,  showing  ring  and  jets. 

100.  COAL  DUST  FEEDING  APPARA- 
TUS. A  revolving  steel  brush  carries  the  coal 
dust  into  the  furnace  with  high  velocity,  mixed 
with  the  air  drawn  in  at  the  mouth  of  the  hopper. 
A  shaking  device  operated  from  the  brush  shaft 
regulates  the  dust  feed. 

The  shaking  parts  of  the  hopper  are  shown  by 
the  dotted  lines. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


6l 


101.  COAL  DUST  BURNER.  The  vertical  tube,  a,  for  intro- 
ducing the  air  serves  as  a  pivot  to  the  system,  which  comprises  :  i,  the 
movable  jacket,  b,  to  which  are  bolted  the  primary  air  conduit,  c,  and 
the  secondary  air  conduit,  d;  2,  the  hopper,  <?,  supported  by  the  chest, 
/,•  the  inlet  pipe,  g,  and,  finally,  the  conical  chamber,  h.  The  chest, 
/,  is  supported  by  the  conduit,  d,  but  is  not  in  communication  with  it. 


The  fixed  pipe,  a,  is  provided  at  the  side  with  two  apertures  in  front  of 
which  the  two  conduits,  c  and  d,  coincide  when  the  apparatus  is  in 
operation.  At  a  stoppage,  a  rotary  motion  is  given  the  system  and 
the  apertures  of  the  pipe,  d,  are  closed  by  the  sides  of  the  movable 
jacket.  The  conduit,  c,  is  divided  into  two  branches  which  discharge 
the  dust  into  the  inlet,  g. 


102.  FUEL    OIL    BURNER. 


Plan  and  section  of  the  crude  oil 
burner  used  on  the 
Southern  Cali- 
fornia Railroad. 
This  burner  has 
but  two  chambers,  oil  and 
steam;  the  air  enters  the  fur- 
nace through  graduated  open- 
ings around  the  burner. 

103.  Mouth  of  burner. 

104.  Plan  of  burner. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,   STEAM. 


105.  BURNER  FOR  AUTO-BOIL- 
ER. The  disk  chamber  is  stamped  out  of 
plate  iron.  The  interior  air  tubes  are 
screwed  into  the  back  head  and  furnish  air 
to  complete  combustion.  The  outer  tubes 
are  screwed  into  the  top  plate  and  furnish 
an  annular  stream  of  vapor  gas  from  the 
chamber  below. 


106.  AUTOMOBILE  BOILER.  Showing  the  arrangement  of 
burner  and  vaporizing  coil  above  the  burner  tubes. 

The  gasoline  is  fed  to  and 
vaporized  in  the  spiral  coil.  The 
vapor  injected  into  the  burner 
chamber  by  the  valve  B  carries 
air  with  it.  C  and  A  are  oil 
and  air  atomizing  valves  for 
starting  the  burner. 

The  gasoline  tank  should  have 
an  air  pressure  of  30  pounds. 
The  atomizing  valve  A  is  con- 
nected with  the  air  chamber  of 
the  gasoline  tank. 


107.  FUEL -OIL    BURNER.     Plan  and  sections  of  the  crude 
oil  burners  used  on  the  locomotives  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad. 


The  steam,  oil,  and  air  chambers  are  very  wide  and  spread  a  broad 
flame. 

Nos.  1 08,  109,  no,  in,  show  the  burner  in  detail. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


LIQUID  FUEL  BURNER.  Urquhart  Locomotive  type. 
The  air  nozzles  are  fixed,  steam 
nozzle  is  movable  by  a  screw  and 
worm  gear  and  regulates  the  oil 
flow.  Air  enters  between  the 
front  of  the  boiler  and  a  plate 
held  off  by  studs.  A  stay  tube 
through  the  water  space  makes 
an  entrance  of  the  flame  to  the 
furnace. 


113.   OIL  FUEL  FURNACE,  for  heating  and  setting  tires.    The 
combined  oil  and  air  enter  the    hood   through   a  peculiarly  shaped 

expansion  nozzle,  which  effec- 
— j  tually  combines  them  and  spreads 
JB  I  them  outward  at  the  same  time. 
The  air  pipe  connects  with  a 
chamber  D,  which  has  a  cock 
for  draining  off  water.  A  valve 
is  provided  between  D  and  C  for 
controlling  the  pressure.  The 
oil  pipe  connects  to  the  back  of 
C,  and  is  carried  through  C  by  a 
pipe  G  which  terminates  with  a 
nozzle  having  four  holes.  The  air  escapes  through  an  annular  orifice, 
surrounding  the  end  of  the  nozzle,  and  carries  the  oil  in  the  form  of 
finely  divided  spray  through  the  expansion  tube  into  the  hood  A. 


114.  OIL    FUEL    BURNER.      An 


English  type  of  approved 
design  in  which 
the  steam  issues  in 
an  annulus  within 
an  annulus  of  oil 
and  air  at  the 
throat  of  a  double 
cone.  Designed 
for  the  most  eco- 
nomical combus- 
tion of  oil. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


115.  FUEL   OIL    BURNER.       An    air    burner.       Brown    type. 
The  air  issues  in  an  annular  converging  cone  d,  meeting  the  small  jets 

of  oil  from  the  cen- 
tral apertures.  The 
central  tube  D  also 
ejects  through  the 
small  holes  a,  a,  a,  a. 
fine  jets  of  heated 
oil;  all  forming  the 
diverging  cone  e,  e, 
e,  e,  of  atomized 
fuel.  C  is  a  flared 
opening  of  fire 
brick.  J,  a  cup  for 
igniting.  Air  pres- 
sure,  25  to  30 
pounds. 

116.  LIQUID  FUEL  BURNER.  Cup 
grate  type,  operated  by  natural  draught  of  the 
chimney.  The  heat  of  the  furnace  heats  the 
inner  edge  of  the  cups  or  troughs,  vaporizes  the 
oil,  which  mixes  with  the  air  in  draught.  The 
oil  is  fed  to  the  upper  trough  and  overflows  to 
the  next  trough,  and  so  on  for  as  many  troughs 
as  required.  A  sliding  cover  and  air-stopper 
regulates  the  fire.  See  117  for  details. 

117.  PETROLEUM  FIRE  GRATE.  Nobel  type.  This  grate 
consists  of  a  series  of  superposed  troughs,  a,  a',  a",  containing  the 
liquid  fuel,  the  discharge  of  which  is  regulated 
by  small  basins,  r,  r1,  r",  that  communicate  with 
the  troughs  at  l>,  b '.  Through  the  basins  pass 
discharge  pipes,  T,  T',  T".  open  at  each  ex- 
tremity. All  the  parts  of  the  grate  are  of  iron 
cast  in  a  piece,  and  comprising  no  movable 
joint.  The  oil  enters  the  top  trough  and  over- 
flows through  the  tube,  T,  to  the  next,  and  so 

on  through  the  last  overflow  to  a  receiving  tank.     In  this  manner  all 
the  troughs  are  kept  at  constant  level. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS  SQUARE  PISTON  AND 
VALVE  ROD  PACKING 


The  Peerless  Square  Piston  and  Valve  Rod  Packing  is  the 
same  in  all  particulars  as  the  round  Peerless  Piston  and  Valve 
Rod  Packing  illustrated  on  pages  16  and  17,  excepting  that  each 
box  contains  about  one  pound  more  in  weight  than  given  in  the 
table  as  shown  on  page  17. 

We  make  three  different  shapes — round,  square  and  spiral — 
to  meet  different  conditions,  and  to  satisfy  as  nearly  as  possible 
the  ideas  of  our  friends  and  customers. 


DIRECT]  (  'SE 

When  first  put  in,  screw  glands  up  with  wrench  to  shape  packing,  take 
two  or  three  turns,  release  glands,  then  screw  them  up  with  thumb  and  fore- 
finger only  until  packing  is  fully  expanded. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


PATENTED  AND    MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEER  SPIRAL  PISTO         ND 

»  r    ,    '    -    -\          i  v     .  T          T          i    * 


Once  Tried 

Always 

Used 


Will  Hold 

400  Lbs. 

Steam 


Owing  to  repeated  demands  of  consumers,  we  are  now  making  the  Peer- 
less Packing  in  spiral  shape.  It  is  in  all  other  respects  same  as  the  regular 
Peerless  Packing.  Put  up  in  paper  boxes,  weights  and  lengths  as  follows : 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS       WEIGHT 

DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

}  inch 

84  feet 

3i  Ibs. 

i     inch 

24  feet 

10   Ibs. 

? 

72 

3s 

i  A 

12 

5 

I 

72 

4^ 

i  i 

12 

5 

A 

60 

4r 

j    3 

12 

6 

A 

36 

4 
5* 

1         Ift 

12 
12 

1 

36 

7} 

If 

12 

9 

T£ 

24 

5  T 

1         If^TT 

12 

Or 

1 

24 

6 

I    T 

12 

II 

f 

ii 

24 
24 
24 

1 

2 

12 
12 
12 

1 

When  first  put  in,  screw  glands  up  with  wrench  to  shape  packing,  take 
two  or  three  turns,  release  glands,  then  screw  them  up  with  thumb  and  fore- 
finger only  until  packing  is  fully  expanded. 

SMALL   SIZES 
i  inch        118  feet        ij  Ibs.  T3f  inch        105  feet        ii  Ibs. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $2.00 


rFT1- 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

PEERLESS   PISTON 
AND   VALVE    ROD    PACKING 


This  packing  is  manufactured  under  patents  and  trade-marks 
owned  and  controlled  exclusively  by  this  company. 

It  is  made  with  Round  Rainbow  Rubber  Core,  surrounded  by 
layers  of  soft,  loosely-woven  duck,  thoroughly  impregnated  with 
finest  grade  of  plumbago,  absolutely  free  from  grit  or  acid. 

IT  WILL  HOLD  400  IBS.   OF  STEAM 

It  will  tightly  pack  any  rod,  however  badly  scored  or  cor- 
roded. Large  rods  in  high-speed  engines  run  from  twelve  to  six- 
teen months  without  repacking. 

We  guarantee  it  will  not  get  hard  under  any  degree  of  heat. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR    USE 

When  first  put  in,  screw  glands  up  with  wrench  to  shape  packing,  take 
two  or  three  turns,  release  glands,  then  screw  them  up  with  thumb  and  fore- 
finger only  until  packing  is  fully  expanded. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

• 

PEERLESS    PISTON 
AND   VALVE    ROD    PACKING 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

DIAMETER 

CONTENTS          WEIGHT 

1  inch 

96  feet 

3!  Ib^. 

i      inch 

12  feet 

5    Ibs. 

A 

72 

3i 

JrV 

12 

sl 

1 

54 

3 

•I* 

12 

5t 

T7iT 

54 

4 

i  A 

12 

6[ 

i 

36 

33( 

I    i- 

12 

7  -i 

T95 

36 

1  A 

12 

i} 

| 

36 

7 

if 

12 

9 

18 

4 

12 

9! 

* 

18 

I  i 

12 

ii 

12 

3i 

I  f 

12 

ui 

{' 

12 

4 

If 

12 

it 

12 

4l 

2 

12 

!sl 

Small  sizes— 1-8  inch,  118  feet,  1   1-4  Ibs.;  3-16  inch,   105  feet,   1    1-2  Ibs. 
Price,  per  lb.,  $2.00 

MANUFACTURED  AND   PATENTED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,   STEAM. 


118.  CHIMNEY  DRAUGHT  IN- 
DICATOR. The  inverted  float  in  a  cup  of 
water  is  connected  to  the  dial  hand  by  a  rack 
and  pinion.  The  flue  or  chimney  is  connected 
to  the  bottom  of  the  central  tube  by  pipe  or 
hose.  The  draught  of  the  chimney  relieves  the 
float  of  pressure  equal  to  the  static  height  of  the 
water  due  to  the  partial  vacuum,  which  becomes 
a  constant  record  on  the  dial. 


119.  PLUG  FOR  LEAKY  BOILER 
TUBES.  The  bolt  is  screwed  into  one  of  the 
plugs  tight ;  the  other  plug  has  a  gland  land 
stuffing  box  for  perfect  closure  around  the  rod 
by  rubber  or  asbestos  packing. 


i2o.    SAFETY    PLUGS     FOR 
'    BOILERS.     Lunkenheimer  type  to 
1 2 1 '    meet  the  requirement  of  the  United 
States  Inspection  Service,  which  pro- 
hibits alloys  as  not   being  reliable, 
and  requires  that  all  plugs  shall  be 
I22-    filled  with   pure    Banca  tin,   which 
I23"    melts  at  a  temperature  of  446°  Fah. 


INSIDE  TYPE      OUTSIDE  TYPE 


124.  SIMPLE  FLOAT  STEAM  TRAP. 
Eureka  type.  A  tight  copper  ball  with  valve  and 
guide  stem  at  the  bottom  and  guide  stem  in  the 
inlet  pipe. 


66 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


125.  AUTOMATIC  STEAM 
TRAP.  Lawler  type.  The  open 
float  by  its  overflow  and  filling, 
sinks,  and  opens  the  discharge  valve 
by  its  lever  connection.  When  the 
float  is  emptied  by  the  steam  pres- 
sure, the  float  rises  and  closes  the 
valve. 


126.  FLOAT  STEAM  TRAP.  One  of 
the  several  types  of  steam  traps  with  sealed 
floats,  this  having  a  direct  attachment  of  the 
float  and  valve  which  is  designed  to  give  a 
small  amount  of  motion  to  the  float  for 
operating  the  valve. 

The  valve  has  a  cage  guide  and  its  stem 
is  loosely  socketed  to  the  float,  so  that  any 
side  motion  of  the  float  does  not  unseat  the 
valve. 


127.  DIFFERENTIAL    EXPANSION    STEAM    TRAP.      The 
opening  and  closing  of  the  valve  for  discharging  the  water  of  condensa- 


tion is  effected  by  the  differential  expansion  and  contraction  of  the 
orass  and  iron  tube,  being  3  to  2.  The  setting  of  the  valve  is  con- 
trolled by  the  adjusting  lever,  so  that  the  water  is  discharged,  and  when 
steam  enters  the  brass  tube  it  expands  by  the  additional  heat  and  closes 
the  valve  by  lifting  the  seat. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


128.  BALANCED  STEAM 
TRAP.  The  float  B  is  always  full  of 
water  and  not  liable  to  collapse.  It  is 
balanced  by  the  counterweight  W,  at 
the  other  end  of  the  valve  lever,  so 
that  the  float  B  opens  the  valve  by  the 
differential  flotation  of  the  weight  and 
float,  when  the  chamber,  S,  fills  with 
water. 


129.  RETURN  TRAP.  Blessing  type. 
For  raising  the  water  of  condensation  to  a 
higher  level  than  the  water  line  of  a  boiler, 
to  be  returned  to  the  boiler  by  gravity 
under  equalized  pressure. 

The  movable  bucket  operates  a  lever 
and  the  equalizing  valves  for  discharging 
the  water  to  a  receiver  by  the  boiler  pres- 
sure and  from  the  receiver  to  the  boiler  by 
gravity. 


130.    AUTOMATIC    BOILER    FEEDER.     Feeds   water   to   a 
boiler  on  the  same  principle  as  the  pulsometer. 

The  feeder  is  placed 
about  4  feet  above  the 
water  line  of  the  boiler 
with  .water  flowing  to  it 
by  gravity  or  pressure. 
The  weight  of  the  water 
alternately  filling  the 
chambers,  carries  them 
down  and  opens  a  steam 
port  in  the  axial  valve  to 
the  boiler  pressure,  when 
the  water  flows  into  the  boiler  by  gravity.  At  the  same  time  the 
upper  chamber  is  being  filled  by  the  condensation  of  its  steam.  It  is 
made  self-acting  by  having  the  steam  pipe  connect  to  the  boiler  at  the 
high  water  line,  at  which  point  steam  can  not  enter  the  chamber  and 
the  action  stops.  The  dashpots  regulate  the  motion  of  the  feeder. 


68 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


131.  CENTRIFUGAL  STEAM  SEPARATOR. 
The  centrifugal  force  produced  by  the  steam  whirling 
around  the  spiral  partitions  causes  the  entrained  water 
to  be  thrown  against  the  outer  shell  to  drip  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  case. 


132.  LOW    WATER    ALARM. 

Bundy  type.  For  steam  boilers.  An 
overbalanced  submerged  bucket  with 
lever  attachment  to  the  whistle  valve. 
Low  water  uncovers  the  bucket,  when 
its  unbalanced  weight  opens  the 
whistle  valve. 

The  parts  are  detailed  in  the  cut. 


WATER 

NNECTIOK 


133-  SIMPLE  BOILER  FEED   DEVICE.      A  is  a  vent   cock 
to  discharge  air  or  steam  from  the  feed  tank  ;  C  is  a  cock  to  let  steam 

from  the  boiler  to  the  tank  ;  D 
is  a  cock  to  let  water  from  the 
tank  to  the  boiler.  The  bot- 
tom of  the  tank  should  be 
above  the  highest  water  level 
to  be  carried  in  the  boiler.  The 
lowest  level  of  the  water  supply 

nmust  be  higher  than  the  bottom 
of  the  tank.  To  feed  the  boiler, 
first  close  C  and  D  and  open  A 
and  B.  Water  will  then  run  into  the  tank.  Then  close  A  and  B  and 
open  C  and  D,  and  the  water  in  the  tank  will  run  into  the  boiler. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


69 


134.  FEED  WATER  HEATER  AND  PURIFIER.  Ander- 
son type.  This  apparatus  consists  of  a  vertical  cylinder  containing  a 
number  of  compartments  filled  with  filter- 
ing material.  The  exhaust  steam  enters 
at  the  bottom  and  flows  into  the  first 
compartment  through  a  short  pipe,  thence 
through  the  annular  opening  surrounding 
the  second  compartment,  into  the  latter, 
thence  through  another  annular  opening 
into  the  next  compartment  and  so  on  to 
the  top  of  the  cylinder  or  casing. 

After  passing  through  the  annular  open- 
ings, the  steam  comes  in  contact  with 
baffle  plates,  which  direct  the  steam 
through  the  falling  water,  thus  condens- 
ing a  large  part  of  the  steam.  The  water 
enters  at  the  top  through  perforations  in 
a  ring-pipe,  the  water  falling  upon  a  baffle 
plate,  which  delivers  it  into  the  upper 

filtering  compartment.  From  the  latter  compartment  the  water  falls 
in  drops  through  the  current  of  steam  into  the  second  filtering  cham- 
ber or  bed  and  so  on  to  the  storage  reservoir  at  the  bottom.  A  ball 
float  is  connected  with  the  water-regulating  valve  at  the  top  and  main- 
tains a  constant  water  level  in  the  storage  reservoir.  A  sealed  over- 
flow pipe  prevents  the  water  in  the  reservoir  from  overflowing  into  the 
exhaust  pipe.  The  feed  pump  takes  the  hot  water  from  the  reservoir 
at  a  point  near  the  bottom,  thus  avoiding  any  oil  that  might  be  present 
at  the  surface. 

135.    SURFACE    CONDENSER.     Double  tube  type  in  which 
the  shell  has  both  tube  heads  at  one  end  ;  the  cooling  water  flowing 

through  the  smaller 
concentric  tubes  and 
returning  through  the 
annular  space  between 
the  tubes.  There  be- 
ing but  one  joint  for 
each  tube,  the  troubles 
arising  from  expansion 
and  contraction  of  the 
tubes  are  avoided. 


GENERATION   OF   POWER,    STEAM. 


136.   NOVEL    SURFACE    CONDENSER.      A   cylinder  filled 
with  small  tubes  as  shown  in  the  section,  137.     A  spray  jet  of  water 


thrown  against  the  tubes  at  one  end,  and  with  a  large  volume  of  air,  is 
drawn  through  the  tubes  by  a  suction  blower  at  the  end  of  the  conical 
chamber.  The  water  is  vaporized  and  with  the  air  takes  up  the  heat  of 
the  exhaust  steam  and  is  discharged  in  a  vapor  by  the  blower.  The 
pump  keeps  up  the  vacuum  in  the  exhaust  chamber  and  returns  the 
water  of  condensation  to  the  boiler.  Claimed  to  use  but  one  pound 
of  water  for  each  pound  of  steam  condensed. 

137.  Section  of  condenser  and  tubes. 

138.  EVAPORATOR  for  obtaining  fresh  water  from  salt  water. 
The  chamber  is  kept  supplied  half  full  of  salt  water  and  kept  below 

saturation  by  blowing  off. 
The  vapor  is  drawn  off 
through  the  perforated 
pipe  at  the  top  through  a 
condenser  by  the  vacuum 
pump.  The  boiling  tem- 
perature of  the  salt  water 
of  the  ocean  is  about 
153°  Fah.  at  a  26-inch 
vacuum.  The  condensed 
steam  from  the  coils  is 
saved  and  filtered  or  again 
fed  to  the  boilers  on  ship 

board.     Enough  vapor  for  ship  use  is  conveyed  to  an  aerator  and 

cooler. 


SECTION  V. 


STEAM  POWER  APPLIANCES. 


Section  V. 
STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


139.  TYPES  OF  COMPOUND  ENGINES. 
Single  cylinder  or  trunk  engine  in  which  the  high 
and  low  pressure  areas  are  adjusted  by  the  size  of 
the  piston  rod  or  trunk,  which  is  inclosed  by  a  stuffing 
box.  The  connecting  rod  is  jointed  within  the  trunk.. 


140.  TYPES  OF  COMPOUND 
ENGINES.  Cross  compound  with 
cranks  at  1 20°  on  ends  of  shaft.  Fly 
wheel  in  center.  In  this  type  there  is 
no  dead  center. 

141.  Low-pressure  cylinder,  showing 
relative  positions  of  piston. 


142.  TYPES  OF   COMPOUND 
ENGINES.     Twin  compound,  close 
connected  tandem  with  high-pressure 
cylinders  forward,  cranks  at  120°  on 
ends  of  shaft,  fly  wheel  in  center. 

143.  The  relative  positions  of  the 
pistons  are  shown  in  the  two  figures 
at  alternate  strokes. 


73 


74 


STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


144.  TYPES   OF   COMPOUND 
ENGINES.     Tandem    compound 
types  in  which  the  forward  cylinder 
is  high  pressure  with  close  connection 
to  the  low-pressure  cylinder  with  only 
a  metallic  sleeve  as  a  stuffing  box. 

145.  In  the  reverse  type  the  cylin- 
ders are  independent  and  separated  a 
short   distance  with   regular   stuffing 
boxes. 


146.  TRIPLE  EXPANSION  ENGINE,  with  double  tandem 
high-pressure  cylinder.  Edwards  patent.  The  object  of  the  design  is 

to  produce  an  ar- 
rangement of  cylin- 
ders, steam  valves, 
and  ports  whereby  the 
back  pressure  of  the 
intermediate  cylinder 
will  not  act  as  an  op- 
posing force  on  the 
high-pressure  piston, 
and  will  also  furnish 
full  pressure  of  steam 
in  the  intermediate 

without  increasing  back  pressure  in  the  high.  Steam  enters  the  cham- 
ber a3,  passes  through  an  opening  between  the  two  piston  valves,  which 
opened  to  the  upper  piston,  a,  when  it  passed  the  bottom  center.  The 
cut  shows  it  in  the  act  of  closing. 

When  working  as  a  triple  expansion  the  valve  closes  when  the  piston 
reaches  the  point  $2,  which  allows  the  steam  to  enter  cylinder  B  above 
piston  b  at  full  pressure,  but  the  crank  to  cylinder  A  is  on  the  quarter 
where  it  moves  at  its  highest  speed,  while  the  piston  B  moves  down. 
It  will  also  be  seen  that  lower  piston  A  reaches  the  top  of  its  cylinder. 
At  the  same  time,  but  instead  of  being  in  a  position  to  exhaust  as  in 
the  upper  one,  it  will  be  in  the  position  to  receive  through  lower  port  a9, 
valve  a5  having  moved  down  far  enough  to  open.  The  piston  A  starts 
on  the  return  stroke,  which  requires  no  explanation. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


75 


147.  HIGH  SPEED  VERTICAL  EN- 
GINE. Rhodes  type.  Valve  of  the  gridiron 
balanced  type,  with  valve  gear  of  a  novel  de- 
sign giving  a  quick  and  full  movement  of  the 
valve  through  a  rawhide  disk,  H,  rolling  on  an 
irregular  cam  on  the  shaft  and  made  adjustable 
for  time  of  cut  off  between  the  limit  of  3/8  and 
s/g.  The  roller  is  kept  in  contact  with  the  cam 
by  the  spring  K. 

The  cam  is  shown  on  the  engine  frame. 


148.  COMPOUND    STEAM    OR    AIR    ENGINE.      Watson 
type.     The  steam  or  air  is  admitted  from  the  bottom  and  between  the 

pistons,  driving  the  pistons 
outward  to  the  position  as 
shown  at  the  left  end  of 
cylinder.  When  the  pistons 
are  in  this  position,  the  cam 
valve  opens  the  top  port  and 
closes  the  feed  port,  thus 
allowing  the  steam  or  air  to 
collect  between  pistons  and 
pass  to  the  opposite  side  of 
the  same,  driving  them  in- 
ward to  the  position  as 

shown  in  the  right  end  of  cut.  As  soon  as  the  inward  stroke  is  com- 
pleted, the  extension  stem  on  pistons  opens  the  end  or  exhaust  valves, 
which  remain  open  until  the  pistons  complete  their  outward  stroke  and 
cycle  of  revolution.  To  reverse  the  motor,  steam  or  air  is  taken  from 
the  top  instead  of  the  bottom.  The  motors  are  so  arranged  that  steam 
or  air  can  be  used  once  and  exhaust,  or  it  may  be  used  twice. 


76 


STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


149.  TRIPLE    EXPANSION    MARINE    ENGINE.     Type  of 
steamer  Minnesota.     Proportion  of  cylinders,  i,  5,  15  in  area;  stroke, 


48  inches;  crank  positions,  120°;  high-pressure  cylinder,  23  inches 
diameter;  intermediate  cylinder,  51  inches  diameter;  low-pressure 
cylinder,  89  inches  diameter. 

150.  COMPOUND    CORLISS    ENGINE.      Atlas    type,    with 
direct   connected   exhaust   valves   for   both   high-   and    low-pressure 


cylinder.  The  releasing  gear  of  this  type  of  engine  is  unique  in  that 
inertia,  centrifugal  force,  and  the  force  of  gravity  are  used  to  operate 
the  grab  hook. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


77 


'51- 


COMPOUND     CORLISS 


ENGINE.  Showing  Corliss 
valves  on  low-pressure  cylin- 
der, direct  connected  wrist 
plates,  one  for  each  cylinder 
to  operate  the  steam  valves 
while  the  exhaust  valves  are 
all  connected  by  link  rods, 
\rhich  are  in  turn  directly 
connected  to  the  eccentric 
rod.  Valve  gear  of  both  cyl- 
inders have  trip  hooks  and 
dashpots. 


152.  CORLISS  EN- 
GINE. C.  &  G.  Cooper 
type  with  double  wrist  plate. 
The  governor  controls  the 
action  of  the  steam  valves 
by  adjustable  trip  hooks  and 
dashpots. 


153.  CORLISS  ENGINE. 

Hamilton  type,  with  single  wrist 
plate  and  trip-valve  gear  con- 
trolled by  the  governor. 

The  type  of  most  economical 
Steam  power. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


154.  CONVERTIBLE  COMPOUND  ENGINE.     Flinn  type  for 
automobiles.     Steam  enters  at  the  center  of  the  high-pressure  steam 

valve,  and  when  the 
intercepting  valve  is 
in  the  position  shown 

ESSURE 
|V 

L 


in  the  left  cross  sec- 
tion it  can  pass  from 
the  high-pressure 
chest  directly  to  the 
low  -  pressure  chest, 
allowing  both  cylin- 
ders to  run  with  high- 
pressure  steam  as 
simple  engines,  the 
high  pressure  ex- 
hausting at  A  into 
the  main  exhaust  chest.  This  gives  the  machine  great  starting  or 
climbing  power.  When  less  power  and  more  economy  is  wanted,  the 
intercepting  valve  is  turned  to  the  position  shown  in  the  right  section, 
closing  the  free  exhaust  from  the  high-pressure  cylinder  and  the  live 
pressure  connection  to  the  low-pressure  steam  chest  and  compelling 
the  exhaust  of  the  high-pressure  cylinder  to  enter  the  receiver  and  flow 
to  the  low-pressure  valve. 

155.  A  vertical  section  of  the  intercepting  valves  and  ports. 

156.  NOVEL    THREE-CYLINDER    ENGINE.      The    novel 
features  are  in  the  manner  in  which  the  piston  valves  are  operated  and 


in  supplementary  exhaust  ports.     The  piston  valves  are  connected' to 
and  operated  by  the  following  piston.     The  exhaust  is  discharged  into 


STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


79 


the  main  trunk  of  the  engine  through  the  hollow  spool  valves  and 
from  the  ports  opened  by  the  trunk  pistons  into  the  jacketed  recesses, 
making  its  final  exit  at  the  bottom  of  the  casing.  A  compact  high 
speed  engine  of  English  design. 

157.  Vertical  section  on  line  of  shaft. 


158. 


REVOLVING  ENGINE.  Kipp  type.  In  Kipp's  re- 
volving engines  the  exterior  cylin- 
der, to  which  a  belt  may  be  directly 
applied,  it  being  surrounded  by  a 
lagging  for  that  purpose,  is  caused 
to  rotate  by  the  reciprocation  of 

two  pistons  with  duplicate  heads  in 
cylinders  whose  axes  are  at  right 
angles  to  each  other.  The  piston 
heads  a  a'  are  connected,  as  are  also 
bb'i  by  the  pieces  ccc'c'.  Yokes 
dd'  connect  these  with  a  crank  e  on 
the  main  shaft  of  the  trunk.  Steam 
is  admitted  through  the  valve  /  to 
the  central  space  g,  which  serves  as 
a  steam  chest.  The  arrangement 
of  the  ports  is  shown  at  /.  The 
drum  is  mounted  on  trunnions, 
through  one  of  which  the  steam 
enters,  the  other  serving  to  exhaust 
through  one  of  the  hollow  pillars  k 
into  the  feed-water  heater  //  an 
eccentric  on  the  main  shaft  also 
operates  the  feed-water  pump. 
159.  Section  through  axis  of  rotation. 


1 60.  FRICTION  RELIEF  IN  D 
VALVES.  This  novel  method  of  relieving 
the  friction  of  slide  valves  consists  in  cutting 
diagonal  grooves  in  the  outer  bearings  of  the 
port  face  of  the  steam  chest,  as  shown  at  a,  a. 
This  relieves  the  pressure  of  the  valve  and 
facilitates  lubrication. 


8o 


STEAM    POWER  APPLIANCES. 


161.  NOVEL   TRIPLE    COMPOUND    MARINE    ENGINE. 
The  novel  features  are  the  three-part  eccentric   oscillating  upon  the 


crank  pin  and  upon  each  of  which  a  strap  fixed  to  the  piston  rod  of 
each  cylinder  slides  in  ways  parallel  with  each  piston  rod.  The  throw 
of  eccentrics  and  crank  are  each  equal  to  one-half  the  piston  stroke. 
The  eccentrics  are  at  90°  and  180°,  as  shown  at  a.  The  three  piston 
valves  are  directly  connected  by  rods  to  thin  straps  on  an  angularly 
mounted  cylinder  that  slides  on  the  shaft  by  the  hand  lever  for  for- 
ward, stop,  or  reverse  motion. 

Piston  valves  are  used,  taking  the  steam  in  the  middle  and  exhaust- 
ing at  the  ends.  The  steam  passes  from  the  first  valve,  through  the 
triangular  space  between  the  cylinders,  to  the  next  valve  chest. 

162.  Vertical  section  through  intermediate  cylinder. 


163.  TYPES  OF  SLIDE 
VALVES.  Slide  valve  of  the 
Ames  engine.  The  valve  is  fin- 
ished on  both  sides  and  rides  under 
a  partly  balanced  pressure  plate. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


HONEST  JOHN 


HYDRAULIC   RAINBOW   CORE 

r>  A  f^J^TlMf^ 


Having  repeatedly  been  asked  for  a  hydraulic  packing  equal  in  quality 
to  our  general  line  of  goods,  after  experimenting  very  extensively  we  have 
produced  what  we  believe  to  be  the  most  successful  hydraulic  and  cold-water 
packing  in  the  world.  It  is  made  strictly  on  honor,  hence  its  name  "  Honest 
John."  The  core  is  made  of  the  celebrated  Rainbow  Packing  and  acts  as  a 
cushion;  the  flax  employed  is  the  finest  Italian;  the  lubricant  being  especially 
compounded  to  withstand  the  highest  practical  hydraulic  pressure.  This  pack- 
ing will  outwear  the  ordinary  braided  square  flax  packing  several  times  over. 
Its  original  cost  is  more  than  that  of  the  square  flax  packing,  but  its  great 
durability  makes  it  by  far  the  cheaper  packing. 

Being  square,  it  fits  the  stuffing-box  exactly. 

It  will  not  scatter  or  dissolve  by  action  of  water. 

When  worn  by  rods  does  not  lose  its  strength. 

It  has  just  the  elasticity  required. 

The  lubricants,  being  composed  of  our  special  compounds  and  air-floated 
graphite,  preserve,  but  do  not  clog,  corrode  or  gum  machinery. 

It  is  free  from  grit  or  hard  substances  that  cut  and  permanently  destroy 
machinery.     A  trial  will  convince  you. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 

tVj  make  this  Packing  both  Straight  and  in  Spiral  Form 

PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 


16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


HONEST  JOHN 


HYDRAULIC   RAINBOW  CORE 
PACKING 

MARK 

Put  up  in  boxes,  weights  and  lengths  as  follows  : 


Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 
t  make  .this  Packing  both  Straight  and  in  Spiral  Form 

PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

HE    PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

16  WARREN   STREET,   NEW  YORK 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

i  inch 

48  feet 

3*  Ibs. 

f 

48  " 

4i' 

1 

56 

6f 

1 

29 

6 

I 

30 

7f 

i 

16 

7* 

I 

16 

li 

24 

17! 

ii 

24 

21 

if 

24 

25 

li 

24 

30 

if 

24 

if 

24 

38 

i| 

24 

45 

2 

24 

50 

STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


Si 


164.  BALANCED    PISTON   VALVE.     The  segmental  packing, 
E,  is  held  close  to  the  cylinder  wall  by  the  pressure  of  the  steam  which 

enters  through  holes 
in  the  flange,  E, 
shown  by  the  circles 
below  the  cylinder. 
e,  live  steam  connec- 
tion to  receiver  of 
low-pressure  cylin- 
ders, a  supplemen- 
tary valve  operated 
by  the  stem  of  the 
piston  valve.  Used  on  compound  locomotive,  Italian  railway. 

165.  TANDEM    COMPOUND    LOCOMOTIVE    CYLIN- 
DERS.    Balanced  valves.     Type  of  Pittsburgh  Locomotive  Works. 


The  cylinders  are  separated  somewhat  and  have  a  sleeve  between 
the  heads,  which  is  bolted  to  the  front  head  of  low-pressure  cylinder. 
At  the  front  it  is  held  by  a  flange  which  makes  a  joint  around  it.  This 
allows  easy  inspection  and  repair  of  low-pressure  piston,  as  the  sleeve 
in  question  slides  into  the  high-pressure  cylinder  and  both  pistons  can 
be  moved  forward  together  and  out  of  the  cylinders. 

The  valves  are  connected  by  a  rod  passing  through  a  pipe  between 
the  steam  chests  of  the  high-pressure  and  low-pressure  cylinders.  The 
high-pressure  valves  receive  steam  through  the  balance  plate,  which  is 
fitted  into  the  chest  cover.  The  steam  goes  through  the  ports  in  the 
valve  to  the  passages  in  the  cylinders. 


82 


STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


166.  BALANCED    VALVE    for 
steam  engine.    Wilson  type.     Pressures 
are  equalized  by  steam  pressure  under 
the  riding  plate.     Valve  has  double  ad- 
mission and  double  exhaust  ports.    The 
three  sections  show  the  positions  of  the 
valve  when    opening,  wide    open,   and 
exhaust  opening  position. 

167.  Wide     open     position,    taking 
steam  under  the  balance  plate. 

1 68.  Position    of   valve  at   exhaust 
opening  of  both  cylinder  and  balance 
plate. 


VALVE  IN  EXHAUST  OPENING  POSITION 


169.  NOVEL  PISTON  VALVE  for  a  steam  engine.  A  side 
elevation,  partly  in  section,  of  the  valve  and  its  casing,  and  a  longitu- 
dinal sectional  elevation.  The 
valve  consists  principally  of  a  re- 
lief valve  held  seated  by  a  spring, 
but  exposed  at  the  opposite  side 
to  the  pressure  of  the  steam,  so 
that  in  case  of  excessive  pressure, 
suction,  or  vacuum,  the  engine 
being  in  motion  and  steam  shut 
off,  the  valve  will  lift,  and  steam 
or  hot  vapor  and  gases  will  enter 
and  destroy  compression  and  vac- 
uum, by  way  of  the  apertures 
under  the  valve  leading  to  the 
exhaust,  as  well  as  by  the  open- 
ing directly  into  the  steam  pipe  through  the  piston  valve,  thereby 
giving  free  openings  from  the  steam  pipe  direct  to  the  atmosphere 
through  the  exhaust  pipes.  The  valve  casing  is  formed  with  steam 
ports,  and  the  valve  is  composed  of  two  similar  heads  or  pistons,  each 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


formed  of  a  circular  plate  with  a  rim  parallel  with  the  piston  rod  and  a 
vertical  flange,  there  being  openings  through  the  plate  and  through  the 
rim.  The  relief  valve  is  fitted  within  the  rim  and  held  to  its  two  seats 
by  a  coiled  spring  held  in  contact  with  the  valve  by  a  circular  plate  on 
the  piston  rod,  which  also  holds  the  packing  rings  and  an  outer  ring 
firmly  against  the  flange  of  the  body  of  the  valve.  One  seat  of  the 
relief  valve  covers  holes  leading  to  the  exhaust,  and  the  other  seat, 
upon  its  outer  rim,  covers  the  passage  leading  into  the  steam  pipe  and 
chest,  the  unseating  of  the  valve  opening  all  connecting  passages 
through  the  piston  head,  including  passages  from  the  throttle  to  the 
escape  pipe  or  atmosphere,  simultaneously. 

170.  AUTOMATIC    VALVE    MOTION.     For  a  steam  pump. 
The  striking  of  the  supplementary  valves  in  the  cylinder  head  by  the 

piston  releases  the  pressure  on  that 
end  of  the  valve  bobbin,  when  it  is 
thrown  over,  carrying  the  valve  with 
it;-  Tne  sma11  cylinders  in  each  end 
of  the  main  cylinder  have  each  a 
live  steam  port  and  an  exhaust,  and 
within  them  pistons  work  freely  as 
independent  valves,  each  having  a 
stem  normally  projecting  within  the  main  cylinder.  These  valves  are 
operated  in  one  direction  by  the  main  piston  coming  in  contact  with 
their  stems,  and  are  moved  by  the  pressure  of  steam  on  their  backs  in 
an  opposite  direction.  It  is  applicable  to  direct-acting  pumps,  and 
also  to  direct-acting  engines  for  other  than  pumping  purposes. 

171.  TYPES  OF  SLIDE  VALVES.     Slide  valve  of  the  Chandler 
&  Taylor  tandem  compound  engine.    The  valve  is  of  the  gridiron  type, 

and  is  double-ported  for  both  steam  and 
exhaust,  making  it  possible  to  admit 
large  amounts  of  steam  into  each  end  of 
the  cylinder  quickly  and  with  a  very 
short  valve  travel.  The  valve,  being 
light  and  perfectly  balanced  by  means 
of  the  pressure  plate  on  its  top  side,  is 
therefore  very  easily  acted  upon  by  the 
governor. 


STEAM    POWER  APPLIANCES. 


172.  TYPES  OF  SLIDE  VALVES.     Slide  valve  of  the  Brownell 
engine.     The  valve  is  of  the  box  type,  double-ported  for  both  steam 

and  exhaust,  and  practically  perfectly 
balanced.  The  steam  pressure  is  re- 
moved from  the  back  of  the  valve  by 
means  of  a  balance  ring  which  bears 
against  the  steam-chest  cover.  A  coil 
spring  serves  to  keep  the  ring  against  the 
chest  cover,  thus  taking  up  the  wear 
automatically  and  preventing  the  ring 
from  leaving  the  seat  and  causing  annoyance  by  rattling. 

173.  CONCENTRIC  VALVES,  CORLISS  TYPE.     This  valve, 
although  essentially  of  the  "  Corliss  "  class,  differs  from  the  ordinary  in 

that  the  steam  valve  is  inclosed  in  the 
exhaust  valve,  making  practically  only 
two  valves,  which,  however,  perform  the 
functions  of  four  perfectly.  A  cross 
section  through  the  cylinder  and  valves 
is  presented,  where  E  is  the  exhaust 
valve  and  S  the  steam  valve.  The 
steam  valve,  of  the  double-ported  bal- 
anced type,  is  held  within  the  exhaust 
valve  E,  but  is  not  set  exactly  in  the  center  of  the  latter  valve,  so 
that  it  is  held  in  position  by  steam  pressure.  The  usual  vacuum  dash- 
pots  are  replaced  by  spring  dashpots — that  is,  the  tension  of  springs  is 
relied  upon  to  close  the  valves,  while  the  air  cushioned  in  the  dashpot 
cylinder  prevents  the  shock  which  would  be  inevitable  were  it  not  used. 


174.  OSCILLATING  STEAM 
AND    EXHAUST   VALVE,    for 

hoisting  engines.  The  valve  is 
operated  by  a  direct  rod  from  crank- 
pin  arm  to  the  valve  arm.  S,  steam 
pipe  with,  passage  around  the  cylin- 
der to  the  steam  chest,  P,  P.  A 
good  design  to  keep  the  cylinder 
clear  of  water. 

175.  Shows   connection   from 
crank-pin  arm  to  valve  arm. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


85 


176.  RIDING  CUT-OFF 
VALVE.  From  single  eccen- 
tric. The  main  valve  is  moved 
by  the  direct  connected  valve 
rod.  The  riding  valve  is  moved 
by  a  short  lever  and  links  piv- 
oted to  the  two  valves. 


177.  TYPES  OF  SLIDE 
VALVES.  Slide  valve  of  the 
Bayley  engine.  A  flat  valve  riding 
under  a  balanced  pressure  plate. 
Pressure  plate  is  held  in  place  by 
stays  against  the  steam  chest. 


'    178.  PARSON'S   STEAM    TURBINE.     Steam  is  admitted  at  the 
governor  valve  and  arrives  at  the  chamber,  A,  at  the  small  end  of  the 


revolving  part  of  the  turbine.  The  steam  passes  along  to  the  right 
through  the  turbine  blades,  passing  through  a  series  of  fixed  blades 
which  deflect  it  in  one  direction,  thence  striking  the  moving  blades  of 


86  STEAM    POWER  APPLIANCES. 

the  turbine  which  deflect  it  in  the  opposite  direction,  and  so  on.  In 
this  way  the  current  of  steam  impinging  upon  the  moving  blades 
drives  them  around.  The  areas  of  the  passages  increase,  progressing 
in  volume  corresponding  with  the  expansion  of  the  steam.  On  the 
left  of  the  steam  inlet  are  revolving  balance  pistons,  CCC,  one  cor- 
responding to  each  of  the  cylinders  in  the  turbine.  The  entering 
steam  at  A  presses  equally  against  the  revolving  part  of  the  turbine 
and  against  the  first  balancing  piston.  When  it  arrives  at  the  passage, 
E,  it  presses  against  the  next  larger  section  of  the  revolving  part  of  the 
turbine  and  also  against  the  next  largest  balancing  piston,  connection 
between  the  two  being  secured  by  the  passage,  F.  Similarly,  the  pas- 
sage, G,  permits  the  balancing  of  the  largest  section  of  the  turbine. 
By  a  proper  arrangement  of  these  balancing  pistons  there  is  no  end- 
thrust  upon  the  turbine  shaft  at  any  load  or  steam  pressure.  The 
thrust  bearing  at  H,  on  the  extreme  left,  is  to  take  care  of  accidental 
thrusts  that  may  arise  and  also  to  retain  the  alignment  of  the  shaft 
accurately  so  as  to  secure  the  correct  adjustment  of  the  balance 
pistons. 

Since  these  balance  pistons  never  come  in  mechanical  contact  with 
the  cylinder  in  which  they  turn,  there  is  no  friction.  The  thrust  bear- 
ing is  made  of  ample  size  and  is  subject  to  forced  lubrication. 

The  pipe,  K,  connects  the  chamber  back  of  the  balance  pistons  with 
the  exhaust  outlet,  so  as  to  insure  the  pressure  being  equal  at  the  two 
ends  of  the  turbine. 

The  bearings,  JJ,  are  peculiar  in  construction.  Each  consists  of  a 
gun-metal  sleeve  prevented  from  turning  by  a  loose-fitting  dowel  pin. 
£)utside  of  this  are  three  cylindrical  tubes  having  a  small  clearance 
between  them.  These  small  clearances  fill  up  with  oil  and  permit  a 
slight  vibration  .of  the  inner  shell,  while  at  the  same  time  restraining  it 
from  too  great  a  movement.  The  shaft  therefore  actually  revolves 
about  its  axis  of  gravity  instead  of  its  geometrical  axis,  as  would  be  the ' 
case  with  the  bearings  of  the  usual  rigid  construction.  In  case  the 
shaft  is  a  little  out  of  balance  the  journal  thus  permits  it  to  run 
slightly  eccentric.  The  form  of  the  rotating  and  stationary  blades  are 
much  like  those  of  the  Curtis  type,  which  are  detailed  in  the  following 
cuts. 

The  economy  of  the  steam  turbine  has  been  greatly  advanced  by 
improvements  since  its  advent,  so  that  it  is  now  nearly  in  line  with  the 
best  quadruple  expansion  engines,  and  with  it  the  highest  speeds  in 
navigation  have  been  obtained. 


STEAM    TOWER    APPLIANCES. 


II 


179-  STEAM  TURBINE.  Curtis 
type,  showing  the  arrangement  of  the 
steam  passages  in  the  moving  and  sta- 
tionary blades  in  a  three-disk  engine. 

Claims  are  made  that  this  type  of 
turbine  with  vacuum  exhaust  uses  but 
1 2  pounds  of  steam  per  horse-power. 
The  diverging  nozzle  is  made  of  vari- 
able area  by  a  slide  valve  and  governor. 

1 80.  A  segment  of  one  of  the  disks 
shown  on  a  larger  scale. 
The  blades  of  the  segments 
are  cut  in  a  milling  machine 
of  special  design,  and  are 

bolted  to  the  rim  of  the  disk.     A  band  incloses  the  outer  end  of  the 
blades  to  prevent  undue  leakage  between  the  disk  and  shell. 

181.  STEAM  TURBINE.     Multinozzle   type.     Showing  position 

of  blades  in  reverse  curves  on 
the  moving  and  stationary 
disks.  The  multinozzle  may 
extend  all  round  the  disk,  as 
in  the  first  stationary  disk  of 
each  section  of  the  Parson's 
turbine. 


NOZZLE  DIAPHRAGM 


182.  STEAM  TURBINE.  De  Laval  type.  Vertical  section 
showing  form  of  buckets  and  nozzles.  Steam  impinges  against  the 
outer  edge  of  the  buckets  and  exhausts  at  the  sides. 


183.  Plan  showing  spring  shaft,  bearings,  lubricating  channels  and 


88 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


steam  ducts.  Runs  by  the  impact  of  steam  from  five  nozzles  against  the 
outer  edge  of  the  buckets  of  the  wheel.  The  long  shaft  is  to  take  up 
the  unbalanced  vibration  of  the  disk. 


184.  THE  STEVENS 
VALVE  GEAR.  Showing 
the  double  toe  and  wipers  with 
the  eccentric  rod  unhooked. 
Type  used  on  the  Hudson  River 
steamers.  First  used  in  1840.. 
A  standard  type  for  marine  walk- 
ing-beam engines. 


185.  VALVE    GEAR.     A  wrist  plate  journaled  on  a  pin  carried 
by  a  standard  or  post  on  the  engine  frame.     The  wrist  plate  is  rotated 

by  the  eccentric,  the  motion 
being  communicated  to  the  sev- 
eral valves  by  suitable  rods 
which  are  connected  to  two 
horizontal  links  pivoted  to  the 
wrist  plate  ;  these  links  being 
held  outward  in  their  proper 
position  by  two  vertical  links 
the  inner  ends  of  which  are  piv- 
oted to  the  slotted  bar  near  the 
wrist-plate  hub.  The'  rod  from  the  governor  passes  through  a  guide 
carried  by  the  post  and  is  connected  to  the  slotted  bar  by  means  of 
a  sliding  block  working  in  a  concentric  slot  as  shown,  which  permits 
the  bar  to  oscillate  with  the  wrist  plate  without  interfering  with  the 
governor  rod.  It  will  be  seen  that  when  the  slotted  bar  operated  by 
the  governor  occupies  the  position  shown,  the  valves  have  full  travel, 
but  when  this  bar  is  drawn  toward  the  governor  the  ends  of  the  hori- 
zontal links  to  which  the  valve  rods  are  attached  will  be  drawn  toward 
the  hub  of  the  wrist  plate  by  the  short  vertical  links,  thus  reducing  the 
radius  of  the  valve -rod  connections  which  shortens  the  stroke  of  the 
valves  and  consequently  changes  the  point  of  cut-off  in  the  cylinder. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


89 


1 86.  CORLISS   VALVE    GEAR  and  release  mechanism,  stand- 
ard type.     A,  valve  stem. 

A  bell  crank  operated  by  a  connecting  rod  from 
the  wrist  plate,  lifts  the  grab  hook,  E,  and  the 
valve  arm.  An  adjustable  roller  at  R,  releases 
the  valve  arm,  which  is  pivoted  to  the  dashpot 
for  regulating  its  fall.  The  release  roller  is  oper- 
ated by  the  bell  crank  H,  and  rod  Z,  from  the 
governor. 


187.  CORLISS  VALVE  GEAR  and  release  mechanism.  The 
grab  hook  consists  of  a  block,  C,  sliding  in  a  grooved  slot  in  the  bell- 
crank  lever  B  B,  and  normally  forced  out- 
ward by  a  spring.  The  block  C  carries  a 
pin,  E,  on  the  rear  side,  which  is  held  in 
contact  with  a  cam  ring,  F,  having  two 
knock-off  dies,  M  and  N,  on  its  inside  sur- 
face. As  the  bell  crank  moves  in  the 
direction  of  the  arrow  from  the  position 
shown,  the  roller  on  the  pin  E  strikes  the 
cam  die  N,  and  is  forced  rapidly  inward, 

releasing  the  drop  lever  a.  If  from  any  cause  the  dashpot  should  fail 
to  act,  the  projection  on  the  bell-crank  lever  would  engage  with  the 
drop  lever  and  close  the  valve. 


188.  CORLISS  VALVE   GEAR.     In  this 
design,  B  is  the  bell  crank,  which  carries  the 
hook    H    mounted    on   a  short  shaft,   on  the 
other  end  of  which  is  the  trip  lever  (not  shown), 
which  engages  with  the  knock-off  cam  C,  oper- 
ated by  the  governor  rod.     K  is  the  drop  lever 
with  dashpot  connection.     The  cam  lever   C, 
controlled  by  the  governor,  limits  the  time  of 
release  of  the  hook  H. 

189.  Shows  the  position  of  the  parts  at  the 
moment  of  release. 


STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


190.  CORLISS    VALVE     GEAR.     This 
design   consists   principally    of   a   curved   bell 
crank,  B,  carrying  the  grab  hook  D  mounted 
on  a  short  shaft  having  an  arm  at  the  other 
end.     The  trip  lever  d  rides  on  the  knock-off 
cam  A,  the  position  of  which  is  controlled  by 
the  governor,  as  usual.     When  the  bell  crank 
reaches  the  position  shown  in  the  upper  sketch, 
the  trip  lever  is  thrown  outward,  releasing  the 
drop  lever,  the  point  of  release  being  governed 
by  the  position  of  the  knock-off  cam. 

191.  Shows  the  position  of  the  parts  at  the 
moment  of  release. 


192.  CORLISS  VALVE  GEAR.     A  is  a  bell-crank  lever  mounted 
loosejy  on  the  valve  stem  or  on  a  projection  of  the  bonnet,  and  carries 

the  grab  hook  H  at  one  end  and  is  connected 
to  the  wrist  plate  by  an  adjustable  connecting 
rod,  from  which  it  receives  its  motion.  The 
hook  H  is  normally  pressed  inward  by  the 
spring  S  so  that  the  longer  arm  of  the  hook 
is  always  held  firmly  against  the  knock-off 
cam  C,  which  is  placed  next  to  the  bell  crank 
and  is  connected  to  the  governor  by  a  reach 
rod.  The  drop  lever  B  is  keyed  to  the  valve 
stem  and  connected  to  the  dashpot  by  a 
rod  ;  it  carries  a  steel  block  or  die  which  en- 
gages with  the  block  or  die  on  the  grab  hook 
H.  As  the  bell  crank  A  moves  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  arrow,  the  hook  is  engaged  with 
the  die  on  the  drop  lever  B,  and  as  their  rel- 
ative positions  remain  constant,  they  having 
a  common  center  of  rotation,  the  end  of  B  is  raised,  opening  the 
valve,  which  remains  open  until  the  bell  crank  has  advanced  so  far 
that  the  longer  arm  of  the  hook  H  is  pressed  outward  by  the  pro- 
jection on  the  knock-off  cam  C,  when  the  drop  lever  B  is  quickly 
brought  to  its  original  position  and  the  valve  is  thereby  closed. 

193.  Shows  the  position  of  the  parts  at  the  moment  of  release. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


1 94-  CORLISS  VALVE  GEAR.  Allis- Chalmers  type.  Starting 
from  the  lowest  position  (not  shown),  the  hook  H,  which  is  forced 
inward  by  the  spring,  engages  with  the  drop 
lever  B,  and  as  the  bell-crank  lever,  A,  A,  moves 
in  the  direction  indicated  by  the  arrow,  the 
lever  B  is  carried  around  to  the  position  shown, 
opening  the  valve.  When  this  position  is  reached, 
the  trip  lever  T  comes  in  contact  with  the  projec- 
tion N  of  the  cam  C,  forcing  it,  and  consequently 
the  grab  hook  H,  outward,  and  releasing  the  drop 
^TI  lever  B,  which  is  rapidly  brought  to  its  original 
position  by  the  action  of  the  dashpot. 

195.  DASHPOT  FOR  CORLISS  ENGINE.      As  the   plunger, 
P,  is  drawn  upward  by  the  valve  gear,  air  is  drawn  into  the  plunger 

cylinder  from  the  annular  chamber,  A,  through 
the  check  valve  C.  The  air  is  not  sufficient, 
however,  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a  partial 
vacuum  which  draws  the  plunger  quickly  down- 
ward when  the  valve  spindle  is  released.  As  the 
plunger  nears  the  bottom  of  the  cylinder  it  is 
cushioned  by  the  air  which  has  been  drawn  in 
from  the  surrounding  chamber,  and  that  air  is 
forced  back  into  the  chamber  through  the  poppet 

valve  V.      The  degree  of  cushioning  can  be  accurately  adjusted  by 

means  of  the  screw  S. 

196.  REVERSING    GEAR.     Wolf  type.     E,  is  the   eccentric; 

B,  eccentric  strap  and  arm ; 
/,  a  pin  sliding  in  the  link, 
S,  which  is  moved  to  the 

•i-"- "••       position    S'  for  reversing; 

a  R,  valve  rod  connected  to 
the  eccentric  arm  at  a.  The 
elliptic  line,  /,  shows  the 
range  of  the  valve  motion 
and  swings  to  the  vertical 
with  the  link  and  moves  the  valve  within  the  range  of  its  lap. 

197.  Valve  just  opening,  forward. 

198.  Valve  just  closing,  reverse. 


92 


STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


-  ^ 


199.  FLEXIBLE  CRANK  for 
marine  shafting.  The  crank  pin  is 
fixed  in  one  side  and  swiveled  in  the 
other  side  of  a  double  crank,  as 
shown,  giving  flexibility  to  a  line  of 
shafting  in  marine  engines. 


200.  FLEXIBLE  COUPLINGS  for  marine  shafting.  A  ball  bear- 
ing between  the  sectional  ends  of  a  line  of  shafting.  In  order  to  reduce 
friction  to  a  minimum,  a  parallel  piece  made  of 
suitable  material  is  placed  between  the  driving 
ahead  faces  of  the  jaws,  a,  on  the  driving  shaft, 
and  the  driven  ahead  faces  of  the  jaws,  b,  on  the 
driven  shaft.  These  pieces  are  lipped  under  the 
jaws  at  the  bottom  or  inner  end,  to  prevent  them 
flying  out  while  in  motion.  For  the  purpose  of 
taking  up  the  backlash  and  compensating  for  any 
wear  that  might  occur  on  the  driving  ahead  faces 
of  the  jaws,  adjustable  pieces  made  in  wedge  form 
are  fitted  between  the  driving  astern  faces  of  the 
jaws,  a,  on  the  driving  shaft,  and  the  driven  astern 
faces  of  the  jaws,  b,  on  the  driven  shaft. 


201.  Longitudinal  section,  showing  ball  bear- 
ing,   overlap   of    the   jaws,    wedges,    and   volute 
cap. 

202.  Shows   the   alternate   jaws,  wedges,  and 
the  volute  cap  for  tightening  the  wedges. 

203.  NOVEL  VALVE  GEAR.  The  crank- 
pin  arm  is  pivoted  to  the  lever  R  at  E,  and  to 
the  link  block  B,  and  also  to  the  valve  rod  as 
shown.  The  motion  of  the  valve  is  controlled 
and  reversed  by  rocking  the  link  L. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


93 


204.  REVERSING  GEAR  without  eccen- 
trics. The  valve  stem  is  connected  to  the  middle 
of  a  short  link,  one  end  of  which  is  pivoted  to  the 
crosshead  bar,  and  the  opposite  end  to  the  radial 
bar,  which  in  turn  is  pivoted  to  the  link  block. 
The  latter  member  consists  of  a  block  of  iron 
grooved  to  fit  the  inclined  link  or  reversing  bar 
and  having'  suitable  shoes  for  taking  up  wear. 
This  block  receives  motion  from  a  somewhat 
similar  block,  which  slides  on  the  connecting  rod ; 
the  block  being  held  in  the  proper  horizontal 
position  by  means  of  a  radial  rod  pivoted  to  it 
and  to  the  cylinder.  The  crosshead  bar  passes 
through  a  sleeve  block  carried  by  the  crosshead, 
which  is  fitted  with  shoes  to  take  up  wear.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  crosshead  bar  imparts  a  hori- 
zontal movement  to  the  valve  stem,  which  move- 
ment is  equal  to  the  lap  and  lead  of  the  valve. 


205.   FLOATING   VALVE    GEAR  or  reversing  ram  for  marine 
engines.     The  floating  lever  g  is  here  connected  to  the  crosshead  at  k. 

The  rod  /  is  hinged  at  h  to 
the  floating  lever,  and  con- 
nects it  with  the  valve  stem. 
The  rod  e  is  hinged  at  i  to 
the  floating  lever,  and  con- 
nects it  with  the  reverse  lever 
d.  Then,  the  piston  being 
stationary,  the  floating  ,  lever 
swings  around  k  as  a  fulcrum, 
and  the  valve  is  forced  to  the 
left.  This  valve  is  an  indirect 
valve,  that  is,  it  takes  steam  at 
the  center  and  exhausts  past 

its  outside  edges — just  the  reverse  of  the  ordinary  D  slide  valve.  The 
lower  end  of  the  floating  lever  moving  with  the  crosshead,  it  tends  to 
swing  around  i  and  thus  return  the  valve  to  its  mid-position.  Should 
the  piston  creep  in  either  direction,  the  valve  gear  will  automatically 
return  it  to  its  proper  position.  To  prevent  shocks  due  to  a  sudden 


94 


STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


movement  of  the  reverse  lever,  buffer  springs  /,  /  are  provided,  which 
gradually  bring  the  moving  parts  to  rest. 

In  both  gears  shown,  suitable  stops  in  the  valve  chest  prevent  the 
valve  from  being  moved  beyond  the  positions  required  for  a  full  open- 
ing of  the  ports. 

206.  Shows  valve  on  center  for  stop  motion. 


207.  TRIPLE  EXPAN- 
SION VALVE  GEAR  with 
single  eccentric.  A,  eccentric 
strap  stay  arm,  which  also  oper- 
ates the  high-pressure  valve  rod. 
B,  bell-crank  rock  shaft  that 
operates  the  medium  -  pressure 
valve  rod,  linked  to  eccentric 
arm.  C,  rocker  arm,  shaft,  and 
bell-crank  connection  by  link  to 
the  eccentric  and  to  low-pressure 
valve  rod.  (At  Edison  Electric 
Station,  New  York  City.) 


208.  WALSCHAERT'S  VALVE    GEAR  as  applied  to  a  com- 
pound locomotive.     The  crank-pin  arm  operates  the  motion  of  the 


slotted  link.  The  valve-rod  block  and  rod  is  balanced  by  a  weight  on 
the  rock-shaft  arm,  and  operated  by  a  lever  connected  to  the  third 
arm.  Valve  lead  is  made  by  the  crosshead  arm  link  and  lever  con- 
nected to  the  valve  rod  and  link-block  rod.  Italian  railway. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


209.  REVERSING    GEAR.     The   eccentric  is  provided  with  a 
curved  rack  near  its  periphery  which  meshes  with  a  small  pinion.    The 

pinion  is  secured  to  the  end  of  a 
shaft  provided  with  a  groove  dis- 
posed spirally  for  a  portion  of  its 
length.  The  shaft  is  journaled  in 
two  collars  or  flanges  keyed  to 
the  main  shaft  so  that  the  small 
I  shaft  lies  parallel  to  the  engine 
shaft.  A  third  collar  slidably 
mounted  on  the  engine  shaft  is 
prevented  from  turning  by  a 

suitable  key,  this  collar  carrying  the  strap  to  which  the  reversing  lever 
is  connected.  A  pin  in  the  latter  collar  engages  the  groove  in  the 
smaller  shaft  and  when  this  collar  is  shifted  sidewise  the  pin  causes  the 
smaller  shaft  to  revolve,  which  turns  the  eccentric  around  on  the  engine 
shaft  and  thus  shifts  the  position  of  the  valve. 

2 1  o.  Longitudinal  section,  showing  the  spiral  grooved  shaft  and  pinion. 

211.  ENGINE    STOPPING    MECHANISM.      If  the  governor 
belt  breaks,  the  weight  N  will  drop,  and  through  the  system  of  levers 

and  links  throw  the  beli- 
crank  lever  B  so  as  to  shift 
the  safety  blocks  on  the 
knock-off  cams  of  the  valve 
gear  and  prevent  the  valves 
from  being  opened  by  the 
grab  hooks. 

An  auxiliary  device  is  also 
provided  to  act  in  the  case 
of  racing.  This  consists  of 
a  small  centrifugal  governor 

of  the  shaft  type  mounted  in  the  belt  wheel  of  the  main  governor. 
The  weight  w  of  this  auxiliary  governor  is  provided  with  a  lip,  which, 
in  the  event  of  abnormal  speed,  will  be  thrown  outward  so  as  to  en- 
gage with  a  small  lip,  O,  on  the  end  of  the  rocker  arm  shown.  The 
other  end  of  this  rocker  arm  is  connected  to  a  latch  which  normally 
holds  the  throttle  open.  When  the  lip  on  the  governor  weight  w  en- 
gages the  projection  O,  this  latch  is  thrown,  allowing  the  weight  M  to 
close  the  throttle. 


96 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


212.  SHIFTING    ECCENTRIC    for   stopping    or   reversing  en- 

gines. A  slotted  sleeye  sliding 
on  the  shaft  with  wedge-shaped 
wings  that  pass  through  cor- 
responding slots  in  the  eccen- 
tric, move  the  eccentric  to  the 
center  and  reverse  by  the  longi- 
tudinal movement  of  the  sleeve 
and  wings.  The  yoke  lever  and 
slotted  collar  control  the  move- 
ment of  the  sleeve  and  wings 
between  the  stop  collars. 

213.  Section  of  eccentric,  sleeve  and  wings. 


214.  SECTOR  GEAR  GOV- 
ERNOR. Two  balls  on  bell-crank 
sectors  with  their  teeth  meshing  in  a 
central  double  sector,  to  which  is  at- 
tached the  compression  springs,  which 
are  adjusted  to  the  proper  set  of  the 
eccentric,  b  and  c  are  the  pivot  con- 
nections with  the  eccentric. 


215.  DASHPOT  GOVERNOR.  The  eccentric  is  mounted  on  a 
plate  G,  pivoted  at  P,  and  is  connected  to  E  B,  No.  i,  and  E  B,  No.  2, 
by  connecting  rods  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  action  of  centrifugal  force  in  throwing 
the  weights  B  B  outward  cause  the  center 
of  the  eccentric  to  swing  toward  the  center 
of  the  shaft.  The  springs  pivoted  at  K 
rock  against  the  centrifugal  force  and  hold 
the  weights  in  a  determinate  position  for 
each  speed.  The  dashpot  simply  restrains 
the  motion  when  too  rapid  and  tends  to 
prevent  racing. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ATION 


Lbs.  ^  Hi  Size 


TRADE-MARK 


Above  Label  on  Every  Box  of  Genuine  Goods 

This  packing  is,  as  yet,  the  only  packing  produced  that  will 
pack  Stop  and  Throttle  Valves  so  that  they  are  perfectly  reliable 
and  can  be  opened  and  closed  with  ease  by  hand,  without  using 
a  heavy  wrench.  The  metal  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  this 
packing  is  the  result  of  years  of  experiments  in  producing  metal 
especially  adapted  for  this  purpose.  It  is  a  combination  of  metals 
which  sulphur  and  steam  will  not  affect,  neither  will  it  score  or 
cut  a  rod  or  stem.  We  also  use  the  celebrated  Rainbow  Packing 
for  a  core  or  cushion. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $2.50 

Spiral  F> 

MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 


- 


• 
16   WARREN    STREET,   NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


HERCULES  COMBINATION 


METALLIC  STOP- VALVE  PACKING 


Put  up  in  boxes,  weights  and  lengths  as  follows  : 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

i  inch 

24  feet 

if  Ibs. 

1 

24 

3i 

i 

12 

2f 

1 

12 

4i 

i 

6 

3 

i 

6 

ji 

i 

6 

4f 

ll 

6 

6 

ii 

6 

7* 

^^  mate  ffcfc  Packing  both  Straight  and  in  Spiral  Form 
Price,  per  lb.,  $2.50 


PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   C 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


STEAM    POWER  APPLIANCES. 


97 


a 


216.   CENTRIF- 
UGAL GOVERNORS. 

There  are  patents  for  sev- 
eral hundred  of  this  type 
of  governors,  of  which 
this  and  the  preceding 
volume  of  mechanical 
movements  represent  the 
leading  models,  most  of 
which  are  practically 
obsolete. 

217.  )  Slot   cam    joint 
218. )     governor. 

219.  )  Crank-pin    gov- 

220.  )     ernor. 

221.  )  Adjustable  gov- 


223.  Straight-arm 
governor. 


224.  FRICTION  POWER  CON- 
TROLLER. Wick's  patent.  Transmits  only 
the  amount  of  horse-power  it  is  set  for.  The 
power  is  given  to  the  pulley,  B,  by  the  arm  a, 
helical  springs,  and  friction  sectors.  The  sec- 
tors are  thrust  in  contact  with  the  pulley  by 
the  adjustable  links  C,  cams,  and  thrust  bars. 


98. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


225.  INERTIA  GOVERNOR.  The 
weights  B  and  B'  are  balanced  on  the  cen- 
ter line  of  the  shaft  arm,  which  is  pinioned 
at  A  to  the  fly  wheel  or  pulley  and  to  the 
eccentric  at  /.  The  spring  K  holds  the 
weights  in  normal  position,  their  range  of 
motion  by  differential  momentum  from 
variable  speed  of  the  engine  being  limited 
by  the  stop  on  the  rim  of  the  pulley. 

226.  FAN  GOVERNOR.  In  which 
air  resistance  modifies  the  centrifugal  action 
of  the  fans  for  regulating  a  gear  train  and 
brake.  It  is  an  early  form  for  regulating 
steam  engines  as  shown  in  the  cut.  Wing 
governors  are  used  for  regulating  gear  trains 
in  clocks,  music  boxes,  and  revolving  window 
show  frames. 


227.  ADJUSTABLE  GOVERNOR.  King 
type.  The  balls  are  attached  to  the  shaft  by 
springs  and  linked  to  the  head  and  valve  spindle, 
which  are  drawn  down  by  the  centrifugal  action 
of  the  balls.  The  regulation  is  made  by  the  small 
helical  spring  and  lever.  The  action  is  direct 
through  the  spindle  to  the  throttle  valve. 


228.  MARINE   GOVERNOR.     Porter  type. 
A  cone  pulley  with   screw-belt  shipper  for  close 
adjustment  of  speed.     Balls  are  jointed  to  the  shaft 
arms    with    link    con- 
nections to  the  sliding 
collar     with     resisting 
spring.       The      collar 
carries  a  central  rod  to 
a   bell    crank    and    to 
the  throttle  valve. 


STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


99 


229.  DIFFERENTIAL  PRESSURE 
REGULATOR.  A  supplementary  piston 
and  counterweighted  lever  pivoted  at  F, 
gives  a  close  adjustment  of  differential  pres- 
sures. The  steam  piston  at  A  is  connected 
with  the  high  pressure  side  and  is  balanced 
by  the  spring  at  B,  while  the  supplementary 
lever  is  attached  to  the  valve  spindle  by  the 
block  and  pin  at  C. 


230.  BALANCED  PRESSURE 
REGULATOR.  Gold  type.  D,  balanced 
valve.  O,  Low  pressure  regulating  disk 
and  diaphragm.  L,  counter-balance  spring. 
Q,  adjusting  plunger.  F,  contact  spring  to 
keep  the  plate  P  in  contact  with  the  rubber 
diaphragm.  N,  locknut  handle.  Other 
parts  are  self-explanatory. 


231.  SELF-CLOSING    STOP    VALVE.      The    piston    on   the 
valve  stem  has  a  larger  area  than  the  valve  disk.     The  valve  is  held 

open  by  the  relief  from  pressure 
through  the  by-pass  and  three- 
way  cock.  The  dropping  of  its 
lever  by  a  lanyard,  closes  the  re- 
lief and  gives  the  rear  side  of 
the  piston  the  full  steam  pres- 
sure, quickly  closing  the  valve. 
The  by-pass  valve  at  the  top  is 
for  equalizing  the  pressure  and 


allowing  the  valve  to  open  by 
means  of  the  relief  at  the  three- 
way  cock. 


100 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


232.  REVERSING  GEAR  for  a  steam  engine.    The  figures  show 
a  side  elevation  of  the  reversible  eccentric,  with  handwheel  for  oper- 
ating it,  a  front  elevation  show- 
ing the   engine   shaft   in    cross 
section,  and  a  perspective  view 
illustrating    the    application    of 
the  invention  to  an  upright  en- 
gine.    The  eccentric  is  formed 
with  a  hub  having  shoulders  to 
engage  a  stop  pin  on  the  shaft, 
in  combination  with  an  operating 
wheel  placed  on  the  hub  of  the 
eccentric,  and  having  a  limited 
rotary    motion    thereon.      The 
eccentric    has   a    limited    inde- 
pendent motion  upon  the  shaft, 
and  the  handwheel  has   a   ro- 
tary motion  independent  of  the 

eccentric,  combined  with  spring  catches  arranged  to  lock  the  hand- 
wheel  to  the  shaft. 

233.  Perspective  view. 

234.  Front  view. 


235.  NOVEL  REDUCING  VALVE. 
Holly  type,  having  a  large  area  and  lap  of 
a  flat  valve  disk.  The  relative  difference  of 
pressure  is  regulated  by  the  free  hanging 
weights  under  the  disk,  while  excessive  back 
pressure  tends  to  close  the  valve  by  pressure 
on  the  large  area  of  the  back  of  the  disk. 

The  wheel  and  screw  spindle  is  to  close  the 
valve  when  required. 

236.  DIFFERENTIAL  EXHAUST 
VALVE.  For  regulating  the  back  pressure 
on  the  engine  in  exhaust  steam-heating 
systems. 

The  two-winged  valves  are  nearly  bal- 
anced, requiring  only  a  small  weight  to  bal- 
ance them  and  prevent  chatter  of  the  valves. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


101 


237.  AUTOMATIC  QUICK-CLOSING  VALVE.  The  bonnet 
piston  C  has  a  larger  area  than  the  valve  disk  and  communicates 
with  the  steam  pressure  in  the  main  pipe  through  its  hollow  spindle. 
The  leakage  of  steam  around  the  loose-fitting  sleeve  of  the  piston  at  G 
equalizes  the  pressure  on  both  sides  when  the  relief  pipe  is  closed. 


238.  The  automatic  electric  controller,  shown  at  the  right,  has  a  mag- 
netic dog  that  disengages  a  weight  which  falls  against  a  lever  and  opens 
the  relief  valve  and  quickly  closes  the  valve  by  the  greater  pressure  on 
the  rear  of  the  piston. 

The  screw  spindle  S  closes  the  valve  as  an  ordinary  stop  valve. 
The  electric  push  buttons  are  placed  where  needed  for  emergencies. 


239.  REVERSIBLE  THROTTLE  VALVE.  In  this  design  an 
angle  or  straight  way  valve  may  be 
made  convertible  by  rotating  the 
flange  connection  of  the  two  parts 
of  the  body. 

A  most  convenient  design  for 
facilitating  repairs.  The  valve 
spindle  carries  a  bevel  pinion 
meshing  in  a  sector  gear  on  the 
valve  disk,  which  opens  or  closes 
by  a  90°  revolution  on  its  face. 

240.  Plan  of  valve  disk. 

241.  Sector  gear  on  disk. 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


242.  COMPENSATING   EXPANSION  JOINT.       Designed  to 
prevent  the  forcing  apart  of  the  ordinary  expansion  joints  in  steam  pipes. 

1'ke  joint  is  surrounded  by 
an  annular  chamber  of  cross 
section  equal  to  the  steam 
pipe,  in  which  a  tightly 
packed  ring  acts  as  a  piston. 
Steam  is  admitted  to  this 
chamber  by  means  of  a  by- 
pass. The  tendency  would 
be  to  force  out  the  piston, 
and  so  draw  the  ends  of  the 
pipe  closer  together,  but  as 
the  steam  in  the  pipe  and  in  the  chamber  is  of  the  same  total  pressure, 
each  force  neutralizes  the  other,  and  the  joint  is  rendered  secure  under 
all  ordinary  circumstances.  The  joints  are  made  of  steel  pipe  and 
forgings,  excepting  the  glands,  which  are  cast,  and  the  first  cost  is 
very  little  greater  than  that  of  an  ordinary  joint. 


243.  FLEXIBLE  BALL  JOINT.     The 

space  between  the  ball  and  shell  is  filled  with 
an  elastic  lubricated  packing  held  in  place  by 
an  annular  follower  and  springs. 


244.    BALANCED     EXPANSION     JOINT    for    steam    pipes 
Smith  pat.     Referring  to  the  cut,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  inner  tube 

has  an  increased  diameter 
or  ring  about  halfway 
along  its  length.  This 
forms  a  shoulder  or  piston 
at  the  end  next  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  large  stuffing 
box  casting.  The  other 
end  of  this  annular  piston 
or  ring  is  open  and  is  steadied  by  the  gland.  In  the  inner  tube  below 
this  ring  there  are  holes  which  admit  steam  from  the  main,  back  of  the 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


103 


shoulder.  As  the  exposed  area  of  the  shoulder  or  piston  is  equal  to 
the  area  of  the  steam  main,  the  pressure  in  the  main  is  equalized.  As 
the  stuffing  box  is  tied  to  the  other  end  of  the  joint  by  long  bolts  the 
entire  line  of  pipe  is  in  a  state  of  equilibrium  so  far  as  the  end  pressure 
is  concerned.  The  expansion  due  to  heat  is  provided  for  by  a  liberal 
space  for  end  play  at  the  cast  end  of  the  joint. 

245.  UNIVERSAL    FLEXIBLE    PIPE    JOINT.     The  internal 
construction  shown  by  the  section   shows  how  contact  of  the  gas  or 

fluid  which  might  corrode  the  wearing  sur- 
faces is  prevented  and  at  the  same  time  in- 
sures that  the  movement  of  the  parts  shall 
be  smooth  and  free. 

The  material  is  cast  iron  except  the 
piece  B,  which  is  bronze.  The  body  A  is 
threaded  for  B  with  a  slightly  tapered 
thread,  so  that  when  B  is  screwed  home 
there  shall  be  no  leakage  between  the 
parts.  The  under  side  of  the  head  of  B  is 
formed  into  a  conical  seat  which  makes  a 

steam  or  gas-tight  joint  with  C  and  the  flat  faces  between  C  and  A  are 
round  together  also,  making  an  additional  safeguard  against  leakage. 

246.  CARGO    ELEVATOR   for   loading   and   unloading   ships. 
Otis  type.     Steam  driven  by  a  double  engine  geared  to  a  shaft  on 

which  two  double 
drums  are  fixed. 

Four  cables  from 
the  drums  are  at- 
tached to  the  cor- 
ners of  the  platform 
with  turn-buckle 
adjustment. 

Automatic  ad- 
justment for  stop- 
ping at  any  deck 
for  loading  or  un- 
loading. Capacity 
two  tons  at  a  speed 
of  TOO  feet  per  min- 
ute. 


104 


STEA^I   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


FACTORY    HEATING    FROM   WASTE    GASES.     Cold 

air  is  blown  through  the 
annular  chamber,  between 
the  boiler  and  the  chimney, 
by  a  fan,  heated  and  dis- 
tributed for  heating  rooms. 
Additional  draught  may" 
be  given  to  a  chimney  by  a 
high-pressure  blower  and 
jet  nozzle  in  the  uptake. 


248.  ROTARY  ENGINE.  Takes 
steam  through  the  shaft  L.  The  abutment 
pistons,  <?,  o,  o,  o,  are  pushed  outward  by 
D  the  steam  pressure  and  have  ports  that  are 
opened  after  passing  the  closure  blocks 
D,  D.  The  steam  ports  are  closed  by  push- 
ing in  of  the  abutment  pistons  at  the  ex- 
haust ports  C,  C.  E,  exhaust  jacket,  F, 
exhaust  space. 


249.  REVERSIBLE  ROTARY  ENGINE.  On  the  driving 
shaft,  within  the  cylinder,  is  secured  the  hub  of  a  wheel  containing  a 
series  of  four  pistons  fitted  to  slide  in  the 
rim  of  the  wheel,  the  opposite  pistons  be- 
ing connected  in  pairs  at  their  inner  ends 
by  a  slotted  frame  through  which  the  shaft 
passes,  so  that  tin-  pistons  have  free  radial 
movement,  one  moving  inward  as  the 
other  moves  outward,  and  vice  versa.  The 
outer 'ends  of  the  pistons  engage  the  inner 
surface  of  part  of  the  cylinder  and  part 
of  an  abutment  in  the  cylinder'.  The 
abutment  is  made  in  two  parts,  bolted  at 
their  outer  ends  to  the  cylinder,  and  con- 
nected with  each  other  at  their  inner  ends 

by  bolts  and  intervening  packing  strip,  and  the  abutment  serves  to 
press  an  outermost  piston  inward,  so  that  its  opposite  mate  slides  out- 
ward into  contact  with  the  peripheral  inner  surface  of  the  cylinder. 


STEAM    POWER   APPLIANCES. 


105 


250.  ROTARY  ENGINE.     Harrington  type.     The  disks  have  a 
bearing  surface  of  several  inches  on  each  other,  preventing  the  passage  of 

steam  between  them.  An  end  elevation  partly 
in  section,  showing  the  piston  A,  and  the  abut- 
ment disk  B,  in  position  at  the  instant  of 
taking  steam  through  a  port  from  the  valve 
chamber  E.  The  piston  disks  and  gear  are 
attached  to  the  driving  shaft,  and  the  abut- 
ment disks  and  gear  are  attached  to  the 
shaft  K.  These  shafts  run  in  taper  phos- 
phor-bronze bearings,  which  are  adjustable  for 
wear  .or  other  causes  by  screw-caps.  The 
whole  mechanism  is  kept  rigidly  in  place  by  the  flanged  hub.  The 
flanged  heads  project  through  the  cylinder  head,  touching  the  piston 
disk,  and  thereby  prevent  any  end  motion  of  the  shaft. 

251.  ROTARY  STEAM  ENGINE.    French  design.    The  engine 
consists  especially  of  a  jacketed  cylinder,  C,  in  the  interior  of  which 

rolls  a  piston  ring,  G, 
carrying  at  its  upper 
part  a  partition,  H, 
always  connected 
with  a  special  oscil- 
lating piece,  r,  r,  and 
contributing  toward 
continually  dividing 
the  interior  space  into 
two  compartments, 
the  capacity  of  one 
of  which  varies  in  in- 
verse proportion  to 
that  of  the  other.  Two  cocks,  J,  J,  placed  on  each  side  of  H,  serve  to 
establish  the  admission  escapement  according  to  the  direction  of  run- 
ning it ;  and  the  maneuvering  is  very  easily  effected  by  means  of  a 
simple  handle  that  actuates  a  toothed  wheel  that  gears  with  the  two 
cocks.  The  motion  of  the  piston  ring  is  transmitted  to  the  driving 
shaft,  D,  through  the  intermedium  of  two  symmetrical  cams,  E,  united 
at  their  center  by  a  rod  and  nut,  which  permits  of  regulating  their  dis- 
tance apart.  The  joint  between  these  two  cams,  placed  in  the  axis  of 
the  motor,  therefore  constitutes  a  more  or  less  open  channel  in  which 


io6 


STEAM   POWER  APPLIANCES. 


is  placed  a  series  of  tempered  steel  balls  that  roll  upon  a  correspond- 
ing path  arranged  in  the  interior  of  the  piston  ring.  Two  cheeks 
traversed  by  the  driving  shaft  close  the  cylinder  at  the  sides,  and  a 
perfect  tightness  between  these  cheeks  and  the  lateral  faces  of  the 
piston  ring  is  obtained. 

252.  Vertical  section,  showing  details  of  the  parts. 

253.  ROTARY    STEAM    ENGINE.     A   cylindrical   piston    A, 
with  wing  abutments  C,  C.     A  double  cam  block  H,  made  adjustable 

by  a  set  screw  and  with  exhaust  ports  at  K 
and  I.  A  steam  port  through  the  cylinder 
cover  and  a  curved  passage  in  the  cover  shown 
by  the  dotted  lines,  so  that  the  abutment  pis- 
tons take  the  full  steam  pressure  through  the 
sector  passage,  from  F  to  G,  and  expanding 
through  about  one-quarter  of  a  revolution  of 
the  piston. 

254.  ROTARY   ENGINE.      Recesses  are  formed  in  tne   piston 
having  an  S-shaped  partition  between  them,  the  recesses  opening  at 

opposite  ends  of  the  piston  into 
the  steam  chests,  and  by  means  of 
ports  into  an  annular  space  be- 
tween the  casing  and  piston.  The 
piston  has  an  eccentric  portion 
which  has  a  perfect  contact  bear- 
ing with  the  inner  wall  of  the 
casing  by  means  of  a  yielding 
block  in  a  recess  on  its  periphery, 
the  eccentric  also  acting  alternately 
to  press  back  abutment  blocks 
adapted  to  slide  on  antifriction 
ball  bearings  in  recesses  in  the 
arms  of  the  casing.  The  steam 
supply  pipe  connects  with  a  pas- 
sage communicating  with  a  circular 
chamber  in  which  is  a  rotary  valve, 
by  means  of  which  steam  may  be  directed  into  either  of  the  branch 
pipes  connecting  with  the  steam  chests  at  the  ends  of  the  piston,  the 
arrows  showing  the  direction  of  the  steam  when  admitted  into  the 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


ID/ 


pound 


right  hand  pipe.  The  valve  chamber  also  connects  with  a  steam  dis- 
charge pipe,  the  valve  being  turned  by  means  of  a  handle  or  wheel  to 
direct  the  steam  into  one  or  the  other  of  the  branch  tubes,  when  the 
opposite  tube  will  form  the  outlet  pipe  for  reversing  the  engine. 

255.  Longitudinal  section,  detailing  the  parts  as  above  described. 

256.  PENDULUM  COMPOUND    ENGINE.     This  is  a  corn- 
engine    of   the   pendulum   type,  the    upper    or   high-pressure 

cylinder  being  surrounded  by  the  steam 
chest  A  A.  When  the  pendulum  is  in  the 
position  shown  the  live  steam  is  admitted 
to  the  right  of  the  high-pressure  blade,  as 
shown  by  the  arrow.  Meanwhile  the 
steam  on  the  left  of  the  upper  blade  is 
exhausted  from  that  chamber  to  the  left 
of  the  low-pressure  blade.  The  spent 
steam  on  the  right  of  the  low-pressure 
blade  is  exhausted  into  the  right  hand 
exhaust  chamber  B.  The  manner  of  trans- 
forming the  motion  of  the  pendulum  into 
rotary  motion  is  plainly  shown  in  the  fig- 
ure. It  will  be  noticed  that  the  upper  end 
of  the  connecting  rod  has  a  reciprocating  circular  motion. 

257.  ROTARY  ENGINE.     The  piston  is  of  the  usual  drum  pat- 
tern mounted  eccentrically  upon  the  main  shaft.     The  abutment  is 

carried  by  a  cylindrical  guide  block  and  rests  upon 
the  piston,  being  free  to  oscillate  upon  the  pin. 
Steam  is  prevented  from  escaping  from  the  steam 
to  the  exhaust  port  by  the  abutment,  which  has  a 
sliding  contact  with  the  partition  in  the  cylindrical 
guide.  The  upper  end  of  the  guide  terminates  in 
a  piston  which  works  in  the  cylindrical  upper  por- 
tion of  the  engine  casing,  and  is  normally  pushed 
downward  by  a  spring  above  it,  the  downward 
pressure  of  the  spring,  together  with  the  action  of 
the  steam  on  the  oscillating  abutment,  being 
adapted  to  keep  the  latter  firmly  in  contact  with 
the  piston  drum.  The  engine  is  reversed  by  changing  the  inflow  of 
steam  from  one  side  of  the  partition  referred  to,  to  the  other,  which 
operation  also  reverses  the  exhaust  openings." 


io8 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


258.  ROTARY  PISTON  ENGINE.     Has  a  casing  or  frame  in 
which  is  an  annular  groove  or  cylinder.     In  this  groove  is  fitted  a  pis- 
ton which  is  carried  by  the  piston  disk 
as    shown.     A    sliding    abutment    is 
raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  a  cam 
on  the  engine  shaft  and  a  cam  rod. 
The  revolving  shaft  ( and  cam   causes 
the  abutment  to  rise  and  fall  at  the 
proper  point  in  the  travel  of  the  pis- 
ton.     In    the    section    the    abutment 
has  just  begun  its  downward  stroke, 

forming  as  it  does  the  cylinder  head.  The  piston  disk  is  provided 
with  a  radial  groove  which  communicates  with  an  annular  groove 
shown.  Steam  is  admitted  to  the  annular  groove  by  means  of  a  slide 
valve  shown  by  dotted  lines  and  immediately  below  the  shaft.  As 
soon  as  the  abutment  reaches  the  piston  disk,  the  valve  opens  and  ad- 
mits steam  into  the  annular  groove  and  thence  into  the  radial  groove, 
the  latter  conducting  it  into  the  space  between  the  piston  and  the  abut- 
ment, the  steam  pushing  the  piston  around  in  the  annular  cylinder. 
The  steam  is  exhausted  through  the  large  exhaust  opening  at  the  right 
of  the  abutment  when  the  piston  reaches  this  point  in  its  stroke. 

259.  Longitudinal  section,  showing  steam  connections. 


260.  OSCILLATING  ROTARY  ENGINE.  This  engine  con- 
sists of  a  pair  of  curved  cylinders,  P  P,  a"  circular  piston  rod,  L,  to 
which  are  attached  the  two  pistons,  Q  Q, 
the  pistons  traveling  within  the  cylinders 
with  a  reciprocating  rotary  motion,  and  a 
pair  of  rocking  radial  arms,  K  K,  which 
transmits  the  motion  of  the  piston  rod  to 
elliptical  gears  (not  shown  in  the  engraving), 
which  "  controls  the  motion  and  transmits 
the  power  of  the  engine." 

The  cylinders  with  the  steam  pipe,  /,  are 
carried  by  a  bracket,  H,  which  is  keyed 
firmly  to  the  main  shaft,  A,  and  rotates  with  it.  The  radial  arms,  K  K, 
to  which  the  piston  rod,  L,  is  keyed,  are  journaled  loosely  upon  A,  and 
carry  an  elliptical  gear,  which  meshes  with  another  elliptical  gear 
carried  upon  a  countershaft.  When  steam  is  admitted  to  the  cylinders 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


109 


through  the  ports,  r,  at  either  end  of  the  cylinders,  the  difference  in 
the  diameters  of  the  elliptical  gears  at  the  point  of  contact  causes  the 
main  shaft  elliptical  gear,  with  the  attached  parts,  to  rotate. 


261.  ROTARY  ENGINE.  Casaday's  pat- 
ent. A  reversing  rotary  with  adjustable  cut  off. 
A  is  the  cut-off  plug  within  an  adjustable  rotable 
cylinder  and  operated  by  an  arm  and  connecting 
rod  to  the  eccentric  or  the  plug  rotated  by 
sprocket  and  chain.  D,  reversing  plug.  H,  abut- 
ment block,  cushioned  by  steam  through  the  pas- 
sages I,  I. 


26?.  REVERSIBLE  ROTARY  EN- 
GINE. The  piston  when  revolving  in  the 
direction  of  the  arrow  .takes  steam  by  the 
throw  of  a  two-way  cock ;  steam  entering 
through  the  diagonal  slots  in  the  abutment 
pieces  at  /,  /,  and  exhausting  through  the 
ports  e,  c.  Reversed  by  throwing  over  the 
steam-cock  opening  to  the  passages  to  the  op- 
posite ports  in  the  cylinder,  i  and  2  are  for- 
ward and  3  and  4  are  reverse  ports. 


263.  ROTARY  ENGINE.  Hodson 
type.  The  valve  U  is  operated  by  a  cam 
on  the  shaft  S,  to  cut  off  for  expansion. 
A,  B,  is  a  riding  valve  in  contact  with  the 
elliptic  cylinder,  which  has  a  packing  slide, 
S,  P,  concentric  with  the  axis  and  following 
the  wall  of  the  shell  as  a  packing. 

Steam  follows  at  half  or  less  part  of  a 
revolution  and  then  expands  to  the  exhaust 
port,  C. 


110 


STEAM   POWER   APPLIANCES. 


264.  STEAM  RAM  for  elevating  water.  Erwin  type.  Penberthy 
Injector  Co.  Water  is  elevated  by  the  alternate  action  of  steam  and 
atmospheric  pressure.  The  steam  having  first  driven 
the  water  from  the  ram  is  instantaneously  condensed 
and  a  vacuum  is  formed.  A  volume  of  water  is  then 
driven  into  the  ram  by  atmospheric  pressure. 

The  ram  is  placed  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
water  in.  the  well  or  other  source  of  supply  and, 
before  starting,  water  flows  into  it  by  gravity.  When 
steam  is  turned  on  it  passes  through  the  steam  pipe 
A,  nipple  C,  conical  screen  D,  the  main  steam  port  E, 
and  radial  steam  ports  F  into  the  cylinder  G.  The 
water  is  then  forced  downward  through  the  openings 
H  into  the  surrounding  discharge  chamber  I,  where 
it  passes  through  the  annular  check  valve  J  and  out 
of  the  discharge  pipe  L. 

When  the  steam  reaches  the  lower  end  of  the 
cylinder  G,  it  is  exhausted  through  the  large  openings 
H  much  faster  than  it  is  admitted  through  the  steam 
ports  F,  is  condensed  in  the  surrounding  discharge 
chamber  I,  and  a  partial  vacuum  is  formed  within 
the  cylinder  G.  The  vacuum  is  made  more  com- 
plete by  a  spray  of  water  which  then  rushes  inward 
from  the  discharge  chamber  I  through  the  small  opening  K. 

The  instant  a  vacuum  is  created  and  condensation  occurs  the  pres- 
sure of  the  atmosphere  on  the  water  outside  of  the  ram  forces  water 
upward  through  the  bottom  strainer.  The  main  check  valve  N  then 
rises  and  the  valve  rod  O,  which  is  rigidly  attached  to  it,  shuts  off  the 
steam  at  the  upper  end  of  the  cylinder.  A  volume  of  water  under 
atmospheric  pressure  is  at  the  same  time  forced  upward  through  the 
discharge  chamber  and  out  into  the  discharge  pipe.  A  portion  of  this 
water,  however,  passes  through  the  openings,  forces  up  the  float  R, 
which  moves  freely  on  the  valve  rod  O,  and  refills  the  cylinder. 

The  water  under  atmospheric  pressure  having  then  lost  iri  momen- 
tum, the  steam  acting  downward  on  the  valve  rod  closes  the  main  check 
valve,  and  through  pressure  exerted  on  the  float,  again  forces  water  out 
of  the  cylinder  and  through  the  discharge  chamber  and  discharge  pipe. 
A  covering  pipe  B  surrounds  the  steam  pipe  for  the  distance  it  is 
submerged  beneath  water,  to  prevent  condensation,  and  is  received 
into  the  coupling  b. 


SECTION  VI. 


EXPLOSIVE  MOTOR  POWER 
AND  APPLIANCES. 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


SUCCESS 


Patented  Oct.  31,  1899 

Semi-Metallic 

Diagonal  Expansion  Spiral  Packing 
Rainbow  Core 


The  UPPER  SECTION  of  this  packing  is  composed  of  Solid  Braided  Cotton 
Strands,  with  the  celebrated  Rainbow  Packing  Core  and  Soft  Metallic  Corners,  fin- 
ished to  oblong  shape  by  hydraulic  pressure.  By  braiding  the  strands,  the  fibre 
never  separates  under  the  severest  pressure,  and  out-wears  all  other  construction 
five  to  one.  Our  imitators  use  a  cheap,  loosely-twisted  jute,  which  readily  sepa- 
rates and  will  not  retain  the  lubricants,  and  quickly  ferments  and  becomes  hard.  In 
the  "Success"  Packing,  we  use  specially  compounded  solid  lubricants,  which  pre- 
serve the  natural  qualities  of  the  cotton  strands,  which  never  dries  out  or  ferments. 

THE  LOWER  SECTION  of  the  "Success"  Diagonal  Expansion  Spiral  Packing, 
with  Rainbow  Core,  is  made  of  two  wedges  of  fine  woven  cotton  duck,  in  which 
only  the  best  quality  of  pure  rubber  friction  is  used  between  the  plies.  The  quality 
is  such  that  the  plies  will  never  separate.  It  is  saturated  with  the  finest  grade  of 
air-floated  graphite.  The  two  wedges  work  automatically  on  a  soft  metallic  strip, 
which  insures  the  adjustability  as  required,  and  prolongs  the  life  of  the  wedges. 
The  upper  edge  of  the  soft  metallic  strip  or  plate  works  against  the  surface  of  the 
piston  rod  and  increases  the  tightness  thereof,  to  prevent  leakage. 

The  TWO  SECTIONS  are  bound  together  with  cotton  yarn,  which  hold  the  sev- 
eral sections  together  in  proper  shape.  The  "Success"  is  an  elastic  packing;  it  is 
also  an  expansive  packing.  Its  construction  and  the  superior  material  used  permits 
it  to  conform  to  all  inequalities  of  old  or  worn  rods. 

The  Spiral  form  is  the  correct  shape  of  all  modern  constructed  packing,  and 
readily  and  quickly  conforms  to  the  ring  shape  so  greatly  desired.  The  soft  metal 
used  is  a  wear  resister;  it  is  an  automatic  expander  under  heat  conditions;  it  will 
not  scratch  or  cut  the  rod  under  any  conditions. 

The  "Success"  is  the  "Best"  Combination  Packing  yet  devised,  both  as  re- 
gards principle  of  construction  and  material  used,  for  steam  (low  or  high  pressure), 
for  water  (hot  or  cold)  and  for  ammonia  machines. 


"I— 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

SUCCESS 

Semi-Metallic 

Diagonal  Expansion  Spiral  Packing 
Rainbow  Core 


Xk 

^ 


yt_  * 

v&l* 


•IT 

Si 

1A.1W 


Look  for  this  Label  and  Trade-Mark  on  every  box 

Put  up  in  Spiral  Form  in  Boxes 


DIAMETER 

CONTENTS 

WEIGHT 

inch 

25      feet 

3f  Ibs. 

25        " 

5^ 

12* 

4i 

12-2 

7i 

I2i 

* 

I2| 

ioi 

i 

12! 

13 

EV 

12^ 

17 

li 

I2| 

20^ 

if 

I2j 

25 

il 

20 

50 

Made  in  all  sizes,  from  ^  inch  to  3  inches,  and  any  lengths 
desired. 


Section  VI. 

EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR    POWER    AND 
APPLIANCES. 


265.  THE  LIGHTEST  GASOLINE  MOTOR.     Duryea  Power 
Co.  type,  Reading,  Pa.     The  motor  is  a  6-cylinder,  using  gasoline  as 

fuel,  being  of  the  opposed 
cylinder  type,  and  working 
on  a  3 -throw  crank  shaft  in 
perfect  mechanical  balance. 
As  it  appears  in  the  cuts  it 
weighs  slightly  over  200 
pounds,  or  less  than  five 
pounds  per  horse-power. 
With  spark  coil,  battery, 
fuel  and  water  tanks  partly 
filled,  it  weighs  232  pounds, 
or  5.7  pounds  per  horse- 
power. The  cylinders  are 
4|-inch  bore  by  5^-inch 
stroke,  with  bearings  of  the 
same  size  as  used  in  the 
company's  regular  automo- 
bile motors.  Jump-spark 
ignition  is  used,  having  a  single  coil  and  commutating  the  secondary 
current.  The  inlet  and  exhaust  valves  may  be  removed  from  any 
cylinder  head  by  loosening  a  single  nut.  The  crank  shaft  and  crank 
pins  are  hollow  for  lubrication  purposes. 

This  motor  is  believed  to  be  the  lightest  for  its  power  ever  con- 
structed and  is  another  evidence  of  the  mechanical  development 
brought  about  by  the  requirements  of  the  automobile. 

266.  Side  view  of  the  motor,   showing  sparking  rod  connections 
with  the  secondary  shaft. 

113 


EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


WATER  JACKET-' 


267.  COMBINED  GASOLINE 
AND  STEAM  MOTOR.  In  this  de- 
sign the  piston  of  the  explosive  motor  is 
made  the  crosshead  for  the  connecting 
rod.  A  duplex  steam  engine  with  a 
duplex  explosive  motor  as  an  auxiliary 
power  in  which  the  exhaust  of  the  steam 
engine  may  also  be  turned  into  the  ex- 
plosive motor  cylinder  as  an  additional 
power  and  lubricant  when  the  explosive 
motor  is  not  in  use. 


268.  TWO-CYCLE    MARINE    MOTOR.      Lozier   type.      The 
principal  features  are  the  throttle  valve  to  regulate  the  charge  from 

the  crank  chamber 
and  the  operation 
of  the  hammer 
spark  break  from 
a  cam  on  the 
shaft.  A  rotary 
circulating  pump 
is  driven  by  chain 
from  the  main 
shaft  and  the  dis- 
charge of  the 
water  from  the 
cylinder  is  around 
the  exhaust  pipe. 
The  thrust  is 
taken  by  ball  bear- 
ings in  the  cam 
hub.  A  throttle. 
valve  in  the  pas- 
sage from  the 
crank  chamber  to 
the  cylinder  reg- 
ulates the  charge. 


EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


269.  ALCO -VAPOR  BOILER 
and  three-cylinder  engine.  Alcohol 
of  low  grade  is  injected  into  the  pipe 
boiler  and  converted  into  vapor  un- 
der pressure  by  the  heat  of  part  of 
the  vapor  burned  under  the  boiler. 
The  three  cylinders  are  single  acting 
on  a  single  crank.  Casing  of  boiler 
is  removed  to  show  its  construction. 

The  exhaust  vapor  is  condensed 
in  a  keel  condenser  and  returned  to 
the  tank.  The  boiler  pressure  gives 
force  to  the  vapor  jets  in  the  Bunsen 
burners  of  the  furnace. 


270.  KEROSENE  OIL  ENGINE.  Two-cycle  Weiss  type. 
E,  D,  conical  vaporizer  inclosed  in  a  shell  for  confining  the  lamp  flame 
for  starting  the  engine  ;  h,  inlet  valve  with  spring  to  hold  it  closed 
subject  to  the  action  of  the  pump  g ;  e,  pick  blade  that  drives  the  pump 


piston  g,  for  a  measured  charge  of  oil.  The  hit  or  miss  is  regulated  by 
the  lifting  of  the  pick  blade  on  the  incline  of  the  wedge  beneath  the 
collar  of  the  pick  blade,  which  is  made  adjustable  by  the  nut  and  screw 
on  the.  pick  blade.  The  wings  of  the  conical  vaporizer  are  shown  in 
the  section. 


EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


271.  GAS  OR  GASOLINE  ENGINE.  Air-cooled  four-cycle 
type.  Ribs  around  the  cylinder  and  on  the  head.  The  novel  features 
are  the  long  crank-shaft  bearing  with  the  supplementary  crank,  45,  and 


reducing-gear  shaft,  46,  carrying  the  cam-roller  movement  for  the 
exhaust  valve,  the  spark-breaker  cam,  and  contact  bar,  37,  and  the 
regulating  screw,  39.  The  atomizer  or  vaporizer  connects  with  the  air 
inlet  at  24,  the  air  cock  for  starting  at  19.  The  other  parts  are  self- 
explained. 


EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


II/ 


272.  BALANCED  ENGINE.    Explosive  motor.    Secortype.    The 
charge  is  fired  in  the  chamber  X  between  the  two  pistons  H  H',  whose 
motion    is    transmitted   to   the  cranks 
G  G',  having  equal  throw  and  set  at 
1 80°  apart  on  the  crank  shaft. 

The  pistons  are  connected  by  the 
short  connecting  rods  H  H'  to  the 
vertical  levers  D  D',  which  transmit 
motion  to  the  cranks  through  the  con- 
necting rods  F  F'. 


273.  GASOLINE  ATOMIZER  AND  VAPORIZER.    Hay  type. 

The  exhaust  is  used  for 
heating  the  walls  of  the  va- 
porizing chamber  by  trav- 
ersing the  annular  cham- 
ber e.  A  fan,  //,  is  revolved 
on  the  spindle,  j,  by  the  in- 
rushing  air  and  gasoline 
through  the  valve  E,  which 
also  covers  the  gasoline  in- 
lets on  the  face  of  the  valve 
seat  and  is  connected  with 
the  annular  chamber,  a, 
and  pipe,  d.  The  gaso- 
line feed  is  regulated  by 
the  needle  valve  a.  Other 
details  and  exhaust  pas- 
sage are  shown  in  the  hor- 
izontal section,  274. 

274. 


275.    SOOT-PROOF     SPARKING     PLUG.      For   gas   engine. 

Merger  type.  An  annular  pro- 
jection on  the  end  of  the  por- 
celain insulator  extends  the  insu- 
lating surface  and  prevents  short 
circuiting  of  the  electric  spark. 


EXPLOSIVE    MOTOR   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


276.  IGNITION  CON- 
NECTIONS for  gas  engines. 
Showing  battery  cut-off  switch 
of  double  throw  type,  location 
of  spark  coil,  and  current 
breaker  on  engine.  If  a  jump- 
spark  igniter  is  used,  an  induc- 
tion coil  should  be  substituted 
for  the  spark  coil. 

277.  IGNITION  CONNEC- 
TIONS for  gas  engines,  showing  a 
one-point  switch  to  cut  out  battery 
and  an  automatic  switch  so  arranged 
that  failure  of  the  dynamo  igniter  cur- 
rent turns  on  the  battery  by  release  of 
the  armature  of  the  automatic  switch. 
On  restoring  the  dynamo  current,  the 
automatic  switch  cuts  out  the  battery. 

278.   MULTIPLE   CYLINDER   IGNITION.     Bosch  type. 
The  armature,  A,  which  is  stationary,  is  provided  with  two  windings, 

A1  and  A2,  of  which  A1  is  of  stout 
wire,  and  corresponds  to  the  pri- 
mary winding  of  an  induction  coil, 
A2,  being  of  fine  wire  and  corre- 
sponding to  the  secondary.  The 
changes  of  magnetism  in  the  arma- 
ture core,  which  give  rise  to  the 
current,  are  produced  by  the  rota- 
tion of  a  soft  iron  sleeve,  B,  which 
partially  surrounds  it,  and  is  integral 
with  the  hollow  shaft,  B1,  which 
also  carries  the  notched  disk,  Ba, 
and  the  high-tension  distributing 
disk  D.  One  end  of  the  winding, 
A1,  is  grounded  on  the  shaft  of  the 
apparatus,  and  the  secondary  wind- 
ing forms  a  continuation  of  the  primary.  The  other  end  of  the  pri- 
mary winding,  A1,  is  led  to  one  side  of  the  contact-breaker,  B3,  and  to 


EXPLOSIVE   MOTOR   POWER   ANI}   APPLIANCES.  119 

one  terminal  of  the  condenser,  the  other  terminal  of  the  condenser  and 
the  moving  arm  of  the  contact-breaker,  B3,  being  grounded.  The 
sleeve,  B,  is  slotted,  and  when  the  slots  come  opposite  the  poles  of  the 
field  magnet,  the  armature  receives  magnetism  from  the  field  magnet, 
and  is  deprived  of  it  again  as  the  slots  pass  around,  and  a  powerful 
current  is  consequently  induced  in  its  windings.  The  contacts  of  the 
contact-breaker,  B3,  are  normally  held  together  by  the  action  of  the 
disk,  B2,  and  during  these  periods  the  low-tension  winding,  A1,  is  closed 
on  itself,  so  that  a  powerful  current  flows  through  it  at  the  moments 
when  the  magnetism  of  its  core  is  being  varied  by  the  rotating  sleeve  B. 
When  one  of  the  notches  in  B2,  which  are  steep  on  one  side  and  beveled 
on  the  other,  come  under  the  lower  end  of  the  contact  lever  arm,  B3, 
the  latter  snaps  back,  owing  to  the  action  of  its  spring,  separates  the 
two  contacts,  and  breaks  the  circuit  of  A1.  This  produces  a  high- 
tension  current  in  the  secondary  or  fine  wire  winding,  A",  the  con- 
denser, C,  increasing  the  effect.  As  the  secondary  winding  is  con- 
nected to  the  primary  as  described,  and  as  it  is  grounded  through  it, 
successively  connecting  the  central  rods  of  the  sparking  plugs,  Fl,  F*, 
F3,  F4,  to  the  opposite  end  of  the  secondary,  A2,  causes  sparks  to  pass 
in  the  four  cylinders  at  the  right  moments,  the  tension  or  voltage  of  the 
primary  and  secondary  being  added  to  one  another.  The  distribution 
is  effected  by  the  commutator,  or  distributor,  D.  This  consists  of  the 
rotating  disk,  D,  carrying  the  metal  plate,  A",  which  is  in  conducting 
connection  with  the  insulated  end  of  the  secondary  winding  A2.  As 
the  disk  revolves,  this  metal  plate  makes  contact  successively  with,  the 
fixed  brushes  i,  2,  3,  4. 

279.  GASOLINE    MOTOR    STARTER.     A  starting  wheel    B, 
with  oblique  saw  teeth,  is  fixed  on  the  motor  shaft  A.     A  sprocket 

chain  C,  C'  is  wound  on  a 
drum  containing  a  coiled 
spring  D,  so  arranged  as  to 
rewind  the  chain  with  a  stop 
J,  so  as  to  allow  it  to  hang 
free  from  the  ratchet  wheel 
\c  when  the  finger  loop  at  E  is 
dropped  to  the  eye  in  the 
vehicle  floor.  G,  sheave,  K, 
slotted  guide  plate,  F,  lanyard.  To  start,  pull  on  E  to  catch  the  chain 
in  the  teeth  of  the  wheel  and  with  a  jerk  set  the  wheel  revolving,  and, 
if  necessary,  repeat. 


120'         EXPLOSIVE   MOTOR   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


280.  MUFFLER  FOR  EXPLOSIVE  MO- 
TORS. Thompson  type.  A  cylindrical  chamber 
with  a  hooded  spreading  inlet  pipe  ;  a  deflector  on 
the  exit  pipe,  by  which  the  exhaust  puffs  are  ex- 
panded in  the  cylinder  and  issue  in  a  nearly  con- 
stant stream. 

Other  types  of  mufflers  have  strong  wire  gauze  cyl- 
inders within  the  drum  so  arranged  as  to  break  the 
impact  and  disperse  the  exhaust  before  it  leaves  the 
outer  shell. 


281.  EXHAUST   MUFFLER  for  gas,  gasoline,  or  other  engines. 
A  perforated  exhaust  nozzle  within  an  open  end  pipe  of  larger  size. 

Its    construction    is 
shown  in  the  cut. 

The  outside  or 
shell  of  all  mufflers 
should  be  felted  with 
asbestos. 


ii 

TSUun^  V^  M  V44M  HI       \\    -J   tJ 

O°o0o0o0o0o0o0o°o 

ooooOQoo 

.  ;  WV/AT 

SECTION  VII. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND 
APPLIANCES. 


Section  VII. 
HYDRAULIC    POWER   AND  APPLIANCES. 


282.  WAVE  MO- 
TORS.   Waves  oper- 
ating a  hydraulic  ram. 

283.  Waves  oper- 
ating swinging  levers. 

284.  Waves  push- 
ing a  vertical  surface. 

285.  Waves  lifting 
a  float. 

286.  Waves  swing- 
ing  a   hinged   blade 
anchored  on  the  bot- 


287.  FOG-HORN  BUOY.  A  float  anchored 
at  the  edge  of  banks  with  an  air  pump  operated  by 
the  waves.  The  action  of  the  sea  is  utilized  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  blow  desired  blasts  through  a  fog- 
horn by  means  of  the  compression  and  release  of  air 
into  and  from  a  suitable  air-tight  chamber  forming  a 
portion  of  the  buoy,  this  chamber  being  charged  by 
means  of  a  pump  actuated  by  the  movement  of  the 


124 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


288.  ORIENTAL  IRRIGATION   WORKS  of  "ye  olden  time" 

and  yet  in  use.  An  in- 
genious device  for  the 
age  in  which  it  originated. 
The  ox-hide  bucket 
and  spout  drawn  by  oxen 
with  lines  D  and  E  so 
arranged  that  the  spout 
line  was  stopped  at  H 
and  the  bucket  raised  to 
automatically  empty  the 
water  into  the  conveying 
trough. 


289.  CENTRIFUGAL    PUMP. 


Spiral  wings  on  a  conical  drum 
act  as  a  gradual  feeder  to  the 
main  wings  at  the  large  end 
of  the  cone. 

The  two  sets  of  wings  or 
blades  are  inclined  at  oppo- 
site angles  to  counteract  end 
thrust.  Wenzel  patent. 

290.  Longitudinal  section,  showing  both  sets  of  wings. 

291.  VALVELESS   ROTARY    PUMP.     The  piston  has  a  heli- 
coidal  form.     It  is  fixed  upon  an  axle,  which,  running  in   stuffing 

boxes,  passes  through  a  cy- 
lindrical pump  chamber 
closed  at  both  ends.  Two 
rollers  enter  this  chamber  at 
right  angles  with  the  axle 
and  bear  against  the  oblique 
faces  of  the  piston.  It  re- 
sults from  this  that  if  the 
latter  is  revolved,  a  back- 
ward and  forward  motion 
will  at  the  same  time  be 
given  which  will  have  the  effect  of"  producing  on  each  side  a  suction 
and  compression.  Two  tubes  are  placed  upon  the  pump  chamber  at 
a  slight  distance  from  the  rollers.  If  we  examine  the  operation  of  the 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


125 


piston,  we  see  that  when  it  is  at  one  end  of  its  travel  the  tubes  are 
partially  covered  by  it,  and  if  they  are  sufficiently  wide,  they  com- 
municate with  each  other  on  the  same  side  of  the  piston.  But  as  the 
latter  moves  away  from  the  extreme  points,  the  tubes  are  separated 
and  become  independent.  There  is  then  a  compression  on  the  side 
toward  which  the  piston  is  moving  and  a  suction  on  the  other. 

292.  ROTARY    PUMP.     A  represents  a  cylindrical  casing,  pro- 
vided on  opposite  sides  with  chambers,  B  B,  containing  sliding  abut- 
ments, C,  which  are  pressed  forward 
toward  the  piston,  D,  by  means  of 
the  coiled  spring  E.     The  piston  is 
constructed  in  the  form  of  an  oval 
disk  mounted   eccentrically  upon   a 
shaft.    The  longer  end  or  side  of  the 
piston  revolves  in  contact  with  the 
interior  of  the  cylinder,  and  is  cham- 
bered on  opposite  sides  of  its  periph- 
ery, leaving  a  partition,  F,  which  is  provided  with  a  spring  packing,  G, 
at  its  edge.     The  chambers,  H  H',  are  entirely  separate  from  each 
other  when  the  piston  is  inserted  in  the  casing.     One  chamber  com- 
municates by  means  of  an  opening,  </,  through  the  side  of  the  valve, 
with  an  annular  groove,  I,  in  one  head  of  the  cylinder,  and  the  other 
with  a  similar  groove  in  the  opposite  head,  which  lead  respectively  to 
the  induction  and  eduction  ports. 

293.  CENTRIFUGAL    PUMP.     German   type.     The   revolving 

•  disk    receives   the    water  on  each 

side  near  the  shaft  in  curved 
channels,  and  discharges  through 
openings  in  the  periphery  of  the 
disk  opposite  to  a  continued  slot 
in  the  casing.  A  corrugated  clos- 
ure of  the  shell  and  disk  near  the 
shaft  prevents  back  flow  of  the 
water  escaping  over  the  periphery 
of  the  disk,  thereby  adding  to 
the  efficiency  of  this  class  of 
pumps. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


294.    RIVER    MOTOR.      Wheels   and   chain   paddles   set   in   a 


frame  on  piles,  or  on  floats  in  a  stream,  shows  increased  power  by  the 
large  number  of  submerged  buckets. 

295.    FLOATING    MOTOR    FOR    RIVERS.     A  wheel  of  the 
windmill   type   is  hung    within  a  bell-mouthed  case,  which  may  be 


lowered  or  drawn  up  to  clear  the  varying  depth  of  a  stream  and  to 
utilize  the  full  value  of  the  increased  velocity  at  mid  depth.  Power 
is  transmitted  to  the  shore,  or  may  be  used  on  the  floats  for  pumping 
water  for  irrigation. 

296.  Cross  section,  showing  wheel  and  frame. 


297.  WATER  MOTOR.  A  curved  bucket- 
rim  wheel  revolves  around  a  fixed  double  jet. 
The  control  of  the  jets  is  made  by  wedges  on  an 
arm  to  which  is  attached  a  gear.  A  pinion 
meshed  in  the  large  gear,  with  shaft  extending  to 
outside  of  case,  moves  the  arm  and  wedges. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


127 


298.  WATER  MOTOR.  Chain- 
bucket  system.  Consists  of  a  series  of 
feathering  floats  hinged  to  chains  running 
over  sprocket  wheels  and  guided  in  grooves 
in  the  sides  of  a  casing.  By  the  use  of  a 
large  number  of  inclosed  buckets  closely 
fitted,  an  efficiency  of  90  per  cent  is 
claimed.  This  claim  is  doubted  in  consid- 
eration of  the  friction  of  the  many  buckets 
in  the  tube,  their  loose  parts,  and  the  two 
wheels.  A  matter  too  often  neglected  by 
inventors.  English  patent. 


299.   1000  HORSE-POWER  TURBINE.     Swiss  type.    A  single 
nozzle  set  on  the  inside  of  a  curved  bucket  wheel.     The  nozzle  is  broad 


to  match  the  buckets.     The  water  flow  is  governed  by  the  opening  or 
closing  of  a  sector  slide  valve  controlled  by  a  fly  governor. 
300.  Elevation,  showing  position  of  nozzle  and  buckets. 


128 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


301.  MULTINOZZLE  TURBINE 
or  impact  wheel.  German  type.  The 
nozzles  are  in  a  segment  and  closed  for 
regulation  of  power  by  a  sliding  seg- 
ment on  the  outside,  operated  by  a 
pinion  with  a  controlling  wheel  outside 
the  case.  The  water  strikes  the  face  of 
the  buckets  and  is  discharged  at  their 
sides. 


302.    VALVE     MOVEMENT.     Duplex   pump.     Knowles   type. 

ri 


A  rocker  arm  linked  to  the  piston  rod  of  each  side  of  the  pump  oper- 
ates its  opposite  valve. 

303.    VALVE     MOVEMENT.     Single   steam   pump.      Knowles 
type.     Freedom  from  a  dead  center  is  secured  by  the  use  of  the 


auxiliary  piston  A,  which  works  in  the  steam  chest  and  drives  the  main 
slide  valve  M.  This  main  valve  is  of  the  B  form  and  moves  on  a  flat 
seat ;  it  has  on  top  a  stem  which  fits  into  a  recess  in  the  chest  piston  A. 
In  addition  to  this  it  has  on  each  end  a  small  lip  which  alternately 
covers  and  uncovers  a  small  fifth  port  S,  which  enters  the  cylinder  at 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ARCTIC  PACKING 


This  packing  is  specially  constructed  for  ice  machine  service, 
being  made  of  layers  of  rubber  and  plies  of  duck  so  arranged  and 
laid  as  to  best  resist  the  actions  of  ammonia,  cold  and  heat. 

The  duck  is  a  specially  made  duck,  frictioned  with  an  entirely 
new  compound  heretofore  unknown  to  the  rubber  trade,  and  the 
core  and  back  are  of  the  celebrated  Rainbow  Packing  compound, 
which  is  specially  adapted  to  resist  ammonia,  cold  and  heat. 

This  packing  is  constructed  on  a  strictly  scientific  basis,  and 
the  results  obtained  thus  far  have  demonstrated  fully  its  value  for 
ammonia  packing. 

This  packing  js  made  in  several  hundred  sizes,  the  rings  may 
be  slipped  onto  the  rod  very  readily.  The  usual  rule  is  to  be 
observed  in  giving  measurements,  the  depth  of  stuffing  box  and 
size  of  piston  rod,  in  order  to  get  the  size  desired. 

List  of  sizes  we  carry  in  stock  will  be  found  on  page  24. 

Other  sizes  we  can  make  and  ship  within  two  days  of  receipt 
of  order. 

TRADE-MARK  PATENTED  AND  REGISTERED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   CU. 

16  WARREN   STREET,   NEW  YORK 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


These  rings  are  made  to  order  within  three  days.     Sizes  not  given  are 
charged  for  extra. 


INCHES 

INCHES 

INCHES 

A  X  f  X  i 

i  A  x  24  x  i 

2  X  3!  X  4 

A  x  i  i  x  1 

lA  X  2i  X  i 

2^6   X  34  X  4 

8  x  if  x  i 

I  A  X  2  A  X  i 

2-iV  x  3A  x  4 

A  x  If  x  i 

t    XI  Xi 

i  i  x  i4  x  i 

I  i    X  f  f  X  i 

24  x  3i  x  4. 
24   x  3i  x  4 

I  i    X  2  X  i 

24  x  34,  x  i 

I  xiix*i 

I  i    X  2A  X  i 

2^x34  x4 

ft  x  i4  x  i 

iix2ixi                              2ix3ix4 

4   x  ixi 

i  i   x  2f  x  i                              2  j   x  34  x  4 

4   xixi 

i  A  x  2-h  x  i                           2rV  x  3  A  x  4 

T'O  X  I  -A  X  i 

I  A  X  2re  X  i                                       2j%  X  3l  X   4 

A  x  a  x  i 

lA  X  2|  X  i                                       2  I    X  4  X  4 

T3  X   I  i  X  i 

I  I    X  2i  X  i                                          2A  X  3f  X  4 

A  x  1  4  x  i 

I  §    X  2  re  i  X  i                                        24X3X4 

ttxiixi 

i|x2fxi                              24x3ix4 

il  x  14  x  i 

I  1    X  2*  X  i                                          2  4    X  3l  X  i 

14  x  if  xi 
f  x  lixi 

If    X  24  X  i 
lA  X  2A  X  i 

24   x  4  x  4 
2  g  x  44  x  4 

4   x  i-rc.xi 

i  A  x  2  A  x  i                            2H  x  4i  x  4 

4   x  i4  x  i 

I  4    X  2A  X  i 

2it  x  4i  x  | 

i  x  iH  x  i 

14   x  28  \  i 

2|i  x  44  x  4 

,4  x  if  xi 

I  4    X2\lgX  i                                       2  I    X4Axi 

if  x  lixi 

ifxxftx* 

i  I  x  24  x  i                            3  x  44  x  4 

i   x  i  A  x  i 

1  f    X  2|  X  i                                          3  X  .S  X  4 

i   x  i£  x  i 

I  S    X  2H  X  i 

3  x  54  x  4 

I  x  ii  x  i 

•  If    X  2f  X  i 

3A  x  4H  x  \ 

ilx  ig  xi 

I  1    X  2i  X  i 

3  i  x  4f  x  4 

If  x  iH  x  i 

i  *  x  3  x  i 

3  4   x  5i  x  4 

il  X  2  X  i 

1  14  X  2|i  X  i 

34   x  5f  x  4 

i  x  i4  x  i 

1  14  X  2j  X  i 

3A  x  4f  x  \ 

i  x  ii  x  i 

i  il  x  2  \  x  i 

3f  x  54  x  i 

I   X   If  Xi 

If    X2f  Xi 

4  x  6  x  i 

i  x  ii§  x  i 

If    X24xi 

4  x  64  x  ^      . 

i  x  i^  xi 

I   X   I  If  X  i 
I    X2xi 

If    X  2f  X  i 
I  If  X  2|f  X  i 
I  1    X  2if  X  i 

4rg  x  64  x  i 
4i  x6x4 
4A  x  64  x  4 

'Axifxi 

i  if  x  34  x  i 

5  x  7A  x  4 

lA  x  il  x  i 

i  If  x  3^_x  i 

6  x  /4  x  4 

lA  X   l|  X  i 

6  x  9  x  4 

lA  X  2  X  i 

2  X  2|  X  4 

7  i   x  84  x  4 

i4  x  if  xi 
i  i  x  if  xi 

2X2ixi 

2x3x4 

8f  x  lof  x  4 
9  i   x  ii  x  4 

14    X  2  Xi 
lA  X  2  -A  X  i 

2X3^x4 

2  X  34  X   1 

14  $  x  18  x  4 

HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


129 


each  end  near  the  head.  In  operation,  the  steam  piston  runs  over  the 
main  port,  and  this  small  fifth  port  being  closed  by  the  above  lip, 
a  cushion  is  obtained.  When  the  main  valve  M  is  reversed  the  lip 
uncovers  the  port  and  admits  steam,  which  starts  the  piston  back  easy 
until  the  main  port  is  uncovered  ;  the  pump  thus  changes  its  stroke 
very  smoothly. 


304.  IMPACT  WATER- 
WHEEL  GOVERNOR.  A  con- 
ical valve,  A,  in  the  nozzle,  B,  con- 
trols the  volume  of  the  jet  and  is 
operated  by  the  piston,  D,  in  the 
hydraulic  cylinder  C.  E  is  a  pis- 
ton valve  and  ports,  taking  water 
pressure  through  passage,  J,  and 
delivering  pressure  to  the  cylinder 
at  C  or  L,  as  controlled  by  the 
governor. 


305.  DOUBLE-PORTED  NOZZLE  and 
valve  for  impact  water  wheels.  In  graduating  the 
flow  of  water  by  closing  one  nozzle  the  full  velocity 
of  the  water  jet  may  be  retained  and  the  wheel 
operated  at  full  speed  with  half  the  power. 

The  normal  speed  of  wheels  of  the  impact  class 
is  at  one-half  the  velocity  of  the  water  at  their 
peripheries  for  best  effect. 


306.  FLEXIBLE  BALL  JOINT,  which  can 
be  packed  with  any  kind  of  packing  held  in  place 
by  rings  and  springs. 

This  design  prevents  sand  or  grit  getting  into 
the  joint  bearings  and  causing  leaks. 

Tubbs  patent. 


130 


HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


307.  IRON  SLUICE  GATE.  Type  of  designs 
used  for  water  works,  power  plants,  and  irrigation  sys- 
tems. Easily  bolted  to  a  wooden  flume  or  anchored 
to  masonry.  A  water  works  type  for  the  largest  gates. 


308.  BASKET    STRAINER. 
A  perforated  plate  slid  into  a  cylin- 
drical chamber  with  cover  and  yoke 
in  a  line  of  suction  pipe.     Easily 
removed  for  cleaning. 

309.  Section    showing  perfora- 
tions in  the  strainer  plate. 


310.  DOUBLE-BEAT  FLAP  VALVE. 
The  reversed  flap  on  the  back  of  the  main  flap 
is  a  great  relief  to  the  strain  and  wear  of  the 
valve.  Gives  a  full  flow  with  small  lift. 

This  design  is  well  suited  for  very  large 
pump  valves,  section  and  plan. 


WATER  STILL.  A  tin-lined  copper  still  and  worm  of  two 
gallons  capacity  will  yield  about  six  gallons 
of  distilled  water  per  day.  Water  is  fed  to 
the  inverted  siphon  at  D,  and  is  sealed 
against  the  low  steam  pressure  by  the  drop 
of  the  bend  at  B.  Still  should  not  be  over 
half  full  for  best  effect. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


312.  WATER- PRESSURE    REGULATOR.     Used  in  high- 
pressure  service  pipes.     The  diaphragm  x  and  plunger  s  operate  the 

valve  c  through  the  lever  r, 
and  the  relative  pressures  are 
regulated  by  the  movable  ful- 
crum e.  a,  high-pressure  pipe ; 
b,  low-pressure  pipe ;  v,  pas- 
sage to  diaphragm  from  low 
pressure. 


313.  VENTURI  TUBE  AND  MEASURING 
METER.  The  differential  velocity  of  the  water  in  the 
main  pipe  and  in  the  throat  of  the  double  conical  tube 
produces  a  differential  pressure  in  the  small  tubes  with 
their  mouths  turned  in  opposite  directions,  which  is  used 
for  registering  the  amount  of  water  flow  in  the  main 
^_^__^^^  '  -_  pipe  by  the  flow  through  the 
:.;S?iv^^l'-;V^:;v:':;\;;o;':\;vV-;?  small  pipes.  The  measurement 
is  made  by  a  meter. 


314.  HYDRAULIC  LIFTING 
JACK.  The  shell  of  the  jack  extends 
over  and  nearly  to  the  foot  of  the  ram  to 
enable  a  lift  at  both  head  and  foot  of  the 
jack.  The  small  plunger  and  valves  are 
operated  by  the  lever  and  arm  D,  for 
lifting,  and  the  by-pass  valve  serves  for 
lowering  a  load  or  closing  the  jack  by  its 
own  weight,  which  will  send  the  oil  back 
to  the  cistern.  S,  suction  valve  ;  F,  dis- 
charge valve  ;  G,  leather  cup  packing. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


315.  UNIFORM  FLOW  OF 
WATER  from  a  variable  tank  head. 
a,  a  tank  with  variable  head  of  water; 
d,  small  tank  with  float  connected  to 
sectored  army  and  to  the  conical  valve 
h  in  the  tank  a.  When  well-adjusted 
will  give  a  uniform  head  in  d  for  the 
outlet  at  e. 


316.  NOVEL  SPRAYING  NOZZLE  for 
cooling  water  by  contact  of  the  spray  water 
with  the  surrounding  air.  The  apertures  in 
the  concave  cap  give  a  slightly  spiral  direction 
to  the  jets,  which  gives  them  a  rotary  motion 
and  disintegrates  the  water  into  a  fine  spray. 


317.  HYDRAULIC  PRESS  for  making  tin- 
lined  and  plain  lead  pipe.  The  piston  B  of  a 
hydraulic  press  serves  to  operate  the  central 
plunger  E  and  the  annular  plunger  DF.  The 
former  forces  out  the  tin  contained  in  the  cen- 
tral cylinder  H,  and  the  latter  the  lead  in  the 
annular  cylinder  G  I.  J  is  the  mandrel.  The 
machine  admits  of  being  arranged  for  making 
pipes  all  of  one  metal,  as  in  the  lower  figure,  318. 

There  are  several  modifications  of  these  lead- 
pipe  machines  in  use.  One  on  similar  lines  to 
the  upper  figure  is  for  covering  electric  cables  in 
which  the  cable  is  fed  through  in  place  of  the 
central  plunger. 

318.  Section  for  making  all  lead  pipe. 


HYDRAULIC    POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


133 


320. 


319.  HYDRAULIC 
PUNCH.  A  small  plunger 
in  the  cylinder  D,  with  in- 
let valve  E  and  discharge 
valve  below,  is  operated  by 
the  lever  B,  to  give  great 
pressure  to  the  ram  H,  to 
which  is  attached  the  punch. 
On  opening  the  by -pass 
valve  K,  the  ram  is  lifted 
by  the  lever  L  and  revolv- 
ing wedge  M,  pushing  the 
oil  back  into  the  reservoir  A. 
Cross  section  of  the  hydraulic  punch,  showing  lever  action. 


321.  FIRE    EXTINGUISHER.      Grinnel  sprinkler  type.     Each 
sprinkler  is  calculated  to  supply  an  area  of   100  feet.     The  valve,  a 

leaden  disk  affixed 
to  the  center  of  a 
larger  disk  of  brass, 
is  held  up  against 
the  valve  orifice  by 
a  system  of  two 
curved  levers,  the 
lower  of  which  is 
secured  by  fusible 
solder  at  its  lowest 
point  to  a  light 
metal  frame.  The  valve  seat  is  itself  made  elastic  by  the  device  of 
fixing  it  in  the  center  of  a  diaphragm  of  thin,  hard  metal,  perforated 
for  that  purpose,  and  the  pressure  of  the  water  upon  the  diaphragm 
keeps  it  tight  against  the  valve.  The  larger  disk  attached  to  the  valve 
disk  serves  as  a  deflector.  When  the  solder  is  melted,  the  levers  fly 
apart,  and  the  valve  and  deflector  drop  about  T/2  inch,  leaving  space 
for  the  water  to  escape.  It  dashes  against  the  disk,  which  is  notched 
and  slightly  dished  at  its  edges,  and  is  then  deflected  upward  in  spray 
toward  the  ceiling. 

322.  Shows  the  position  of  the  levers  and  the  fusible  joint. 


134 


HYDRAULIC   POWER  AND   APPLIANCES. 


2nd  TANK 


1st  TANK 


323.  DOMESTIC    REFRIGERATOR.     Water  enters  the  coil  at 
A,  and  is  drawn  into  the  tank  at  B,  in  which  a  quantity  of  nitrate  of 

ammonia  has  been  placed 
equal  in  weight  with  the 
water.  The  cold  pro- 
duced in  the  mixture 
cools  the  water  in  the 
coil,  from  which  drinking 
water  may  be  drawn. 
The  overflow  from  the 
tank  siphons  to  the  re- 
frigerator tank  below  for 
cooling  the  storage  cham- 
ber. For  greater  refrig- 
eration, or  for  making  a 
block  of  ice  or  freezing  a 
carafe,  a  quantity  of  ni- 
trate of  ammonia  may  be 
placed  in  the  second  tank  and  cold  water  from  the  coil  drawn  to  it  by 
the  valve  V,  when  the  solution  temperature  falls  to  zero.  The  solu- 
tion or  brine  from  the  second  tank  overflows  to  the  storage  tank. 


324.  COUNTERBALANC- 
ING HYDRAULIC  ELEVA- 
TORS. Showing  the  arrange- 
ment of  valves,  cylinder,  circulat- 
ing pipe  for  up  and  down  motion 
of  the  hydraulic  piston  and  the 
distribution  of  the  counterweights 
to  equalize  the  power.  The  de- 
tails of  operation  are  shown  by  the 
lettering  on  the  cut. 


HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 


135 


325.  RE-ENFORCING 
WELLS.  The  re-enforcement  of 
wells  in  times  of  drought  may  be 
readily  made  by  making  a  cylin- 
der of  galvanized  iron,  punching 
it  with  a  thin  chisel,  as  shown  in 
the  cut,  326,  inserting  it  and  push- 
ing it  down  in  the  bottom  of  the 
well,  328,  and  boring  out  the  sand 
with  a  sand  auger,  327.  A  drive- 
strainer  tube  may  also  be  driven 
and  the  sand  drawn  by  an  auger. 
Strainer  points  are  also  used  and 
disconnected  near  the  bottom  of 
the  well.  The  supply  of  water  may 
often  be  largely  increased  by  these 
methods. 

329.  Strainer  tube  and  pipe  for 


connection  with  a  pump,  as  shown  in  No.  328. 


330.  SIPHON    WATER    RAM.     B,  a  chamber  in  the  apex  of  a 
siphon.      C,  a  flap  valve  on  an  arm  and  spindle  extending  to  outside 


of  chamber  and  held  open  by  the  lever  and  weight  L,  with  its  move- 
ment adjusted  by  the  springs  above  and  below  the  lever.     D,  discharge 


136  HYDRAULIC   POWER   AND   APPLIANCES. 

valve.  G,  a  chamber  with  elastic  heads  or  diaphragms  of  thin  cor- 
rugated metal,  for  an  air  chamber  and  to  prevent  hammer.  K,  plug 
for  filling  the  siphon  with  water  or  by  the  suction  of  an  air  pump. 

Will  lift  water  about  14  feet  with  a  water  fall  on  the  siphon  legs  of 
6  feet,  and  deliver  ^  of  the  total  supply. 

331.  Section  showing  valves  and  air  chamber. 

332.  Outside  view,  showing  valve  lever,  weight,  and  springs. 


SECTION  VIII. 


AIR-POWER  MOTORS  AND 
APPLIANCES. 


137 


Section  VIII. 
AIR-POWER 'MOTORS  AND  APPLIANCES. 


333.  PNEUMATIC  BALL  PUZZLE.  A 
ball  laid  on  the  mouth  of  a  flanged  tube,  as  in 
the  cut,  can  not  be  blown  off  by  an  air  jet,  but 
will  continue  to  roll  around  on  the  flange,  as 
shown  by  the  dotted  lines. 

334.  PNEUMATIC  DISK  PUZZLE.     A  light  circular  plate  with 
pin  guides  can  only  be  lifted  a  small  distance  by  an  air  jet  from  the 

flanged  tube.  The  theory  is  that 
the  momentum  of  the  air  as  it 
suddenly  spreads  to  a  larger  cir- 
cumference causes  a  partial 
vacuum  near  the  outer  edge,  thus 
holding  the  plates  so  near  together  that  their  circumferential  area  cor- 
responds with  the  area  of  the  central  jet. 

335.  PNEUMATIC  BALL  PUZZLE.     A  light  ball  is  held  in  a 
jet  of  air  from  a  vertical  to  an  angle  of  about  30°  and  revolves  with 

considerable  velocity. 

A  light  ball  placed  in  a  con- 
ical cup  over  a  jet  of  air  will  be 
held  there  and  not  driven  off 
when  the  cup  and  jet  are  re- 
versed. 

A  card  placed  on  an  inverted 
flanged  jet  of  air,  as  at  V,  V, 
will  not  drop,  even  with  a  con- 
siderable weight  hanging  to  it. 

336.  Inverted     nozzle     and 
ball. 

337.  Inverted    nozzle     with 
ball  attached  to  plate. 

139 


140 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


338.  PNEUMATIC  FAN.     Compressed  air  is  a  ready  means  of 
operating  a  fan  in  shops  where  it  is  used  for  other  purposes.     By  a 

simple  air  motor,  as  shown 
in  the  cut,  with  60  to  80 
pounds  pressure  a  high 
speed  may  be  obtained  in 
the  fan  which  will  throw  a 
current  of  air  25  or  more 
feet,  and  if  the  exhaust  air 
mingles  with  the  current  its 
cooling  effect  will  be  greatly 
increased. 

339.  Cross  section,  showing  motor  wheel  and  pipe  connections. 


340.  THE  SIROCCO  FAN  BLOWER. 


The  particular  feature 
of  this  fan  is  in  the 
narrow  curved 
blades  set  in  the 
periphery  of  the 
wheel  and  close  to- 
gether, which  pre- 
vents local  eddies 
and  greatly  in- 
creases the  effi- 
ciency of  the  fan. 
Davidson  patent. 


341.  Section  showing  shaft  and  bracing  to  the  blade  drum. 


342.  AERIAL   TOP.      A   small   windmill   made 
of  any  convenient  material  that  is  light.     A  stem  at 
the  center  to  drop  into  the  ring  handle,  on  which  the 
string  is  wound.     The  rapid  rotation  made  by  quickly 
pulling  the  string  will  force  the  top  to  a  height  of  150 
to  200  feet.     There  should  be  a  ring  of  brass  wire 
around  and  fastened  to  the  outside  of  the  fan  to  give 
it  momentum. 

343.  Ring  handle  as  held  in  the  hand. 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


141 


V 

1 


344.  PNEUMATIC  GRAIN  ELE- 
VATOR. French. 

V,  a  duplex  vacuum  blower. 

T,  the  vacuum  pipe. 

R,  receiver  with  a  wire  screen  covering 
the  mouth  of  the  draught  pipe. 

S,  delivery  pipe. 

O,  an  air  regulator  covering  the  slots  in 
the  end  of  the  suction  tube  S,  to  regulate 
the  proportion  of  air  and  grain  entering  the 
tube. 

N,  a  diaphragm  chamber  to  balance  the 
sleeve  O,  and  controlled  by  the  vacuum 
pressure  in  the  pipe  S,  through  the  small 
tube  /,  /. 

By  this  pneumatic  process  of  elevating 
grain,  the  dust  is  separated  and  discharged 
through  the  blower  and  the  grain  is  aerated 
and  dried. 


345.  PNEUMATIC  GRAIN  ELE- 
VATOR. French.  A  high-speed  blower  re- 
ceives the  grain  from  a  hopper  in  a  regulated 
stream  through  a  funnel  with  sufficient  air  to 
make  it  semifluid,  in  which  condition  it  passes 
through  the  blower  and  is  forced  to  the  desired 
elevation.  By  this  method  grain  is  dried  and 
aired,  and  by  substituting  a  chute  from  a  grain 
bin  to  the  hopper  aeration  and  transfer  to  other 
bins  is  easily  made. 

A  cleaning  process  by  the  passage  of  the 
grain  through  the  blower,  but  the  dust  is  de- 
posited in  the  bin  with  the  grain.  Does  well 
for  a  transfer  system  only. 


142 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


346.  SAND-BLAST  APPARA- 
TUS. Exhaust  or  vacuum  type,  in 
which  the  sand  is  returned  to  the 
supply  chamber  D,  after  its  use  in 
doing  work  at  G.  E,  E,  exhaust 
chamber  and  pipe.  Sand  dropping 
from  the  chamber  D  is  carried  along 
the  pipe  F  by  the  incoming  air  to  the 
bell  nozzle  of  the  blast  pipe  B,  im- 
pinges upon  the  glass  at  G,  and  falls 
into  the  chamber  W,  is  drawn  into  the 
main  chamber  D,  and  falls  to  the  bot- 
tom, while  the  fine  dust  is  carried  off 
in  the  exhaust.  The  glass  plate  at  G 
is  moved  over  the  opening  of  the  blast 
tube  for  evenly  sanding  the  surface. 

347.  SAND-BLAST  JETS.     In  the 
upper  figure  the  sand  enters  the  tube 
B,  by  gravity  or  otherwise,  and  the  air 
blast  through  the  tube  and  chamber  A, 
issues  in  an  annular  aperture  around 
the  sand  and  compresses  the  blast  to  a 
pencil  of  abrasion  for  free-hand  pencil 
work.    The  lower  figure  is  for  the  same 
purpose,  but  carries  a  sand  box  with  a 
regulating  valve. 

348.  Hand    sand-blast  nozzle    with 
sand  reservoir,  s,  for  light  work. 


349.  AIR-MOISTENING  APPARATUS  for  textile  mills.     A  jet 
of  high-pressure  steam  is  projected  through  conical  funnels,  drawing 

in  and  mixing  air  with  the  steam 
and  spreading  the  vapor  over  a 
cone,  and  by  distributing  to  various 
points  in  a  room  equalizes  the  mois- 
ture as  well  as  controls  its  hygro- 
metric  intensity. 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


143 


350.  MAGIC    BALL.     A  crooked  hole 
is  bored  through  the  ball  through  which  the 
string  is  passed.     By  a  slight  tension  of  the 
string,  the  ball  may  be  stopped  or  slid  down 
at   will   of   the   holder  of   the  string.     An 
amusing  trick. 

351.  Section   of   the   ball    showing    the 
crooked  hole  and  string. 


352.  GYRATING  BALLS.     This  toy  consists  of  two  wooden  balls 
of  the  same  diameter  connected  by  a  slender  elastic  rubber  band  attached 

by  staples. 

To  prepare  the  toy  for  operation,  it  is 
only  necessary  to  twist  the  rubber  band 
by  holding  one  of  the  balls  in  the  hand 
and  rolling  the  other  round  in  a  circular 
path  upon  the  floor  by  giving  to  the  hand  a  gyratory  motion.  As 
soon  as  the  band  is  twisted,  the  free  ball  is  grasped  in  the  hand,  then 
both  are  released  at  once. 

The  untwisting  of  the  rubber  band  causes  the  balls  to  roll  in  opposite 
directions  in  a  circular  path,  and  centrifugal  force  causes  the  balls  to 
fly  outwardly.  By  virtue  of  the  acquired  momentum,  the  balls  con- 
tinue to  rotate  after  the  rubber  band  is  untwisted,  so  that  the  band  is 
again  twisted,  but  in  the  opposite  direction.  As  soon  as  the  resistance 
of  the  band  overcomes  the  momentum  of  the  balls,  the  rotation  ceases 
for  an  instant,  when  the  band  again  untwisting  revolves  the  balls  in  the 
opposite  direction,  and  the  operation  is  repeated  until  the  stored  energy 
is  exhausted. 

353.  MEGASCOPE.     A  lantern  which  may  have  an  arc  light,  a 
lime   light,  or  a  strong  lighting  lamp,  throws  its  light  upon  an  ob- 
jector  picture  at  b,  in 
the  focus  of  a  camera 
lens  in  a  frame  or  box 
attached  to  the  lantern 
as  shown,  for  project- 
ing an  enlarged  image 
upon  a  screen. 


144 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


354.    PNEUMATIC    MOISTENING   APPARATUS.     Com- 
pressed air  is  supplied  to  the  atomizing  nozzles  at  various  points  in  a 


factory  by  the  main  pipe  A.  The  water  is  supplied  by  the  smaller 
pipe  below  to  the  water  nozzles,  and  is  atomized  and  vaporized  in 
contact  with  the  air  from  the  nozzles  together  with  the  induced  air 
drawn  in  by  the  jets.  The  wings  guide  the  vapor  toward  the  ceiling, 
and  also  collect  the  excess  of  water  and  conveys  it  to  a  trough  below. 

355.  THE  PANTANEMONE.  A  stationary  windmill  in  opera- 
tion in  France.  Two  plane  surfaces  in  the  form  of  semicircles  are 
mounted  at  right  angles  to  each  other  upon 
a  horizontal  shaft,  and  at  an  angle  of  45° 
with  respect  to  the  latter.  It  results  from 
this  that  the  apparatus  will  operate  (even 
without  being  set)  whatever  be  the  direc- 
tion of  the  wind,  except  when  it  blows  per- 
pendicularly upon  the  axle,  thus  permitting 
(owing  to  the  impossibility  of  reducing  the 
surfaces)  of  threescore  days  more  work 
per  year  being  obtained  than  can  be  with 
other  mills  so  claimed  in  proportion  to  the 
work  of  the  old  Holland  mills. 

356.  A  KANSAS  WINDMILL. 
Made  with  canvas  sails  with  the 
axle  set  on  the  meridian  so  that  it 
runs  with  any  wind  with  north  or 
south  in  it.  It  is  crude  and  home- 
made. Every  farmer  can  make  one 
for  pumping  water,  churning,  and 
many  small  wants  for  power. 


r€^ 

Tl 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

....••••^^    i    .1.       ••    i  i        »i •"»• -        --      -      --      -..—  -  --_.      .T      _ f__      r  L -..LI Lm 

GERMANE 
SHEET   AND    FLANGE    PACKING 


Facsimile  of  roll  of  Germane  Packing 

^ 

None  Genuine  without  the   Trade-Mark.     The  word 
"  Germane "  in  a  Diamond  in  Red 

# 

The  color  of  Germane  Packing  is  black.  It  has  a  smooth  pol- 
ished wax  finish.  There  are  three  rows  of  diamonds  in  red,  contain- 
ing the  word  Germane  in  red,  extending  throughout  the  entire  length 
of  each  and  every  roll. 

The  Germane  Sheet  and  Flange  Packing  is  technically  known 
as  the  German  compound,  and  is  made  from  the  formula  of  a 
prominent  German  chemist,  whose  idea  was  to  produce  a  packing 
with  a  polished  surface  and  finish,  regardless  of  cost. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.50 


MANUFACTURED   BY 

URING  CO. 

16  WARREN   STREET,   NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

We  have  made  exhaustive  tests  of  this  Germane  Packing  and 
find"  it  a  very  excellent  compound  and  Flange  Packing,  but  it  is 
in  no  way  or  respect  the  equal  of  our  celebrated  Rainbow  Sheet 
and  Flange  Packing  for  any  purpose.  We  have,  however,  de- 
cided to  put  it  on  the  market  in  order  to  protect  engineers  who 
may  desire  to  obtain  this  genuine  but  expensive  German  finish. 
Imitators  as  usual  are  making  cheap  and  worthless  imitations  of 
this  very  good  packing,  and  selling  it  for  twenty-five  per  cent 
less  than  the  genuine  costs  to  manufacture,  and  claim  it  will  not 
get  hard,  etc. ;  all  of  which  is  true,  as  their  worthless  imitations 
get  softer  and  softer,  and  eventually  blow  out  like  punk,  as  a 
result  of  their  using  cheap  substitutes  and  reclaimed  rubber.  If 
you  want  the  genuine,  ask  for  the  Germane  Packing,  manufac- 
tured exclusively  by  the  Peerless  Rubber  Manufacturing  Company, 
New  York,  and  pay  the  price  for  it,  which  is  $1.50  per  pound. 

The  Germane  Packing  makes  a  good  air,  water  and  oil  joint 
packing.  The  best  and  highest  testimonial  we  can  give  you  of 
this  genuine  Germane  Packing,  as  manufactured  exclusively  by 
this  company,  is  that  it  is  made  of  a  very  fine  grade  of  rubber, 
which  makes  it  strong  and  durable  ;  it  will  not  stick  to  the  face 
of  a  joint,  and  has  a  fine,  smooth  external  wax  finish  to  give  it 
a  more  salable  appearance. 

If  you  want  the  best  steam,  oil  and  ammonia  packing  in  the 
world,  stick  to  the  genuine  and  only  Rainbow  Packing,  manufac- 
tured exclusively  by  the  Peerless  Rubber  Manufacturing  Company, 
New  York.  It  has  no  equal.  No  packing  has  ever  been  made  or 
patented  that  can  approach  it  in  the  slightest  degree. 

The  Germane  Packing  is  made  in  all  sizes  :  1-32  in.,  1-16 
in.,  3-32  in.,  1-8  in.,  3-16  in.,  1-4  in.,  5-8  in.,  1-2  in.;  also, 
man-hole  and  hand-hole  gaskets  of  any  size.  Full  rolls  weigh 
about  200  pounds.  Price  $1.50  per  pound. 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

16  WARREN   STREET,    NEW  YORK 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RUBE  ACKING 

With  Wire  Insertion 


Price,  per  lb.,  $1.50 
Manufactured  &  inch,  &  inch,  i  inch,  i-tf  inch,  -3a2-  inch  and  i  inch  thick 


Price,  per  lb.,  $1.40 


Pure  Sheet  Packing,  or  Valve  Gum,  is  made  in  rolls  about 
forty  inches  in  width,  and  of  any  thickness  or  length  desired. 
For  cutting  rubber,  use  a  sharp  knife  and  keep  it  wet. 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SPECIAL  GRAPHITE 


i 

EXP^LY  I  I  ^(rROR 

W^  I  ,W 


Price,  per  set,  40  cents 

GASKETS 

For  Westinghouse  Equipments 

Standard  Cylinder  Gaskets 

Standard  Triple  Reservoir  Gaskets 

Standard  Triple  Check  Valve  Case  Gaskets 
Engine  Brake  and  Upper  Gaskets 

Triple  Case  Reservoir  Gaskets 
Triple  Emergency  Valve  Gum  Seats 
.t.     Air-Brake  Coupling  Rings 

No.  2  Old  Style  Coupling  Rings 

No.  2  New  Style  Coupling  Rings 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


357.  SAILING   WAGON.     Across  the  wide  forward  end  of  the 
triangular  frame  extends  an  axle  to  which  wheels  are  journaled.     The 

short  axle  of  the  rear  wheels  is  piv- 
oted by  a  kingbolt  to  the  narrow 
end  of  the  frame.  To  the  short  axle 
is  attached  a  gear  wheel  into  which 
meshes  a  smaller  wheel  secured  to 
the  lower  end  of  a  vertical  shaft 
journaled  in  bearings  fastened  to  the 
frame.  Upon  the  upper  end  of  this 
shaft  is  a  handwheel  or  tiller,  by 
means  of  which  the  wagon  may  be 
guided.  The  speed  of  the  wagon  is 
regulated  by  brakes  upon  the  front  wheels,  connected  with  an  upright 
lever  pivoted  in  the  middle  part  of  the  frame  and  provided  at  its  upper 
end  with  a  crosshead,  so  that  it  can  be  operated  either  with  the  hands 
or  feet.  A  mast  fastened  to  the  middle  forward  part  of  the  frame  is 
provided  with  a  sail  and  appliances  for  raising,  lowering,  and  con- 
trolling the  sail  in  the  same  manner  as  an  ordinary  sailboat. 


358.  SAIL-RIGGED    MERRY-GO-ROUND,  St.  Malo,  France. 


A  swinging  beam  on  an  anchored  post  balanced  by  a  movable  box 
of  sand. 

'  Each  end  of  the  beam  has  a  crossbar  on  which  is  rigged  a  mast 
with  mainsail  and  jib. 


146 


AIR-POWER    MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


359.  FLYING  PROPELLER.  At  the 
center  of  the  wheel  there  is  a  square  hole  in 
which  is  loosely  fitted  a  twisted  square  rod, 
and  upon  this  rod,  below  the  wheel,  is  placed 
a  wooden  sleeve,  the  bore  of  which  is  large 
enough  to  allow  the  rod  to  be  readily  drawn 
through  it. 

The  wheel  having  been  placed  upon  the 
rod  -as  shown  in  the  engraving — the  wood- 
en sleeve  is  grasped  between  the  thumb  and 
finger  of  one  hand,  the  eye  at  the  lower  end 
of  the  rod  is  grasped  by  the  other  hand,  and 
the  rod  is  drawn  quickly  downward,  thus 
imparting  to  the  wheel  a  very  rapid  rotary 
motion  which  causes  it  to  rise  to  a  great 
height  in  the  air  as  it  leaves  the  rod. 


360.  A  KITE  WITHOUT  A  TAIL.  All  the  calculations  nec- 
essary in  order  to  obtain  the  different  proportions  are  based  upon  the 
length  of  the  stick,  A'A,  employed.  Such 
length  being  found,  we  divide  it  by  ten, 
and  thus  obtain  what  is  called  the  unit  of 
length.  With  such  unit  it  is  very  easy  to 
obtain  all  the  proportions.  The  bow, 
K'K,  consists  of  two  pieces  of  osier  each 
five  and  a  half  units  in  length,  that  form, 
through  their  union,  or  lap,  a  total  length 
of  seven  units. 

After  the  bow  has  been  constructed 
according  to  these  measurements,  it  only 
remains  to  fix  it  to  the  stick  in  such  a 
way  that  it  shall  be  two  units  distant 
from  the  upper  end  of  the  stick.  The 
balance,  or  belly  band,  CC',  whose  accuracy  contributes  much  to  the 
stability  of  the  whole  in  the  air,  consists  of  a  string  fixed  at  one  end 
to  the  junction,  D,  of  the  bow  and  stick,  and  at  the  other  to  the  stick 
itself  at  a  distance  of  three  units  from  the  lower  extremity.  Next, 
a  cord,  B,  is  passed  around  the  frame,  and  the  whole  is  covered  with 
thin  paper. 

Before  raising  the  kite,  the  string,  which  hangs  from  K',  is  made  fast 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


147 


at  K  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  the  bow  to  curve  backward.     This 
curvature  is  increased  or  diminished  according  to  the  force  of  the  wind. 
Nothing  remains  to  be  done  but  to  attach  the  cord  to  the  balance, 
or  belly  band,  and  raise  the  kite. 

361    THE    EDDY   TAILLESS   KITE.     The   sticks   should   be 
made  of  clear  spruce,  as  this  has  been  found  to  be  less  liable  to  bend 

under  strain  or  break 
at  the  cross  stick. 

Cross  section  of  each 
stick  is  -j^-  by  ^  inch. 

Kite  stick  A  B  = 
68f*j  inches. 

Kite  stick  C  D  =  60 
inches. 

O  =  center  of  grav- 
ity, which  is  35  per 
cent  of  C  D  from  the 
top  of  C  D. 

C  E  —  1 8  per  cent 
of  C  D  in  both  strong 
and  light  wind  kites.  The  thin  manila  paper  should  be  put  on  the 
kite  slightly  loose.  The  deepest  part  of  the  bow  of  the  cross  stick  A  B 
should  be  about  -^  of  the  length  of  A  B.  In  bending  A  B  great  care 
is  required  to  see  that  the  bend  on  each  side  of  the  point  of  junction 
at  E  is  equal.  The  slight  bagging  inward  of  the  paper  covering  tri- 
angles A  E  D  and  BED  should  be  equal.  If  the  kite  flies  sideways, 
owing  to  inequality,  it  can  be  partly  remedied  by  tying  small  half  or 
quarter  ounce  weights  at  A  or  B.  The  hangers  or  belly  band  drawn  in 
the  side  view  of  the  kite,  fastened  to  E  and  D  only,  make  a  right  angle 
at  E  and  an  acute  angle  at  D. 


362.  TISSANDIER'S 
ELECTRIC   AIR    SHIP. 

Paris,  1883.  This  air  ship 
attained  a  velocity  of  eight 
miles  per  hour,  operated  by 
an  electric  motor  with  cur- 
rent from  a  storage  battery. 


148 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


363.  SANTOS-DUMONT 
AIR    SHIP.       Showing   the 
framework  and  its  attachment 
to  the  balloon,  the   position 
of  the  propeller,  rudder,  and 
gasoline    motor,   which  is  in 
the  center  of  the  framework 
and  balloon    to    balance  the 
ship. 

364.  The  motor  has   four 
cylinders,  air  cooled,  for  which 
purpose  a  fan  blower  is  oper- 
ated by  the  motor. 


365.   GIFFARD'S   STEAM-PROPELLED    AIR    SHIP.       One 

^^asssSSSBSSSBges?**^  °f  the  earliest  of  the 

present  type  of  air 
ships.  This  aerial 
steamer  ascended 
from  the  Hippo- 
drome in  Paris,  Sep- 
tember 25,  1852,  to 
a  height  of  5,000 
feet.  After  a  suc- 
cessful sail,  landed 
safely. 

366.  DUPUY  DE  LOME'S  AIR 
SHIP.  It  carried  twelve  men 
who  turned  the  propeller. 
This  air  ship  ascended  in  1872 
and  attained  a  speed  of  six 
miles  per  hour. 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES.  149 


367.  THE  CAMPBELL  AIR  SHIP.     The  propelling  power  was 
by  cranks  operated  by  the  aeronaut,  one  on  the  lifting  propeller  and 


one  for  the  driving  propellers.  The  operator  had  good  control  in  the 
trials  made  at  Coney  Island,  N.  Y.,  but  the  ship  was  finally  blown  to 
sea  and  .lost,  1889. 

368.  POWER   FLYING    MACHINE.     Maxim's  type.     The  ap- 
plication of  power  to  flying  machines  has  been  several  times  success- 


fully tried.  Professor  Langley's  aerodrome,  which  resembles  an  enor- 
mous bird  of  steel,  was  tried  with  much  success  in  May,  1896.  It  rose 
easily  and  soared  in  the  air  in  large  spiral  curves  of  100  yards  diame- 
ter, reaching  a  height  of  about  one  hundred  feet  and  moving  about 
half  a  mile.  The  steam  then  gave  out  and  the  propeller  stopped, 
but  the  machine,  instead  of  tumbling  to  the  earth,  settled  slowly  and 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   AAPLIANCES. 


gracefully  downward  and  reached  the  surface  without  damage.  Its 
greatest  speed  was  nearly  at  the  rate  of  twenty  miles  an  hour. 
Maxim's  experiments  are  still  more  interesting.  He  constructed  a 
flying  machine  on  a  large  scale,  its  total  weight  when  loaded  being 
8,000  pounds,  this  including  engines,  boiler,  fuel,  stores,  and  three 
persons.  The  boat-like  body  was  moved  by  a  powerful  propeller,  and 
the  lifting  mechanism  consisted  of  a  great  aeroplane,  with  smaller 
ones  projecting  like  wings,  the  extreme  width  being  105  feet,  length 
104  feet,  total  area  5,400  square  feet.  He  had  constructed  a  rail- 
way along  which  this  machine  moved  on  wheels,  the  pressure  on  the 
rails  decreasing  as  the  speed  increased.  In  a  notable  experiment, 
made  in  June,  1894,  the  whole  machine  was  lifted  for  a  brief  interval 
from  the  ground. 

369.  RENARD   &    KREBS    ELECTRIC    AIR    SHIP.      Paris, 
1884.     The  electric  motor  was  operated  by  current  from  storage  bat- 


teries. The  form  was  peculiar,  being  somewhat  like  a  fish,  with  the 
propeller  at  the  head.  It  was  claimed  to  have  attained  a  speed  of 
twelve  miles  per  hour. 

370.  GRAIN-DRYING  APPARATUS.     For  tumbling  grain   or 
other  material  in  an  inclined  cylinder  with  a  blast  of  warm  air.    A,  a  brick 

box  in  which  coke  is 
burned,  or  a  flue  to  convey 
waste  heat  from  any  fur- 
nace.  B,  compound 
wrought-iron  fan,  which 
will  draw  waste  heat  from 
a  distance  of  50—100  feet. 
C,  chimney  and  valve,  to 
carry  off  smoke  when  fire  is  first  lighted,  c,  thermometer  or  pyrometer. 
D,  feed  hopper,  into  which  the  grain  is  conveyed  by  an  elevator  from 
below,  or  by  a  chute  from  an  upper  floor.  E,  cylinder.  F,  elevating  gear 
for  raising  and  depressing  cylinder.  G,  air  duct,  made  of  different  sec- 


AIR-POWER    MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


tions  to  suit  different  products.  H,  part  of  the  outer  shell  removed  to 
show  the  cells  in  which  the  grain  is  carried  up  and  poured  out  in  a  con- 
tinual stream ;  the  number  and  pitch  of  these  cells  is  also  varied  for 
various  products. 


371.  PNEUMATIC  LIFT.  Ridgway 
type,  oil  governed.  A  tube  extends  from  a 
reservoir  down  the  inside  of  the  hollow  piston 
rod.  The  reservoir  is  filled  with  oil.  When 
the  hook  is  lowered,  the  oil  is  drawn  into  the 
piston  rod  through  the  check  valve.  Trie 
chain  wheel  and  needle  valve  govern  the  flow 
of  oil,  which  by  its  non-compressibility  pre- 
vents vibration  of  the  load  and  holds  it  at 
any  desired  height.  This  device  eliminates 
the  jerky  motion  of  the  plain  air  lift. 

Type  of  the  Craig  Ridgway  &  Son  Com- 
pany, Coatesville,  Pa. 


372.  AIR-OPER- 
ATED HYDRAU- 
LIC CRANE.  Com- 
pressed air  pressure  in 
a  supplementary  cyl- 
inder forces  the  water 
into  the  lifting  cylin- 
der. A  water  valve 
governs  the  flow  of 
water  and  holds  the 
weight  steady  or 
locked  by  closing  the 
valve. 


152 


AIR-POWER   MOTORS   AND   APPLIANCES. 


373.  VALVE-LIGHT  VENTI- 
LATOR. The  valves  are  of  glass  set  in 
frames  and  hung  to  swing,  controlled  by 
connecting  rods  to  a  vertical  pole  extend- 
ing down  within  reach  of  the  hand. 


374.  FRUIT-DRYING  APPARATUS. 
A  box,  a,  arranged  for  receiving  perforated 
shelves  or  netting  on  frames.  A  fresh-air 
inlet,  g,  and  heating  chamber,  c,  under  which 
a  lamp  is  placed.  A  deflecting  plate,  h,  to 
spread  the  warm  air  evenly  through  the  box 
and  another  at  the  top  for  gathering  the  air 
to  the  ventilator  e  ;  m,  a  thermometer.  Tem- 
perature should  be  100°  Fah. 


SECTION  IX. 


GAS  AND  AIR-GAS  DEVICES, 
ETC. 


153 


Section    IX. 
GAS   AND    AIR-GAS    DEVICES,    ETC. 


375.  KEROSENE    PORTABLE    FORGE.      French.     The  ap- 
paratus consists  of  a  copper  reservoir,   P,  containing  the  petroleum, 

and  traversed  by  a  pump,  C,  which 
serves  to  establish  a  pressure  of  air  at 
the  surface  of  the  liquid.  Above  the 
reservoir,  and  separated  therefrom  by  a 
horizontal  disk,  D,  forming  a  screen  to 
prevent  the  heating  of  the  reservoir,  is 
placed  the  stove,  so  called.  In  the  latter, 
the  kerosene  is  burned  after  being  vapor- 
ized by  its  passage  through  a  worm,  S, 
heated  by  the  flame.  This  worm  is  formed 
of  an  iron  tube  starting  from  the  bottom 
of  the  reservoir  and  ending  in  a  central 
jet  at  the  other  extremity.  Upon  the 
tube  is  placed  a  cock,  B,  for  regu- 
lating the  discharge  of  the  oil,  and,  con- 
sequently, the  intensity  of  the  flame.  Be- 
neath the  worm  there  is  an  iron  cup  which 
is  opened  at  E,  and  into  which,  for  light- 
ing, is  poured  a  spoonful  of  amylic  alco- 
hol, after  care  has  been  taken  to  fill  the 
reservoir,  P,  with  oil  after  unscrewing  the 
plug  A.  The  alcohol  is  lighted,  and  as 
soon  as  the  worm  is  hot  the  cock  is 
opened,  the  jet  takes  fire,  and  the  ap- 
paratus is  ready  for  use.  Upon  the  stove 
there  may  be  placed  either  a  cast-iron  pot 
in  which  to  melt  lead  or  tin,  or  the  tools 
that  it  is  desired  to  heat  or  temper,  or  the  iron  tubes  to  be  bent,  etc. 

376.  Section   of    forge  with  fire  tiled   cap  for  deflecting  the  heat 
downward  on  to  the  work. 


156 


GAS  AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


WOR<ING  STA6E 


377.  PRODUCER    GAS    GENERATOR.      German  type.     A, 
door  for  feeding  coke  to  the  furnace  B  and  for  blowing  up.     C,  fire- 
brick walls  of  the  furnace. 
E,  air  inlet  for  heating  the 
furnace  of   the  generator. 
F  and  G,  gas  blow-off  pipe, 
interchangeable  to  reverse 
the    gas    blow.     J,    valve 
that    automatically    closes 
when  A  is  opened.     L,  L, 
steam  pipes  for  alternating 
the  steam  blow.     H,  super- 
heating coil  for  heating  the 
steam    by   the   hot    gases 
passing  to  the  scrubber  M. 
N,    sprinkler.      K,    wheel 

and  drum  for  simultaneously  opening  and  closing  the  valves  J  and  G 
and  the  blast  door  A. 

378.  MOND    GAS    PLANT.      Dr.    Mond's   process,  briefly   de- 
scribed, is  as  follows  :  The   cheapest  bituminous  slack  obtainable  is 


mechanically  deposited  in  hoppers  above  the  producers.  From  this  it 
is  discharged  into  the  producer  bell,  where  the  heating  of  the  slack 
takes  place,  and  the  products  of  distillation  pass  down  into  the  hot 
zone  of  fuel  before  joining  the  bulk  of  the  gas  leaving  the  producer. 


GAS   AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


157 


The  hot  zone  destroys  the  tar  and  converts  it  into  a  fixed  gas,  and  pre- 
pares the  slack  for  descent  into  the  body  of  the  producer,  where  it  is 
acted  upon  by  an  air  blast  which  has  been  saturated  with  moisture  and 
water  superheated  before  contact  with  the  fuel.  The  hot  gas  and 
undecomposed  steam  leaving  the  producer  pass  first  through  a  tubular 
regenerator  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  incoming  blast.  An 
exchange  of  heat  takes  place,  and  the  blast  is  still  further  heated 
by  passing  down  the  annular  space  between  the  two  shells  of  the  pro- 
ducer on  its  way  to  the  fire  grate  ;  then  the  hot  products  from  the  pro- 
ducer are  further  passed  through  a  "  washer,"  which  is  a  large,  rectan- 
gular, wrought-iron  chamber  with  side  lutes ;  and  here  they  meet 
a  water  spray  thrown  up  by  revolving  dashers,  which  have  blades 
skimming  up  the  surface  of  the  water  contained  in  the  washer.  The 
intimate  contact  thus  secured  causes  the  steam  and  gas  to  be  cooled 
down  to  about  194°  F.,  and  by  the  formation  of  more  steam  tending 
to  saturate  the  gas  with  water  vapor  at  this  temperature,  then  passing 
upward  through  a  lead-lined  tower,  filled  with  tile  to  present  a  large 
surface,  the  producer  gas  meets  a  downward  flow  of  acid  liquor,  circu- 
lated by  pumps,  containing  sulphate  of  ammonia  with  about  4  per  cent 
excess  of  free  sulphuric  acid. 

Combination  of  the  ammonia  of  the  gas  with  the  free  acid  takes 
place,  giving  still  more  sulphate  of  ammonia,  so  that  to  make  the 
process  continuous,  some  sulphate  liquor  is  constantly  withdrawn  from 
circulation  and  evaporated  to  yield  solid  sulphate  of  ammonia,  and 
some  free  acid  is  constantly  added  to  the  liquor  circulating  through  the 
tower.  The  gas,  being  now  freed  of  its  ammonia,  is  conducted  into  a 
gas-cooling  tower,  where  it  meets  a  downward  flow  of  cold  water,  thus 
further  cooling  and  cleaning  it  before  it  passes  to  the  various  furnaces 
and  gas  engines  in  which  it  is  used. 


379.  AIR   AND    VAPOR    GAS    GENERATOR.     A  rotary  air 
pump  driven  by  a  weight  forces  air   through  a  gasoline  carburetor, 

which  becomes  saturated  with 
vapor  and  distributed  for  illu- 
mination. The  internal  ar- 
rangement of  the  carburetor 
may  be  of  any  design  that  will 
expose  a  large  surface  of  the 
gasoline  to  the  air. 


158 


GAS  AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


380.  WATER-GAS  PLANT.  Lowe 
type.  An  iron  cylinder  lined  with  fire- 
brick. Air  is  blown  in  at  the  bottom  for 
heating  the  coal  or  coke.  Then  steam  is 
blown  in  at  the  top,  passing  through  the 
hot  fuel  and  discharged  at  the  bottom  as 
water  gas.  Fuel  is  fed  through  the  hop- 
per at  the  top.  By  reversing  the  blowing 
by  steam  and  air,  producer  gas  is  made 
and  discharged  through  the  side  pipe  at 
the  right. 


381.  THE    "WELLS    LIGHT."     The  light  is  produced  by  pass- 
ing kerosene  oil  through  a  heated  burner,  where  it  is  generated  into  gas, 

the  gas  burning  in  a  large,  power- 
ful flame  which  needs  no  protec- 
tion, and  will  stand  any  weather. 
The  oil  is  forced  into  the  tank 
by  the  pump  M,  through  the  hose 
pipe  K,  until  it  is  two-thirds  full, 
compressing  the  air  already  in  the 
tank  to  about  25  Ibs.  pressure. 

The  burner  is  heated  by  burn- 
ing a  little  oil  in  the  dish  C,  the 
heat  being  concentrated  around 
the  burner  tubes  by  the  chimney 
"S.  In  seven  or  eight  minutes  the 
burner  will  be  sufficiently  heated  ; 
the  valve  B2  is  then  opened  a 
little  and  the  oil  from  the  tank  is 
forced  by  the  air  pressure  into  the  heated  burner,  where  it  is  converted 
into  gas,  which  issues  from  the  jet  N,  mixing  with  sufficient  air  in  the 
cone  W,  where  it  may  be  ignited  ;  the  chimney  is  then  removed,  and 
the  flame  passing  through  the  rings  of  the  burner,  maintains  the  heat 
and  gives  a  clear,  white  light,  free  from  smoke  or  spray.  A  few  strokes  of 
the  pump  every  few  hours  is  all  that  is  required  to  renew  the  pressure 
— and  oil  or  air  can  be  pumped  into  the  tank  while  the  light  is  burning. 


382.  LUCIGEN  LIGHT.  For 
outdoor  lighting.  The  lucigen  em- 
ploys the  most  diverse  oils — crude  and 
rectified  petroleum,  naphthas,  oil  of 
tar,  vegetable  oils,  waste  lubricating 
oil,  etc. 

The  oil  is  poured  into  the  reservoir 
through  the  sieve,  E,  which  retains 
the  solid  particles,  if  there  are  any. 
It  collects  in  a  compartment,  F,  which 
communicates  with  the  lower  part,  D, 
through  a  tube  provided  with  a  cock 
shown  to  the  right  of  the  engraving. 
The  compressed  air  enters  through 
the  pipe,  A,  descends  through  the 
tube,  B,  into  the  air  chamber,  C,  and 
causes  the  oil  to  ascend  in  the  tube, 
D,  which  leads  to  the  burner.  The 
oil  reservoir  has  a  double  bottom  that 
forms  a  feed  chamber  that  can  be 
filled  during  the  operation  of  the 
system. 

Sections  383,  384  will  allow  the 
operation  of  the  burner  to  be  under- 
stood. The  oil  enters  the  tube,  A, 
under  pressure,  and  makes  its  exit 
through  a  cylindrico-conic  ajutage 
placed  within  the  lamp.  This  ajutage 
is  capped  by  a  second  ajutage,  B, 
serving  for  the  passage  of  the  air  and 
the  atomized  oil.  The  air  enters 
through  a  conduit,  C,  parallel  with  the 
tube  that  conveys  the  oil,  and  is 
heated  by  passing  through  the  coil 
and  further  heats  the  oil  in  its  annular 
passage,  E,  to  the  atomizing  burner. 


i6o 


GAS   AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


385.  GASOLINE  TORCH.  Gasoline  forced 
into  a  small  retort,  previously  heated  by  firing  a 
small  quantity  of  gasoline  in  the  cup  below,  is  vapor- 
ized and  issues  through  the  perforated  top  of  the 
retort  in  a  brilliant  light.  About  3  feet  below  the 
reservoir  for  the  burner  is  sufficient  for  the  gravity 
pressure. 


386.  KEROSENE  SOLDERING 
FURNACE.  Air  is  compressed  in  the 
oil  tank  by  the  rubber  bulb  by  which  the 
oil  under  pressure  is  forced  through  a 
needle  valve  to  a  vaporizing  retort  and  by 
a  Bunsen-burner  jet  is  mixed  with  air 
and  forced  into  the  burner  tube,  which 
is  perforated  with  small  holes  that  feed 
the  heating  flame. 


387.  KEROSENE  OIL  BURNER  for  stoves.  The  coil  of  iron 
pipe  in  the  box  is  the  vaporizer,  terminating  in  the  cross  pipe  and  two 
jet  burners.  The  cones  deflect  the 
heat  upward,  allowing  sufficient  heat 
to  the  coils  for  vaporizing  the  oil. 
For  starting  the  burner,  asbestos  mats 
wet  with  oil  are  placed  under  the  vap- 
orizing coils  and  fired. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


SELF 


\NIZING   PACKING 


Price,  per  pound $o  80 

Price,  per  pound,  Wire  Inserted i  oo 

Price,  per  pound,  Cloth  Inserted 90 


Screw  the  nuts  or  bolts  up  tight  when  cold;  let  steam  on  gradually; 
screw  nuts  up  snug,  and  if  the  joint  is  tight  do  not  turn  up  any  more,  as  the 
packing  is  now  soft.  If,  in  a  day  or  two  after  applying  the  packing,  there 
are  signs  of  leakage,  screw  up  nuts  when  cold.  The  joint  will  then  be  tight, 
as  this  packing  hardens  with  use. 

The  above  instructions  should  always  be  followed.  If  the  nuts  are  turned 
up  too  much  at  first,  while  the  packing  is  soft,  it  will  ooze  out  and  thus 
destroy  its  efficiency. 

Cut  bolt  holes  half  the  diameter  of  the  bolts  and  swell  the  packing  over 
them.  This  will  fill  up  the  space  between  the  flange  and  the  bolts,  and  will 
thus  preserve  the  bolts  and  flanges  from  oxidation.  In  order  to  break  joints, 
chalk  well  on  one  side.  This  will  prevent  adhesion. 

The  use  of  white  or  red  lead,  tallow  or  any  other  substance  in  connec- 
tion with  this  packing  is  unnecessary  and  only  serves  to  impair  its  efficiency. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

RUBBER  SHEET  PACKING 

With  Cloth  Insertion 


Standard  Quality $o  30 

Peerless  Quality 80 

Navy  Special i  oo 

Brass  or  Copper  Wire  inserted i  50 


THICKNESS 

i-PLY 

2-PLY 

3-PLY 

4-PLY 

A  ir 

•h 

ch,  pe 

rib  

10  S 

•h 

< 

60 

So  61 

A 

58 

$o  61 

i 
A 



55 

58 

$o  61 

eg 

j 

There  is  one  ply  of  cloth  to  every  1-16  inch  thickness. 

The  cloth,  whether  used  as  an  insertion  or  on  the  outside, 
counts  as  one  ply. 

All  Cloth  Insertion  or  Plain  Packing  is  made  in  rolls  about 
i  yard  wide  and  20  yards  long. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


TUCK'S   ROUND  PACKING 


Made  in  all  sizes  from  #  inch  in 
diameter  and  larger.  In  lengths  of  12 
feet. 

The  old  Canvas  Packing  with  Rub- 
ber Core. 

Price,  per  lb.,  85  cents 


STANDARD   PISTON    PACKING 


Made  of  alternate  layers  of  duck 
and  rubber.  In  lengths  of  12  feet.  In 
all  sizes  from  %  inch  square  and 
larger. 

Price,  per  lb.,  85  cents 


CANVAS  RUBBER  BACK  PACKING 


Same  as  the  Standard  Piston  Pack- 
ing, with  the  addition  of  a  rubber  back. 
In  lengths  of  12  feet.  All  sizes  from 
%  inch  square  and  larger. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


L  CANVAS  PUMP  PACKING 


A  high-grade  Pump  Packing  made 
on  same  principles  as  the  Standard, 
difference  being  in  the  quality  of  duck 
used,  as  well  as  a  white  friction.  In 
lengths  of  12  feet.  Sizes,  %  inch 
square  and  larger. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PUMP  VALVES 


RAINBOW 

The  Rainbow  is  a  Soft  Valve  for  Pumping  Cold  Water  and  Air 
Price,  per  lb.,  $1.50 


ACME 

The  Acme  is  a  Hard  Valve  for  Pumping   Hot  Water,  Steam,  Oils,  Am- 
Price,  per  lb.,  $1.10 


monia  and  Alkalies. 


Durham  .  .  . 
No.  i  Valves 
i  X  Comp.  . 

w.  c.  .  .  . 

i  R.  . 


.   .   .   .  to  85  Peerless.  .    .    , $i  80 

....    i  20  G.  G 2  oo 

.   ...    i  30  87  G 3  50 

.    .    .    .    i  50  Rainbow i  50 

....    i  60  Acme .  .  .     i   ic 


GAS   AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


161 


388.   KEROSENE    COOK    STOVE.     National  Oil  Heating  Co. 
type.     Air  is  compressed  in  the  oil  tank  above  the  oil,  which  drives  the 
^  oil  to  a  vaporizer  in  the  burner  pan, 
where  the  oil  is  vaporized  and  forced 
through  a  combination  air  jet  to  the 
chamber  of  the  burner  box,  which  is 
filled  with  small  tubes  which  supply 
additional  air  for  complete  combus- 
tion.    See    Figs.  386  and  387  for 
similar  burners. 


389.  KEROSENE  HEAT- 
ER. National  Oil  Heating  Co. 
type.  Air  is  compressed  in  the  oil 
tank  above  the  oil,  which  drives 
the  oil  to  a  vaporizer  in  the  burner 
pan,  where  the  oil  is  vaporized 
and  forces  a  combination  air  jet 
to  the  chamber  of  the  burner 
box,  which  is  filled  with  small 
tubes  which  supply  additional 
air  for  complete  combustion. 
See  Figs.  382,  383  and  384  for 
similar  burners. 


390.  GAS   GRAVITY    BALANCE.     A  glass  globe  is  nicely  bal- 
anced on  a  hollow  beam  with  a  pointer  at  the  opposite  end  and  a  scale. 


The  inlet  and  outlet  for  the  gas  at  the  knife-edged  pivots  are  sealed  in 
mercury  cups  so  as  to  make  a  free  passage  for  the  gas  without  affect- 
ing the  balance,  as  shown  in  the  section. 


162 


GAS   AND   AIR-GAS   DEVICES,    ETC. 


391.  GAS-FIRED  LIMEKILNS.  The  illustration  shows  a 
double  kiln,  but  the  two  parts  are  independent  of  each  other,  and  may 
be  worked  separately.  The  gas  from  the  pro- 
ducers enters  the  kiln  at  A,  the  flow  being  reg- 
ulated by  valves  at  B.  At  C  are  doors  by 
which  the  air  necessary  for  combustion  enters, 
the  air  and  gas  meeting  at  B  B.  The  lime  is 
burned  in  the  chambers,  E,  and  is  afterward 
cooled  as  it  descends  in  the  zones,  F,  by  the  air 
passing  in  at  the  lower  part.  The  waste  heat 
is  conducted  away  in  the  upper  part  of  the  kiln 
through  the  chimney  openings  at  G.  At  H  are 
sight  holes  for  judging  the  heat  of  the  kiln,  and 
J  are  holes  to  admit  air  when  the  flues  have  to 
be  burned  out.  The  fuel  used  in  the  gas  pro- 
ducers is  ordinary  slack.  A  special  feature  is 
the  method  of  constructing  the  central  partition 
wall,  this  having  air-cooling  and  circulating 
cavities  as  shown.  The  lime  produced  is  free  from  clinkers. 


SECTION  X. 


ELECTRIC  POWER  AND 
DEVICES. 


Section   X. 
ELECTRIC    POWER   AND    DEVICES. 


392.  ELECTRIC  CABLE-MAKING  MACHINE.  A  revolving 
frame  carrying  the  required  number  of  wire  bobbins.  The  strands  are 
gathered  by  passing  through  a  die  and  covered  in  reverse  wrappings 


TO  CABLE  REEL 


by  passing  through  revolving  heads  mounted  with  paper  spools,  and 
through  dies  to  compact  the  paper  winding.  The  cable  is  drawn  by 
the  take-up  wheel,  which  is  conical  on  the  face  and  draws  by  several 
frictional  windings. 

393.  CHLORIDE  ACCUMULATOR  or  storage  battery.  The 
alternate  perforated  plates  are  filled  with  peroxide  of  lead  and  spongy 
lead.  The  principal  action  when  the  cell  is 
charged  is  the  formation  of  lead  peroxide  on 
the  positive  plate  and  spongy  lead  on  the 
negative.  When  the  cell  is  discharging,  the 
lead  peroxide  gradually  changes  to  lead  sul- 
phate and  the  metallic  lead  on  the  negative 
plate  also  changes  to  lead  sulphate. 

c,  b,  recesses  in  the  lead  plates  for  receiving 
the  spongy  lead.     Sulphuric  acid  i  part  and 
water  8  parts  for  filling  the  cell. 
165 


1 66 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


394.  ELECTRIC  WIRE  INSULATING  DEVICE.     Four-spool 
system.      First  layer  of  silk  wound  left  hand,  second  layer  of  white 

and  colored  cotton 
wound  right  hand.  The 
two  pairs  of  spools  and 
frames  revolve  'in  op- 
posite directions  that  the 
wrappings  may  cross 
each  other.  The  take- 
up  wheel  regulates  the 
traverse  of  the  wire 
through  the  machine. 


395.  ELECTRIC  WIRE 
DOUBLING     DEVICE. 

The  previously  covered  wires, 
one  white  and  one  colored 
red  to  distinguish  them  in 
wiring,  are  wound  together 
and  drawn  over  the  conical 
take-up  wheel,  as  shown  in 
the  right-hand  section,  with 
several  friction  turns  to  regu- 
late the  twist  rate. 


396.  ELECTRIC  WIRE    INSULATING    DEVICE.     Braiding 
system,  in  which  a  variegated  color  is  given  by  using  different  colored 

thread  spools  or  bobbins. 
The  right-hand  figure 
shows  the  details  of  the 
bobbin  latch  or  let-off  and 
the  tension  weight  carrying 
the  thread.  The  grooved 
disk  c  rides  in  the  traverse 
slots  and  is  carried  along 
by  the  pin  b. 


ELECTRIC    POWER    AND    DEVICES. 


I67 


397.  CABLE  COVER  BRAID- 
ING MACHINE.      Details  of  the 
bobbin  motion,  bobbin  carrier  gear, 
and  slotted  guide  plate,    a,  a  are  the 
guide  fingers  on  the  gears  that  push 
the  bobbins  along  the  grooves,  which 
by  their  crossing  grooves  carry  the 
spools  out  and  inside  each  other. 

398.  Shows  the  gears  beneath  the 
slot-plate,  each    with  its  four  guide 
fingers  that  mesh  to  carry  the  bobbin 
slide  into  the  opposite  slot   at  each 
quarter  revolution. 


399.  WIRE-COVERING    MACHINE.     G  is  the  wire  reel  from 
which  the  wire  is  drawn  through  the  machine  by  the  geared  rollers  E,  E, 

and  wound  upon  a 
drum  at  H.  A  rub- 
ber ribbon  is  wrapped 
upon  the  wire  through 
the  guides  and  eye  at 

A.  The  spool  C  de- 
livers   the   wrapping 
ribbon    through   the 
eyes  of  the  revolving 
yoke  J,  J.    The  gears 

B,  B  drive  the  shaft 
A2  and  worm  a,  giv- 
ing   motion    to    the 
drawing  rolls  E,   E, 
and     the     winding 

drum  H",  through  the  gears  N,  M.  b  is  the  driving  belt.  The  chain 
and  gear  below  the  bed  of  the  machine  are  for  change  motion  to  the 
wire  feed  by  a  train  of  spur  and  bevel  gear. 


i68 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


400.  SHUNT-WOUND  DYNAMO.  The  brushes  B,  B  are  con- 
nected to  the  main  lines,  M,  M,  supplying  the  outside  circuit.  The 
field  magnet  coils  s,  s  are  connected 
in  shunt  across  the  armature  at  the 
brushes  B,  B.  The  field  coils  are  of 
fine  wire  and  many  turns,  with  a  re- 
sistance of  many  times  that  of  the 
armature,  in  which  is  interposed  the 
resistance  box  R. 


401.  SHUNT  DYNAMOS  con- 
nected in  series.  The  shunt  winding  is 
connected  across  both  dynamos  and 
the  other  end  of  the  winding  to  the 
opposite  poles  in  the  armature  brushes. 


402.  SHORT  AND  LONG 
SHUNT.  Compound  dynamo  wind- 
ing. Shows  the  two  ways  of  making 
the  terminal  connections  of  the  wind- 
ings. Right-hand  figure  is  short 
shunt. 


403.  SEPARATELY  EXCITED 
DYNAMO.  B,  B  are  the  brushes 
of  the  armature  circuit  to  the  lines 
M,  M.  The  battery  G  supplies  cur- 
rent to  the  field  winding  only,  which 
is  regulated  by  the  resistance  box  R. 


404.  COMPOUND  WOUND 
DYNAMOS  in  series.  Shunt  coils  of 
each  excited  from  the  other  dynamo. 
The  series  coils  are  in  series  with  the 
main  circuit. 


ELECTRIC   POWER    AND   DEVICES. 


[69 


405.  MULTI-SPEED  ELEC- 
TRIC MOTOR.  A  handwheel 
and  set  of  bevel  gears  draw  the 
field  magnets  away  from  the  arma- 
ture for  varying  the  speed  by  chang- 
ing their  distance  apart.  Model  of 
the  Stow  Mfg.  Co. 


406.  DRUM  CONTROLLER  in  which  varia- 
tions in  speed  are  controlled  by  throwing  into  the 
circuit  resistance  in  sections  suitable  to  the  require- 
ments for  different  speeds. 

The  details  of  construction  vary  greatly  to  meet 
the  purpose  for  which  they  are  to  be  used,  and  are 
made  in  rheostatic  or  resistance  type,  or  in  series 
parallel  type  for  shunting  or  short-circuiting  one  of 
the  motors. 


407.  COMMUTATOR  CONSTRUCTION.  Edison  type.  A 
cast-iron  or  brass  sleeve  s  is  bored  to  fit  the  shaft.  On  the  back  end 
is  secured  a  steel  collar  f,  which  is  coned 
at  g  to  fit  the  conical  ends  of  the  bars,  a 
conical  steel  ring  h  slips  up  against  the 
other  end,  and  the  bars  are  clamped  up 
by  means  of  the  steel  nut  k.  The  insula- 
tion is  entirely  of  mica,  as  this  is  the  only 
insulating  material  that  has  been  found  suitable  for  the  insulation  of 
commutators.  The  sleeve  s  is  insulated  by  a  cylindrical  body  insula- 
tion m,  against  which  the  bars  are  clamped.  The  end  insulations  / 
and  /  are  of  mica  built  up  into  conical  form  and  pressed  into  shape  in 
suitable  molds.  With  this  particular  style  of  commutator  the  leads  r 
from  the  armature  winding  are  soldered  into  an  ear  or  cup  t  which  is 
screwed  tc  the  ear  w  on  the  commutator  bar  a  by  means  of  flat-headed, 
countersunk  screws. 


170 


ELECTRIC    POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


408.  SPRING  BINDING  POST.  A  quick 
method  of  changing  electric-wire  connections — 
press  the  spring  and  push  in  the  wire. 

A  most  convenient  binding  post. 


409.  ELECTRIC   TRANSFORMER.     Used  only  with  alternat- 

ing  currents.      The  principles  of 
Jj  ||         [f/J       action  are  in  the  change  of  a  high 
electro-motive  force  or  voltage, 
to  a  low  one,  and  vice  versa. 

The  secondary  or  low  voltage 
winding  is  of  coarse  wire  wound 
next  to  the  soft  iron  core,  with 
the  primary,  high  voltage,  fine 
wire  wound  on  the  outside  ; 

thoroughly  insulated  and  provided  with  means  for  cooling  by  air  circu- 

lation or  an  oil  bath. 

410.  Shows  the  form  df  the  core  and  winding. 


411.  RECORDING  AM- 
PERE METER.  Bristol's  type. 
A  is  a  stationary  coil  or  solenoid 
through  which  current  passes.  B 
is  a  very  thin  disk  armature  of  iron 
secured  to  a  non-magnetic  shaft 
which  extends  through  center  of 
the  solenoid  A,  and  is  supported  at 
its  opposite  ends  on  steel  knife-edge 
spring  supports  C  and  D.  The 
recording  pen  arm  E  is  secured  di- 
rectly to  the  steel  spring  support  D, 
and  partakes  of  its  angular  motion 
as  the  armature  is  attracted  to  the 
coil  or  solenoid  by  a  current  passing 
through  the  solenoid.  The  face  or  re- 
cording dial  is  not  shown  as  it  covers 
the  clockwork  that  drives  the  dial. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


171 


412.  NOVEL  ARC  LAMP.  Carbons  are  held  in  inclined  troughs 
33,  19,  supported  on  springs  31,  16,  by  similar  troughs  35,  21,  which 
are  carried  by  headed  pins  37,  and  are  at- 
tached by  insulating  sockets  57  to  the  ends 
of  an  expansible  metal  strip  53.  The  strip 
is  surrounded  by  a  coiled  heating  resistance 
51,  connected  in  series  with  the  carbons, 
and  is  thus  heated  and  expanded  so  as  to 
press  the  movable  troughs  35,  21  against 
the  carbons,  and  move  the  carbons  apart, 
when  sufficient  current  is  supplied,  but  to 
allow  the  carbons  to  move  together  and  slip 
down  when  the  current  decreases.  Each 
carbon  may  be  pressed  down  by  a  spring  49 
placed  between  its  coned  upper  end  and  an 
arm  47  of  its  holder ;  with  continuous  current,  movement  of  the  nega- 
tive carbon  is  retarded  by  screws  46.  The  expansion  strip  53  and 
heater  51  may  be  replaced  by  toggle  links  connecting  the  sockets  57 
with  an  arm  of  an  iron  core,  movable  vertically  into  a  series  solenoid 
on  the  top  plate  i.  The  springs  may  be  steel  strips  coated  with 
copper.  The  ends  of  the  heater  or  solenoid  wires  are  connected 
to  the  upper  and  lower  parts  of  the  spring,  which  is  divided  by  an 
insulator  17.  The  lamp  may  be  inclosed  by  a  globe  7,  secured  by  a 
packed  ring  and  screws  to  the  top  plate.  A  nozzle  8  is  provided, 
through  which  air  may  be  exhausted  from  the  globe,  and  another  gas 
introduced. 


413.  SEARCH-LIGHT 


MIRROR.  Silvered  back.  The  lens 
mirror  is  accurately  ground  and  polished 
to  the  exact  curvature  required  to  give 
a  perfectly  parallel  beam,  and  with  a 
half-foot  acetylene  flame  it  will  show 
up  the  whole  road  for  over  1,500  feet ; 
the  same  size  flame  with  the  best  metal 
reflector  will  show  only  a  hundred  feet 
or  so. 

The  unequal  curves  of  the  mirror  are 
for  the  purpose  of  eliminating  the  spher- 
ical aberration. 


172 


ELECTRIC   POWER  AND   DEVICES. 


414.  ELECTRIC    ENGINE    STOP.     Monarch  type.      The  mag- 
nets, A,  are  placed  in  circuit  with  an  electric  battery,  and  when  circuit  is 


closed  by  pressing  a  button,  the  armature  end  of  the  lever  B  is  pulled 
down,  releasing  the  upper  end  of  the  vertical  lever  D,  which  also  serves 
as  a  hammer,  striking  the  lug  on  the  pawl 
E,  throwing  it  out  of  engagement  with 
the  ratchet,  thus  allowing  the  shaft  of  the 
stop  to  revolve  and  close  the  valve  by 
means  of  the  sprocket  chain  attached  to 
the  sprocket  wheel  of  the  stop,  engaging 
a  similar  sprocket  wheel  attached  to  the 
throttle-valve  stem,  the  weight  on  the 
cable  furnishing  the  power.  At  the  op- 
posite or  right  end  of  the  stop  is  a 
dashpot,  which  consists  of  a  cylinder 
into  which  the  piston  P  fits  closely.  On  this  end'  of  the  shaft  is 
cut  a  square-threa'ded  screw,  S,  passing  through  a  nut  fastened  in  the 
center  of  the  piston,  P,  so  that  as  the  shaft  revolves,  by  means  of  this  screw 
the  piston  is  carried  into  the'  cylinder,  and  the  air  behind  its  inner  face 
is  compressed,  thus  forming  a  complete  cushion.  The  speed  at  which 
the  stop  acts  may  be  very  accurately  adjusted  by  turning  the  by-pass 
valve  V,  which  governs  the  amount  of  air  that  is  forced  through  the  air 
passage  H,  as  the  piston  P  moves  in.  Below  this  by-pass  valve  V,  and 
in  the  piston  P,  is  located  a  releasing  valve,  O,  which  can  be  adjusted 
at  will  to  open  by  contact  against  the  bottom  of  the  dashpot,  when  the 
throttle  valve  is  near  its  seat,  allowing  the  compressed  air  to  escape 
quickly,  after  the  piston  has  cushioned,  thus  allowing  the  valve  to  start 
again  and  take  its  seat  softly,  but  with  sufficient  force  to  close  it  tightly. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


173 


416.  SERIES  ARC  LIGHT- 
ING CIRCUIT.  A  multiseries 
arc  dynamo  of  the  Brush  system. 
The  circuits  may ,  be  combined 
or  single,  controlled  by  a  switch- 
board and  three  part  armature 
and  commutator. 


417.  ROTATING  ELECTRIC  FUR- 
NACE. French  design.  The  upper  electrode 
is  swung  in  two  directions  and  at  the  same  time 
revolves  to  cover  the  entire  bed  in  the  pot,  also 
depressed  or  elevated  by  the  handwheel  and  gear. 
The  upper  end  of  the  electrode  bar  is  round,  with 
a  toothed  rack.  The  crucible  is  charged  from  .a 
trough  and  emptied  by  turn  over  on  its  trunnions. 
The  carbon  lining  of  the  pot  is  the  negative 
electrode,  not  shown  in  the  engraving.  The  plan 
shows  the  worm  gear  for  turning  the  swinging 
electrode. 


418.  ELECTRIC  BLOWPIPE. 
A  strong  electro-magnet  repels  the 
electric  arc  with  such  force  that  it 
may  be  used  as  a  blowpipe  of  high 
temperature. 

A  curious  example  of  the  repel- 
lant  action  of  the  magnet  upon  an 
electric  arc. 


174 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


419.  ELECTRIC  FURNACE  for  making  calcium  carbide.  Eng- 
lish. The  furnace  consists  of  a  firebrick  casing  A,  with  a  magnesia 
lining  B.  The  shape  is  conical,  and  at 
the  bottom  the  furnace  is  contracted  to 
form  a  hearth  for  the  fused  carbide. 
The  tapping  hole  is  at  the  bottom  of 
this  contracted  part.  The  lower  elec- 
trode is  a  carbon  plate,  and  the  upper 
electrode  a  massive  carbon  rod  of  cir- 
cular section.  The  raw  material  is  fed 
into  the  annular  space  between  the  upper 
electrode  and  the  magnesia  lining  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  inclose  and  smother 
the  zone  of  highest  temperature. 


420.  TANDEM  WORM-GEAR  ELECTRIC   ELEVATOR. 

Siegel-Cooper  store,  N.  Y.    Hindley  type.      Geared  46  to  i  for  a  speed 

of  the  car  of  100  feet  per  min- 
ute with  a  motor  speed  of 
470  revolutions  per  minute. 
Efficiency  from  current  to 
car  service  70  per  cent. 
The  double  worm  and  in- 
terlocking gears  contribute 
to  the  safety  of  the  elevator 


421.  ELECTRICALLY 
DRIVEN  SEWING  MA- 
CHINE. The  armature  is 
on  the  shaft  that  operates 
the  needle  bar  and  shuttle 
with  a  rheostat  to  control 
the  speed.  A  pinion  on  the 
driving  shaft  meshing  in 
an  internal  toothed  wheel 
with  handle  enables  man- 
agement of  the  sewing  ma- 
chine by  hand. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


175 


d£=3T\ flo_verllow         I 


422.  ELECTRIC    MOTOR    WORM-DRIVEN    PUMP.     It  con- 
sists of  the  motor  E,  mounted  on  a  base  with  a  duplex  pump,  which 

drives  the  latter  by  means  of  double 
worm  gearing  and  cranks.  The  com- 
bination of  right-  and  left-hand  worms, 
A  and  A',  drives  two  worm  wheels, 
B  and  B',  which  mesh  together  and 
thereby  balance  the  thrust  of  the 
worm's.  The  cranks  are  mounted 
on  the  shaft  of  the  worm  wheel  B. 
One-half  the  power  of  the  motor 
(less  friction)  is  transmitted  to  the 
worm  wheel  B  through  the  worm 
meshing  with  it;  the  other  one-half  is  transmitted  to  it  by  the  meshing 
worm  wheel  B'.  By  the  use  of  the  yoked  extended  piston  rod  D  and 
short  connecting  rod  the  combination  is  made  unusually  compact. 

The   float  in  the  tank  is  the  governor  of  the  pump,  through  the 
automatic  switch. 

423.  ELECTRIC    INCUBATOR.     German.     A  basket  filled  with 
hay  or  fine  straw  upon  which  the  eggs  are  laid.     The  cover  consists  of 


L-S 


a  layer  of  soft  down  attached  to  a  circular  box  containing  coils  of  wire. 
The  latter  are  heated  by  an  electric  current  whose  temperature  is  regu- 
lated by  a  thermometer  placed  on  the  cover.  When  the  heat  becomes  too 
great,  the  rise  of  the  mercury  cuts  the  coils  out  of  circuit  and  allows  them 
to  cool.  A  coop  for  the  chicks,  in  which  the  cover  can  be  raised  to  ac- 
commodate with  their  growth.  The  only  attention  required  is  to  sprinkle 
the  eggs  with  fresh  water  and  to  turn  them  once  a  day.  A  rheostat 
regulates  the  current  for  a  nearly  uniform  temperature  of  the  heating 
coils. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


424.  ELECTRICAL     SOLDERING     COPPER.     The  resistance 
or  heating  coil  is  composed  of  small  iron  wire  wound  on  insulating 

material  (asbestos  cloth). 
The  coils  are  wound  far 
enough  apart  to  prevent 
short  circuiting  and  their 
electric  connections  insulated  and  carried  through  the  handle. 

425.  ELECTRIC   WELDING    APPARATUS.     A  shunt  dynamo 
charges  the  50  accumulator  cells  in  series  ;  a  voltmeter  and  an  ampere- 
meter are  inserted  at  V  and  A.    From 
the  positive  terminal  of  every  fifth 
cell  a  wire  leads  to  a  plug  switch  board 
U;  from  U  the  current  passes  through 
a  variable  resistance  W,  and  from 
thence  through  a  flexible  cable  to  the 
carbon  holder  2  and  the  carbon  pen- 
cil   K.     The    operator    manipulates 
his  holder  2,  the  metal  to  be  fused, 
placed  upon  the  table,  being  joined 
directly  to  the  negative  terminal  of 
the  battery.     By  inserting  the  plug 
in  the  switch  board  .U,  the  operator 

may  obtain  currents  from  5  cells,  twice  5,  and  so  on  to  10  times  5  cells. 

426.  Carbon  holder,  carbon  pencil  at  work. 

427.  ELECTRIC  WELDING.    The  operator  wears  strong  leather 

gloves,  and  his  hand  is  further  protected 
by  a  metal  screen  fixed  on  the  holder. 
He  looks  at  his  work  through  a  dark 
glass,  which  protects  both  his  eyes 
and  face  from  the  radiated  light  and 
heat  better  than  ordinary  dark  spec- 
tacles would  do.  The  lungs  also  may 
need  protection  from  the  vapors  of 
copper,  lead,  and  other  metals  or 
alloys.  \Vhen  possible,  means  should 
be  provided  to  carry  off  such  vapors 
with  a  blast  of  air.  The  construction 
of  the  holder  permits  of  a  quick  re- 
placement of  the  carbon  pencil.  See  Fig.  425  for  details. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Any  size  and  thickness  made  to  order  on  short  notice 

^•r  inch  thick,  price,  per  Ib $i  40 

re  to  I  inch  thick,  price,  per  Ib i  30 

•fs  to  i  inch  thick,  price,  per  Ib i  10 


For  Unions,  Ice  Machines,  Pumps,  Etc. 


INTERNAL 

DIAMETER 

A  and  A 

A  and  i 

"A  and  i 

i  inch 

and  smaller, 

per  Ib  

$3  oo 

$2    5O 

$2   2O 

i  to  2 

inch,  per  Ib. 

2    50 

2   OO 

I    7O 

2  to  3 

inch,  per  Ib. 

2  OO 

I    50 

I    20 

B.  S.  G 


•J   inch  thick  or  less,  price,  per  Ib $i  oo 

TB  inch  thick  and  up,  price,  per  Ib 70 


Care  should  be  taken  in  ordering  Gaskets  and  Rings,  to  specify  shape, 
internal  and  external  diameter,  as  well  as  flange. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  .MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RAIN-BESTO 


Our  trade-mark  is  the  word  "  Rain-Besto "  in  a  diamond  in  black  on 
every  gasket. 


FACSIMILE  OF  A 

RAIN-BESTO  COMBINATION 

METALLIC  GASKET.     WILL 

HOLD  ANY  PRESSURE 


Price 
$1.50 
per  Ib. 


RAIN-BESTO  COMBINATION 
METALLIC  GASKET 

This  gasket  will  hold  3,000  pounds'  pressure.  It  is  made  of  the  cele- 
brated Rainbow  Packing,  mixed  with  long  asbestos  fibre,  and  a  specially  con- 
structed metal  insertion.  Guaranteed  not  to  rust  by  action  of  steam,  oil,  acid, 
ammonia  or  sulphur.  Joints  can  be  broken  daily  for  a  year. 

PATENTED  AND    MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS    FRICTION    SURFACE 
RUBBER    BELTING 


The  great  demand  for  this  belting,  owing  to  its  excellent 
quality,  superior  strength  and  flexibility  (also  its  adaptability  for 
unusually  hard  service),  has  induced  other  manufacturers  to  imi- 
tate same  in  cheap  and  inferior  grades  of  material. 


INCH 

3-PLY 
PER  FT. 

5-PLY 
PER  FT. 

7-PLY 
PER  FT. 

9-PLY 
PER  FT. 

II-PLY 
PER  FT. 

I3-PLY 
PER  FT. 

1  5-PLY 
PER  FT. 

! 

$o  08 

li 

10 

ii 

13 

2 

17 

$o  19 

$o  24 

2i 

20 

25 

29 

3 

25 

29 

35 

3* 

29 

34 

41 

4 

34 

3$ 

47 

44 

37 

44 

53 

I 

S 
g 

48 

1? 

78 

81 
94 

$o  86 

OI 

17 

$1  40 

9 

75 

89 

i  06 

31 

I   58 

IO 

84 

I    OO 

i   19 

48 

I   78 

$2  08 

i  i 

93 

i   ii 

i  3  1 

64 

i  97 

2    30 

12 

I    OI 

I    20 

i  45 

80 

2  19 

2    58 

$2  97 

13 

i   II 

I    3I 

i  58 

97 

2  37 

2  77 

3   17 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO, 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PbhKLhbb 


TING 


INCH 

3-PLY 
PER  FT. 

5-PLY 
PER  FT. 

7-  PLY 
PER  FT. 

9-PLY 
PER  FT. 

II-PLY 

PER  FT. 

I3-PLY 
PER  FT. 

I5-PLY 
PER  FT. 

M 

$1    20 

$i  42 

$i  71 

$2    I4 

$2  57 

$3  °° 

$343 

J5 

29 

i  53 

85 

2    30 

2  77 

3  24 

3  7i 

16 

39 

i  67 

98 

2  47 

2  97 

3  47 

3  97 

18 

57 

i  89 

25 

2    80 

3  37 

3  94 

4  5i 

20 

76 

2    II 

51 

3  13 

3  77 

4  4i 

5  05 

22 

96 

236 

80 

3  5° 

4  20 

4  90 

5  60 

24 

18 

2    62 

3   'i 

3  89 

4  67 

5  45 

623 

26 

289 

342 

4  28 

5  13 

5  98 

683 

28 

3  16 

373 

4  67 

56o 

6  53 

746 

3° 

4  04 

5  05 

6  06 

7  07 

8  08 

32 

4  36 

5  44 

6  53 

7  62 

8  71 

34 

4  67 

5  83 

7  oo 

8  17 

9  34 

36 

4  98 

6    22 

7  46 

8  70 

9  94 

38 

5  29 

6  61 

7  93 

9  25 

10  57 

40 

5  60 

7  oo 

8  40 

980 

ii  20 

42 

5  9i 

7  39 

8  86 

10  33 

ii  80 

44 

6  22 

7  77 

9  33 

10  89 

12  45 

46 

653 

8  16 

9  79 

ii  42 

J3  05 

48 

6  84 

855 

10  26 

ii  97 

13  68 

5o 

8  94 

10  73 

12  52 

J4  31 

52 

9  33 

ii   19 

13  05 

14  91 

54 

13  61 

15  56 

56 

14  17 

16  21 

5S 

H  73 

16  86 

60 

15  29 

17  5i 

For  light  work,  order  3  or  5-ply  belts. 

For  ordinary  work,  order  7-ply  belts. 

For  hard  or  severe  work,  order  9  to  1 5-ply  belts. 

Frictioned  Surface  Belting  is  made  on  a  lighter-weight  duck  than  the 
ordinary  rubber  belting,  and,  consequently,  a  greater  number  of  plies  is  re- 
quired. Regular  sizes  carried  in  stock.  Other  sizes  made  to  order  at  short 
notice. 

In  running  belts,  protect  them  from  contact  with  grease  or  animal  oil,  as 
they  will  decompose  the  rubber  and  seriously  injure  the  belt. 

A  full  roll  of  belting  measures  from  350  to  425  feet. 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ELECTRIC   POWER  AND   DEVICES. 


177 


428.  ELECTRIC  REVOLV- 
ING CRANE.  1 50  tons  hoisting 
capacity.  Erected  by  the  Newport 
News  Ship  Building  &  Dry-dock 
Co.  A  lifting  and  revolving  crane 
that  has  been  built  on  the  most 
modern  principles  in  mechanical 
construction  for  compactness  and 
efficiency. 


429.   ELECTRO-MAGNETIC     TRACK     BRAKE.    The  track- 
brake  shoe  is  placed  between  the  two  pairs  of  wheels,  and,  instead  of 

being  forced  upon  the 
rails  through  an  effort 
from  the  car,  is  drawn 
to  the  rails  by  an  elec- 
tro-magnet suspended 
from  the  car,  thereby  not 
merely  adding  its  fric- 
tion to  the  unimpaired 
friction  of  the  wheel 
brake  but  also  actually 
increasing  the  rail  pres- 
sure of  the  wheels  to  the  extent  that  the  supporting  springs  for  the 
track  shoes  and  magnets  are  in  tension  through  the  descent  of  the  track 
shoes  to  the  rails.  The  electro-magnet  a,  dividing  the  track-brake  shoe 
b  into  two  parts,  is  secured  by  pins  to  the  two  push  rods  c,  and  sus- 
pended at  a  proper  distance  above  the  rails  by  the  adjustable  springs  h. 
The  push  rods  are  secured  by  pins  to  the  lower  ends  of  the  brake  levers 
d,  which  are  connected  at  their  upper  ends  by  the  adjustable  rod  g  and 
are  pivoted  at  an  intermediate  point  to  the  brake-shoe  holders  e,  carry- 
ing the  wheel-brake  shoes,  and  the  hanger  links  /,  suspended  from  the 
truck  frame.  The  push  rods  c  are  telescopic,  as  shown  in  the  sectional 
view  of  the  one  at  the  left,  so  that  a  movement  of  the  track  shoe  toward 
the  right,  relative  to  the  truck  frame,  causes  the  wheel-brake  shoe  at  the 


1 78 


ELECTRIC    POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


right  to  be  applied  to  the  wheel  and  the  connection  g  to  be  moved  to  the 
left,  thereby  applying  the  wheel-brake  shoe  at  the  left,  the  stop  i  pre- 
venting the  lower  end  of  the  brake  lever  at  the  left  from  following  the 
track-brake  shoe. 

430.  ELECTRO -MAGNETIC      CLUTCH.      Reverse    change 
speed.     A  is  the  motor,  of  which  the  armature  shaft  is  extended  at  both 

ends  to  receive  pinions  B  and  C. 
Pinion  B  drives  gear  D,  and 
pinion  C  drives  gear  E  through 
idler  F.  B  is  smaller  than  C, 
and  D  is  larger  than  E.  It  fol- 
lows that  gear  D  runs  slower  than 
gear  E,  and  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. Both  gears  D  and  E  run 
loose  on  shaft  G,  and  each  of  them 
is  keyed  or  bolted  to  a  part  H  or  I 
of  the  magnetic  clutch,  which  parts  are  iron-clad  electro-magnets  that 
can  be  energized  or  de-energized  at  will.  J  is  the  armature  or  keeper, 
.which  is  keyed  to  shaft  G,  but  can  slide  over  it.  If  I  is  energized,  J  is  at- 
tracted toward  it  and  is  compelled  to  revolve  with  gear  D,  thus  giving 
the  driving  shaft  a  slow  motion.  If  H  is  energized,  J  is  attracted  toward 
it  and  follows  the  motion  of  gear  E,  thus  giving  the  driving  shaft  a  fast 
motion  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  shifting  mechanism  is  so  arranged 
that  only  one  electro-magnet  is  in  action  at  one  time. 

431.  ELECTRO-MAGNETIC     CLUTCH.      The  figure  shows  a 
magnetic  clutch  with  its  armature  and  shaft  in  cross  section.     A  and  A 

are  the  magnets,  each  pro- 
vided with  a  brass  bush  B. 
The  coil  of  wire  C  is  placed 
in  an  annular  groove  in  the 
m  Hnr    magnet,  and  held  in  position 
D||fj  '     by  a  ring  of  lead  D  calked 

into  a  recess  of  the  groove. 
An  extension  E  of  the  magnet  is  turned  down  so  as  to  make  a 
gear  fit,  and  a  further  exfension  F  takes  the  collector  rings  G.  As  will 
be  seen,  there  are  two  collector  rings  for  each  magnet :  one  for  leading 
the  current  into  the  coil,  and  one  for  the  return.  H,  armature  keyed  to 
slide  on  shaft  and  may  have  a  belt  pulley. 


ELECTRIC   POWER  AND   DEVICES. 


179 


432.  ELECTRO-MAGNET- 
IC  CLUTCH.  Reverse 
P_  change  speed  from  a  single 
pinion.  A  is  the  motor  and 
B  the  motor  pinion,  driving 
a  gear  C  which  is  keyed  to  a 
shaft  D.  From  shaft  D  the 
motion  can  be  transmitted  to 
shaft  F,  either  through  gears 
C  E  and  G,  or  through  gears 
H  and  I — the  clutch  arrange- 
ment being  the  same  as  in  Figs.  430-431. 

433.  WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY.  Marconi  receiver,  j3  is  the 
coherer  tube,  with  its  silver  pole  pieces,  /',  f.  The  coherer  forms  part 

of  a  circuit  containing  a  local  cell, 

g  g,  and  a  sensitive  telegraphy  relay. 

When  electric  waves  impinge  upon 
the  coherer,  its  resistance  falls  from 
a  nearly  infinite  value  to  something 
between  500  and  100  ohms,  which 
allows  the  cell,  g,  to  energize  the 
electro-magnet  of  the  relay,  n,  and 
close  a  circuit  containing  a  larger  battery,  r,  together  with  a  Morse  re- 
corder, h,  and  a  trembling  electric  bell,  p,  to  act  as  decoherer.  The 
hammer,  o,  of  the  bell  is  so  adjusted  as  to  tap  the  coherer  tube  and  shake 
the  filings  in  it.  If  at  the  moment  in  which  these  actions  took  place  the 
electric  waves  in  the  resonator  had  died  away,  this  tap  would  restore  the 
coherer  to  its  normal  condition  of  practically  infinite  resistance,  and  a  dot 
only  would  be  recorded  on  the  tape  of  the  Morse  machine.  If,  however, 
the  key  of  the  transmitter  were  kept  depressed,  then  waves  would  succeed 
each  other  at  very  short  intervals,  so  that  the  acquired  conductivity  of 
the  coherer  would  only  be  momentarily  destroyed  by  the  tap  of  the  bell 
hammer,  and  immediately  re-established  by  the  electric  waves. 

Small  choking  coils,  k1  k1 — that  is  to  say,  coils  wound  so  as  to  have 
self-induction  or  electric  inertia — are  introduced  between  the  coherer 
and  the  relay,  their  effect  being  to  compel  the  greater  part  of  the  oscilla- 
tory current  induced  in  the  circuit  by  the  electric  waves  to  traverse  the 
coherer,  instead  of  wasting  the  greater  portion  of  its  energy  in  the  alterna- 
tive path  afforded  by  the  relay. 


i8o 


ELECTRIC   POWER  AND   DEVICES. 


434.  WIRELESS     TELEGRAPHY.      Marconi  coherer.      The 
most  important  part  of  the  receiver  is  the  coherer,  which  consists  of  a 

small  glass  tube  about  two  and  a  half  millimeters  in 
internal  diameter  and  some  four  centimeters  in  length. 
Two  silver  pole  pieces  are  lightly  fitted  into  this  tube, 
separated  by  a  gap  of  about  a  millimeter,  containing  a 
mixture  of  96  parts  of  nickel  and  4  parts  of  silver,  not 
too  finely  granulated,  and  worked  up  with  the  merest 
trace  of  mercury.  This  powder  must  not  be  packed 
too  tight,  or  the  action  will  be  irregular  and  oversensi- 
tive to  slight  outside  disturbances,  while  if  too  loose  it 
will  not  be  sufficiently  sensitive.  It  is  found  that  the 
best  adjustment  is  obtained  when  the  coherer  works 
well  under  the  actions  of  the  sparks  from  a  small  electric 
trembler  placed  at  a  distance  of  about  a  meter.  The 
tube  is  then  exhausted  on  a  mercury  pump  until  the 
pressure  falls  to  about  a  millimeter,  when  the  tubulure 
left  for  exhausting  it  is  sealed  off.  The  tubes  are  tested 
over  a  distance  of  18  miles  before  being  put  into  use. 

435.  WIRELESS     TELEGRAPHY.      Marconi    transmitter    with 
parabolic  reflector.     When  it  is  desired  to  send  a  beam  of  rays  in  some 

"  definite  direction,  the  transmitter 
used  by  Marconi  is  one  devised  by 
Professor  Righi,  of  Bologna.  The  two 
large  spheres,  e,  e,  are  1 1  centimeters 
in  diameter,  and  are  separated  by  a 
space  of  a  millimeter.  In  order  to 
concentrate  the  beam  of  rays  in 
the  required  direction  the  oscillator  is 

placed  in  the  focal  line  of  a  parabolic  cylindrical  reflector.    /,  parabolic 

reflector;  c,  cf,  c',  induction  coil;  a,  battery;  b,  key. 

436.  AUTOMATIC  TROLLEY-WHEEL    GUARD.     The  trol- 
ley wheel  is  linked  to  a  fork  and  to  a  counter -weight  on  a  lever  by  a 

sliding  journal  box.  At  the  mo- 
-  ment  the  trolley  wheel  leaves  the 
conducting  wire,  the  weight  on 
the  lever  lifts  the  wheel  and  fork, 
which  again  fall  on  contact  of 
the  wheel  with  the  conductor. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


181 


437.  WIRELESS    TELEGRAPHY.     Long-distance  Marconi 
transmitter,  when  it  is  not  required  to  concentrate  the  waves  in  one 

direction. 

The  small  spheres,  d,  d,  are 
connected  by  the  wires,  c',  c', 
with  the  secondary  terminals  of 
an  induction  coil,  c,  and  one  of 
them  is  also  connected  with  the 
vertical  wire,  W,  while  the  other 

is  earth-connected.  When  the  Morse'  key,  b,  is  depressed,  the  coil  is 
energized  by  the  battery,  a,  and  therefore,  as  long  as  the  key  is  operated, 
a  stream  of  sparks  is  maintained  between  the  spheres,  d,  d. 

438.  ELECTRIC     LIGHTING     SYSTEM.     A  is  the  alternator, 
generating,  say,  1,000  volts.     The  lamps  used  for  ordinary  illumination, 

such  as  for  residences,  etc., 
are  connected  through  trans- 
formers, as  shown  at  B. 
The  street-lighting  circuit 
consists  of  a  number  of  in- 
candescent lamps  /,  all  con- 
nected in  series  and  cut  in 
across  the  mains  at  a,  b; 
the  point  b  may  be  at  the  station  or  on  the  line,  whichever  is  the 
more  convenient.  In  order  that  such  a  series  system  may  work  success- 
fully, the  current  in  the  circuit  must  be  kept  at  a  certain  value,  for  which 
the  lamps  are  designed.  It  is  also  evident  that  there  must  be  a  sufficient 
number  of  lamps  connected  in  series  to  take  up  the  voltage  of  the  dynamo. 
For  example,  if  each  lamp  required  20  volts,  there  would  necessarily  be 
50  lamps  connected  in  the  circuit,  unless  some  outside  device,  such  as  a 
resistance  or  choking  coil,  was  used  to  take  up  the  extra  voltage. 


439.  ELECTRICALLY  HEATED 
CHAFING  DISH.  The  cylindrical 
box  under  the  dish  is  fitted  with  a 
resistance  coil  of  iron  wire  insulated 
with  asbestos  packing. 


1 82 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES. 


440.  VIBRATING   ELECTRIC   BELL.     A  spring,  R,  is  attached 
at  T  to  a  fixed  metallic  rod,  and  presses  against  the  rod  T1.     The  current 

enters  through  the  terminal,  B,  traverses 
the  bobbins,  passes  through  T,  through  the 
spring,  through  T1,  and  makes  its  exit  through 
the  other  terminal.  The  armature  is  at- 
tracted, and  the  point,  P,  fixed  thereto  draws 
back  the  spring  from  the  rod,  T1,  and  inter- 
rupts the  current  ;  but  at  the  moment  at 
which  the  point  touches  the  spring,  and 
before  the  latter  has  been  detached  from  the 
rod,  T1,  the  electro-magnet  becomes  included 
in  a  short  circuit,  and  the  line  current,  instead 
of  passing  through  the  bobbins,  passes  through 
the  wire,  T,  the  armature  and  the  rod  T1. 
The  vibration  of  the  armature  breaks  the 
contact  at  T1. 

441.  PRINTING    TELEGRAPH.     The  type  wheel,  /,  driven  by 
clockwork  mechanism  from  the  spring  barrel,  is  placed  on  a  shaft  con- 
centric with  the  ratchet,  k,  which  is 
controlled  by  pallets  of  the  escape- 
ment,   /  /,    attached    to    the    per- 
manently magnetized  armature,  m, 
vibrated    by    alternating    currents 
through    the  electro-magnets,   o  o. 
The  electro-magnet,  r,    controlling 
the  printing  escapement,  is  in  the 
same    circuit,   its  core   having  an 
extension,  w,  and,  being  surrounded 
by  a  non-magnetic  material,  it  is  not 
operated   by  the  rapidly  changing 

I     currents  passing  through  o  o,  which 

work  the  type-wheel  escapement ; 

but  when  the  key  connected  with  any  particular  letter  is  struck,  the 
circuit  is  closed,  sufficient  magnetism  accumulates  in  the  core,  w', 
to  attract  the  armature,  x,  releasing  the  arm,  u,  carrying  the  paper- 
roller,  s,  and  allowing  a  crank  pin  on  the  shaft  of  the  wheel,  t,  turned 
by  a  train  of  mechanism  from  the  spring  barrel,  o,  to  depress  that  arm 
of  the  lever  and  throw  the  feed  roller  up  against  the  type. 


442.  ELECTRIC  FIRE-ALARM  SYSTEM, 
Jersey  City,  N.  J.  Signal  post  and  call  box.  The 
bells  are  rung  by  mechanism  actuated  by  a  de- 
scending weight  of  3,,ooo  Ib.  When  on  closed  cir- 
cuit, the  armature  is  held  by  the  magnet  and  the 
motion  is  arrested.  When  the  circuit  is  opened, 
the  armature  falls  back  from  the  magnet.  This 
releases  the  detent,  and  the  ratchet  wheel  holding  the 
weight  begins  to  revolve.  Referring  to  the  cut,  it  will 
be  seen  that  there  are  two  pawls  which  engage  with 
the  teeth  of  this  ratchet  wheel.  Each  pawl  is  held 
to  its  position  in  engagement  with  the  teeth  of  the 
wheel,  or  is  released  therefrom  by  the  action  of  a 
pin  projecting  at  right  angles  from  the  pawl,  and 
projecting  through  a  slot  of  peculiar  outline.  This  is 
shown  in  the  cut  directly  below  the  drawing  of  the 
ratchet  wheel  and  weight.  This  slot  and  pin  mechan- 
ism is  so  arranged  that  only  one  of  the  pawls  at  a  time 
engages  with  the  teeth.  When 
on  closed  circuit,  the  upper  pawl 
only  is  in  engagement.  When 
the  detent  is  released,  the  upper 
pawl  is  first  acted  on  by  the 
revolving  wheel.  This  action 
draws  the  hammer  back  from 
the  bell.  As  the  pin  rides  through 
the  slot,  the  pawl  escapes  from 
the  teeth,  the  other  one  en- 
gages, and  the  hammer  is  driven 
against  the  bell.  The  bell- 
ringing  lever  rises  and  is 
again  caught  by  the  detent 
just  as  the  pawls  change 
places,  and  the  motion  is 
arrested  with  the  upper  pawl 
engaged  until  the  next  break 
in  the  current  occurs. 

443.  Striking  mechanism. 

444.  Electric    connection 
and  hammer. 


1 84 


ELECTRIC   POWER  AND   DEVICES. 


445.  ELECTRIC    TREE-FELLING    MACHINE.      The   two- 
wheeled  vehicle  is  anchored  to  a  tree  ;  the  motor  on  a  platform  drives 


by  belt  a  routing  tool  below,  both  swinging  on  a  common  center.  A 
handle  extending  to  the  rear  serves  to  guide  the  cutting  tool,  and  a 
ratchet  and  rack  feeds  the  cut.  German  design. 

446.   Plan,    showing    grappling    chains,    routing   tool,    frame    and 
handle. 


447 
tube 


ELECTRIC  TRUMPET.      The  apparatus  consists  of  a  brass 
^  in.  in  length  and  i^  in.  in  diameter,  in  the  interior  of  which 

is  fixed  a  small  electro-magnet. 
An  armature  is  placed  oppo- 
site the  poles  of  this  latter, 
and  a  regulating  screw  ter- 
minating in  a  platinum  point 
serves  as  an  automatic  inter- 
rupter. It  takes  but  two 
Leclanche  elements  of  the 
usual  electric-bell  variety  to  cause  it  to  produce  an  agreeable  musical 
sound,  of  which  the  pitch  and  intensity  may  be  varied  by  regulating 
the  screw  or  tightening  up  the  vibrating  plate  in  its  setting. 


ELECTRIC   POWER   AND   DEVICES, 


I85 


448.  ELECTRIC    BLUE    PRINT    MACHINE.     The  making  of 
blue  prints  by  electric  light  has  been  carried  to  the  point  where  plate 

glass  disappears  from  the 
apparatus  used.  The  machine 
consists  of  a  large  wooden 
cylinder,  which  is  made  to 
revolve  slowly  in  front  of  the 
lamp,  and  any  good  photo- 
engraver's  lamp  will  do.  A 
transparent  traveling  apron 
moves  with  the  drum.  The 
apron  is  reeled  up  on  a  small 
drum  at  the  bottom  of  the 
machine,  and  this  and  the 
upper  roller  upon  which  it  is 
wound  keep  it  in  tension 
sufficient  to  always  hold  the  tracing  and  printing  paper  close  together 
and  against  the  large  drum.  The  tracing  and  sensitized  paper  are  fed 
in  under  the  moving  transparent  apron  at  the  top,  and  both  are  received 
in  a  box  placed  below  the  large  drum.  The  driving  mechanism  can 
be  operated  by  belt  from  shop  shafting  or  run  by  a  small  electric 
motor.  The  whole  apparatus  may  be  arranged  so  as  to  receive  sunlight 
upon  fine  days  by  being  mounted  upon  a  truck. 

449.  DEMAGNETIZING  A  WATCH.      The  center  of  the  watch, 
C,  is  placed  so  that  the  prolongation  of  the  axes  of  the  magnet  (shown 

by  the  dotted  Ijne, 
X  X')  passes  through 
it.  The  watch  is 
vibrated  around  an 
axis  passing  through 
C  and  at  right  angles 
to  X  X'.  By  this  operation  the  watch  is  successively  brought  into  the 
positions  A  and  B,  in  all  positions  around  the  hour  circle. 

A  few  minutes  of  this  movement  is  sufficient  to  demagnetize  a  watch. 


450.  ELECTRIC  CURLING-IRON 
HEATER.  A  resistance  coil  of  iron  wire  insu- 
lated by  asbestos,  inclosed  in  a  brass  tube,  to 
receive  the  curling  tongs. 


SECTION  XL 


NAVIGATION,  VESSELS, 
MARINE  APPLIANCES,  ETC. 


is? 


Section  XI. 

NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE 
APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


451.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  Skin 
boat  of  the  Gros  Ventres  Indians, 
Dakota.  An  ash  or  hickory  withe 
frame  covered  with  rawhide.  A  type 
of  the  odd  Welsh  coracle. 


452.  CURIOUS     BOATS.     Pernambuco, 
Brazil,  catamaran,  with  a  caboose  and  plat- 
form on  a  frame  above  log  float. 
The  gaff  sets  at  the  foot  of  the  mast,  which 
is  stayed  by  cleats  and  braces 
to   a  cross   piece  pinned  to 
the  logs. 


453-  CURIOUS  BOATS  ;  GREENLAND 
KAYAK.  Has  no  keel,  made  of  sealskins,  and 
entirely  covered  except  a  space  to  slip  the  body 
of  the  occupant  into  a  seat  on  the  bottom. 


454.  CURIOUS     BOATS.     The 
sheltered  duck  boat. 

The    canvas   wings    drawn    back 
from  a  short  mast  make  a  hiding- 
place  for  the  gunners. 
189 


190      NAVIGATION,    VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


455.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  A 
Norwegian  fishing  smack.  A 
type  of  the  Danish  Vikings'  war 
boats.  A  gaff,  but  no  boom. 

Type  of  a  thousand  years. 


456.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  Reef-sail  yacht  of 
Norway.  A  Vikings'  model  with  square  sail. 

The  Viking  types  have  no  deck  ;  the  mast  is 
stepped  on  the  keelson  and  braced  from  sides  and 
keelson  ;  a  jib  stay  but  no  jib. 


457.  CURIOUS    BOATS.      The    Dutch 

fishing  pink.  The  boats  are  nearly  as  broad 
as  they  are  long.  The  mast  is  stepped  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  the  boat.  Two  bowsprits 
with  two  jibs  and  an  overboard  leeboard  of 
rude  construction  seem  to  hold  these  bulky 
boats  to  their  course. 


458.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  The  Philip- 
pine Island  catamaran  and  anchor.  The 
boats  are  so  narrow  that  outriggers  and 
floats  are  required  to  bear  any  sail. 

A  type  of  the  boats  of  the  Pacific  is- 
landers in  which  daring  surf  feats  are  per- 
formed. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,   ETC.      19 1 


459.  CURIOUS  BOATS. 
A  Russian  canoe  rig.  Boom 
and  gaff  extending  forward. 
Forward  part  of  boat  covered. 
Halyards  extend  to  cockpit 
for  easy  management  by  one 
person.  The  boom  is  elastic 
and  bends  before  the  wind  ; 
a  fad  of  doubtful  efficiency. 


460.  CURIOUS 
BOATS.  The  Sand- 
wich Islands  catama- 
ran. A  narrow  boat 
with  outrigged  plat- 
forms and  latticed 
extension  carrying  a 
balance  float. 

Shrouds  from  mast 
to  outrigger.  Boom 
and  gaff  extending 
forward. 


461.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  A  Bom- 
bay yacht,  with  Malay  rig.  A  curiously 
formed  bottom.  This  rig  is  of  the 
latteen  type  of  the  Mediterranean, 
with  short  masts  inclined  forward, 
yards  hung  at  the  center  of  the  wind 
pressure. 


192      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


462.  CURIOUS 
BOATS.  The  turkey- 
bone  yacht  with  a  swing- 
ing bowsprit — more  curi- 
ous than  useful. 


463.  CURIOUS  BOATS.  Non-heeling 
sail-boat.  A  heavy  keel  frame  is  pivoted  at 
stern  and  bow  to  which  the  mast  is  fixed. 

This  rig  allows  the  mast  and  sail  to  lean 
from  the  wind,  while  the  boat  is  balanced  by 
the  contrary  swing  of  the  iron  keel. 


464.  RACING  YACHTS.  Model  designs  of  the  British  and  Amer- 
ican yachts  contesting  for  the  Victoria  cup  in  the  international  races 
since  1885.  Hull  and  midship  section. 


PURITAN  1885 


465.  Puritan. 

466.  Genesta. 


GENESTA 


MAYFLOWER  1886 


V 


GALATEA 


467.  Mayflower. 

468.  Galatea. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


THE 
RAINBOW  GAUGE  GLASS  RINGS 


-fs  in.         f  in. 


f  in.         |  in. 


We  are  offering  something  new  in  the  line  of  Water-Glass 
Packing,  which  fills  a  long-desired  want  to  the  users  of  this  class 
of  goods,  vi%,  a  Gauge-Glass  Ring  or  Packing  so  constructed  that 
it  will  prevent  the  breaking  of  the  glass  tube  under  any  conditions, 
whether  out  of  plumb  or  otherwise.  It  always  remains  soft  and 
yielding,  and  does  not  become  hard  when  brought  into  contact  with 
a  high  degree  of  heat.  The  displacement  which  takes  place  when 
screwing  up  the  gland  being  all  on  the  inside  of  the  RAINBOW 
RING  allows  the  glass  tube  to-take  any  position  without  any  strain 
or  leverage  on  the  same,  thereby  obviating  many  troubles  which 
engineers  are  well  aware  of. 

These  RAINBOW  PACKING  RINGS  are  put  up  in  boxes 
containing  one  gross  each,  as  follows  : 

Size  of  Ring,  1  'inch,  price,  per  gross  . 

A 


$2    50 
2   65 

2  75 

2  90 

3  oo 
3  25 

3  50 


PATENTED  AND  MADE   EXCLUSIVELY 'BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


[± 


RAINBOW  BIB  VALVES 


Owing  to  the  demand  for  an  article  superior  to  the  regular 
washer,  led  us  to  experiment  to  produce  the  same.  The  Rainbow 
Bib  Valve  is  entirely  different  from  others,  being  made  like  a 
regular  Rainbow  Valve.  It  is  cured  under  pressure  and  is  semi- 
vulcanized.  It  is  equally  good  for  hot  and  cold  water,  will  resist 
air,  gas,  acid,  and  will  hold  ammonia  for  eighteen  months. 


I  inch,  per  box 


i  oo 
i  oo 
i  25 
i  50 

1  75 

2  OO 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  100  each 


-i  inch,  about  100  to  a  pound,  per  doz 
65 

f  40          " 

i  "  38 


$o  25 

35 

60 

i  oo 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


INCH 

2-PLY 

3-PLY        J        4-PLY        j        5-PLY                6-PLY 

"$007 

$009    " 

$0 

i 

09 

ii 

| 

II 

13 

|         $0  19 

i 

13 

15 

i 

11 

17 
22 

, 

26 
32 

$031 

39 

22 

26 

38                        46 

* 

26 

3° 

46                    55 

3° 

34 

52                    63 

5 

P 

39 

43 

58                            70 
65                            78 

6 

43 

52 

77                            9? 

7 

51 

60 

91 

00 

8 

59 

70 

84 

°5 

20 

9 

67 

80 

95 

18 

4M 

10 

75 

90 

07 

33 

60 

ii 

83 

oo 

18 

47 

77 

12 

08 

3° 

62 

95 

13 

00 

18 

42 

77 

*3 

14 

08 

28 

54 

92 

31 

11 

16 
25 

38 
5° 

66 
78 

07 

49 

67 

18 

41 

70 

52 

03 

20 

58 

90 

26 

82 

39 

22 

76 

12 

52 

15 

78 

24 

96 

36 

80 

5° 

26 

16 

60 

08 

85 

02 

28 

36 

84 

36 

20 

O4 

3° 

56 

08 

64 

55 

46 

32 

76 

32 

92 

90 

88 

34 

96 

56 

20 

25 

- 

3° 

36 

16 

80 

48 

60 

»3 

38 

36 

04 

76 

95 

14 

56 

28 

04 

. 

3° 

50 

42 

76 

52 

32 

65 

98 

44 

96 

76 

5  60 

00 

40 

46 

16 

00 

5  88 

35 

82 

48 

36 

24 

6  16 

70 

24 

5° 

56 

48 

6  44 

°5 

66 

52 

76 

72 

6    72 

40 

i 

o3 

54 

96 

96 

75 

i 

5° 

56 

16 

20 

7   28 

i 

92 

£ 

36 
5  56 

44 

>  68 

It 

< 

I 

i 
i 

76 

-PLY 

7-PLY 

8-PLY 

*>  31 

39 

46 

55 

63 

$073 

70                            82 

78 

91 

93 

08 

$ 

24 

09 

27 

46 

26 

47 

68 

42 

66 

90 

60 

87 

14 

77 

06 

36 

95 

27 

60 

13 

48 

84 

69 

08 

49 

67 

90 

56 

03 

53 

04 

39 

95 
4i 

52 
04 

20 

9° 

60 

62 

ii 

16 

72 

i 

li 

84 

3° 

35 

40 

72 

84 

. 

96 

14 
56 

11 

11 

98 

31 

64 

40 

80 

20 

82 

I 

29 

76 

24 

78 

32 

66 

27 

88 

76 

44 

5° 

25 

oo 

92 

74 

56 

34 

23 

12 

76 

3   72 

68 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SEAMLESS 

FORTUNE   RUBBER  BELT 


TRADE-MARK 

This  Label  on  every  25  feet  of  Fortune  Belting 

The  Fortune  Seamless  Rubber  Belting  is  the  very  highest 
grade,  made  from  specially  woven  heavy  cotton  duck  and  the 
finest  grade  of  robber,  and  is,  we  confidently  believe,  the  best 
belt  on  the  market.  It  is  recommended  for  the  most  severe  usage, 
and  where  belts  of  other  makes  have  failed. 

All  our  belting  is  made  from  Extra  Heavy  Duck,  made  especially  for  us 
from  Texas  Pickings. 

It  is  coated  with  the  very  best  Fine  Para,  and  stretched  on  our  own 
patent  stretcher. 

By  reason  of  our  patent  method  of  preparing  same,  our  belting  is  invul- 
nerable to  dampness,  heat  or  cold. 

It  is  far  superior  to  leather  in  Paper  and  Flour  Mills,  Elevators,  Dye 
and  Print  Works,  etc. 

Special  Belts  made  to  order  for  any  and  all  uses. 

Absolutely  the  Finest  and  Most  Durable 
Rubber  Belt  yet  produced 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC.       193 


VOLUNTEER  1837 


469.  Volunteer. 

470.  Thistle. 


VIGILANT  ^-/  1893 


VALKYR  I  Ell 


471.  Vigilant. 

472.  Valkyrie  II. 


V 


VALKYRIE  III 


Y 


473.  Defender. 

474.  Valkyrie  III. 


Y 


COLUMBIA 


SHAMROCK  I 


Y 


475.  Columbia. 

476.  Shamrock  I. 


Y 


COLUMBIA 


SHAMROCK  II 


1901 


477,  Columbia. 

478.  Shamrock  II. 


Y 


194      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


RELIANCE 


V I 


479.  Reliance. 

480.  Shamrock  III. 


481.  ANCIENT  FEATHERING 
PADDLE  WHEEL.  Wipers  on  the 
inner  ends  of  the  paddle  arms,  rubbing 
against  a  fixed  cam  plate,  turn  the  pad- 
dles as  they  enter  the  water. 


482.  TYPES  OF  PROPELLERS.  Thornicroft  pro- 
peller, used  on  fast  boats  with  fine  lines.  Blades  broad  on 
the  hub,  narrowing  toward  the  outer  end  of  the  blade, 
face  a  parabolic  recess.  Two  or  three  blades.  Pitch  of 
blades  at  point  two  and  one-half  times  diameter  of  propeller. 


483.  TYPES  OF  PROPELLERS.  The  Jarrow  pro- 
peller, with  two  or  three  blades  curving  backward  and 
narrowing  from  hub  to  point.  A  high  speed  propeller. 
Face  of  blades  with  recess  curves  and  pitch  at  tips  about 
two  and  one-half  diameters.  For  fine  line  btmts. 


484.  TYPES  OF  PROPELLERS.  The  Hirsh 
propeller.  The  generating  line  is  the  segment  of  an 
Archimedes  spiral,  with  the  leading  edge  of  the  blades 
curved  forward,  face  of  the  blades  curved  with  increas- 
ing pitch. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,   ETC. 


485.  SCREW  PROPELLER.  Three 
blade.  Reeves  type.  Curved  to  conform  to 
an  even  thrust  in  all  parts  of  the  blades. 
Good  form  for  launches.  Pitch  about 
twice  the  diameter. 


486.  SCREW  PROPELLER. 
Four  blades.  Case  type.  With  outward 
thrust.  Narrow  blades  for  high  speed. 
Pitch  two  and  a  half  times  the  diameter. 
Face  of  blades  curved. 


487.  Plan  of  propeller  in  the  plane  of  rotation. 

488.  SHEET   METAL   PROPELLER.     Davis  type.     The  blades 
are  made  of  boiler  plate,  or  of  plate  steel,  of  equal  thickness  through- 
out.    They  are  cut  from  a  flat  plate, 
the  holes  for  the  reception  of  the  pro- 
peller shaft  made,  and  then  either  by 
hammer,  rolls,   or   formers   curved   to 
the    proper    shape.     Each    blade    is 

m  precisely  alike,  so  that  if  one  should  be 
broken  a  duplicate  could  be  readily 
fitted. 

A  collar  is  secured  upon  the  shaft, 
and  the  inner  legs  of  the  blades  bear 
firmly  against  it.  The  sleeve,  B,  keeps 
the  legs  of  the  blades  at  the  proper 
distance  apart,  and  the  collar,  C,  and 
nut  secures  all  in  place.  To  hold  the  blades  in  position  against  the 
leverage  of  the  water,  bolts  may  be  passed  through  the  collars  and  blades 
longitudinally  with  the  shaft,  or  the  blades  may  be  held  by  a  feather  on 
the  shaft. 


196      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


FOOTTREADLE 


489.  FEATHERING 
BLADE  PROPELLER. 
A  foot-power  propeller 
with  paddle  blades  to 
hang  over  the  sides  at  the 
stern,  or  may  be  placed  in 
an  extension  at  the  stern, 
as  shown  in  the  cuts. 
The  longest  movement  of 
the  paddle  is  when  it  is 
immersed,  and  the  pad- 
dle being  vertical,  there  is 
no  splash,  slip,  or  loss  of 
propulsive  effect  arising 
from  the  oblique  action. 


490.  The  curve  traversed  by  the  edge  of  the  paddle. 

491.  The  extension  of  the  paddle  box." 

492.  Crank  shaft  and  foot  treadle  connections. 

493.  Blade  and  crank  connection. 

494.  TWENTY-FIVE-FOOT  LAUNCH.     Fast  type  with  positive 
submerged  wheel,  5  feet  beam,  light  draught  hull  with  wheel  depth  of 


26  inches.  Wheel  20  inches  diameter,  30  inch  pitch,  with  or  without 
steel  wheel  guard.  Motor,  12  horse  power.  Displacement  with  pas- 
sengers, 2,000  Ibs.  Elevation  and  midship  sections. 

495.  Sectional  elevation  of  frame,  motor  and  propeller. 

496.  Plan  with  lines  of  upper  works. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


497.  BICYCLE    CATAMARAN.     The  pedal  shaft  carries  a  large 
worm  gear  meshed  to  a  small  worm  gear  on  the  propeller  shaft — steering 
is  by  the  bicycle  handle  and  cross  arm  below,  with  wire  lanyards  to  the 
rudder. 

498.  BICYCLE    GEAR    FOR    A    BOAT.      The  sprocket  wheel 
shaft  with  a  large  bevel  gear  drives  a  vertical  shaft  with  two  bevel  gears 

and  a  fly  wheel.  The 
propeller  shaft  has 
two  bevel  gears  to 
mesh  into  the  bevel 
gear  on  the  vertical 
shaft  alternately,  for 
forward  or  backward 
motion  of  the  pro- 
peller. Lever  C  and 
handle  D  control  the  fore  and  aft  motion  of  the  shaft. 


499.  THE    MANIPEDE     CATAMARAN.     Operated  by  feet  or 
hands  on  levers  with  sprocket  wheel  and  chain  to  a  paddle  wheel. 
Steered  by  a  rocking  seat,  or  by  hand. 


198      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


Usual  Plan 


500.  TYPES  OF  SHALLOW-DRAUGHT  SCREW-PROPELLED 
BOATS.     Yarrow  type.     Vessels  of  this  class  have  been  constructed 

with  the  propeller 
working  in  a  tunnel, 
so  that  though  the 
propeller  used  be 
greater  in  diameter 
than  the  draught,  yet 
it  always  works  in 
solid  water,  since  the 
water,  owing  to  the 
air  being  driven  out 
of  the  tunnel  by  the 
action  of  the  screw, 
improved  Plan  rises,  and  completely 

covers  the  latter.  Until  quite  recently  the  stern  portion  of  this  tunnel  has 
been  fixed  so  that  when  the  boat  is  heavily  loaded  there  is  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  back  of  the  tunnel  against  which  the  water  delivered  from 
the  propeller  must  impinge,  and  down  which  it  must  slide  before  it  can 
escape.  This  has  caused  a  "  drag,"  and  a  consequent  loss  of  speed  and 
efficiency. 

In  the  new  type,  instead  of  being  fixed,  the  rear  portion  of  the  tunnel 
is  formed  of  a  hinged  flap  provided  with  strips  of  rubber  at  the  side, 
which,  by  rubbing  against  the  parallel  sides  of  the  tunnel,  prevent  the 
ingress  of  air.  With  a  boat  so  provided,  the  rear  end  of  the  tunnel  can 
be  always  so  arranged  that  it  only  just  dips  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
water.  This  is  quite  sufficient  to  insure  the  screw  always  working  in 
water,  but  under  all  circumstances  opposes  a  minimum  obstruction  to 
the  escape  of  the  water. 

501.  Section  with  hinge  flap  raised  for  deep  draught. 

502.  Section  with  hinge  flap  down  for  shallow  draught. 

503.  DIRIGIBLE    TORPEDO.     Sims-Edison    type.     The    front 
compartment   contains   a  charge  of   from   250  to  500  Ibs.  of  high  ex- 


CABLE  TUBE 


plosive,  which  can  be  exploded  electrically  by  reversing  the  current.     In 
another  compartment  is  a  reel  upon  which  is  stowed  from  one  to  two  miles 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC.       199 


of  controlling  cable.  The  cable  is  made  extremely  light  and  flexible, 
but  of  sufficient  area  to  convey  the  30  horse-power  necessary  to  drive  the 
torpedo  at  a  speed  of  22  miles  an  hour. 

The  cable,  which  is  connected  with  a  dynamo  at  the  firing  station,  is 
led  out  through  a  tube  running  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  torpedo  to  a 
point  aft  of,  and  below,  the  propeller  wheel. 

504.  AUTOMOBILE  TORPEDO.  Whitehead  type.  With  self- 
contained  motive  power  for  short  range  action.  A  3 -cylinder  motor 


driven  by  compressed  air  contained  in  the  cylindrical  tank  i  ;  m,  two 
screw  propellers  driven  in  opposite  directions  by  reversing  bevel  gears  to 
keep  the  torpedo  from  turning  over  ;  h,  shaft ;  g,  /,  steering-apparatus 
connections  from  electric  steering  gear,  a,  b,  c;  k,  fuse;  /,  explosive 
charge  ;  n,  rudder. 

505.  THE  HOLLAND  SUBMARINE  BOAT.      A,  torpedo  tube 
for  rear  discharge  ;  B,  dynamo  ;  C,  gasoline  engine  ;  D,  air  compressor ; 


E,  storage  battery ;  F,  oil  and  water  tanks ;  G,  compressed  air  cham- 
bers ;  H,  gun-cotton  shell  in  the  aerial  torpedo  gun ;  J,  magazine ;  K, 
Whitehead  torpedo  and  tube ;  L,  trimming  tank,  oil  and  gasoline  tank  at 
H  under  the  bow. 

In  the  Holland  submarine  boat  the  gasoline  engine  and  the  dynamo 
are  directly  connected  to  the  propeller  shaft,  so  that  when  the  boat  is 
running  on  the  surface  the  gasoline  engine  is  used  for  power,  and  when 
submerged  the  dynamo  alone  is  in  use  with  current  from  the  storage  bat- 
teries. The  air  compressor  charges  the  long  air  tubes,  G,  G,  to  a  high 
pressure  before  going  into  action,  which  is  discharged  in  jets  when 
needed  for  ventilation  and  cooling  the  interior  of  the  boat,  and  also  for 
discharging  the  aerial  and  submerged  torpedoes. 


2OO      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


506.  REVERSING    CLUTCH  for  a  launch.     C  is  the  propeller 
shaft ;  D,  the  engine  shaft  ;  A,  H,  shell  keyed  to  the  propeller  shaft, 

I with  an   inside    spur 

\        x^^feX     ring  of  pinions  J; 

"X  L,  anchor  knee  to 
hold  the  reverse  mo- 
tion shell  B  ;  K,  the 
inner  gear  which 
drives  the  back  mo- 
tion when  the  pinion 
ring  is  held  fast  by  the 
positionof  theleverM. 
The  arrangement  of 
the  gear  is  shown  in 
the  cross  section. 

507.  ICE  BOAT.     Plan  and  elevation  drawn  to  a  scale,  as  shown  in 
the    engraving.       Figured 

measures  are  given  for  the 
most  important  parts. 


PLAN      508.   Plan  with  fig- 
ured   measures     and 
9" — \      scale. 

509.  SUBMARINE  CABLE  GRAPNEL. 
With  removable  prongs  for  easy  repair.  By  an 
overstrain,  by  the  prong  catching  in  a  rock  or 
other  obstruction,  the  small  rivet,  B,  will  shear  off 
and  release  the  prong.  Four  prongs  to  each  grap- 
nel. Much  used  in  the  repair  of  defective  or 
broken  submarine  cables. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC.      2OI 


510.  SUBMARINE     CABLE     GRAPNEL.     Cutting  and  holding 
grapnel.     The  cable  on  being  hooked  and  lifted  forces  its  way  through 

the  rubber  shield,  K,  which  is  provided  to  keep 
the  mechanism  clear  from  stones,  sand,  etc., 
while  towing  over  the  bottom,  and  becomes 
inclosed  in  the  jaws  of  the  hinged  clip.  As 
the  strain  increases  the  hinged  clip  shears 
through  a  leaden  bolt,  H,  which  supports  it, 
and,  moving  upon  its  pivot,  is  forced  down  the 
tapering  sides  which  press  the  sides  of  the  clip 
together  so  as  to  grasp  the  cable  very  tightly. 
n  The  greater  the  strain  on  the  grapnel  rope,  the 
more  the  clips  are  forced  down  and  the  tighter 
the  cable  is  held  ;  until  at  last  the  clips  sink  so 
far  as  to  cause  the  cable  to  make  an  acute  angle 

over  the  knife  edge,  L,  and  the  cable  is  cut,  one  end  falling  to  the 

bottom  while  the  other  is  brought  to  the  surface. 

511.  STEAM   SOUNDING   MACHINE.     Sigsbee  type.     Its  prin- 
cipal parts  are  the  drum,  A,  on  which  is  wound  the  wire,  the  auxiliary 

pulley,  B,  used  while  heaving  in 
to  relieve  drum,  of  the  strain,  the 
jockey  wheel,  C,  the  swivel  pulley, 
D,  the  accumulator  contained  in 
the  tube,  H,  and  the  brake  E. 

The  drum  is  made  light,  in 
order  to  have  as  little  inertia  and 
momentum  to  overcome  as  pos- 
sible. Its  circumference  is  one 
fathom.  An  indicator  is  attached 
to  the  axle,  which  registers  the 
number  of  revolutions.  The  auxil- 
iary pulley,  B,  is  composed  of 
three  pulleys  :  one  for  the  wire, 
one  for  the  belt  going  to  the  drum, 
and  the  other  for  the  belt  from  the 
driving  engine.  The  jockey  wheel, 
C,  is  an  ordinary  gun  metal  one 
with  a  V-shaped  score,  and  the  wire  passes  over  this  both  in 
paying  out  and  reeling  in.  Its  circumference  is  3  feet,  and  an  odometer 


2O2      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE    APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


being  attached  to  its  axle,  the  amount  of  wire  paid  out  can  thus  be 
obtained.  A  very  important  feature  in  this  machine  is  the  accumu- 
lator, which  is  composed  of  spiral  springs  contained  in  two  vertical 
tubes,  one  of  which  is  shown  at  H.  These  springs  are  connected  with 
the  crosshead  of  the  jockey  wheel  by  means  of  chains  passing  over  the 
pulley  K.  The  crosshead  moves  in  steel  slides,  and  rises  and  falls  as 
the  weight  on  the  wire  varies,  indicating  on  a  scale  the  strain  in  pounds. 


512.  THE    DRAG    STEERING    GEAR.     Different  rigs  for    con- 
structing and  operating  a  temporary  steering  gear  when  the  rudder  is 

'disabled.  The  float  is 
a  strong  plank,  so  fast- 
ened by  the  rope  harness 
as  to  keep  it  in  a  verti- 
cal position  in  the  sea. 

513.  Tackle  rig  from 
a  projecting  spar  and 
cross  tree. 

514.  Rope  hitch    to 
the  steering  plank. 

515.  Drag    gear 
straight  astern. 


516.  ROPE 
HITCHES. 

Showing  ap- 
proved methods 
of  hitch  for 
hoisting  goods. 

517.  Hammock 
hitch. 

518.  Cask  sling 
and  hitch. 

519.  Bale  sling 
and  butt  sling  on 
end. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC.      203 


520.    KNOTS  AND 
SPLICES : 

1.  Turn  used  in  making 
up  ropes. 

2.  End  tapered  for  the 
purpose  of  passing  it  read- 
ily   through   a    loop.     To 
make  this,  unlay  the  rope 
for   the   necessary  length, 
reducing  a  rope  diminish- 
ing in  diameter  toward  the 
end,  which  is  finished  by 
interlacing  the  ends  with- 
out   cutting    them,    as    it 
would  weaken  the  work  ; 
it  is  lastly  "whipped"  with 
small  twine. 

3.  Tapered  end  covered 
with    interlaced   cordage 
for  the  purpose  of  making 
it  stronger.     This  is  done 
with  very  small  twine,  at- 
tached at  one  end  to  the 
small  eye,  and  at  the  other 
to  the  strands  of  the  rope, 
thus     making   a   strong 
"  webbing"  around  the  end. 

4.  Double  turn  used  for 
making  rope. 

5.  Eye    splice.      The 
strands   of    the  cable,  are 
brought  back  over  them- 
selves, and  interlaced  with 
their  original  turns  as  in  a 
splice. 

6.  Tie  for  the  end  of  a 
four-strand  rope. 

7.  The  same  completed  ; 
the    strands   are    tied    to- 
gether, forming  loops  lay- 
ing one  over  the  other. 


204      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


8.  Commencement  for  making  the  end  by  interlacing  the  strands. 

9.  Interlacing  complete,  but  not  fastened. 

10  and  ii.  Shell  in  two  views,  showing  the  disposition  at  the  throat. 

12.  Interlacing  in  two  directions. 

13.  Mode  of  finishing  the  end  by  several  turns  of  the  twine  continued 
over  the  cable. 

14.  Interlacing  commenced  in  one  direction. 

15.  Interlacing  finished,  the  ends  being  worked  under  the  strands,  as 
in  a  splice. 

16.  Pigtail  commenced. 

17.  Interlacing  fastened. 

18.  Pigtail  with  the  strands  taut. 

19.  Dead-eye,  shown  in  two  views. 

20.  Pigtail  finished.     We  pass  the  ends  of  the  strands,  one  under  the 
other,  in  the  same  way  as  if  we  were  making  a  pudding  splice,  thus 
bringing  it  in  a  line  with  the  rope,  to  which  it  is  seized  fast,  and  the  ends 
cut  off. 

21.  Scull  pigtail;  instead  of  holding  the  ends  by  a  tie,  we  interlace 
them  again,  as  in  No.  16,  the  one  under  the  other. 

22.  Pigtail  or  "lark's  nest." 

23.  Two-strand  knot. 

521.  BELL  BUOY.  A  large  bell  is  mounted 
in  a  frame  on  a  floating  buoy.  A  radial  grooved 
iron  plate  is  made  fast  to  the  frame  under  the  bell 
and  close  to  it,  on  which  is  laid  a  free  cannon  ball. 
As  the  buoy  rolls  on  the  sea,  this  ball  rolls  on  the 
plate,  striking  some  side  of  the  bell. 

In  this  design  a  very  small  roll  of  the  sea 
makes  a  constant  ringing  of  the  bell. 

522.  THE  WHISTLING  BUOY.  The 
hanging  tube  below  the  float  is  open  at  the 
bottom.  In  the  vertical  motion  of  the  float 
and  tube  by  the  waves,  the  water  in  the  tube 
reacts  as  a  piston,  drawing  in  air  at  the  top  of 
the  buoy  and  compressing  it  to  blow  the 
whistle. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,    ETC.      205 


5*3.  LIGHTING  BUOY.  Compressed  gas 
is  charged  into  the  body  of  the  buoy  at  from  100 
to  200  pounds  per  square  inch.  A  regulator  de- 
livers the  gas  to  the  burner  at  a  uniform  pressure. 
A  single  charge  will  burn  for  several  days. 

The  inverted  cone  under  the  lamp  protects  it 
from  the  splash  of  the  waves.  Good  for  har- 
bors and  channels. 


524.  FOG  WHISTLE.  A  signal  of  warning  operated  by  wave 
motion.  A  sounder  on  the  principle  of  the  steam  whistle  is  exposed  to  a 
blast  of  air,  according  to  the  facilities 
of  operation.  Usually,  motion  derived 
from  the  waves,  the  tide,  the  wind,  or 
clockwork,  makes  it  automatic.  In 
the  example,  the  semicircular  tubular 
vessel  is  mounted  upon  a  rock  shaft, 
and  has  at  each  extremity  an  ordinary 
whistle  and  a  valve  opening  inward. 
When  the  vessel  is  partially  filled  with 
water  and  rocked  to  and  fro,  the  air  is 
forced  through  the  whistle  and  sounds 
an  alarm. 


525.  FISH  WAY.  A  device  to  enable  fish  to  ascend  falls  or  dams. 
It  may  consist  of  a  series  of  stepped  basins  over  which  the  water  de- 
scends, turning  a  fall  into  a  cas- 
^====z=-^  cade,  and  sometimes  known  as  a 
E  fish  ladder;  or  it  may  consist  of  a 
^i\  chute  with  a  sinuous  track  for 
5f  diminishing  the  velocity  and  assist- 
ing the  passage  of  the  fish  to  the 
level  above  the  dam.  In  the  exam- 
ple it  is  an  inclined  chute  having  a  series  of  chambers  containing  com- 
paratively still  water,  the  current  being  confined  to  a  relatively  smaller 
space. 


206      NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,   ETC. 


526.  FLOATING    BREAKWATER.     Morris  type.     A  A  are  air- 
tight cylinders  ;  B  B  the  strutting  ;  C  C  the  cables,  and  D  D  the  weights 

at  the  sea  bed.  From  the  mo- 
tionless foundation  thus  formed, 
the  framing  rises  through  the 
section  of  tidal  and  superficial 
action.  The  sloping  screen 
formed  by  the  timbers  presents 
meshes  to  the  waves,  by  which 
their  force  is  arrested  and  their 
effect  destroyed.  The  first  idea 
of  floating  breakwaters  was 


probably  taken  from  an  obser- 
vation of  the  effect  produced 
upon  waves  by  the  presence  of 
some  natural  obstacle  in  the  sea,  such  as  reeds  and  sea  weed.  The 
gulf  weed  is  a  well-known  instance.  It  has  been  found  that,  although 
its  depth  does  not  exceed  a  couple  of  feet,  yet,  even  in  strong  gales,  there 
is  perfectly  calm  water  to  leeward  of  it.  The  illustration  represents  a 
form  of  construction  for  ocean  shields,  breakwaters,  piers,  harbors,  gun- 
banks,  lighthouses,  and  other  marine  objects. 

527.  NETS    AND    SEINES.     How  they  are  made.     A  and  b,  two 
styles  of  netting  needles,  e,  mesh  peg,  /,  flat  mesh  peg. 


A,  section  of  net,  showing  last  loops  at  a,  b,  c,  e,  and  the  formation  of 
the  knot  at  d,  with  the  mesh  peg  left  out. 


NAVIGATION,   VESSELS,    MARINE   APPLIANCES,   ETC.      2O/ 

G  and  Z,  unlettered,  show  the  formation  of  the  knot  with  peg  and 
needle. 

528.  Closed  point  needle,  American  type. 

529.  Making  a  loop  with  open  end  needle  and  peg. 

530.  Oval  mesh  peg. 

531.  Flat  mesh  peg. 

532.  Section  of  net.  with  knot  at  d. 

533.  Making  a  loop,  second  stage. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ENDLESS  BELTS 


Endless  and  Threshing  Machine  Belts 
are  not  guaranteed 

These  are  made  to  order.  Three  extra  feet  will  be  charged 
for  the  splice  in  all  belts  up  to  and  including  12  inches  wide. 
Belts  more  than  12  inches  and  including  20  inches,  four  feet. 
From  20  inches  and  including  30  inches,  five  feet. 

Our  price  for  Stitched  Belting  is  20  per  cent  in  addition  to 
the  regular  list. 


COUNTERMANDING   ORDERS 

In  future  we  will  not  accept  or  guarantee  to  fill  orders  for 
endless  or  short  belts  (less  than  full  rolls)  not  in  stock,  inside  of 
three  days.  When  such  orders  are  placed  with  us,  it  is  with  the 
distinct  understanding  that  we  are  to  have  at  least  three  working 
days  to  manufacture  same,  and  will  not  accept  a  countermand  of 
the  order. 

Dealers  handling  our  belting  would  do  well  to  accept  orders 
from  their  customers  under  the  above  conditions,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent loss  to  themselves  and  their  customers. 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 

U 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


^ 


DURHAM  RUBBER  BELTING 


TRADE-MARK 

This  Label  appears  on  every  25  feet 
of  Durham  Belting 

"Durham,"  so  called  after  the  town  where  our  modern  and 
extensive  mills  and  factories  are  located.  This  is  a  good  grade 
of  belting,  carefully  and  honestly  made,  and  will  give  excellent 
satisfaction  for  ordinary  use.  We  recommend  this  belt  for  Har- 
•vesting  Machines  and  similar  work.  We  guarantee  all  belts 
straight,  uniform  in  thickness  and  width,  with  perfectly  smooth 
surfaces.  We  have  the  most  modern  and  extensive  belt  machin- 
ery, presses,  etc.,  in  the  world,  and  guarantee  satisfaction  in 
every  instance. 


MANUFACTURED   EXCLUSIVELY   BY 


16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


TUBING 


Pure 


Cloth  Insertion 


Int.  Di: 

•i    in 

| 

\ 

i 

Fi 

Int.  Di 

i   ir 

i 

m.                                                  Per  Foot 

ch    $0  08 

12 

16 

Int.  Dia 

f'" 

1 

i 
Ex 

Int.  Dia 

i   in 
1 

i 

4 

m.                                                   Per  Foot 

ch    $0  10 

::::::.::::    It 
20 

18 

20 

25 

23 

2I 

-30 

35 

•    •    •                                           33 

38 

45 

e  Extinguisher  Tubing 

m.                                                   Per  Foot 

ch    $0  18 

2O 
23 

50 

ra  Heavy  Beer  Tubing 

m.                                                   Per  Foot 

ch                                          $o  18 

.     .     20 
,     •     •           23 
28 

28 

33 
ig 

33 

38 

SO 

?o 

Soda-Water  Tubing,  made  extra  strong,  and  of 
best  quality  Fine  Para  Rubber 

I  inch,  6-ply,  per  foot $o  30 

Acid  Tubing,  per  Ib $2  50 


i 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


TUBING 

Brake  Tubing,  Pure  Gum  Tubing,  Elevator  Tubing,  Gas 
Tubing,  Shaft  Tubing,  Bottling  Tubing 


Diam. 

inch 


PURE  CORD 

Perlb.  Diam. 

.    .    .  $i  go          |  inch 

...    i  80          f    '         

.   • !  •    i  75          i    '         

...    i  70  i              and  larger 


Perlb 

$1  65 
I  60 

i  55 
i  50 


RUBBER   SPRING 

Car  and  Cylinder  Springs 


Pure  Cylinder  Springs  for  all   kinds  of  mechanical   purposes. 
Perlb $i  oo 


WAGON    SPRINGS 


No.  i 

'      2 

'     3 

4 


.  .    .    6i  inch 


inch 


Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


SECTION  XII. 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE 
DEVICES,  ETC. 


209 


Section  XII. 
ROAD   AND  VEHICLE   DEVICES,   ETC. 


534.  ROAD 
GRADING 
WAGON.  With 

shifting  tongue 
device  on  the 
frame  to  allow  of 
close  scraping  on 
each  side  of  the 
road.  An  elevat- 
ing gear  for  the 
rake  and  scraper. 

535.  TRACTION    WHEEL.     In  this  wheel  the  projections  of  the 
rim  are  yieldingly  held,  or  they  may  be  withdrawn  entirely  from  the 

surface  or  held  locked  in  outermost 
position. 

A  sleeve  fitted  loosely  on  the  hub 
between  the  flanges  carries  a  loosely 
rotating  wheel  on  which  are  pivoted 
the  inner  ends  of  slidable  arms,  whose 
outer  ends  are  beveled  and  pass 
through  openings  in  the  rim.  To 
fasten  the  sliding  arms  in  either  an 
inner  or  outer  position  a  pin  is  passed 
transversely  through  apertures  in 
the  hub  flanges  and  through  one  of 
several  apertures  in  the  wheel  on 
which  the  sliding  arms  are  pivoted,  the  wheel  being  turned  to  the 
proper  position  before  inserting  the  pin,  while  the  passing  of  a  pin 
through  the  hub  flanges  and  an  elongated  aperture  in  the  wheel 
restricts  the  latter  to  a  limited  turning  in  either  direction. 

536.  Section  of  wheel,  hub  flange  and  slidable  arm. 

537.  Rotating  hub  with  pin  slot. 


212 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE   DEVICES,   ETC. 


538.  DUMPING  WAGON. 
The  loaded  box  is  just  overbal- 
anced to  tip  backward.  A  dog 
catch  on  the  driver's  footboard  is 
let  go  for  self-tipping  of  the  load. 


'    539.  DIFFERENTIAL  SPEED  GEAR  for  bicycles.     Eite  &  Todd 
type.     A  is  the  crank-axle  gear  wheel,  C  the   chain  wheel,  working 

through  supplementary  bracket.  On 
this  bracket  is  a  sleeve,  B,  which 
carries  free  running  cogs,  Bi  and  Ba, 
both  running  on  ball  bearings.  The 
chain-wheel  axle  carries  the  fixed 
pinions  Ci  and  C2,  of  different  diame- 
ter, on  one  shaft,  which  are  always  in 
gear  with  both  of  the  pinions,  Bi  and 
B2.  By  the  action  of  the  lever  D,  Bi 
and  Ci,  or  62  and  C2  are  thrown  into 
gear  with  A,  thus  giving  a  gear  which 
can  be  varied  in  a  great  range  of  ratio. 

540.  AUTOMOBILE  STEER- 
ING GEAR.  The  steering  shaft 
has  a  double  thread  screw  and  nut 
with  rack  attached,  which  turns  a 
pinion  to  operate  a  shaft  and  arm  con- 
nected to  the  wheel  gear.  French. 


541.  AUTOMOBILE  STEERING 
GEAR.  A  steering  shaft  with  a  double 
thread  screw  acting  on  a  sector  gear,  the  shaft 
and  arm  of  which  operates  the  wheel  gear. 
French. 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE   DEVICES,    ETC. 


213 


542.  AUTOMOBILE  STEERING 
GEAR.  A  curved  and  eccentrically 
mounted  cam  plate  on  the  handle  shaft 
revolves  against  roller  arms  of  the  hollow 
shaft  K,  moving  it  forward  or  back- 
ward in  the  socket  and  sheath  D,  E. 
The  socket-head  spindle,  F,  accommo- 
dates difference  in  length  by  sliding  in 
the  sheath  K. 

543.   Cross  section.     French. 


544.  RATCHET  BRAKE  LEVER  for  auto- 
mobiles. Miller  type.  By  a  simple  motion  of 
the  foot  the  pawl  locks  or  unlocks  the  brake 
lever,  so  that  the  brake  is  on  and  locked  when 
leaving  the  automobile  alone.  Saves  much 
trouble  in  tying  up  horseless  vehicles. 


545- 
A,  the 


AUTOMOBILE   CHANGE   SPEED   GEAR.    Petteler  type. 

driving  shaft  with  fixed  gears ;  B,  collar  on  spear-shaped  blade 

rod  for  operating 
the  plungers  for 
clutching  the  for- 
ward motion 
gears ;  C,  collar 
to  a  sliding  con- 
ical sleeve  that 
operates  the 
plungers  for  the 
back  motion 
through  an  idler 
gear. 


2I4 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE   DEVICES,    ETC. 


546.  AUTOMOBILE    CHANGE    SPEED    GEAR.     Dorris  type. 
To  the  upper  shaft  are  fastened  three  gears  corresponding  to  the  three 

pinions,  and  in  addi- 
tion an  internal  gear 
outside  the  casing  and 
of  comparatively  large 
diameter.  A  pinion  is 
mounted  upon  the 
lower  shaft,  at  the  end 
thereof,  adapted  to 
mesh  with  the  internal 
gear,  but  is  normally  held  out  of  mesh  by  means  of  a  coiled  spring  at 
the  end  of  the  shaft  The  pinion  is  mounted  upon  a  long  sleeve  sur- 
rounding the  shaft  and  extending  through  the  bearing  into  the  casing. 
The  set  of  three  shifting  pinions  is  shown  in  the  position  of  slow  for- 
ward speed.  By  moving  them  to  the  left  the  second  and  third  speeds 
are  engaged  in  succession,  and  after  the  gears  of  the  third  speed  are 
out  of  mesh,  if  the  motion  is  still  continued,  the  sliding  pinions  will  abut 
against  the  sleeve  of  the  reverse  pinion,  and  shift  the  pinion  into  mesh 
with  the  internal  gear  against  the  pressure  of  the  spring. 


547.  AUTOMOBILE  STEAM  EN- 
GINE. A  two-cylinder  engine  of  the 
locomotive  type  with  link  motion  and  D 
valves  ;  cylinders  2\  x  4  inches.  Boiler 
pump  operated  by  a  lever  and  link  from 
a  crosshead  of  one  of  the  cylinders. 
Extreme  cut-off  o  to  f . 

The  sprocket  wheel  on  the  shaft  be- 
tween the  eccentrics  connects  by  chain 
directly  with  the  compensating  gear  on 
the  rear  axle.  The  prevailing  type  of 
engine  for  all  steam  automobiles. 


ROAD  AND  VEHICLE  DEVICES,  ETC. 


215 


548.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BI- 
CYCLES. The  Derby.  A  chain 
from  the  motor  drives  a  friction 
wheel  which  is  pressed  on  the  tire 
by  a  bell-crank  lever.  This  arrange- 
ment allows  of  instantaneous  motor 
disconnection. 

549.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BICY- 
CLES. The  Brown.  Much  after  the  style 
of  the  Derby,  but  driven  by  a  belt  from  the 
motor  pulley  to  a  pulley  attached  to  the  rear 
wheel. 


550.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BI- 
CYCLES. The  Minerva.  The  motor 
hangs  beneath  the  lower  reach  and 
drives  by  belt  over  a  pulley  on  rear 
wheel.  Has  a  surface  carbureter  and 
tank  inclosed  in  the  front  frame. 


551.  TYPES      OF    MOTOR      BICYCLES.      The  Singer.     The 
motor  and  all  its  appurtenances,  including   fuel  tank,  are  within  the 

rear   wheel,    which,    with    the   exception 
of  the  controlling  rods  and  levers,  is  inde- 
pendent of  the  rest  of  the  bicycle.  ^  The 
motor  is  hung  on  a  fixed  shaft  with  its 
crank  shaft  below  the  axial  center  of  the 
SINGER     ^-=^       wheel,  and  with  a  pinion  meshing  in  an 
internal  gear  on  the  wheel.     Ignition  is  by  a  small  magneto. 

552.  TYPES     OF    MOTOR     BICYCLES.     The  Humber.     The 
motor  is  built  into  the  lower  reach  of  the  frame  in  a  novel  way,  com- 
prising   four    tubes    as    an    inclosure. 
The  motor  drives  a  sprocket  on  the 
pedal   crank   shaft  by   chain,   and   by 
another  chain  to  the  rear  wheel  sprocket. 
A  friction  disk  on  the  crank  shaft  pre- 
vents jerking  of  the  chains  under  undue 
strain. 


HUMBER 


216 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE   DEVICES,    ETC. 


553.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BI- 
CYCLES. F.  N.  The  motor  is 
clamped  in  a  vertical  position  in  the 
front  frame,  with  a  belt  drive  to  a 
pulley  fastened  to  the  spokes.  Motor 
appurtenances  inclosed  in  a  case  fit- 
ting the  upper  part  of  the  frame. 


554.  TYPES     OF    MOTOR     BICYCLES.     The   Werner.     The 

motor  in  a  vertical  position  is  built 
into  the  lower  part  of  the  frame  and 
forms  part  of  the  frame.  The  drive 
is  direct  by  belt  from  motor  pulley  to 
a  large  pulley  fastened  to  the  rim. 

WERNER 

555.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BICYCLES.   Royal  Enfield.  The  motor 

is  secured  to  the  steering  head  by  bracket 
clamps.  The  motor  drives  direct  by 
a  long  crossed  belt  to  the  rear  wheel 
pulley.  The  front  wheel  is  provided 
with  a  band  hub  brake,  and  also  one 
on  the  rear  wheel  hub. 

556.  TYPES  OF  MOTOR  BICY- 
CLES. Ladies'  Ivel.  The  motor  is 
placed  beneath  the  lower  front  frame 
and  drives  by  belt  to  a  pulley.  Carbu- 
reter, igniter,  and  fuel  at  the  back  of  the 
seat  post.  A  skirt  shield  covers  the  motor 
and  belt. 

557.  STEAM  SURREY. 
The  boiler  is  placed  under  the 
rear  seat  and  the  engine  under 
the  front  seat,  from  which  the 
driving  by  chain  is  extended 
to  a  sprocket  on  the  rear-axle 
compensating  gear.  The  boiler 
and  engine  are  illustrated  on 
other  pages. 


ROAD  AND  VEHICLE  DEVICES,  ETC. 


558.  STEAM    FREIGHT    WAGON.     Adams  Express  type.    An 
oil  fuel  burner  under  a  vertical  tube  boiler. 


Two-cylinder  engine  directly  connected  to  a  two-speed  change-gear 
shaft  and  to  a  compensating  shaft  gear,  which  in  turn  is  geared  inside 
of  the  rear  wheels. 


559.   Plan  of  steam  freight  wagon  running  gear,  with  change  gear 
connections. 


218 


ROAD   AND   VEHICLE   DEVICES,    ETC. 


56o.   STEAM    DRAY.    Type  of  the 

Leyland  dray,  much  in  use  in  England.. 
Uses  a  kerosene  burner  under  a  vertical 
tube  boiler,  with  double-reducing  chain- 
gear  system.  Compensating  gear  on  the 
reducing  shaft. 


561.    INTERCHANGEABLE     AUTOMOBILE.     A  new  feature 

in  the  combination 
of  a  pleasure  car- 
riage and  a  delivery 
wagon.  The  pas- 
senger entrance  is 
in  front.  The  seat 
and  trim  can  be 
readily  removed  and 
a  hood  substituted 
and  the  space  used 
for  freight. 


SECTION  XIII. 


RAILWAY  DEVICES  AND 
APPLIANCES,  ETC. 


219 


Section  XIII. 


RAILWAY 


DEVICES     AND 
ANCES,   ETC. 


APPLI- 


562.  BLOCK    AND     INTERLOCKING     SIGNALS.      Electro- 
pneumatic  system.     The  right-hand  figure  shows  the  detail  of  the  air 

piston  and  electric  air  valve.  The 
signal  being  at  the  entrance  of  a  block 
section,  which  is,  say,  three-quarters 
of  a  mile  long,  the  battery  for  the  cur- 
rent is  at  the  outgoing  end ;  and  when 
the  rails  of  the  track,  throughout 
the  section  (and  also  the  rails  of  side 
tracks  and  crossovers,  so  far  as  they 
foul  the  main  track)  are  clear — not 
occupied  by  wheels  at  any  point — 
the  circuit  of  the  battery  is  through 
the  right-hand  rail  of  the  track  to  the 
electro-magnet  at  the  signal,  thence 
to  the  left-hand  rail  and  by  that  back 
to  the  battery.  This  circuit  being 
closed,  the  electro-magnet  at  the 
signal  is  energized  and  holds  the 
signal,  through  the  medium  of  a  stronger  electro-magnet,  worked  by  a 
local  battery,  in  the  all-dear  or  go-ahead  position.  The  entrance  of  a 
train  short-circuits  the  current  through  the  wheels  and  axles,  de-ener- 
gizing the  electro-magnet  (relay);  and  the  signal,  by  force  of  gravity, 
assumes  the  stop  position,  thus  warning  the  next  following  train  not  to 
enter  the  section.  The  signal  remains  at  "  Stop  "  until  every  pair  of  wheels 
has  passed  out  of  the  section. 

563.  Section  showing  electro-magnetic  valve  and  pneumatic  piston 
for  operating  the  signal  arm. 

564.  Lever  arm  connection  between  air  piston  and  signal  arm  rod. 

221 


222 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


565.  RAILWAY  SIGNALS.  The  upper  cut  represents  the  "home" 
and  "advance"  semaphore,  and  when  the  blade  is  placed  horizontal 
indicates  "  Danger,  "or"  Stop,"  and  when 
dropped  to  the  vertical  indicates  "Clear! 
Go  ahead ! "  At  night  the  "  red  light "  in- 
dicates Danger!  the  white  light  Go  ahead! 
The  distance  signal  is  placed  about  1,800 
feet  from  the  home  signal.  The  blade  is 
yellow  with  a  black  band,  as  shown  in  the 
lower  cut.  Its  horizontal  position  by 
day  or  a  green  light  by  night,  indicates  "caution." 

566.  TROLLEY-CAR 
SANDER.  A  sand  box  with 
gate  and  stirring  pin  on  the  gate 
is  operated  through  the  con- 
necting rod  by  a  push  button 
and  bell  crank. 


567.  LOCOMOTIVE  SANDER. 
A  sand  box  and  chute  with  a  nozzle 
by  which  compressed  air  from  the  air- 
brake reservoir  blows  the  sand  into  the 
discharge  pipe. 


568.  MULTIPLE  PLATE  FRICTION 
CLUTCH.  Pattern  of  the  main  driving 
shaft  clutch,  Brooklyn  Bridge.  Every  other 
ring  plate  is  keyed  to  the  inner  sleeve  and 
flange;  the  alternate  rings  are  keyed  to 
driven  shaft-flanged  hub.  A  toggle,  oper- 
ated by  the  collar  and  a  yoke  lever,  presses 
the  ring  plates  together  for  the  friction  drive. 


RAILWAY   DEVICES  AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


223 


569.  TYPES  OF  TROLLEY-CAR  TRUCKS.  Showing  differ- 
ent designs  of 
frames  and  fend- 


570.  Steel  cross- 
bar frame.  Leaf 
springs  under  car. 


571.  Cast  -  steel 
box  case  riveted  to 
wrought  iron  frame. 


572.  Frame  sup- 
ported on  spring 
boxes.  Vertical 
fenders. 


573.  Shovel  fend- 
ers, on  spring  box 
frame. 


574.  Helical  spring 
boxes  with  leaf 
springs  under  car 
body. 


575.  Cast  -  steel 
box  frame  bolted  to 
straight  iron  frame. 


224 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


i.  Witznau-Riga. 


576.  TYPES  OF  RACK- 
RAILWAY  L  O  C  O  M  O  - 
TIVES  for  mountain  railways. 
The  drive  is  from  the  crank, 
rod,  and  shaft,  with  a  pinion 
meshing  with  a  gear  wheel  on 
the  rack-wheel  shaft.  Highest 
grade  i  to  10.  Witznau-Riga 
Railway. 


2.  Kahlenberg. 


3.  Schwabenberg. 


577.   Locomotive  of  the 
Kahlenberg  Railway. 


578.   Locomotive  of  the 
Schwabenberg  Railway. 


4.  Arth-Rigi. 


579.   Arth-Rigi  Locomotive. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

RUBBER  1*!CK) 

''          S 


BUCKET 


The  rapidly-increasing  demand  for  our  buckets  and  pails  has 
been  especially  gratifying  to  us,  showing  that  the  materials  we 
use  are  the  best,  and  the  workmanship  unexcelled. 


Fire  Buckets,  black,  3-gallon,  per  dozen $28  50 

Water  pails,        "  "          ,   ...    28  50 


No.  i,  weighs  about  ii  Ibs.  each,  per  doz $15  oo 

"2,       "  "       i|    "        "  "        20  oo 

"3,  "  "         2f     "  "  "  25   00 

For  use  in  furniture  and  wood-working  factories,  machine  shops,  etc. 
Made  in  three  sizes  only,  each  mallet  being  fitted  with  a  nice  hickory  handle. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

PEERLESS 
PATENT  IMPROVED  GAS  BAG 


These  Gas  Bags  are  used  to  stop  the  flow  of  gas  while  repairing  or 
making  alterations  in  gas  mains.  There  have  been  numerous  cases  of  work- 
men being  badly  injured,  and  sometimes  fatally,  by  the  escape  of  gas  resulting 
from  the  bursting  of  a  bag,  and  our  patent  improvement  is  designed  to  obviate 
such  calamities.  The  indicator  A  shows  unerringly  when  the  bag  has  been 
sufficiently  inflated  to  pack  the  main,  and  when  pumping  should  be  stopped. 

Our  bags  are  made  of  rubber  stock  especially  prepared  to  admit  of  great 
distension  and  to  resist  the  action  of  Oils,  Gases,  Naptha  and  other  residuum 
in  the  mains,  and  they  are  made  with  lapped  joints,  which  adds  greatly  to 
their  strength. 


3-inch  Gas  Bag,  each  .    .    . 
4 


$o  60 

80 

i  05 

1  75 

2  65 

3  75 


12  OO 

17  oo 

27  5O 


Experience  has  taught  us  that  it  is  impossible  to  inflate  a  gas  bag  by 
the  mouth  to  such  an  extent  as  to  effectually  stop  the  flow  of  gas,  and  this 
little  pump  is  designed  for  that  purpose. 

Price,  each,  $2.00 


- 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


UCT1<         HOSE 


For  Wrecking,  Mining  Purposes,  Etc. 


Int.  Dinm. 

2i  inch 


Made  on 

flat  or  round  galvan 

Per  Foot.            Int.  Di 

.    .    .  $3  10         64  in 
.    .    .    4  oo          7 
.    .    .    4  90          7i     ' 
.    .    .    5  80          8      ' 
.    .    .    6  70          9 
.    .    .    7  60        10 
.    .    .    8  50        12 
.    .    9  50 
to  order  in  any  leng 

ized  iron  wire 

m.                                                 Per  Foot 

:h  $10  50 

12  OO 

•    13  50 
V>   15  oo 
•  17  50 
.    20  oo 

25  oo 
th  required 

Made 

SMALL  SUCTION    HOSE 


" 


INTERNAL  DIAMETER 

SPIRAL  BRASS  WIRE                  TINNED  IRON  WIRE 

1  inch 

$o  77 

$o  70 

i      " 

I    OO 

90 

ii    " 

I  25 

I     15 

I-i        ' 

I   65 

I    50 

If        " 

2    IO 

I    90 

2 

2    50 

2   30 

HARD    RUBBER    SUCTION    HOSE 

FOUR-PLY.— Internal  Diameter 

This  Suction   Hose  is  less  expensive  than  that  made  on  wire,  and  will 
answer  for  many  purposes. 

I  inch,  per  foot $o  65        ii  inch,  per  foot $o  93 

T      "  "         75        il      "  i  13 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


SMOOTH-BORE  SUCTION  HC 


•'^Um 


The  galvanized  iron  coil  in  this  hose  is  securely  enclosed  in  smooth  rub- 
ber walls,  and  is  thereby  protected  from  the  action  of  water  passing  through 
it,  and  the  friction  occasioned  by  the  rough  inside  surface  of  ordinary  plain 
suction  is  entirely  avoided. 


Int.  Diam 

2    inch 

24 


Per  Foot 
.  $2  60 

•  3  50 

•  4  50 

•  5  50 
.    6  50 

•  7  50 
.    8  50 

•  9  50 


Int.  Di 

6    ir 

im.                                                   Per  Foot 

64 

74 
8 

12  00 
13    50 

.    15  oo 

16  50 

9 

19  50 

10 
12 

22   50 

.     27   "?O 

RAILWAY   DEVICES  AND   APPLIANCES,   ETC. 


225 


5.  Ostermundigen. 


6.  Wasseralfingen. 


7.  Wasseralfingen. 


580.   Ostermundigen    Loco- 
motive. 


581,   582.    Wasseralfingen 
Railway. 


583.  FARE-RECORDING 
REGISTER.  Complete  with 
"total"  index,  trip  sign,  and  bell. 
Face  removed  to  show  the 
mechanism. 

The  key  at  the  right  returns 
the  trip  index  to  its  normal 
zero,  and  also  sets  the  "up" 
and  "down"  index  to  its  slot 
in  the  face.  The  total  index  is 
a  continuous  register  and  can- 
not be  tampered  with- 


226 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


584.  CABLE  GRIP  of  the  Brooklyn  Bridge.     A   plan   view   from 
beneath,  a  section  through  the  sheaves,  and  a  section  through  the  center 

showing     the     solid     or 
fixed  grip. 

In  the  grip  there  are 
four  sheaves  placed  in 
pairs,  so  that  the  cable  is 
gripped  between  each 
pair.  Each  sheave  has  a 
heavy  grooved  rim  with 
a  cylindrical  inner  surface 
against  which  the  brake 
presses.  The  rim  is  in 
two  parts  bolted  together, 
and  holds  in  a  dovetail 
groove  a  packing  of 
leather  and  India-rubber 
belting  in  alternating 
pieces  placed  radially. 
The  packing  projects  well 
out  of  the  rim,  and  is 
grooved  to  receive  the 
cable.  There  are  four  brakes,  one  for  each  sheave.  They  are  made 
of  hard  wood,  with  a  curved  outer  face  fitted  to  the  inside  of  the  rim 
of  the  sheave. 

585.  Cross  section  of  brake  frame  and  cable  sheaves  holding  the 
cable. 

586.  Lever  links  and  grip  blocks. 


587.  RAILWAY    TRACK    BRAKE.     By  the  double  toggle  joints 
and  lever  connection,  the  whole  weight  of  the  truck  and  end  of  car  is 

brought  to  bear 
on  the  brake 
slippers,  the 

J •  lever       fulcrum 

being  fixed  to 
the  truck  frame. 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,   ETC. 


227 


/>     588.  ROLLING 
AND      COM- 
PRESSING 
STEEL     CAR 
WHEELS.    Fow- 
ler   type.        Five 
small  wheel  tread 
rolls  spaced  around 
the  hot  car  wheel 
are  revolved   and 
pressed     to     the 
wheel   rim,    re- 
ducing   its    diam- 
eter a  half  inch.    The 
inner  form  of  the  wheel 
is    kept    true    during 
the  rolling  by   molds 
clamped  to  each  side. 
The    small    section 
shows    the  clamped 
wheel.     By  the  rolling 
process    the   tread  of 
the  wheel  is  condensed 
and    given   the    same 
quality  as  in  steel  tires. 
589.  Vertical  section 
of  frame  with  wheel 
between  the  rollers. 


590.  REVERSING  CAR  SEAT.  A  shifting 
back  seat  actuating  a  foot  rest  when  shifted,  to 
move  into  proper  position  to  carry  it  out  of  the  way 
of  the  occupant  of  the  seat  and  leave  a  baggage 
space  under  the  seat,  while  at  the  same  time,  by 
the  same  movement,  the  foot  rest  is  properly  placed 
for  the  occupant  of  the  rear  seat.  Also  to  tilt  the 
cushion  to  the  proper  level  for  each  way  the  seat  is 
turned. 


228 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES.    ETC. 


591.  FOUR-SPINDLE 
RAIL  DRILL,  arranged 
to  drill  four  f-inch  holes 
at  once,  either  in  line  or 
staggered. 

The  distances  of  the  drills 
are  compensated  by  double 
universal  joint  rods. 

The  drill  spindles  run  in 
sleeves  adjustable  on  a  cross 
bar,  which  slides  by  a  hand 
wheel  gear'  for  feeding  the 
drills. 


592.  CRANK-PIN  TURNING  MACHINE.    The  rig  comprises  es- 
sentially two  tool  carriages  turning  around  the  crank  shaft,  which  is 

fixed,  and  it  is  in- 
dependent of  any 
special  device  that 
may  be  used  for 
centering  the  shaft. 
The  two  tool  car- 
riages are  shaped 
as  circular  seg- 
ments and  are  dia- 
metrically opposite 
each  other,  pivoted 
at  one  end  on  a 
toothed  crown 
which  is  made  in  two  parts.  This  crown  turns  in  a  circular  frame,  also 
made  of  two  pieces,  and  is  driven  by  a  pinion  connected  with  a  pulley 
belted  to  the  shafting  of  the  shop.  The  circular  frame  is  mounted  on  a 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


229 


sliding  carriage  which  may  be  moved  with  a  screw,  automatically  or  by 
hand,  on  the  saddle  S,  adapted  in  size  and  shape  to  the  lathe  bed. 

The  position  of  each  of  the  tool  carriages  may  be  regulated  by  turning 
them  on  their  pivots,  bringing  them  nearer  or  farther  from  the  axis  of  the 
frame  which  coincides  with  that  of  the  journal  to  be  trued. 

593.  Cross  section  of  crank  pin  and  tools  set  in  the  tool  carriage 
sectors. 

594.  EXTENSION    CAR    STEP.     The    extension    step   is    car- 
ried   on  a    forked    arm  which   slides   in  guides    under    the    lowest 

fixed  step.      The   upper  end  of 
the  arm  is  connected  to  a  crank 
arm  fixed  on  a  shaft  carried  in 
brackets  under  the  top  step.     On 
the  inside  end  of  .this  shaft  is  a 
toothed  wheel  which  engages  with 
a   similarly   toothed  sector    fas- 
tened  to  the  face  of    the   step 
hanger.     This  sector  has  an  arm 
on  the  upper  end  of  the  arc  to 
which  a  link  is  attached,  and  the 
link  is  in  turn  fastened  to  the  un- 
der side  of  the  vestibule  trap  door.    When  the  vesti- 
bule trap  door  is  closed  the  crank  arm  on  the  shaft  is 
brought  to  its  highest  position  and  the  forked  arm 
with  the  extension  step  is  drawn  up  close  under  the 
fixed  step.     On  raising  the  trap  door  preparatory  to 
opening  the  vestibule  doors,  the  shaft  is  revolved  and 
the  forked  arm  pushed  out,  carrying  the  extension  step  with  it. 

595.  Side  view,  with  step  extended. 

596.  Side  view  with  step  closed. 


597.  TROLLEY  REPLACER.  The 
double  spiral  grooved  cone  carries  a  central 
groove  A  for  the  wire,  and  on  each  side  a 
helical  groove,  B,  B,  which  quickly  carries  the 
wire  to  the  central  groove  when  displaced. 
Thus  the  conductor  does  not  require  any  special 
skill  in  replacing  a  displaced  wheel,  for  if  the 
wheel  catches  the  wire  in  any  part  it  is  auto- 
matically carried  to  the  center  groove  A. 


230 


RAILWAY   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES,    ETC. 


598.  CAR  COUPLER.  Washburn  type. 
Has  the  side  movement  of  the  draw  bar,  and 
also  a  movement  of  the  head  of  the  coupler 
controlled  by  the  side  thrust  of  the  helical 
springs  for  centering  the  coupler  head. 


599.  BULLDOZER    PRESS.      For 

quickly  bending  straps  and  braces  of 
iron  or  steel  for  car  and  other  construct- 
ive work.  In  this  way  a  large  number 
of  forming  blocks  are  used  of  different 
designs  to  fit  the  slides  of  the  machine. 


SECTION  XIV. 


GEARING  AND  GEAR 
MOTION,  ETC. 


231 


SECTION    XIV. 

GEARING  AND   GEAR   MOTION,    ETC. 


600.  NOVEL     WORM     GEAR.     The  threads  of  a  spiral  worm, 
instead  of  gearing  into  teeth  like  those  of  an  ordinary  worm  wheel,  actu- 
ate a  series  of  rollers  turning  upon  studs,  which 
studs  are  attached  to  a  wheel  whose  axis  is  not 
parallel  to  that  of  the  worm,  but  placed  at  right 
angles  thereto.     When  motion  is  given  to  the 
worm  then  rotation  is  produced  in  the  roller 
wheel  at  a  rate  proportionable  to  the  pitch  of 
worm  and  diameter  of  wheel  respectively. 

The  pitch  line  of  the  screw  thread  forms  an  arc  of  a  circle  whose  center 
coincides  with  that  of  the  wheel,  therefore  the  thread  will  always  bear 
fairly  against  the  rollers  and  maintain  rolling  contact  therewith  during 
thie  whole  of  the  time  each  roller  is  in  gear,  and  by  turning  the  screw 
in  either  direction  the  wheel  will  rotate. 

601.  SWASH-PLATE    GEARS.      The    two    gears   A   and    B    in 
appearance   are   two   elliptical   gears   working   under   the   impossible 

condition  of  fixed  center  distances  with  their 
major  and  minor  axes  coinciding.  These 
gears  rotate  at  the  same  velocity  ratio,  and 
B  drives  a  third  spur  gear,  C,  having  flanged 
sides.  The  gear  C  is  not  only  rotated  but  is 
reciprocated  back  and  forth  along  its  bearing, 
engaging  the  sides  of  its  driving  gear.  It  is, 
D  of  course,  obvious  that  the  "elliptical"  gears 
are  in  reality  swash  plates  or  spur  gears, 
formed  as  a  diagonal  slice  from  a  spur  gear 
having  a  length  equal  to  the  elliptical  section 
projected  on  its  axis.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  teeth  are  cut  parallel 
with  the  shafts  and  all  are  the  same  distance  from  their  respective  cen- 
ters, so  that  the  paradox  is  one  of  appearance  only. 

233 


234 


GEARING  AND    GEAR   MOTION,   ETC. 


602.  STOP-GEAR    MOTION.     B  is  the  driving  gear,  with  a  loose 

sector,  A,  held  to  its  forward  position 
by  a  light  spring  to  catch  the  teeth 
of  the  driven  pinion  and  hold  them 
in  position  to  mesh  with  the  teeth  of 
the  driving  gear  when  its  stop  at  D 
reaches  the  sector.  The  stop  is  dur- 
ing the  traverse  of  open  space  through 
which  the  sector  moves. 

603.  Right  hand  figure  shows  commencement  of  the  stop  motion, 
which  ends  when  the  stop,  D,  reaches  the  sector. 

604.  VOLUTE    TAPPET    GEAR.     A  pinion  of  the  smallest  num- 
ber of  teeth,  consisting  of  two  spiral  teeth  so  curved  that  the  point  of 

one  tooth  engages  with  the  friction  roller  of 
[O)  ~7^"'  the  next  tooth  while  the  preceding  roller  is  en- 

gaged with  the  opposite  tooth  of  the  pinion. 
The  alternate  roller  teeth  are  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  roller  gear,  and  the  pinion  teeth  are 
offset  to  match  them. 


605.  GEARED  REVERSING  MOTION. 
Broken  sections  of  teeth  on  a  pair  of  bevel  gears 
alternately  reverse  the  motion  of  a  bevel  pinion. 

Guide  fingers  are  necessary  in  this  class  of 
gearing  for  insuring  the  meshing  of  the  teeth. 


606.   ELLIPTIC    LINKAGE  from    circular   gears.     Three   equal 
gears  D,  G,  C,  with  the  linkages  A,  E,  B. 

There  are  many  variations 
of  this  form  of  gear  and  link- 
age in  regard  to  the  forms  of 
curves  which  may  be  produced. 
Arm  B,  D,  is  twice  the  length 


of   arm   A,  C.      Link 
is  equal  to  A,  C. 


A,   E, 


GEARING   AND    GEAR   MOTION,    ETC. 


235 


607.  INTERRUPTING  CAM-GEAR  MO- 
TION. B,  the  driver.  The  motion  of  A  is 
from  fast  to  slow  or  slow  to  fast,  with  a  momen- 
tary stop  as  the  long  teeth  match  at  C  and  C. 
The  stop  motion  is  governed  by  the  form  of  the 
curves  of  the  long  teeth  at  C  and  C. 


608.  ELLIPTIC  LINK- 
AGE from  elliptic  gear. 
C  and  D  are  centers  of  revo- 
lution of  the  elliptic  gears, 
and  A,  B,  their  opposite  focii, 
to  which  the  link  A,  P,  B, 
is  attached.  P,  the  pencil, 
which  on  moving  from  the 
center  of  the  link,  will  pro- 
duce a  great  variety  of  curves. 


609.  CIRCULAR  FROM 
RECIPROCATING  MO- 
TION. A  lever  L,  moved  by 
any  reciprocating  power,  op- 
erates the  pawls  on  the  meshed 
gear  A,  B,  for  a  continuous 
motion  of  the  pinion  Q.  The 
bell-crank  levers  and  connect- 
ing rod  O  are  for  lifting  the 
pawls.  Suitable  for  a  wind- 
mill attachment. 
610.  Pawl  with  spring,  bell  crank  and  lanyard  for  lifting  the  pawl. 


236 


GEARING  AND    GEAR   MOTION,    ETC. 


611.  CRANK  SUBSTITUTE.  The  gear 
wheels  pinioned  to  the  link,  to  the  center  of  which 
the  pump  rod  is  pinioned,  give  a  parallel  motion 
to  the  pump,  thus  avoiding  the  lateral  thrust  of  a 
crank. 


612.  SUN    AND 


PLANET  MOTION  by  sprocket  wheels  and 
chain.  The  central  sprocket  on  the  pul- 
ley shaft  is  fixed.  The  belt  wheel  and 
its  arm  carries  the  second  sprocket  around 
with  its  arm  constantly  in  one  direction, 
which  makes  its  outer  end  describe  a 
circle  eccentric  to  the  driving  shaft  center. 


The  eccentric  circle  is  not  shown  in  the  diagram. 


613.  INTERMITTENT     ROTARY     MOTION  by  a  triangular 
cam  on  a  rotating  shaft.     The  cam  works  in  a  yoke  forming  part  of 

a  sliding  and  vibratory  lever  dog, 
the  opposite  ends  of  which  are 
adapted  to  alternately  engage 
with  the  teeth  of  the  crown-gear 
wheel,  one  end  of  the  vibratory 
lever  dog  being  held  by  a  ful- 
crum piece  or  guide  so  that  the 
cam  vibrates  the  other  end. 

614.  Front  view  of  cam,  lever  dog  and  toothed  wheel. 


615.  FRICTION    GEAR    with  cog  check  to  pre- 
vent slipping.     A  smooth  running  gear. 


GEARING  AND   GEAR   MOTION,    ETC. 


237 


616.  PARALLELISM  FROM  CIR- 
CULAR MOTION.  A  central  pulley 
which  is  stationary  and  belted  to  a  pulley 
of  the  same  size,  but  loose  on  an  arm  re- 
volving around  the  stationary  pulley,  will 
have  an  indicator  arm  on  the  moving 
pulley  always  in  the  same  direction. 

An  idler  pinion  on  the  arm  between  two 
equal  gears  will  also  produce  the  same 
effect  on  revolving  the  arm  and  index 
wheel  around  the  central  gear  wheel. 


CIRCULARLY  VIBRATING  MOTION.  A  ring  plate  pin- 
ioned to  three  gears  driven 
by  a  central  gear,  or  a  right 
and  left  screw  worm,  left 
hand  figure,  will  swing  the 
ring  plate  in  a  circle  equal 
to  twice  the  distance  of 
the  wrist  pins  from  the 
center  of  the  gear  wheels. 


618.  DIFFERENTIAL  SPEED  GEAR.  A  speed  gearing  in  which 
a  center  pinion  driven  at  a  constant  rate  of  speed  drives  directly  and  at 

different  rates  of  speed  a  series 
of  pinions  mounted  in  a  sur- 
rounding revoluble  case  or 
shell,  so  that  by  turning  the 
shell  one  or  another  of  the 
secondary  pinions  may  be 
brought  into  operative  relation 
to  the  parts  to  be  driven  there- 
from. 

C,  a  stop  for  locating  each 
speed  pinion. 

Each  shaft  of  the  pinions,  F,  F,  F,  carries  below  the  plate  a  gear  of 
uniform  size,  E,  which  alternately  meshes  with  the  driven  wheel  by  the 
different  positions  of  the  shell. 


GEARING   AND    GEAR   MOTION,   ETC. 


619.  EPICYCLIC  TRAIN.  In  which  262,500  revolutions  of  the 
left  side  shaft  must  be  made  to  produce  one  revolution  in  the  right  side 
shaft. 


The  order  of  teeth,  as  marked  on  the  diagram,  beginning  with  the  fixed 
gear  A,  which  has  303  teeth ;  B,  on  the  cross-arm  shaft,  40  teeth ;  D,  at 
the  other  end  of  the  cross-arm  shaft,  33  teeth ;  E,  also  fixed  to  the  cross- 
arm  shaft,  40  teeth;  F,  on  the  high-speed  shaft,  12  teeth;  C,  on  the 
slowest  wheel  shaft,  250  teeth. 


620.  TRANSMISSION  GEAR 
for  automobiles.  The  three  inter- 
mediate gears  are  pinioned  to  a 
separate  plate  from  the  outside 
gear,  and  controlled  by  a  brake 
strap.  There  being  two  compart- 
ments and  two  sets  of  gear,  the 
brake  strap  on  each  compart- 
ment controls  the  speed  and  the 
reverse  motion. 

621.  Left  hand  set  of  gears. 

622.  Right  hand  set  of  gears. 


GEARING  AND    GEAR   MOTION,   ETC. 


239 


623.  VARIABLE  SPEED  FRICTION   GEAR.     The  disks  on  the 
shaft  B  are  permanently  fastened  in  position  by  blind  screws,  and  the 

flanges  C,  C  grip  two  other  disks 
D,  D,  the  latter  having  springs 
between  them  to  force  them 

D_^.|    llft^sjlilimssg^        apart    and    insure    a    good    frk. 

tional  contact  with  the  disks 
C,  C.  The  curves  are  circular 
arcs  with  different  radii  for  the 
two  sets  of  disks,  and  the  de- 
sign is  so  worked  out  that  it  is 
but  necessary  to  move  the  two  shafts  together  or  asunder  the  distance 
E,  about  £  inch,  to  obtain  the  entire  range  of  the  speed  variation. 


624.  VARIABLE     SPEED     GEAR.     In  the  engraving  the  shaft, 
driven  direct  or  through  back  gears  from  the  pulleys,  is  shown  at  a.    This 

shaft  carries  at  b  a  long  pinion. 
At  c  is  a  nest  of  spur  gears  secured 
on  the  shaft  d,  through  which  the 
machine  mechanism  is  actuated. 
Six  gears  will  be  noticed  in  this 
bank  in  the  revolving  gear  box. 
Carried  by  a  rotating  frame  e 
and  meshing  with  pinion  b  are 
idler  gears,  which,  as  e  is  turned 
through  pinion  and  gear  actuated 
by  means  of  crank-handle  F,  mesh 
one  after  another  with  their  mat- 
ing gears  in  cone  c,  thus  giving  for  each  gear  so  engaged  a  different  rate 
of  speed  to  shaft  d. 

One  turn  of  crank  F  suffices  to  swing  one  idler  out  of  mesh  with  its 
mate  and  throw  the  next  into  action.  Hence  it  is  an  easy  matter  for  the 
operator  to  change  the  speed  even  with  the  machine  in  motion,  as  he 
has  only  to  spring  the  crank  out  of  a  notch  which  serves  to  lock  it  fast 
in  the  position  indicated  and  revolve  it  until  the  required  intermediate 
is  engaged  with  the  gear  cone,  when  the  handle  is  again  locked  fast  by 
dropping  into  the  notch. 

625.  Plan  of  the  revolving  gear  box  and  handle,  F. 


Sift 


240 


GEARING  AND    GEAR   MOTION,   ETC. 


626.  VARIABLE  SPEED  GEAR,  for  automobiles.     German  type. 
The  gear  is  of  the  permanent  mesh  type,  and  is  adapted  to  give  four 

changes  of  speed  and  reverse  mo- 
tion. The  changes  are  effected 
noiselessly  and  entirely  without 
shock  by  means  of  a  system  of 
levers  actuating  friction  cones, 
motion  to  the  levers  being  trans- 
mitted by  a  series  of  grooved 
i  cams  cut  from  the  solid  on  an 
auxiliary  shaft.  The  various 
changes  of  speed,  as  well  as  the 
reverse  motion,  are  controlled  by  one  lever  or  wheel  which  actuates  the 
cam  shaft.  All  the  gears  are  cut  from  solid  steel  forgings,  and  are  in- 
closed in  an  oil-containing  aluminum  case.  It  will  be  noticed  from  the 
drawing  that  the  shaft  on  which  the  driven  pinions  are  mounted  also 
carries  the  differential  gear,  the  shaft  being  designed  to  transmit  the 
power  by  chains  to  the  rear  road  wheels  of  the  car  to  which  the  gear 
is  fitted. 


627.  DRIVING  GEAR  FOR  A  LATHE,  change  speed  gear  on 
two  vertical  shafts  beneath  the  lathe  head.  The  method  of  connecting 
motor  and  spindle  is  clearly  shown.  The 
armature  shaft  is  fitted  with  a  bevel  pin- 
ion which  drives  through  bevel  reversing 
gears  and  a  vertical  shaft  a  cone  of  five 
gears  which  mesh  with  five  loose  gears  on 
another  vertical  shaft,  the  latter  being 
connected  by  bevel  gears  with  the  lathe 
spindle.  By  means  of  a  sliding  key,  oper- 
ated by  a  lever  at  the  front  of  the  head, 
any  one  of  the  loose  gears  may  be  in- 
stantly connected  to  and  made  to  drive 
the  shaft;  thus  the  speed  of  the  spindle 
is  very  readily  changed.  The  spindle  is 
back-geared  in  the  usual  manner.  The 
lever  for  starting,  stopping,  or  reversing 
the  spindle  is  operated  by  a  rod  running 
the  full  length  of  the  bed  and  within 
convenient  reach  of  the  operator. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

RUBBER  GARDEN   HOSE 

-A 


Facsimile  of  a  section  of  Rainbow  Ribbon  Hose 

OUR   BRANDS   ARE: 

PERFECTED 

PEERLESS 

KNICKER 

BLUE  RIBBON 

RAINBOW  RIBBON 

STERLING 

RELIANCE 

LAKESIDE 

CROWN 


NET    PRICi  TED    ON    REQUEST 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Conducting 

Garden 


Engine 


Hydrant 


Perfected 
Peerless 
Knicker 

Blue 
Ribbon 


Rainbow 
Ribbon 

Sterling 
Reliance 
Lakeside 

Crown 


Made  only  in 


inch  and 


inch. 


INT. 
DIAM. 

CONDUCT'G 
2-PLY 

HYDRANT 
3-PLY 

ENGINE 
4-PLY 

ENGINE 
5-PLY 

ENGINE 
6-PLY 

fin. 

$0  20 

$025 

$o  30 

$o  37 

$045 

4  " 

25 

30 

37 

46 

55 

i     ' 

33 

40 

50 

62 

75 

il 

42 

50 

62 

77 

93 

li 

50 

60 

75 

93 

12 

if 

70 

87 

08 

30 

2 

66 

80 

I   OO 

25 

5° 

2i 

75 

oo 

I     12 

40 

68 

24 

83 

I    OO 

I    25 

56 

87 

2f 

92 

I    IO 

i   37 

2  05 

3 

99 

i  20 

i   50 

87 

2  25 

34 

i   16 

i  40 

i  75 

2    18 

2  62 

4 
5 

i  32 
i  65 

i  60 

2   OO 

2  OO 
2    50 

2    50 

3   «3 

3  oo 
3  75 

6 

i  98 

.       2   40 

3  oo 

3  75 

4  50 

7 

2    31 

2   80 

3  50 

4  38 

5  25 

8 

2  64 

3    20 

4  oo 

5  oo 

6  oo 

9 

2  97 

360 

4  50 

563 

675 

10 

3  33 

4  oo 

5  oo 

625 

7  50 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


This  is  the  lightest  hose  we  manufacture,  and  is  specially 
adapted  for  conducting  water  under  moderate  pressure. 

The  larger  sizes  are  mostly  used  for  Tank  Hose  at  railway 
stations. 


This  hose  is  of  medium  strength,  and  is  intended  for  Hydrant, 
Garden  and  Force-Pump  uses,  where  the  pressure  does  not  ex- 
ceed 75  pounds  per  square  inch. 


This  hose  is  made  to  stand  a  pressure  of  from  100  to  200 
pounds  per  square  inch,  and  is  recommended  for  all  general  uses 
where  a  good,  strong,  reliable  hose  is  required. 


• 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RUBBER    FIRE-ENGINE   HOSE 


In  the  manufacture  of  Mechanical  Rubber  Goods  there  is  noth- 
ing made  which  calls  for  greater  care  than  Fire  Hose.  This  is 
true  in  both  the  quality  of  the  material  and  labor.  In  our  hose 
especial  care  is  made  in  the  selection  of  the  duck,  which  is  made 
to  order  for  us  from  Texas  Cotton.  The  fine  Para  used  therein, 
being  the  best,  undergoes  a  thorough  method  of  preparation  before 
it  is  used.  We  would  call  the  attention  of  those  desiring  to  pur- 
chase Fire  Hose  to  the  fact  that  we  have  in  the  New  York  Fire 
Department,  hose  which  has  been  in  constant  use  for  over  eight 
years  and  shows  no  sign  of  giving  out. 

We  manufacture  it  in  four  grades: 

Perfected,  <C^>  Peerless  and  Lakeside 


All  brands  guaranteed  to  fulfill  pressure  specifications  of  any 
fire  department. 

PRICE-LIST 

i-J  inch,  4-ply,  per  foot  ........................  $o  75 

2  "  ........................      I    00 

2i       '  "  ........................      I    12 


GEARING   AND    GEAR   MOTION,    ETC. 


241 


628.  VARIABLE  SPEED   GEAR.     On  driving  shaft  A  are  secured 
four  spur  gears.     Shaft  B  above  also  has  four  gears  fast  upon  it.    A 

frame  or  box  C,  which 

|F|  !  is  mounted  in  such  a 

way  that  it  may  be 
turned  by  handle  D, 
carries  four  interme- 
diate gears  which 
mesh  with  the  driv- 
ing gear  on  shaft  A. 
As  frame  C  is  turned, 
anyone  of  the  driving 
gears  may  be  con- 
nected— by  means  of 
its  intermediate — with  its  mate  on  shaft  B.  The  index  plate  on  handle 
D  shows  how  far  it  should  be  turned  to  obtain  a  certain  speed,  and 
when  the  gears  are  properly  in  mesh  a  spring  pin  E  drops  into  a  hole  in 
the  frame  and  locks  it  in  position.  The  vertical  shaft  F  can  be  driven  in 
either  direction  by  means  of  the  bevel  gears  and  clutch  on  shaft  B,  the 
clutch  being  moved  by  a  lever. 

629.  Plan  of  intermediate  gears  and  spring  pin. 

630.  VARIABLE   DRIVE  MOTION.    Two  cone  pulleys  mounted 
with  differential  spur  gear  on  the  driving  shaft  with  a  cross  arm  and 

bevel  gears,  give  a  variety 
of  speeds  between  the  two 
cone  pulleys.  The  arm,  J, 
runs  loose  on  the  shaft  and 
carries  the  bevel  pinions 
and  a  spur  gear,  K,  which 
operates  the  differential  set 
of  gears  H,  I. 


SECTION  XV. 


MOTION  AND  CONTROLLING 
DEVICES,  ETC. 


243 


Section  XV. 

MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES, 
ETC. 


631.  PARALLEL  MOTION.  Peau- 
cellier's  seven  links.  The  pivots  on  the 
square  plates  are  fixed  points.  The  joint 
at  A  makes  a  straight  line.  All  the  short 
links  are  equal  to  the  length  of  the  fixed 
1  pivots.  The  other  links  are  three  times 
the  length  of  the  short  links. 

632.  PARALLEL     MOTION.     The  three  pivots  on  the  square 
plates  are  fixed  points  in  a  seven-link  movement.     The  links  are  in 

pairs  or  multiples  of  pairs.  The 
horizontal  bar  has  a  motion  on  a 
straight  line  in  the  direction  of  the 
three  fixed  points. 


633.  PARALLEL  MOTION.  The  three 
pivots  on  the  square  plates  are  fixed  points  on  an 
eight-link  straight-line  movement  at  right  angles 
to  the  line  of  the  fixed  points.  The  links  are  in 
pairs  of  equal  length. 


634.  THREE -POINT  STRAIGHT-LINE 
LINKAGE.  Two  links  are  on  fixed  pivots  and 
pivoted  to  the  triangular  piece  at  half  the  length 
of  the  fixed  pivots  distance.  The  end  of  the  tri- 
angular piece  carries  a  tracer  on  the  line  of  the 
fixed  pivots.  At  three  points  in  the  double  curve 
the  tracer  crosses  a  straight  line. 
245 


246 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


635.  THREE -POINT  STRAIGHT- LINE 
LINKAGE.  The  radial  bars  are  of  equal  length. 
The  cross  link  is  half  the  length  between  the 
fixed  pivots  with  the  tracer  in  its  center.  The 
center  and  extreme  points  are  in  a  straight  line. 


636.  THE    DEAD    CENTER     PROBLEM.      Two    cranks    and 
treadles  with  the  driven  crank  at  an  angle  hold  the  treadle  crank  in 

position  for  starting. 
J,  spring,  I,  connect- 
ing rod,  to  hold  the 
crank  in  position  for 
starting. 


637.  Side  view  of  cranks  and  treadle  connections. 


638.  THE  DEAD  CENTER  PROB- 
LEM. The  crank  pin  is  held  off  the  cen- 
ter by  the  spring  J,  the  tension  of  which 
always  pushes  the  crank  pin  off  the  center. 
Shows  the  action  of  a  single  treadle  in 
the  two  extreme  positions. 


639.  THE  DEAD  CENTER  PROBLEM. 
A  supplementary  crank  set  at  an  angle  with  the 
pedal  crank  and  a  spring  J,  to  bring  the  pedal 
crank  to  the  proper  position  for  starting. 

The  dotted  lines  show  the  opposite  position 
of  a  center  hung  treadle. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


247 


ff 


640.  CRANK  SUBSTITUTE.  The  shaft  to  be 
driven  has  recesses  in  which  are  pawls  or  friction 
devices,  two  rings  being  placed  on  the  sleeve  hav- 
ing internal  ratchets  when  pawls  are  used,  while 
bands  are  connected  to  the  rings  and  to  a  frame  so 
that  when  the  frame  is  moved  downward  one  of  the 
rings  on  the  sleeve  will  move  the  balance  wheel,  while 
as  the  frame  moves  upward  the  other  ring  drives  the 
balance  wheel,  the  opposite  pawls  or  friction  device 
slipping  over  their  respective  rings  alternately  with 
the  contrary  movements. 


641.  SHORT-RANGE  WALKING  BEAM. 
By  the  interlocking  linkage  the  cylinder  and 
crank  can  be  brought  close  together. 

None  of  the  motions  in  this  linkage  are 
parallel.  The  piston  rod  is  the  guide  to  the 
last  link. 


642.  TURNING  A  SQUARE  BY 
CIRCULAR  MOTION.  A  device  one 
hundred  and  fifty  years  old.  Not  an  eco- 
nomical device  for  square  work,  but  ap- 
plicable for  irregular  and  fluted  work.  Pos- 
sibly the  original  idea  of  the  rose  lathe. 


643.  DOUBLE-LINK  UNIVERSAL  JOINT.      This  arrangement 

allows  of  a  large  deviating  angle 
in  the  line  of  shafting.  The  pins 
have  each  a  clear  way  through 
the  swivel  blocks. 


248 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


644.  CHANGE   SPEED   PULLEYS.     Lazy-tongs  type.     The  de- 
vice comprises  two  pulleys,  A  and  B,  the  rims  of  which  are  made  in  sec- 
tions so  that  their  diameters 
can  be  varied.      By  turning 
the  crank  C  the  diameter  of 
A  is  altered,  while  that  of  B 
changes    under    pressure  of 
the  helical  springs  surround- 
ing   its    axle,   thus  keeping 
the  tension  of  the  belt  prac- 
tically constant. 

The  rim  sections  or  shoes 
of  these  pulleys  are  supported 
upon  a  felly,  or  framework 
formed  of  two  lazy  tongs  joined  at  their  summits  and  pivoted  together  at 
the  middle  of  their  branches  so  as  to  form  a  series  of  equal  diamonds 
which  must  all  elongate  or  flatten  simultaneously. 

645.  MULTIPLE-SHAFT  DRIVING  DEVICE.     The  four  crank 
pins  are  pivoted  on  an  oscillating  and  sliding  sleeve  on  a  central  post, 

as  shown  .in  the  plan 
and  vertical  section. 
Either  shaft  may  be 
the  driver.  All  the 
shafts  must  be  at  right 
angles  with  each  other, 
and  in  the  same  plane 
for  perfect  action. 

646.  Vertical  sec- 
tion showing  central 
sliding  post. 


647.  RECIPROCATING  WITH  STOP 
MOTION.  A  swing  lever  operated  by  a 
crank  may  have  two  stops  in  each  revolution 
by  the  opposite  curves  in  the  slot  of  the  lever, 
which  are  circular,  having  their  radii  to  cor- 
respond with  the  distance  from  the  crank  cen- 
ter to  the  outside  of  the  crank  pin. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


249 


648.  RECIPROCATING  MOTION 
with  a  stop  at  each  stroke  from  uniform 
crank  motion.  The  crank  pin  follows  the 
opposite  curves  in  slot  at  each  half  revo- 
lution.  Rebounding  at  the  wide  part  of 
the  slots  is  opposed  by  buffer  springs. 


649.  RECIPROCATING  INTO  ROTARY 
MOTION  WITHOUT  DEAD  CENTERS. 
The  cross-head  B,  with  the  peculiar  slot  C,  and 
offset  at  D  carries  the  roller  crank  pin  over  the 


650.  RIGHT -ANGLE 
COUPLING    for    revolving 
shafting. 

A,  driving  shaft  and  crank. 
B,  driven  shaft  crank.  C, 
point  of  intersection  of  shaft 
centers.  D,  driving  crank 
pin,  pointing  to  the  center  C. 
E,  connecting  arm.  F,  oscil- 
lating piece  with  pins  point- 
ing to  the  center  C.  G,  con- 
necting arm  to  crank  pin  of 
driven  shaft  at  H.  J,  a  right- 
angle  motion  piece  to  prevent 
the  driven  shaft  sticking  on 
the  dead  center.  It  has  two 
motions  in  each  arm. 

651.  Vertical  section  of  the 
oscillating  piece  with  swivel 
joints  in  the  shell. 


250 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


652.  REVERSIBLE  FRICTION  RATCHET.     Motion   is  trans- 
mitted to  the  shaft  by  a  set  of  friction  rolls  and  the  hardened  steel  block 

C,  to  which  the  shaft  is  keyed. 
As  the  casing  is  oscillated  in 
one  direction  or  the  other,  one 
set  of  the  steel  rollers,  E,  E, 
or  F,  F,  becomes  bound  be- 
tween the  block  and  the  cas- 
ing and  causes  them  to  re- 
volve together.  As  soon  as 
the  direction  of  rotation  of 
the  casing  is  reversed  the  rolls 
are  freed  from  their  contact 
and  the  casing  is  moved 

backward  independent  of  the  block. 

In  order  to  hold  the  other  set  inoperative,  a  cover  plate  is  placed  over 

the  face  of  the  ratchet  block  and  fastened  to  it  by  two  bolts,  G,  G.     At 

the  points  where  these  bolts  pass  through  the  plate  are  two  grooves  which 

allow  the  plate  to  turn. 

This  plate  is  fitted  with  six  retaining  pins,  H,  H,  H.     When  the  plate 

is  moved  so  that  the  bolts  are  at  one  side  of  the  slot,  these  pins  hold  one 

set  of  rollers  out  of  action  as  shown. 

653.  Half  section  showing  one  set  of  rollers  held  back  by  the  pins 
'and  plate. 


654.  FRICTION-PLATE 
CLUTCH.  In  this  model  the 
plates  are  pressed  into  V-shaped 
rings  \vith  perforations  for  lubrica- 
tion. The  V  shape  allows  of  a 
great  friction  with  light  pressure  on 
the  clutch  lever. 

Alternate  V  plates  are  fixed  to 
outer  shell  by  their  mortised  edges, 
and  the  intervening  plates  to  the 
inner  hub  in  the  same  manner. 
The  perforations  for  lubricating  are 
shown  in  the  lower  section  of  the 
cut,  No.  655. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


251 


656.  FRICTION  CLUTCH.  Brown 
type.  The  usual  sliding  sleeve  on  the 
shaft  and  connection  to  an  arm  on  a 
right  and  left  double-thread  screw,  which 
expands  the  friction  blocks  and  so  clutches 
the  inner  face  of  the  pulley  rim. 


657.  EXPANDING  WRENCH  OR  CHUCK. 

One  of  the  triangular  jaws  is  recessed  to  form 
an  abutment  for  the  adjusting  screws  c,  d,  and 
two -other  jaws  are  slotted  to  pass  over  the  screws. 
The  square  can  be  varied  in  size  to  fit  various 
sizes  of  tap  shanks  or  drill  shanks  when  the  de- 
vice is  used  as  a  chuck. 


658.  MULTIPLE  BALL  BEAR- 
INGS, for  vehicles.  The  four  rings  of 
balls  A,  A,  A,  A,  are  held  in  place  by  the 
ring  cones,  B,  B,  B,  B,  and  the  whole 
held  in  place  by  the  nut  and  check  nut  D. 
C,  C,  channel  sleeves  that  give  the  balls 
a  three  point  bearing. 


659.    SHAFT -THRUST    BALL    BEARINGS 

on  a  vertical  shaft.     A,  A,  grooved  rings  with  out- 
side conical  bearings.     D,  a  spherical  bearing  collar 
resting  on  the  foot  flange  C.     F,  retaining  collar, 
The  balls  have  four  point  bearings. 


252 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


660.  BICYCLE  BALL  BEARING,  with 
hourglass  separating  rollers.  The  balls  have 
three  points  of  pressure  contact,  two  on  the 
cone  and  one  on  the  cup. 

The  separating  rollers  are  carried  by  a 
guide  ring  frame. 


66 1.  BALL-BEARING  CAS- 
TOR. The  rolling  sphere  A  is 
held  in  position  by  the  sheet  met- 
al case  E.  About  40  small  balls 
are  arranged  to  circulate  under  the 
bearing  plate  B,  guided  and  held 
in  place  by  the  case  C.  The  balls 
traverse  around  the  annular 
space  D. 


662.  SPRING     MOTOR.     A  series  of  coiled  springs  and  drums 
arranged  side  by  side  on  a  shaft,  and  combined  together  and  with  the 

winding-up  mechanism  and  trans- 
mitting mechanism  in  such  manner 
as  to  constitute  in  effect  one  spring 
of  great  length  but  in  separate  coils, 
which  gives  much  better  results 
in  practice  than  a  single  spring  of 
the  same  length  in  a  single  coil  will. 
The  first  spring  A  is  attached  at 
the  inner  end  of  the  coil  to  the  wind- 
i  ing-up  shaft  B,  which  also  serves  for 
mounting  the  spring  drums  and 
the  transmitting  wheel  C.  At  the 
outer  end  of  said  coil  this  spring, 
A,  is  attached  to  the  hollow  drum  D  mounted  loosely  on  the  shaft.  This 
drum  has  a  central  hub,  E,  extending  along  the  shaft  B  within  the  second 
drum  F,  and  the  spring  G  in  said  drum  is  attached  to  said  hub  at  its 
inner  end,  the  outer  end  being  attached  to  the  drum  F.  This  drum  F 
also  has  a  hub  H,  extending  into  drum  I,  and  the  spring  K  therein  is  at- 
tached to  it  and  to  the  drum  as  the  others  are. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


253 


663.  SPRING  MOTOR.     A  pair  of  shafts  arranged  parallel  to  each 
other,  and  geared  together  so  that  one  turns  faster  than  the  other,  and  a 

long  India-rubber    or    other 

"     B    B  a   °  elastic  band  or  cord  wound 

or  coiled  on  the  shaft  which 
moves  slowest,  then  attached 
to  the  other  and  wound  on  to 
it  from  the  first  in  a  way  to 
stretch  the  band  through  its 
whole  length,  and   so  that, 
when  the  shafts  are  released, 
motion  will  be  imparted  to 
them  by  the  spring,  which  will 
wind  back  on  to  the  first  shaft. 
A  is  one  of  the  shafts  and  B  the  other.     They  are  arranged  on  a 
frame,  and  geared  together  at  one  end  by  the  large  wheel  D  and  the 
small  one  E. 

F  is  the  India-rubber  belt.  It  is  fastened  at  G  to  the  shaft,  and  wound 
spirally  thereon,  as  shown,  the  coil  extending  from  end  to  end  of  the 
shaft;  then  the  other  end  is  attached  to  the  shaft  B  at  H,  and,  the  shafts 
being  turned  by  hand,  the  belt  will  be  wound  off  from  A  and  on  to  B,  and 
at  the  same  time  stretched  as  much  as  is  due  to  the  difference  in  speed  of 
the  shafts.  As  the  shafts  revolve  in  opposite  directions,  the  band  winds 
from  the  top  of  one  to  the  bottom  of  the  other. 

664.  Section  of  shafts,  gear  and  spring  brake. 


665.  WEIGHT-DRIVEN  MOTOR. 
A  gear  train  and  winding  drum  for  a 
rope ;  a  ratchet  wheel  and  pawl  for 
winding  up  the  weight.  A  fly  wheel, 
shaft,  and  crank  gives  a  reciprocating 
motion  to  a  lever  or  for  any  purpose  of 
motion. 


254 


MOTION  AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


666.  SPRING    MOTOR.     With  continuous  motion  while  winding. 
A,  spring.  B,  drum  attached  to  driving  gear  C.     E,  ratchet,  fast  on  shaft. 


F,  gear  loose  on  shaft  and  carrying  pawl  b.     G,  idler  gear  between 
E  and  D.     Used  for  running  sewing  machines. 

667.  Section  showing  spring  and  driving  gear. 

668.  Plan  with  driving  and  winding  gear,  which  does  not  stop  the 
motion  while  winding. 


669.   WEIGHT-DRIVEN    MOTOR.     The  power  is  furnished  by 
the  two  weights  shown,  one  on  each  side,  ropes  from  which  are  carried 

to  and  are  wound 
around  two  drums, 
which  form  part  of 
clockwork  mechan- 
ism, with  pallet  wheel 
and  escapement.  Im- 
mediately below  the 
wheels  attached  to  the 
power  drums  are  pin- 
ions  with  square- 
headed  shafts,  o  n 
which  handles  can  be 
placed,  and  which  are 
used  to  wind  up  the 
weights.  The  frame  which  carries  the  two  pawls  engaging  the  'scape 
wheel  is  pivoted  directly  in  a  vertical  line  above  the  axle  of  the  'scape 
wheel,  and  as  tooth  after  tooth  of  the  wheel  passes  a  pawl  the  frame 
rocks  like  the  walking  beam  of  a  steam  engine. 


MOTION  AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


255 


670.  SWING  MOTOR.  A  wheel 
has  a  hub  with  two  sets  of  ratchet  teeth 
standing  in  opposite  directions,  as 
shown,  collars  fitting  loosely  on  the  hub 
over  the  ratchet  teeth,  and  pawls  ful- 
crumed  on  the  collars  to  engage  the 
teeth,  while  a  lever  mounted  to  swing 
on  a  stud  is  connected  by  belts  to  arms 
extending  outward  from  the  pawls. 
The  wheel  with  its  hub  is  held  in 
place  on  the  shaft  by  a  washer, 
which  also  serves  to  hold  the  collars 
in  place. 

671.  Section  showing  ratchet  and  pawl  for  forward  motion. 

672.  Section  of  ratchet  and  pawl  set  for  backward  motion. 


673.  AMMONIA  COMPRESS- 
OR. Two  strokes  of  a  single-acting 
piston  to  each  revolution  of  the  crank 
by  the  double-acting  toggle.  In  this 
design,  the  action  of  the  toggle  com- 
pensates the  difference  of  pressure 
in  the  steam  and  ammonia  cylinder. 
National  Refrigerator  Co.  type. 


674.  AMMONIA  COM- 
PRESSOR. Illustrates  the 
T,  crank  movement  for  op- 
erating a  duplex  compressor 
with  single-acting  pistons. 
Cylinders  are  overhead  with 
water  jackets. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


675.  COIN-IN-THE-SLOT    GAS    METER.     A  coin  dropped  in 
the  slot  falls  on  the  lever  L,  and  by  depressing  it  locks  the  outside  handle 

to  the  plug  of  the  gas 
cock.  The  opening  of 
the  cock  by  the  handle 
sets  a  springand  winds 
up  a  small  clock  move- 
ment, setting  it  in  mo- 
tion. A  small  cam,  C, 
is  set  in  motion  against 
the  lever  D,  and  re- 
leases the  weight  H, 
which  has  been  lifted 
by  the  sector  S  and 
clock  train  at  the  mo- 
ment when  the  meas- 
ure of  gas  allowance 
is  made. 

676.  Part  of  the  clock  train,  releasing  lever  and  driving  weight. 

677.  Slot  passage  to  coin  lever,  handle  and  winding  gear. 


678.  SPIRAL  FLUTING  LATHE.  The  baluster  is  fed  endways 
against  a  lateral  tool,  being  rotated  on  its  axis  at  such  a  rate  as  shall  im- 
part the  number  of  turns  or  part  of  a 
turn  to  the  foot  in  length.  Of  this 
kind  is  A,  in  which  the  piece  a  to  be 
cut  is  moved  longitudinally  through 
the  holder  b,  and  at  the  same  time  is 
rotated  so  that  the  tool  c  in  its  revolu- 
tions may  cut  the  spiral  groove  shown 
at  a'. 

679.  B  is  a  fluting  lathe  in  which 
a  pair  of  cutters  revolve  in  a  plane 
oblique  with  the  line  of  motion  of  the 
baluster.  The  latter  is  moved  longi- 
tudinally by  the  rack  and  pinion  e  g, 
and  rotated  by  the  wheel  and  pinion 
h  i;  the  cutters  m  m  rotating  in  par- 
-  allel  planes  cut  two  grooves  at  once. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

Extra  List  for 


List  Prices  for  Winding  Steam,  Water  and  Brewers'  Hose  with 
Round  Tinned-Steel  Wire 


SIZE 

3-PLY 

4-PLY 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

i  inch,  per  foot    .... 

$<>  04 

$005 

$o  06 

$o  07 

i 

05 

o6i 

08 

10 

o<H 

08 

10 

12 

u 

084 

10 

J3 

15 

14 

10 

12* 

15 

18 

if 

ni 

14 

18 

21 

2 

13 

16 

20 

24 

2i 

18 

23 

28 

2*                                         .... 

16 

20    ' 

25 

30 

List  Prices  for  Winding  Steam,  Water  and  Brewers'  Hose  with 
Flat  Tinned-Steel  Wire 


s 

IZE 

3-PLY              4-PLY 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

4  i.u 

h,  per 

foot    .... 

$o  09               $o  10 

|o  ii 

$0    12 

i 

II                                12 

13 

14 

i 

13                                14 

15 

16 

ii 

15                     16 

17 

18 

u 

18                     19 

20 

21 

ii 

20                             21 

22 

23 

2 

23                              24 

25 

26 

2i 

25                              26 

27 

28 

*i 

27                             28 

29 

3« 

For  covering  with  Canvas  or  Frictioned  Duck,  price  of  one  extra  ply  is 

added  to  the  list  price  of  the  hose  so  covered. 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


Extra  List  for 

WIRE-WINDING   HOSE 


List  Prices  for  Winding  Steam  Hose  with  A'iarline 


3-PLY 

4-PLY 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

^  inch,  per  foot    .... 

$o  03 

$o  04 

$005 

Jo  06 

f                              .... 

04 

05 

06 

07 

05 

07 

08 

C9 

ii       '                       .... 

07 

08 

l(Q 

10 

ii       '                       ....'. 

08 

09 

IO 

ii 

i&       '                      .... 

oo 

10 

II 

12 

•*                               ... 

vio 

1  1 

12 

13 

2i         '                                -..- 

ii 

12 

'3 

14 

2i       '•                      .... 

12 

13 

M 

15 

For  covering  with  Canvas  or  Frictioned  Duck,  price  of  one  extra  ply  is 
added  to  the  list  price  of  the  hose  so  covered. 

For  Winding  with  Peerless  Grip.    Wire  Will  Not  Unwind  if  Cut. 


PER  FOOT 

3-PLY 

4-PLY 

5-PLY 

ji 
6-PLY   PER  FOOT 

l! 

3-PLY 

4-PLY 

I 
5-PLY  6-PLY 

i  inch 

$o  09 

$0    II 

$o  14 

$o  16 

if  inch 

$o  29 

$o  38 

$o  48    $o  57 

i      " 

14 

24 

28 

2          " 

37 

49 

61         74 

i 

18 

22 

24 
29 

30 
36 

36 
4? 

2*   ;; 

44 
51 

§ 

74         89 

85        I    02 

i*      " 

26 

34 

42 

3 

54 

72 

00        I    08 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RAILROAD    RUBBER   CEMENT 


A  Rubber  Cement  for  Air-Brake,  Steam  and  other  Hose 
Couplings. 

Our  Cement  is  the  result  of  numerous  experiments  to  produce 
an  article  at  a  moderate  price  for  this  use.  That  we  have  suc- 
ceeded is  proven  by  our  having  it  in  use  by  the  leading  railroads. 

We  put  it  up  in  one-quart  and  one  to  ten-gallon  cans. 

PEERLESS 
QUICK  CURE  RUBBER  CEMENT 

Blue  Band 

We  make  a  finer  quality  for  general  use,  repairing  automobiles 
and  bicycle  tires,  etc.  Put  up  in  packages,  viz  : 

Half-Pints,  per  dozen $360 

Pints,  per  dozen 7  20 

Quarts,  per  dozen 14  40 

One  Gallon,  each 4  oo 

Five  Gallons,  each 20  oo 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


Rl  2  34  567  89 101112 


All  Steam  Hose  for  Car  Heating  must  be  not  less  than  5-ply. 
The  tube  to  be  not  less  than  ^-inch  thick  and  hand-made.  All 
cotton  duck  used  in  steam  hose  to  weigh  not  less  than  20  ounces 
per  yard  38  inches  wide,  and  22  ounces  per  yard  40  inches  wide, 
and  to  be  loosely  woven  and  long  fibre.  Duck  must  be  well 
frictioned  on  both  .sides,  and,  in  addition  to  the  friction,  must 
have  a  heavy  coating  of  gum  on  one  side,  so  that  when  made 
up  there  will  be  a  distinct  layer  of  gum  between  each  ply  of 
duck.  Tube,  friction  coating  and  cover  to  be  of  gum  of  the  same 
quality. 

Each  piece  of  steam  hose  must  have  upon  it  raised  letters 
and  figures,  giving  the  name  of  the  manufacturer,  the  month  and 
year  in  which  it  was  made,  "Name  of  Road,"  and  a  table  set- 
ting forth  years  and  months,  as  shown  under  the  subject  of  Air- 
Brake  Hose. 

Steam  hose  will  be  subjected  to  a  pressure  of  50  pounds  of 
steam  for  five  days  of  seven  hours  each,  and  at  the  expiration 
of  that  time  it  must  not  have  softened  up  nor  stiffened  up  more 
than  25  per  cent,  as  shown  by  the  deflection.  Strips  cut  from 
the  rubber  before  and  after  steaming  must  not  show  a  decrease 
in  elongation  of  over  25  per  cent  of  the  original  elongation.  The 
cover  must  show  no  cracking. 

The  deflection  will  be  measured  when  a  piece  firmly  clamped 
is  supporting  10  pounds  10  inches  from  point  of  support. 

All  short  lengths  for  car  heating  and  for  heating  cars  at  sta- 
tions to  be  wound  on  the  outside  with  wire,  the  wire-winding  to 
terminate  4  inches  from  each  end  of  hose. 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING  DEVICES,   ETC. 


257 


680.  PANTO  GRAPHIC  EN- 
GRAVING    MACHINE.      A 

cup  or  any  article  to  be  engraved 
is  held  in  clamps  in  the  central 
part  of  vthe  machine  and  under 
the  cutting  tool.  The  stile  or 
tracer  is  at  the  long  arm  of  the 
pantograph  and  follows  the  pat- 
tern figures  or  letters,  while  the 
engraving  cutter  is  pressed  upon 
the  work  by  a  lever. 


681.  GEOMETRICAL    BORING    AND    ROUTING    CHUCK. 

By  means  of  a  set  of  cam  gears  within  the  square  box  and  adjusting 


screws,  a  variety  of  shaped  holes,  recesses,  or  indented  figures  may  be 


258 


MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


cut   by   variously   shaped  cutters.     The   lever  against  the  guide  bar 
checks  the  revolution  of  the  geometric  cams. 
682.  The  figures  are  the  curves  and  forms  produced  by  the  chuck. 


683.  A  ROSE  LATHE  or  engraving  machine.  The  principal  feat- 
ures are  well  shown  in  the 
cuts,  and  the  specimen  cut 
shows  a  few  of  the  designs 
that  such  a  machine  is  ca- 
e  of  producing.  The 
sectional  head  contains  the 
clamp  device  for  holding  the 
work.  The  tool  U  may 
have  from  one  to  four  points 
like  a  chasing  tool  to  vary 
the  design  of  the  work.  H 
is  the  work  in  the  chuck  and 
R  the  cam  or  rose  plate.  The 
follower  stud  T  is  mounted 
on  the  tool  post  slide  and 
held  against  the  rose  plate  by 
a  spring.  The  relative  sizes 
of  the  gears,  I,  J,  K,  may 
be  varied  for  a  great  variety 

PLAN.  of  figures- 


SECTION    OF    SPINDLE. 

684.  Plan. 

685.  Section  of  spindle. 


MOTION   AND    CONTROLLING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


259 


SECTION    AND    EXAMPLES. 

686.  Tool  post,  rose  wheel  and  cutting  tool  at  the  work  at  H,  on 
the  face  plate  of  the  lathe. 

687.  Examples  of  curved  figures  made  by  different  forms  of  rose 
wheels. 

688.  PLANET ARIUMS.     In  the  lower  planetarium  the  globe  rep- 
resenting the  sun  is  supported  on  a  central  shaft,  around  which  are  ar- 
ranged a  series  of  sleeves, 
corresponding  in  number 
to  the  planets  of  the  solar 
system.     The  shaft  sup- 
porting the  sun  is  caused 
to  rotate  in  a  time  rela- 
tively corresponding   to 
the  diurnal  revolution  of 
that  luminary,  and  the 
sleeves  which  carry  the 
tubes  supporting  the 
planets  are  also  revolved 
in  times  proportionate  to 
their  revolutions  around 
the  sun  by  wheels  mesh- 
ing with  gears  on  a  shaft 

within  the  case  A,  and  provided  with  an  exterior  crank  by  which  it  is 
turned.     The  diurnal  revolutions  of  the  planets  are  caused  by  bevel- 


26O  MOTION   AND   CONTROLLING   DEVICES,   ETC. 

gearing  on  the  sleeves  and  on  rods  within  the  tubular  arms  above 
mentioned,  which  rods  also  carry  on  their  ends  gears  for  causing  the 
revolution  of  the  satellites  around  their  primaries. 

See  Nos.  984  to  992  first  volume  of  mechanical  movements  for  details 
of  planetary  gear  trains. 

689.  Planetarium  of  the  solar  system. 

690.  THE    PHENAKISTOSCOPE.     This  instrument,  which,  like 
the  thaumatrope  and  zeotrope,  depends  upon  the  persistence  of  visual  im- 
pressions, consists  of  a  circular  disk 
on  which  a  row  of  figures  are  painted 
in  a  series  of  attitudes  such  as  would 
be    consecutively    attained    in    the 
progress  of  an  action  ;  for  example, 
leaping,    walking,    swimming,    etc. 
The  effect  is  to  produce  the  appear- 
ance of  actual  motion.     The  disk  is 
placed  on  a  handle  and  rotated  by  the 

finger  on  a  nut.  It  is  held  in  front  of  the  observer,  the  face  of  the  toy 
toward  a  looking-glass,  and  the  figures  are  viewed  through  the  slits. 


SECTION  XVI. 


HOROLOGICAL,  TIME 
DEVICES,  ETC. 


261 


Section  XVI. 
HORO LOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,    ETC. 


691 .  ELECTRIC  PENDULUM.     P  P  is  the  pendulum,  W  a  weight, 
mounted  on  a  lever,  W  C  A.     W  C  A  can  move  about  a  center,  C,  and 

is  at  present  prevented  from  turn- 
ing by  the  catch,  S  S.  When  P  P 
swings  to  the  right,  the  lower 
screw  in  P  P  passes  under  E  (see 
side  view  Z)  and  frees  W  C  A. 
W  C  A,  under  the  weight  of  W, 
propels  the  pendulum  to  the  left 
till  stopped  by  a  banking,  B.  P  P 
moves  on  and  makes  contact  with 
D,  whereupon  a  current  passes,  MI  M2  become  magnetized,  and  attract 
L  L,  the  vertical  arm  of  which  lifts  W  C  A  over  the  catch,  S  S,  again. 
When  P  P  leaves  D  the  current  ceases,  and  L  L  is  carried  back  to  its 
old  position  by  the  action  of  the  spring  R. 


692.  ELECTRIC  PENDULUM  C  is  a  bob  in 
the  form  of  an  electro-magnet  vibrating  between  the 
poles  of  a.  permanent  magnet.  T  and  N,  reversing 
switches  operated  by  the  motion  of  the  pendulum.  S, 
direct  connection  to  the  ground  batteries  Pa  P2.  The 
current  is  reversed  as  the  pendulum  bob  nears  each 
pole  of  the  permanent  magnet. 

Magnetic  clocks  are  thus  made  continuous  in 
operation  by  a  simple  gear  train  and  dent  escape- 
ment, as  shown  in  other  figures. 


263 


264 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,    ETC. 


693.  ELECTRIC   CLOCK   CONTROLLER.     The  pendulum  at 
the  right  hand  is  of  the  controlling  clock,  and  the  central  pendulum 

that  of  a  controlled  clock  ;  the 
pendulum  at  the  left  is  a  side  view 
of  the  central  one.  C,  the  bob,  is  a 
hollow  coil  of  insulated  wire,  and 
swings  over  two  magnets,  MI  Ma, 
iNj  which  have  their  similar  poles  fac- 
ing each  other.  The  ends  of  the  wire 
forming  C  are  carried  up  the  pen- 
dulum, pass  respectively  through 
Si  S3,  and  terminate  in  T,  Ta.  T, 
is  joined  to  T,  which  crowns  the 
pendulum  of  the  controlling  clock, 
and  T3  is  in  connection  with  both 
Ni  Na,  the  contact  springs  of  the 
same.  Both  Ni  Na  have  their 
respective  batteries,  B,  Ba,  but 
with  opposite  poles  toward  J;  so 
that  if  C  is  magnetized  in  one 
direction  by  one  swing  of  the  pendulum,  it  will  be  magnetized  in  the 
opposite  by  the  other,  thus  making  a  synchronal  beat  by  the  con- 
trolled clock. 

694.  REPEATING   CLOCK.     M,   air-bulb  tube  with  piston  for 
moving  the  stop  lever  K.     O,  a  push-button  switch  for  operating  the 

lever  K  by  the  electro-magnet.  At  rest, 
the  different  parts  are  in  the  position 
shown  in  the  diagram  (No.  695),  and  the 
wheelwork  is  arrested  by  a  snug  fixed  to 
the  piece  H.  Upon  the  piece,  A,  are  fixed 
two  pins,  A'  and  A",  which  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  after  lifting  the  detent,  G, 
the  latter  may  drop  just  at  the  moment 
at  which  the  hour  hand  is  upon  12  or  6. 
As  soon  as  it  is  raised,  the  detent,  G, 
carries  along  with  it  the  stop  H.  At  this 
moment  there  occurs  the  first  start  of  the 
wheelwork,  the  detent,  G,  falls  and  sets 
the  wheelwork  free.  The  piece,  H,  re- 
mains  raised  (the  arm,  H',  engaging  .with  the  teeth  of  the  rack)  and 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,   ETC. 


265 


permits  the  wheelwork  to  continue  its  revolution.  The  rack  is  raised 
tooth  by  tooth  by  the  click,  I,  fixed  up- 
on the  second  wheel.  To  every  revolution 
of  the  latter  there  corresponds  one  blow 
struck  upon  the  bell  of  the  clock.  As  soon 
as  the  rack  is  lifted  high  enough,  the  piece, 
H,  falls  to  its  position  of  arrest  in  stopping 
the  wheelwork.  In  order  to  cause  one  stroke 
only  to  be  given  at  the  half  hour,  the  pin,  A", 
is  fixed  upon  a  smaller  diameter,  so  as  to 
raise  the  pieces,  G  and  H,  sufficiently  to 
permit  of  the  first  start,  but  not  enough 
to  cause  the  rack  to  fall.  The  wheel- 
work  is  therefore  arrested  as  soon  as  the 
second  wheel  has  made  one  revolution. 
Thus  by  an  electric  push-button  or  a  compressed-air  piston  a  clock  may 
be  made  to  ring  the  nearest  hour  or  half-hour  at  any  time  at  night. 


696.  ESCAPEMENT  WITH  ELECTRIC 
PENDULUM.  M,  M,  permanent  horseshoe  mag- 
net. B,  Ba  stops  to  limit  the  motion  of  the  detent 
D,  D.  K,  K,  stop  click  to  hold  the  tooth.  For 
operating  circuit  clocks  by  current  sent  from  a 
central  clock  beat,  through  the  electro-magnet,  C. 


697.  ELECTRIC  RATCHET.  The  electro- 
magnets M,  M,  operated  by  current  from  a  cen- 
tral clock,  vibrate  the  lever  L,  in  unison  and 
move  the  escapement  wheel  by  the  pawl  D,  D. 

A  very  simple  device  for  operating  the  es- 
capement of  a  secondary  clock  from  a  central 
station. 


266 


HOROLOGICAL,    TIME   DEVICES,    ETC. 


698.  SOLAR  AND  SIDEREAL  CLOCK.  Firmly  secured  on  a 
solid  base  of  metal  are  two  regulators,  each  having  a  one-second  mercurial 
pendulum.  One  of  the  pendulums  is  regulated 
to  mean  solar  time  and  the  other  to  sidereal  time, 
the  dial  of  the  latter  being  divided  into  24  hours 
and  that  of  the  former  into  12  hours.  The  es- 
cape-wheel shaft  of  each  clock  is  long  enough 
to  reach  out  through  the  dial  plate,  and  on  the 
outer  part  is  fitted,  with  a  slight  friction,  a  sleeve. 
On  the  inner  ends  of  these  sleeves  are  the  bev- 
eled wheels,  c  d,  of  90  teeth  each,  and  their  outer 
ends  carry  pointers  indicating  seconds  on  the 
dial  plates.  Engaging  with  these  v  heels  are 
beveled  pinions,  of  30  teeth  each,  mounted  on 
the  lower  ends  of  the  long  shafts,  a  b,  which  are 
carried  up  at  an  angle  of  about  45  degrees  and 
connected  with  a  differential  motion  controlling 
the  works  and  hands  of  a  larger  dial  placed 
above  the  two  others.  This  peculiar  motion 
is  constructed  of  a  light  shaft,  h,  on  which  is 
fastened  at  right  angles  a  crosspiece,  on  one  end  of  which  is  mounted  the 
wheel,  g.  On  the  shaft,  h,  and  engaging  with  the  wheel,  g,  are  two 

larger  wheels,  e  /,  of  90  teeth  each ; 
these  wheels  are  cut  on  both  sides, 
as  shown.  Engaging  with  these 
wheels  are  wheels  of  60  teeth  each, 
fastened  on  the  upper  ends  of  the 
shafts  a  b.  It  will  be  seen  that 
both  clocks  are  directly  connected 
with  the  differential  motion,  and 
also  that  as  long  as  the  wheels,  e  /, 
which  turn  in  opposite  directions, 
are  driven  at  the  same  speed, 
the  wheel,  g,  will  simply  roll  on  its 
pivot  without  altering  .its  position 
or  that  of  the  shaft  h.  But  as- 
suming that  the  wheel,  /,  revolves 
twice  around  while  the  wheel,  e, 
revolves  once,  then  the  wheel,  g, 
will  necessarily  follow  /,  and  in  pro- 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,   ETC. 


267 


portion  to  the  speed  of  the  two  wheels,  e  };  but  as  these  wheels  move  in 
opposite  directions,  it  consequently  follows  that  one-half  the  difference 

in  the  rates  is  lost, 
or  instead  of  mak- 
ing a  complete 
r  e  v  o  1  u  tion  —  the 
difference  between 
i  and  2  —  i  t  h  a  s 
only  recorded  half 
a  revolution. 

Now,  to  com- 
pensate for  this 
error  —  i  n  other 
words,  to  regain 
the  half  revolution 
1  o  s  t  —  the  wheels 
on  the  upper  ends 
of  the  shafts,  a  b, 
have  60  teeth  each, 
and  the  pinions  a-t 


have3oteetheach; 
and  as  the  driving 
wheels,  c  d,  having 
90  teeth  each,  are 
connected  through 

the  pinions,  shafts  a  b,  and  upper  wheels  with  the  wheels,  e  /,  also  of 
90  teeth,  the  differential  motion  will  be  compensated. 

Now,  as  the  clock  marking  sidereal  time  gains  at  the  rate  of  about  4 
minutes  in  24  hours,  or  10  seconds  in  i  hour,  and  as  10  seconds  is  one- 
sixth  of  a  minute,  it  will  take  6  hours  to  complete  one  revolution  of  the 
hand  on  the  differential  motion,  which  is  the  period  of  i  minute  in  right 
ascension  ;  1  5  days  6  hours  is  i  hour,  and  i  year  is  24  hours  in  the  same 
measure.  The  hour  hand  on  the  large  dial,  therefore,  represents  the  sun's 
apparent  yearly  motion  among  the  stars. 


268 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,   ETC. 


701.  NOVEL  CLOCK.  The  novelty  of  the  clock  consists  prin- 
cipally in  the  escapement.  Beneath  the  main  mechanism  is  placed  a 

tilting  table  pivoted  upon  studs 
projecting  from  the  center  of  its 
long  sides,  so  that  it  is  free  to  have 
a  seesaw  movement.  Upon  the 
upper  surface  of  the  table  is  formed 
a  zigzag  groove  in  which  travels  a 
small  steel  ball.  The  path  is 
made  up  of  sixteen  divisions,  so 
that  the  ball,  starting  at  the  ele- 
vated end  of  the  groove,  passes 
across  the  table,  forward  and 
back,  until  it  reaches  the  lower 
end,  which  is  then  elevated  to  en- 
able the  ball  to  run  back  to  the 
starting  point,  which  is  again  raised,  and  so  on. 

Attached  to  one  end  of  the  table  is  a  rod  leading  upward  to  an  arm 
placed  at  right  angles  on  the  end  of  a  shaft  driven  in  the  usual  way. 
When  the  ball  reaches  the  depressed  end  of  the  table,  it  strikes  a  spring 
which  releases  a  catch  holding  the  shaft,  which  is  thereby  permitted  to 
make  a  half  turn,  -and  its  arm  is  correspondingly  moved  to  raise  or  depress 
that  end  of  the  table  to  which  the  connecting  rod  is  attached.  The  ball 
then  runs  down  the  table,  strikes  a  similarly  arranged  spring  at  the  op- 
posite end,  when  the  movements  are  repeated  and  the  position  of  the 
table  again  reversed.  It  takes  fifteen  seconds  for  the  ball  to  travel  from 
one  to  the  other  end  of  the  table. 


702.  ELECTRICAL  CORRECTION  OF  CLOCKS.  For  a  clock 
that  gains  some  second  or  two  per  hour. 
Fifteen  seconds  before  each  hour  the  lever, 
D  B,  is  attracted  by  the  electro-magnet,  A, 
and  a  pin  in  the  arm,  D,  would  thereupon 
enter  and  catch  a  tooth  of  the  escape  wheel, 
did  the  disk,  M,  allow  the  other  arm  of  the 
lever,  E,  to  move.  When  the  hand  reaches 
the  hour,  E  falls,  then  D  catches  S  and 
holds  it  till  the  cessation  of  the  current  at 
the  sixtieth  second  of  the  governing  clock. 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,   ETC. 


269 


703.  LONG-DISTANCE  TELEGRAPH  -  CLOCK  CORREC- 
TION. Generally  the  use  of  a  long  telegraphic  wire  can  only  be  com- 
manded for  a  few  minutes  daily. 
The  cut  shows  a  very  suitable 
arrangement  to  be  adopted  when 
this  is  the  case.  By  means  of 
the  24-hour  disk  the  line  wire 
is  held  in  communication  with 
the  telegraph  office  until  a  few 
minutes  before  the  clock  cur- 
rent is  going  to  be  dispatched. 
The  notch  in  the  24-hour  disk 
will  at  last  allow  the  system  of 
levers  to  fall,  but  then  the 
one-hour  disk  supports  them  until  about  one  minute  before  the  clock 
current  is  coming ;  so  that,  till  then,  the  line  is  being  used  for 
messages.  The  line  wire  has  not  been  allowed  to  fall  into  circuit 
with  the  battery  wire  ;  this  is  still  prevented  by  the  one-minute  disk.  At 
the  sixtieth  second  precisely,  the  one-minute  disk  allows  the  line  wire  to 
join  the  battery  wire,  and  out  goes  the  clock  current.  Some  seconds 
afterward  the  one-hour  disk  lifts  the  line  wire  back  into  communica- 
tion with  the  telegraph  office,  where  it  stays  for  another  24  hours. 

704.  FLYING -PENDULUM  CLOCK.  The  central  vertical 
spindle  tends  to  revolve  continuously  by  virtue  of  its  connection  with 
the  driving  gear  of  the  clock,  but  when 
the  arm  which  it  carries  swings  halfway 
round,  the  little  spherical  weight,  sus- 
pended from  it  by  a  thread,  is  thrown  out- 
ward by  centrifugal  action  ;  and  when  the 
thread  touches  one  of  the  fixed  vertical 
wires  at  the  side  of  the  clock,  the  momen- 
tum of  the  spherical  weight  causes  it  to 
wind  the  thread  around  the  vertical  wire 
and  stop  the  arm  and  spindle.  As  soon 
as  the  thread  is  wound  upon  the  spindle, 
the  spherical  weight  unwinds  it  by  its  own 
gravity,  and  in  so  doing  receives  enough 
momentum  to  rewind  the  thread  and  still 
prevent  the  spindle  from  revolving.  Then 


270 


HOROLOGICAL,   TIME   DEVICES,   ETC. 


the  thread  winds  and  unwinds  once  more,  when  the  arm  is  released,  and 
makes  a  half  revolution,  when  the  thread  is  wound  on  the  other  vertical 
wire,  and  the  operation  just  described  is  repeated. 

705.  SELF-WINDING,    SYNCHRONIZING    CLOCK.      O,  P, 
electric  motors  operated  by  a  local  battery.     Clocks  used  in  the  syn- 

chronizing  circuit  are  provided 
f  j. — I  wjj^  with  the  synchronizing  magnet,  D, 
and  with  mechanism  associated 
with  its  armature  lever  and  the 
clock  movement.  On  the  minute- 
hand  arbor  is  mounted  a  disk,  Q, 
provided  with  two  projections,  4, 
5,  and  the  second-hand  arbor  is 
provided  with  a  heart-shaped  cam. 
The  armature,  E,  is  rigidly  at- 
tached to  the  levers,  F,  G,  so  that 
they  move  whenever  the  magnet, 
D,  is  energized.  The  lever,  F,  is 
adapted  to  engage  the  heart-shaped 
cam  on  the  second-hand  arbor  and 
bring  it  to  XII,  and  the  lever,  G, 
is  furnished  with  a  curved  end 
having  fingers  for  engaging  the 
projections,  4,  5,  on  the  minute 
disk,  thus  turning  the  minute- 
hand  arbor,  bringing  the  minute 
hand  to  XII.  A  latch,  L,  pivdted  to  the  clock  frame,  is  provided  with  a 
pin,  I,  arranged  to  drop  under  the  hook,  H,  carried  by  the  lever,  G,  so  as  to 
prevent  any  action  of  the  synchronizing  levers  except  at  the  hour.  A 
pin  in  a  disk  mounted  on  the  cannon  socket  unlocks  the  latch,  L,  about 
fifty  seconds  before  the  hour,  and  closes  it  again  about  fifty  seconds  after 
the  signal.  This  arrangement  prevents  any  accidental  cross  on  the  syn- 
chronizing line  from  disturbing  the  hands  during  the  hour. 


SECTION  XVII. 


MINING  DEVICES  AND 
APPLIANCES. 

271 


~^Eh 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SPECIAL   NOTICE 


•    c(e  satisfaction  of  a  large  majority  of  the  railroads, 
to  this  company,  that  AirTBrake,  Signal  and  -Steam ; Hose 
based   under-  these  specifications  give   better   satisfa 
o  all  concerned  than  the  old 

OS. 

ing  time  guarantee?  on  Air-Brake,  Signal  and  Steam  Hose. 
THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 

16  WARREN   STREET,   NEW  YORK 

September  15,  1903. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ENGINE   AND   TENDER    HOSE 


This  hose  is  corrugated  and  specially  constructed  to  prevent  it 
from  collapsing  or  kinking,  thereby  making  it  impossible  to  break 
or  shut  off  injectors  when  rounding  a  curve  or  striking  a  low  joint. 

The  outside  is  covered  with  a  special  jacket  or  cover  to  prevent 
oil,  grease,  etc.,  from  destroying  it. 

This  hose  is  acknowledged  by  many  of  the  master  mechanics 
of  our  leading  railroads  to  be  the  ideal  hose  for  engine  and  tender 
connections. 


2 

' 

I    QO 

2l 

ai 

2f 

I    25 

•    •                              i  37 

3 

i  50 

3! 

2  17 

1 

.      2    SO 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


VACUUM, 
STEAM  AND  PRESSURE  HOSE 

Corrugated  Surface 


STRAIGHT 


VACUUM 
2-PLY 
PER  FOOT 

STEAM 
3-PLY 
PER  FOOT 

PRESSURE 
4-PLY 
PER  FOOT 

PRESSURE 
5-PLY 
PER  FOOT 

PRESSURE 
6-PLY 
PER  FOOT 

i     in 
ij 
H 
i! 

2 

ai 

ch 

$ 

[  20                $i  40 
30                  I  60 
40                   I  80 
5O                       2   OO 

70                 2  25 
go                 2  50 
j  10                2  75 

$1  60 
i  80 
2  00 
2   20 
2    50 
2   80 

3   10 

$2  OO                    $2  40 
2   25                       2   70 

2  50                 3  oo 
2  75                  3  30 
3  13                  3  75 
3  50                4  20 
3  88                4  65 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PERFECTED  HOT  WATER  TANK- 
AND  WASHOUT  HOSE 

For  Railroads 


This  Label  on  every  25  feet 

This  hose  is  especially  designed  for  Railroad  use  as  a  Tank 
Hose.  It  will  conduct  Hot  Water  and  Steam  up  to  20  pounds. 

The  outer  cover  or  jacket  is  composed  of  the  same  compound 
as  the  inner  tube. 

It  will  not  harden  or  crack  with  heat,  either  from  the  firebox 
or  the  steam  and  water  which  it  is  conducting. 

As  a  hot  water  conductor  it  has  no  equal. 

Made  in  any  length  up  to  50  feet. 


Internal 
Diameter 

4-ply  Duck  and 
i  -ply  Perfected 

5-ply  Duck  and 
i  -ply  Perfected 

6-ply  Duck  and 
i  -ply  Perfected 

7-ply  Duck  and 
i  -ply  Perfected 

i     inch 
ii 

ii 

a 

2 
2i 

21 

$o  83 
i  04 
i  25 

!£ 

i  87 

2   08 

$i  03 

1  32 
i  56 

i  81 

2   O/ 

2  33 

2   60 

$i  24 
i  56 
i  87 

2    17 

2  49 

2   80 
3    12 

$i  45 
i  82 

2    18 

2  53 

2   QO 

3  27 
3  64 

Section  XVII. 
MINING   DEVICES   AND  APPLIANCES. 


706.  MINING  LAMP.  Clanny  type. 
A  glass  takes  the  place  of  the  lower  part 
of  the  wire  gauze  in  the  Davy  lamp  and 
thus  gives  a  clear  light  from  the  flame. 
The  air  enters  through  the  lower  part  of 
the  wire  gauze  chimney,  as  shown  by  the 
arrows  in  the  section.  English. 

An  improvement  on  the  Davy  lamp. 


707.  MINING  LAMP.  Mueseler 
type.  A  strong  glass  cylinder  around 
the  flame  section.  A  central  metallic 
chimney  d,  arranged  to  separate  the  in- 
coming air  at  a  through  the  wire  gauze, 
while  the  products  of  combustion  pass  up 
the  central  chimney. 

By  this  arrangement  the  flame  is  fed 
with  purer  air  than  when  the  central 
chimney  is  not  used. 

273 


274 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


708.  WELL-BORING 
TOOLS,     a,  plain  driving 
drill ;  b,  broad-edge  drill ;  c, 
cross-blade  drill. 

709.  WELL-BORING 
TOOLS.      Grab  bits  and 
tongs  for  drawing  out  lost 
tools  and  obstructions. 


710.  WELL-BORING   TOOLS. 

d,  broad  edge  reamer  ; 

e,  composite  flaring  reamer  ; 
/,   shoulder  reamer  ; 

g,  double-cutting  cross  reamer  ; 
h,  spring  circular  blade  reamer,  all 
for  truing  and  enlarging  holes. 


711.    WELL-BORING    TOOLS. 

the  drill  stern  or  sinker  bar  ; 

drill  jars  to  give  a  hammer  action 

to  the  drill ; 

short  sinker  bar  above  the  jars; 
temper  screw  to  adjust  the  length 

of   rope    for   properly   operating 

the  jars  and  drill ; 
.,  clevis  or  walking-beam  strap. 


712.  WELL-BORING  TOOLS.  Sand  auger.  The 
bottom  is  a  spiral  bit  for  catching  the  sand  by  turn- 
ing the  auger.  A  door  on  one  side  for  discharging  the 
sand. 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


275 


713.  WELL-BORING  TOOLS.    Portable  power  rig  and  drill  beam. 

A  frame  tower  is 
]  also  used  above 
the  drill  hole  for  a 
sheave  over  which 
the  drill  rope  is 
passed  and  to  a 
winch  driven  by  the 
engine. 


714.  PROSPECTING 
DIAMOND  DRILL.  A 

hollow  drill  bar,/,  slides  in 
the  revolving  hollow  shaft, 
e,  driven  by  the  bevel  gear, 
d,  from  a  motor.  Water 
is  forced  through  the  drill 
rod  by  a  pump.  The  drill 
is  tipped  with  a  steel  ring 
studded  with  black  dia- 
monds, so  that  the  drill 
makes  an  annular  cut  by 
which  cores  may  be 
taken  out  for  examina- 
tion. The  tailings  of  the 
drill  are  washed  to  the 
surface  by  the  force  of 
the  water  jet.  b  is  a  solid 
diamond-set  drill;  a,  a 
core  drill. 


715.  ASSAY  ORE  CRUSH- 
ER. A  combination  of  jaws  and 
finishing  roller,  adjustable  to  crush 
the  ore  sample  to  a  uniform  size. 

F,  F,  adjusting  screws  for  roller. 
C,  friction  thrust  rollers.  B,  fin- 
ishing roller. 


276 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


ELEVATION. 


716.  ORE   ROASTING   FURNACE.     Section  of  the  Pearce  turret 
furnace  in  which  a  circular  oven  is  heated  by  outside  fires.    With  rabbles 

on  arms  from  a  central  re- 
volving shaft  constantly 
stir  the  ore  and  move  it 
forward  around  the  hearth 
,  to  a  discharge  hopper. 
The  plan  and  vertical  sec- 
tion show  much  of  the  de- 
tail of  this  class  of  roast- 
ing furnace.  The  rabble  arms  to  which  the  plows  are  attached  are 
hollow,  and  are  cooled  by  air  or  water.  The  furnace  is  entirely  auto- 
matic, the  ore  being  dropped 
Fireplace  from  tne  ore  hopper  at  in- 
tervals  and  carried  into 
the  hearth  of  the  furnace. 
After  traveling  around 
the  hearth  it  is  discharged 
into  a  chute,  which  delivers 
it  to  either  a  car  or  a  cooling 
apparatus,  from  which  it 


3rd  Firep 


PLAN. 


passes      to     the     elevators. 
When   air  is  used,  to   cool 


the  rabble  arms,  the  hot  air  may  be  delivered  to  the  hearth  at  any 
point  desired,  by  means  of  a  simple  automatic  device. 

717.  Plan  of  turret  roasting  furnace  with  fireplaces  and  flue. 

718.  ORE   ROASTING   FURNACE.      Two-hearth  furnace  of  the 
Pearce  turret  type.     The  width  of  hearth  is  6,  7,  and  8  feet,  and  the  fur- 
nace may  be  built  so  that 
the  top  arch  acts  as  a  dry- 
ing hearth.     The  number 
of  fire  boxes  varies   from 
two  to  three,  according  to 
the    ore,    the   process   by 
which    it  is    to    be   sub- 
sequently treated,  and  the 

fuel.  When  petroleum  residuum  is  the  fuel,  the  projecting  fire  boxes 
are  omitted  and  a  combustion  chamber  is  built  directly  over  the  hearth, 
through  which  the  oil  burners  project  and  distribute  the  flame  over 
the  whole  width  of  the  hearth. 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


277 


719.  ORE  ROASTING  FUR- 
NACE. The  ore  fed  from  the  hopper 
at  the  top  is  drawn  alternately  inward 
and  outward  on  the  partition  hearths 
of  the  roaster  by  revolving  arms  with 
blades  inclined  to  draw  each  way  on 
alternate  floors.  The  hot  gases  enter 
from  the  flue  at  the  top  and  are  dis- 
charged with  the  ore  at  the  bottom  of 
the  roaster.  Herreshoff  type. 


720.  ORE    ROASTING    FURNACE.     Straight  line  type.     Ropp. 
The  ore  enters  from  a  spreading  hopper  at  one  end  and  is  drawn  by 

rabbles  with  inclined 
teeth  for  alternate 
turning  over  of  the  ore 
during  its  passage 
along  the  furnace  bed 
to  the  discharge  pit. 
The  rabbles  are  at- 
tached to  a  chain  carrier  and  returned  on  the  outside  of  the  furnace. 
The  furnace  grates  are  on  the  outside,  distributed  for  equalizing  the 
heat  which  passes  off  through  a  chimney  at  the  feed  hopper  end. 


721.  MAGNETIC  METAL  SEPA- 
RATOR. For  separating  iron  turn- 
ings, filings,  and  chips  from  brass  com- 
position or  other  non-magnetic  material. 

The  drum  is  composed  of  the  faces 
of  a  large  number  of  magnets.  The 
iron  adheres  to  the  magnets  and  is 
carried  around  the  cylinder  to  a  revolv- 
ing brush,  while  the  non-magnetic  ma- 
terial drops  from  the  front  of  the  drum 
to  a  box. 


278 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


722.  MAGNETIC   SEPARATOR  for  separating  iron  from  brass 
turnings,  small  scrap,  chips,  and  drillings.     A  rod  connected  to  the 

hopper  swings  it  back  and 
forth  when  the  separator  is 
in  operation  so  as  to  distribute 
the  metal  on  the  surface  of 
the  drum.  An  adjustable 
grate  is  provided  so  as  to 
regulate  the  flow  of  metal 
from  the  hopper.  The  length 
of  the  swing  of  the  oscillating 
mechanism  is  adjustable. 

Current  is  supplied  to  the 
electro-magnets  within  the 
drum  through  collector  rings 
and  carbon  brushes.  The 
flanges  at  the  edges  of  the 
drum  keep  the  metal  on  the 
surface.  The  metal  is  stirred 
to  aid  in  separation  by  two  wires  supported  from  the  frame  and  extend- 
ing across  in  front  of  the  cylindrical  surface.  The  brush  wheel  which 
removes  the  iron  from  the  cylinder  has  radial  strips  of  sole  leather  secured 
between  wooden 'blocks.  This  wheel  rotates  in  the  same  direction  as 
the  drum,  but  at  a  much  higher  speed.  The  bins  into  which  the  sepa- 
rated metals  are  dropped  are  situated  within  the  frame  and  open  at 
opposite  ends  of  the  separator  so  as  to  prevent  the  metals  from  becoming 
mixed  in  handling. 


723.  QUARTZ  PULVERIZER. 
Kent  type.  A  revolving  cylinder  ring 
inclosing  three  revolving  rollers  trav- 
eling with  the  ring.  Quartz  from  the 
crusher  is  fed  through  the  hopper  at 
one  side  of  the  cylinder,  and  the  finely 
pulverized  material  discharged  at  the 
other  side. 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


279 


724.  ORE  WASHING  TOWER.  The  rock  is  delivered  through 
a  hopper  to  a  vertical  conductor,  which  has  a  series  of  inclined  plates  or 
aprons,  A,  and  opposite  perforated  plates,  B, 
the  rock  falling  first  upon  one  and  then  another 
of  these  plates  in  its  passage  downward  through 
the  conductor.  Over  the  conductor  is  a  rose 
nozzle,  D,  which  showers  water  upon  the  rock, 
and  opposite  each  of  the  perforated  plates  are 
jets  supplied  from  a  stand  pipe,  E,  the  water 
thus  sprinkled  on  the  broken  rock  passing  down 
the  conveyor  carrying  off  the  refuse  matter 
through  the  chute  C.  The  number  of  the  plates 
and  their  inclination  and  arrangement  may  be 
varied  according  to  the  nature  of  the  material  to  be  treated. 


725.    AUTOMATIC    ORE    SAMPLER. 

The  revolving  hopper  has  one  or  more  small 
aprons  in  its  periphery  which  divert  a  small 
portion  of  the  ore  passing  through  the  sampler 
to  the  sample  spout.  The  ore  is  still  further 
crushed  and  passed  through  a  second  and 
third  sampler,  so  as  to  obtain  a  fair  sample  to 
the  one  hundredth  or  more  part. 


726.  PNEUMATIC  CON- 
CENTRATOR. The  vibration 
of  the  vanner  and  concentra- 
tion of  gold  sands  is  done  by 
short,  quick  strokes  of  air 
pumps  or  bellows  beneath  the 
table  which  are  operated  by  the 
crank  shaft. 


280 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


.727.  ORE  CAR  ON  A  TRANS- 
FER TRUCK.  The  transfer  truck 
has  an  open  platform  through  which 
the  ore  is  dumped  by  dropping  the 
bottom  of  the  ore  car,  which  is  held 
by  chains  and  a  windlass. 


728.  DRY  PLACER  GOLD  SEPARATOR.  Edison  type.  The 
revolving  roller,  b,  discharges  the  gravel  from  the  hopper,  a,  upon  the  shelf, 

c,  from  which  it  falls  into 
the  air  blast  created  by 
the  centrifugal  fan,  d,  dis- 
charging its  air  through 
the  screens  e  and  /.  The 
parting  board,  g,  divides 
the  heavier  portion  of  the 
gravel — the  gold  and  iron 
or  black  sand,  which 
falls  into  the  chute,  h, 
from  the  lighter  portion 
falling  into  the  tailings 
chute  i.  The  lattice,  k,  k,  is  simply  to  prevent  eddy  currents  of  air  going 
down  the  chutes  h  and  i.  The  end  of  the  air  pipe  at  k  is  open. 

By  a  suitable  adjustment  of  the  speed  of  the  fan,  the  position  of  the 
parting  board,  g,  and  the  rate  of  feed  of  the  gravel  concentrates  are  ob- 
tained ;  the  screens  are  necessary  for  equalizing  the  velocity  of  the  air 
blast. 


729.  DRY    GOLD    MINING    MACHINE. 

The  hand  crank  wheel,  the  vibrator,  and  the 
blower  for  blowing  off  the  dust  and  sand  from 
the  riffle  table  are  the  leading  features  of  this 

(  novel  dry  placer  machine.  Gold  sand  is  fed  to 
the  hopper  above  and  shaken  in  a  thin  sheet  to 

j  the  riffle  through  a  blast  of  air.  Air  is  also  blown 
through  the  sieve  sections  pushing  the  sand  for- 
ward and  holding  the  gold. 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


28l 


730.  GOLD    AMALGAMATOR. 
a,  the  circular  tank  with  sluiceways 
for  overflow  of  the  waste  slimes. 

c,  c,  revolving  stirring  arms  driven 
by  the  gear  and  center  shaft  through 
the  conical  center  standard  of  the 
tank.  The  amalgamated  plates  or 
mercury  rests  on  the  bottom  of  the 
tank. 

m,  },  perforations  in  the  disk  car- 
rying the  stirring  arms,  for  equal  dis- 
tribution of  the  ore  slimes  upon  the 
mercury  bed. 

731.  Section  showing   gearing,  ele- 
vating screw  and  stirring  arms. 


732.  SHEAVE  WHEELS  FOR  GRAVITY  PLANES.  The  front 
wheel  is  made  smaller  than  the  rear  wheel  (usually  about  10  inches)  so 

as  to  allow  the 
rope  to  lead  from 
the  rear  wheel  to 
the  knuckle 
sheaves,  and  per- 
mit of  additional 

room  at  the  top.  This  front  wheel  has  one  or  more  grooves,  depending 
upon  the  number  of  cars  to  the  trip  and  the  amount  of  material  to  be 
hauled,  and  has  always  one  less  groove  than  the  larger  or  rear  wheel,  the 
sheaves  being  placed  tandem.  The  rear  wheel  is  made  with  two  or  more 
grooves,  to  allow  the  rope  to  be  placed  on  the  sheaves  in  the  form  of  a 
figure  8,  thus  securing  considerable  contact  of  the  rope  on  both  wheels. 

The  depth  of  the  grooves  in  each  wheel  should  be  exactly  the  same,  a 
variation  of  a  small  fraction  of  an  inch  being  detrimental  to  the  life  of 
both  rope  and  sheaves,  as  if  the  wheels  are  not  made  correctly,  the  rope . 
passing  around  them  must  slip  or  stretch  with  each  revolution  of  the 
wheels. 

The  brake  bands  are  either  lined  with  cast-iron  shoes  or  maple  blocks 
placed  on  end,  the  latter  method  being  usually  preferred.  Each  brake 
is  also  provided  with  a  large  screw  and  nuts  to  take  up  wear. 


282 


MINING  DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


733-  BRIQJJETING  MACHINE.    Eggette  type.    Two  large  rolls 

having  indentations  on 
their  face  to  correspond 
with  a  half-egg  shape 
and  made  to  register, 
revolve  under  a  close- 
fitting  hopper ;  the  eg- 
gettes  drop  from  beneath 
the  rolls  upon  a  con- 
veyor belt,  or  to  a  bin 
through  a  chute. 

-^^- 

734.  A  BRIQUETING  PLANT.  A  main  driving  shaft  over- 
head drives  by  belts,  the  ore  dust  mixer,  lime  tank  mixer,  briqueting  ma- 
chine, and  conveyor 
belts.  The  material 
used  for  cementing  the 
briquets  varies  great- 
ly with  the  kind  of 
material  to  be  bri- 
queted.  For  ores, 
lime  is  in  general  use. 
For  fuels,  coal  tar, 
resin,  pitch,  clay,  and 
lignite  for  anthracite  culm.  For  bituminous  culm,  lime,  clay,  and  saw- 
dust are  used  if  the  coal  will  not  briquet  alone  under  the  pressure  used. 

735.   BRIQUETING     MACHINE.     Plunger  type  of  the  H.  S. 
Mould  Co.,  Pittsburg,  Pa.      The  material  to  be  briqueted  is  mixed 


with  milk  of  lime,  or  any  suitable  stickative,  in  a  mixer  above  the  machine 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


283 


and  fed  to  the  machine  hopper,  where  the  compressing  plungers  press  it 
into  molds  from  which  the  briquets  are  ejected  by  spring  plungers  at 
the  left  on  to  a  conveyor. 


736.  BRIQUETING  MACHINE.  A  pair  of  heavy  rollers  in  a  cir- 
cular trough  rolls 
the  briquet  mate- 
rial into  the  holes 
of  a  revolving  mold 
plate,  in  which  the 
briquets  receive 
a  further  pressure 
and  are  ejected  on 
to  a  belt  carrier, 
which  deposits 
them  in  a  truck  or 
bin. 

Type  of  the 
Chisholm,  Boyd  & 
White  Co.,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 


737.  COAL-WASHING 
JIG.  Coal  and  slate  are 
washed  through  a  vibrating 
box  or  jig,  and  separated 
by  their  difference  in  grav- 
ity. The  coal  is  carried 
over  in  a  short  chute  to 
the  coal  elevator  and  the 
slate  is  discharged  through 
an  adjustable  trap  to  the 
slate  hopper  below,  from 
which  it  is  carried  away  by 
an  elevator  belt. 

A  small  vertical  engine 
operates  the  jig. 


284 


MINING   DEVICES   AND   APPLIANCES. 


738.  PROPELLER  PUMP  AGITATOR. 
A  series  of  propellers  on  a  shaft  revolving  in 
a  tube  draws  the  solid  and  fluid  material  in 
at  the  bottom  and  discharges  it  in  a  shower 
at  the  top.  For  agitating  oils  and  ores,  as  in 
the  cyanide  process  for  gold  separating. 

In  other  designs  a  single  propeller  is 
placed  at  the  bottom  with  the  shaft  in  a 
step  and  driven  by  belt  and  pulley  on  the 
shaft  above  the  tank. 


739.  COAL-HANDLING  PLANT.  Modern  method  for  convey- 
ing coal  from  boats  or  cars 
to  overhead  lofts  for  self- 
feeding  to  the  furnaces  of 
boilers  and  for  dropping  the 
ashes  into  cars  beneath 
the  furnaces  and  their  ready 
removal.  In  a  long  storage 
loft  a  track  is  laid  length- 
wise, and  a  car  distributes 
the  coal  from  each  hoisting 
bucket. 


740.  METHOD  OF  CHANGE  DI- 
RECTION for  conveyor  buckets.  Rails 
support  the  buckets,  which  roll  on  small 
wheels  for  horizontal  runs.  Sprocket 
wheels  take  the  bucket  links  for  change  of 
direction. 


SECTION  XVIII. 


MILL  AND  FACTORY  APPLI- 
ANCES AND  TOOLS,  ETC. 


285 


Section   XVIII. 


MILL   AND    FACTORY   APPLIANCES    AND 
TOOLS,    ETC. 


741.    MACHINE-MADE   CHAINS. 

Samples  of  the  complex  operation  of 
modern  machine  work.  Not  only  chains 
of  various  patterns,  but  hooks  and  eyes, 
and  almost  every  conceivable  form  of 
wire  work  and  punch  and  press  work  is 
now  done  by  machinery. 


742.  SUSPENDING  GRIP  in  a  shaft  or  between 
timbers.     The  toothed  sectors,  a,  grip  the  rock  or 
timbers.     The  upper  figure  is  for  a  definite  sized 
opening  with  a  pivoted  clevis  at  c. 

743.  The  lower  figure  for  a  variable  sized  shaft 
or  opening.     The  toothed  arms,  h,  h,  and  locking 
clevis  makes  a  convenient  adjustment  for  any  size 
shaft  within  its  range. 


744.  UNIVERSAL  DOG.  Easy  to  apply  to 
all  kinds  of  work  to  which  it  is  applicable.  Has  a 
great  range  of  size  and  a  good  grip. 


287 


288     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


745.  DRILL  CHUCK  for  small  drills.  A  section.  By  revolving 
the  knurled  nut  the  jaws  are  moved  outward  or  inward  in  the  converging 
slots  in  the  chuck  body  as  may  be  de- 
sired. The  chuck  can  be  operated  by 
hand,  and  when  a  very  firm  grip  is  de- 
sired it  may  be  obtained  by  the  use  of  a 
spanner  wrench.  The  chuck  may  be 
taken  apart  readily  for  cleaning  and 
oiling  by  removing  the  three  screws  in 
the  cap,  taking  that  off  and  revolving 
the  nut  enough  to  disengage  the  jaws. 


746.  BRICK  CLAMP.  A  handy  tool 
for  handling  brick.  It  pays  by  saving 
the  hands. 


747.  COMBINATION  TOOLS.    One  of  the  handiest  tools 

for  a  farmer  or  amateur 
workman  is  this  combination 
of  an  anvil,  vise,  and  a  drill 
stock. 


748.  EASILY  MADE    STEAM  WHISTLE.    A,  a 

brass  casting  into  which  the  bell  stem  may  be  screwed. 

B,  a  tube  of  the  same  diameter  as  the  bell,  soldered  to 
the  casting,  A,  leaving  an  annular  opening  */«»  of  an  inch. 

C,  the  bell  which  may  be  cast  or  made  of  the  same 
tubing  as  at  B,  with  a  headpiece,  D,  soldered  in. 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


HOSE 


PATENTED  SEPT.  21,   1897 
U.  S.  Patent  No.  590,258;  other  pratents  allowed  and  pending 


SIDE  VIEW 
CUTS   SHOW   EXACT   SIZE   OF   NIPPLE  CAP 


MANUFACTURED,  PATENTED  AND  COPYRIGHTED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


'. 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


FAILURES    OF   AIR-BRAKE    HOSE 


Thorough  investigation  by  the  best  authorities  demonstrates 
the  fact  that  ninety  per  cent  of  all  failures  of  Air-Brake  Hose 
occur  at  the  end  of  the  iron  nipple  connecting  the  hose  to  the 
train  or  air-pipe,  and  the  end  of  the  air-brake  coupling. 


Westinghouse  Hose  Nipple,  showing  the  Iron  Nipple  without  and 
with  the  Peerless  Hose  Nipple  Cap 


No  change  in  Hose  or   Nipples.     Fits  all  Westinghouse  Hose 
Couplings  and  Nipples. 


The  patents  issued  on  the  Peerless  Hose  Nipple  Cap  are  very 
broad  and  strong.  Any  device  of  this  nature  not  bearing  the 
words  "Peerless  Hose  Nipple  Cap,  Pat.  '97,"  is  an  infringement. 

; 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PULLMAN 
VESTIBULE  DIAPHRAGMS 


PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE   PEERLESS  FACTORING  CO. 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Our  Peerless  Steel-Clad  Suction  Hose  has  become  a  general 
favorite  among  firemen.  It  has  been  adopted  as  the  standard  by 
some  of  the  largest  city  fire  departments  in  the  United  States  and 
foreign  countries. 

We  guarantee  this  hose  in  every  respect,  and  can  repair  it 
when  damaged. 


Int. 

Diam. 

Per  Foot 

2 

inch  

.  $2  60 

2i 

."  

3  50 

3 

"  

•  4  50 

3* 

"  

5  50 

4 

"  

.  :  6  50 

4i 

u 

7  50 

5 

" 

8  50 

5^ 

'  

.........  9  50 

6 

"  

10  50 

64 

"  

12  OO 

,7 

" 

13  50 

7i 

" 

15  oo 

8 

"    ... 

16  50 

9 

"  

19  50 

10 

"  

•  ...  22  50 

12 

'  

'  •  •  27  50 

MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,    ETC.     289 


749.  GASOLINE  -  HEATED  SOLDERING  COPPER.  The 
central  chamber  is  half  filled  with  gasoline  ;  the  asbestos  wick  draws 
the  gasoline  toward  the  needle  valve,  where  the  surrounding  hot  metal 
vaporizes  and  discharges  the  vapor  through  the  small  nozzle  to  be  burned 


SOLDERING  fRON 

by  the  air  drawn  in  through  the  holes  in  the  tube.  The  flame  impinges  on 
the  solid  head  of  the  copper  and  is  exhausted  through  the  holes  in  the 
headpiece.  To  start,  a  little  gasoline  is  poured  into  the  cup  under  the 
valve  neck  and  fired  for  a  moment.  The  valve  regulates  the  amount  of 
flame. 

750.  PULLEY  BALANCING  MA- 
CHINE. A  pulley  poised  on  a  centerpiece, 
F,  is  rotated  at  considerable  speed  by  the 
arm,  E,  and  studs,  a,  a.  If  unbalanced  in 
the  plane  of  revolution,  it  will  wabble,  when 
the  high  points  may  be  marked  with  chalk 
and  balance  pieces  applied  as  at  A  and  B. 
The  'same  machine,  if  set  on  rubber 
springs,  will  show  the  general  unbalanced 
condition  by  the  vibration  of  the  spindle 
and  the  heavy  side  of  the  pulley  marked 
with  chalk. 

751.  LUBRICATING    DRILL.     Holes  through  the  length  of  the 
twisted  blades  carry  the  oil  to  the  cutting  edges  and  with  a  constant  flow 

clears  the  chips  by 
floating  them  up 
along  the  twist 
grooves.  Water 
may  be  used  for 
cast  iron  or  com- 
pressed air  fed 
from  a  loose  socket 
on  the  drill  holder. 
752.  Showing  holes  through  thick  parts  of  blade. 


2QO     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC. 


753-  EXPANDING  DRILL.  For  en- 
larging the  bottom  of  drill  holes  for  flush 
tapping  or  for  Lewis  jaws  or  anchors.  The 
pivoted  cutter  allows  of  the  cutting  of  a  larger 
cavity  than  with  the  eccentric  pointed  plain 
drill. 

754.  Position  of  tool  when  under-cutting. 

755.  Front  view  of  cutter. 

756.  TAPER  ATTACHMENT  TO  A  LATHE.  On  the  tailstock 
a  place  is  planed  off  to  serve  as  a  bearing  for  the  guide  bar,  A,  which  is 

pivoted  on  the  stud,  B,  and 
is  clamped  by  the  bolt  C. 
Running  on  this  guide  bar 
is  the  slide,  D,  provided  with 
a  gib,  K,  tomakeadjustment 
for  wear.  On  the  under  side 
of  the  slide  is  a  swivel  nut 
which  is  fastened  to  D  by 
the  bolt  E.  Through  this 
nut  passes  the  adjusting 
screw,  G,  which  serves  to 
connect  the  guide  bar  with  the  cross  slide  J.  The  feed  block,  F,  is 
made  to  fit  into  the  T-slot  in  the  tool  block,  being  held  by  a  single 
bolt,  L,  so  that  it  is  the  work  of  but  a  few  moments  to  remove  the 
attachment  when  it  is  not  desired  to  use  it. 

When  the  attachment  is  being  used  the  cross-feed  screw  is  ren- 
dered inoperative  by  dropping  the  nut  or  removing  the  screw  altogether. 
H  is  a  knurled  handwheel  for  operating  adjusting  screw  G. 


757.  TAPER  TURNING  ATTACH- 
MENT. Bradford  type.  A  taper  slide  made 
adjustable  for  the  required  taper  is  fixed  to  a 
clamping  piece  made  fast  to  the  back  way  of  a 
lathe.  A  slide  on  the  taper  member  is  screwed 
to  the  cross  slide  of  the  rest ;  the  nut  of  the  cross 
screw  is  cast  loose,  when  the  tool  follows  the 
angle  of  the  taper  bar. 


MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     291 


758.  CENTERING  DEVICE  FOR  A  DRILL  PRESS.  The 
device  consists  of  a  drill  shank,  A, made  to  fit  the  drill  spindle;  a  centering 
vise  with  three  jaws,  two  of  which  are 
indicated  by  C,  and  a  chuck  to  hold 
the  combined  drill  and  reamer  D. 
The  centering  jaws  are  closed  on  the 
work  by  screwing  down  the  cone- 
shaped  piece,  B,  which  forces  the  upper  ends  of  the  jaws  apart  and 
closes  the  lower  ends  on  the  work.  The  jaws  are  retracted  by  a  coiled 
spring  passing  through  their  upper  ends.  The  jaws  do  not  rotate  with 
the  centering  drill,  but  remain  in  a  fixed  position,  being  mounted  on  a 
sleeve  in  which  the  drill  shank  turns. 

759.  BORING  ELLIPTIC  CYLINDERS.  B  D  is  a  boring  bar 
swung  on  centers  on  a  lathe.  A  C  is  an  arm  holding  at  its  end  C  a  boring 
tool.  When  the  bar  is  rotated  the  point  C  describes 
a  circle.  A  casting,  M,  which  is  to  be  bored  elliptic- 
ally,  is  secured  rigidly  to  a  carriage  capable  of  being 
moved  in  the  direction  of  E  F,  which  is  the  longi- 
tudinal axis  of  M  and  passes  through  A.  Conse- 
quently, if  the  boring  bar  is  rotated  on  its  centers 
and  the  work  fed  gradually,  in  the  ordinary  way, 
along  axis  E  F,  the  cutting  tool,  at  each  revolution, 
describes  a  circle ;  but,  because  of  the  inclination 
of  axis  E  F,  when  the  tool  occupies  the  position 
shown  in  dotted  lines,  the  boring  will  be  achieved 
and  the  end  view  of  the  casting  will  show  a  perfect 
elliptical  bore. 

760.  BORING   ELLIPTIC    CYLINDERS. 

For  boring  elliptic  cylinders  of  considerable 
length  the  cylinder  may  move  forward  parallel 
with  the  fixed  boring  bar  on  which  a  fixed  spool, 
A,  is  set  at  the  angle  required  by  the  elliptic  pro- 
portions of  the  cylinder,  and  upon  which  a  ring, 
H,  and  tool  holder  revolve  by  a  bevel  gear  and 
pinion,  R,  driven  by  the  side  shaft  S.  The  tool,  C, 
although  cutting  in  a  circular  path,  by  its  angular 
direction  produces  an  elliptic  surface  due  to  the 
angular  plane  of  motion. 


292     MILL   AND   FACTORY  APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


761.  C  R  A  N  E  T  R  U  C  K .  One  of  the 
handy  things  in  a  shop  or  warehouse.  With 
windlass  chain  and  block  two  tons  may  be  lifted 
and  easily  wheeled  over  the  floor. 


762.  CENTRIFUGAL  SEPARA- 
TOR. The  perforated  basket  and  load 
are  hung  on  the  spindle.  E  is  a  cup- 
shaped  pulley,  inside  of  which  is  a  ball- 
socket  journal  box.  The  step  bearing,  b,  a, 
is  also  a  ball  socket  in  a  spherical  foot,  bear- 
ing upon  a  spherical  base  with  a  flange 
on  its  rim  to  limit  the  eccentric  swing  of 
the  spindle  to  accommodate  the  center  of 
gravity  for  an  unequally  balanced  load. 


763.  BLACKSMITH'S  HELPER.     The  hammer  handle  is  pivoted 
at  B  to  the  head  of  a  vertical  shaft,  C,  that  is  fitted  in  a  socket.     The 

lower  end  of  the  shaft  has  a  step  in 
the  lever,  F,  which  is  pivoted  to  the 
hind  leg  of  the  stand,  and  extends 
forward  and  alongside  of  the  anvil 
block.  A  bar,  I,  having  a  series 
of  holes  for  fastening  the  lever  at 
any  point  by  a  pin.  An  arm,  M, 
is  attached  to  the  lower  end  of  the 
shaft,  C,  over  the  lever,  and  is  con- 
nected by  a  rod,  N,  to  a  lever,  O, 
pivoted  to  the  lever  F.  By  moving 
the  lever,  O,  the  shaft  is  turned 
and  the  hammer  swung  along  the 
face  of  the  anvil. 


MILL   AND   FACTORY  APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     293 

The  hammer  handle  is  connected  to  a  foot  lever,  Q,  by  a  cord,  S  ;  a 
coiled  spring  is  fitted,  to  be  contracted  when  the  hammer  is  forced  down, 
for  raising  the  hammer  again.  The  spring  bears  against  the  head  of  the 
shaft,  C,  and  the  rod  connects  with  the  free  end  of  the  spring  by  an  adjust- 
ing nut.  The  shaft,  C,  has  a  vertical,  curved  extension  which  supports  a 
coiled  buffer  spring  that  arrests  the  hammer  at  the  end  of  the  up  stroke 
without  shock  or  jar. 


764.  BELT-DRIVEN  FORG- 
ING HAMMER.  Bradley  type. 
The  hammer  in  guides  is  oper- 
ated by  an  elastic  strap  attached 
to  the  yoke  of  a  helve  vibrated 
by  elastic  cushions  and  an  arm 
with  adjustable  connecting  rod 
to  an  eccentric  on  the  belt  shaft. 

The  treadle  controls  the  blow 
of  the  hammer  by  a  friction 
brake. 


765.  EYE-BENDING  MA- 
CHINE. A  hand-operated  ma- 
chine which  grips  the  end  of  the 
wire  against  the  central  pin  by  the 
upper  lever,  when  the  lower  lever  is 
swung  around  against  the  stop  and 
then  forming  the  reverse  bend  by 
the  treadle  and  push  bar. 


766.  ANGLE  IRON  BEND- 
ING MACHINE.  The  lever, 
with  adjustable  jaws  and  sliding 
gauge,  swings  on  a  pivot  and  bears 
against  a  block.  A  set  piece 
clamped  upon  the  sector  limits  the 
bending  angle. 


2Q4     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


767.  PIPE-BENDING  MACHINE.  The  machine  consists  of  a 
pipe  holder,  which  securely  clamps  the  fixed  end  of  the  pipe,  and  a  bend- 
ing lever  operated  by  hand  for  giving  the 
pipe  the  proper  form.  The  lever  is  pro- 
vided with  two  grooved  wheels  pivoted  so 
that  the  flanges  just  clear,  thus  leaving  an 
opening  between  the  bottoms  of  the 
grooves  of  the  same  size  and  shape  as  the 
pipe.  The  lower  wheel  is  of  such  size  as 
to  give  the  pipe  the  proper  radius  after  it 
is  bent,  the  bending  being  accomplished  by 
the  upper  wheel,  which  is  rolled  around  the 
lower  one.  The  device  is  adapted  to 
bend  the  pipe  without  kinking  or  crushing  it,  and  with  one  stroke  of 
the  lever. 


768.  ANGLE  IRON  BENDING  MA- 
CHINE. For  the  shape  shown  the  top  roller 
is  flat ;  the  rear  under  roller  is  grooved  to  fit 
the  flange  of  the  angle  iron.  The  front  roller 
is  also  grooved  and  is  set  up  for  the  desired 
curve  by  a  sliding  frame  and  capstan  screw. 


769.  ROLLED-THREAD-SCREW  MACHINE.  The  cut  shows 
the  principle  of  the  rolling  process. 
Screws  of  £-inch  diameter  and  less 
are  made  with  four  rollers  and  are 
rolled  cold.  For  screws  larger  than 
\  inch  three  rollers  are  used  and 
the  screws  rolled  hot. 

770.   Sample  of  rolled  thread. 


771.  POWER    HACK-SAW.     One   of 

the  handy  specialties  of  a  shop.  Automatic- 
ally cuts  off  steel  bars  up  to  4-inch  diameter. 
Self-feeding  and  requires  no  attention  while 
cutting. 


MILL   AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     295 

772.  SEAMLESS    TUBE    MACHINE.      Mannesmann's  process. 
The  principles  in  this  process  of  making  tubing  from  solid  bars  of  metal 

are,  that  solid  bars 
rolled  between  a 
pair  of  conical 
fluted  rollers,  set  at 
an  angle,  as  at  A, 
a,  draw  the  metal 
from  the  center  of 
the  bar  to  the  out- 
side. The  revolv- 
ing mandril  and 
cone,  D,M,  smooths 
the  inside  of  the 
expanding  metal. 
B'  is  the  guide  tube  and  frame  and  B  the  metal  bar. 

773.  Elevation,  showing  angle  of  rollers. 

774  and  775.   Plan  and  elevation  of  gear  for  rotating  the  mandril 
and  cone. 


776.  METAL  BAND-SAW.  The 
modern  metal  band-saws  are  made  to 
cut  solid  bars,  such  as  center  cranks, 
Y's  in  connecting  rods  and  locomo- 
tive frames,  as  well  as  structural  forms 
of  all  kinds. 


777.  HAND-SCREW  TIRE- SET- 
TING MACHINE.  The  blocks  sur- 
rounding the  tire  are  set  up  by  hand  screws 
and  a  wrench,  compressing  the  tire  tightly 
upon  the  wheel. 


296     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC. 


778.  HYDRAULIC   TIRE-SETTING   MACHINE.     A  number  of 
cylinders  and  pistons  set  within  a  strong  iron  ring  compress  the  tire 

upon  the  wheel  by  the 
power  of  the  two  pumps 
connected  to  the  cylin- 
ders by  pipes.  The 
large  pump  is  for  fill- 
ing the  cylinders  and 
bringing  them  to  a 
bearing  upon  the  tire, 
after  which  the  small 
pump  is  operated  for 
great  pressure. 


779.  AUTOMATIC  FURNACE  for  hardening  and  tempering  balls. 
The  balls  are  picked  up  by  the  small  shelf  in  the  revolving  hop- 
per, and  tipped  into  the  mouth- 
piece, and  carried  along  by  the 
central  screw  ;  transferred  into 
the  outer  and  hotter  reverse 
screw  carrier  to  the  chute,  and 
dropped  into  a  water  bath.  The 
chamber  is  heated  by  gas  jets, 
which  can  be  regulated  for  tem- 
peratures suitable  for  hardening 
or  for  drawing  temper. 


780.  GAS -HEATED  HARDEN- 
ING AND  TEMPERING  FUR- 
NACE for  small  articles,  as  bicycle 
cones,  shells,  or  any  articles  that  can  be 
placed  on  the  pins  and  carried  through 
the  furnace  at  the  proper  speed  for 
the  required  temperature  and  dropped 
into  the  water  bath.  The  heat  is  regu- 
lated by  the  gas  and  air  valves. 

American  Gas  Furnace  Co.  type. 


MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     297 


781.  TEMPERING  BATH.  A  pot  of  oil  or  tal- 
low is  set  in  a  gas-fired  furnace  inclosed  so  that  the 
flame  can  not  set  fire  to  the  oil  vapor.  A  thermom- 
eter immersed  at  the  side  shows  the  proper  tem- 
perature for  the  desired  degree  of  temper. 


782.  DOWN-DRAUGHT  GAS-MELTING 
FURNACE.  The  burner  B,  of  combined  gas  and  air, 
enters  the  flame  at  the  top  of  the  crucible  and  dis- 
charges to  the  chimney  below  the  bottom  of  the  cruci- 
ble at  H.  E  is  the  cover  lifted  by  the  lever  C,  and 
chains  to  swing  off  the  furnace.  The  hearth  is  a 
perforated  fire  tile  on  which  the  crucible  sets. 

American  Gas  Furnace  Co.  type. 


783.  OIL  OR  GAS  FIRED 
«— Air  FORGE.  Oil  or  gas  enters  the  ato- 
mizer by  the  small  pipe  and  is  mixed  at 
the  nozzle  by  a  strong  blast  of  air.  Ad- 
ditional air  jets  to  complete  the  com- 
bustion enter  beneath  the.  bed  of  the 
furnace. 


784.  MELTING  FURNACE  for  brass, 
copper,  or  bronze.  Operated  by  gas  or 
crude  oil,  and  compressed  air. 

Oil  or  gas  is  fed  through  the  small  pipe, 
atomized  and  mixed  with  air  in  the  inlet 
nozzles  at  the  top  of  the  cupola  and  the  flame 
projected  down  upon  the  metal.  The  cupola 
is  tipped  by  the  wheel  and  gear  to  pour  the 
metal  from  the  side  spout. 


298     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC. 

785.  DUPLEX     MELTING     FURNACE.     Rockwell  type.    No 
crucibles  are  used,  the  furnace  chambers  being  lined  with  refractory 

material  which  is  inexpensive  and  cheaply 
applied,  and  the  charges  of  metal  to  be  melted 
being  placed  in  the  chamber,  as  in  the  right- 
hand  chamber,  786.  The  fuel  used  is  oil  or  gas, 
the  air  being  supplied  by  an  ordinary  fan  or 
pressure  blower  and  there  being  a  burner  at 
each  outer  trunnion.  But  one  of  these  burners 
is  normally  in  operation  at  a  time,  the  flame 
which  is  melting  one  charge  extending  into  the 
other  chamber  and  giving  up  much  of  its  re- 
maining heat  to  the  fresher  charge  of  metal.  When  the  charge  in  either 

chamber  is  com- 
pletely melted  it 
is  passed  out  by 
turning  the  cham- 
ber and  bringing 
the  mouth  down 
to  the  pouring  po- 
sition. The  two 
chambers  may  be 
used  for  different 
metals  or  for  the 

same  metal,  and  both  charges  may  be  melted  so  as  to  be  poured  to- 
gether if  a  large  quantity  of  metal  is  required  at  once.  The  halves  of 
the  chambers  are  hinged  so  as  to  make  the  entire  interior  perfectly 
accessible  for  relining  or  for  any  purpose. 

786,  Longitudinal  section  of  the  double  furnace. 


787.  OPEN  HEARTH 
STEEL  FURNACE,  showing 
the  concave  hearth  working 
doors  and  the  regenerator  ovens, 
which  heat  the  incoming  air 
that  feeds  the  furnace. 


MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     299 


788.  HOT -METAL    MIXER.     Rolling  type.     Designed  for  a 
capacity  of  250  tons.    The  vessel  is  composed  of  steel  plates  formed  in 

cylindrical  and  spherical  segments, 
and  requires  no  additional  bracing. 
It  is  lined  with  best  magnesia 
bricks.  The  vessel  rests  on  two 
circular  roller  beds,  each  composed 
of  five  rollers,  supported  by  ped- 
estal bearings,  resting  on  founda- 
tion girders.  The  roller  tracks 
fastened  to  the  vessel  are  of  cast 
steel.  Concentric  with  these  are 
two  rack  segments  of  cast  steel, 
by  which  the  mixer  is  tilted.  The  pinions  meshing  into  the  segments 
are  driven  through  gear  trains  from  a  26  horse-power  electric  motor. 
An  additional  tilting  device  is  provided,  consisting  of  a  vertical  hy- 
draulic cylinder  at  either  side,  with  their  plungers  linked  to  pins  pro- 
jecting from  the  sides  of  the  mixer  vessel  near  its  front  end.  A  pre- 
caution is  provided  in  the  form  of  a  hook  attached  to  the  rear  face  of 
the  vessel,  to  which  the  regular  traveling  crane  serving  the  mixer  may 
be  hitched  and  the  vessel  thus  tilted. 

789.  HOT-METAL   MIXER.     Tilting  type.     The  hot-metal  mixer 
shown  in  the  cut  is  designed  for  a  capacity  of  275  tons  of  fluid  metal. 

The  maximum  external  dimensions 
of  the  containing  tank  are  about 
15  feet  diameter  and  27  feet  length. 
The  shape  is  cylindrical,  with  a 
conical  pouring  spout  at  the  front 
end,  which  converges  from  the  full 
width  of  the  tank  to  a  narrow 
opening.  A  charging  funnel  is  on 
the  top  of  the  tank  at  the  back 
end.  The  tank  is  lined  with  mag- 
nesia bricks  to  well  above  the  slag 
level.  The  support  of  the  tank  is 
a  large  pin,  resting  between  two 
saddle  castings  bolted  respectively  to  the  tank  body  and  the  foundation. 
A  cast  chair  built  into  the  foundation  forms  a  rest  for  the  heel  of  the 
tank  when  this  is  tilted  back.  The  molten  metal  is  charged  into  the 


3<DO     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


filling  spout  from  ladle  cars  running  on  an  elevated  track  back  of  the 
mixer.  The  metal  is  run  from  the  mixer  into  other  ladle  cars  running 
on  a  platform  at  a  lower  level,  which  extends  entirely  around  the  mixer. 
These  ladles  then  run  directly  to  the  converters  or  the  furnaces. 


790.  KEROSENE-OIL  MELT- 
ING FURNACE.  The  small  pipe 
supplies  oil  to  an  annular  wick  of  as- 
bestos. The  combustion  chamber  has 
air  holes  around  the  outside  with  damp- 
ers to  regulate  the  air  supply.  The 
central  tube  is  the  compressed  air 
supply  from  a  blower  to  give  force  to 
the  flame  to  drive  it  around  the  crucible 
and  down  the  annular  chamber  to  the 
chimney. 


791.  PETROLEUM  FORGE   for  heating  rivets.     The  rivets  are 
introduced  through  the  door  a;  b  is  a  movable  cover,  which  is  dis- 
placed in  order  to  remove  them  from 
the  forge  ;   c  is  the  device    that  sup- 
ports the   burner  d.    This  latter  con- 
sists of   a  row  of  receptacles,  i,  i,  in 
which   the   liquid    fuel   is    kept  at  a 
constant  level  through  a  small  reser- 
voir, /,  which  receives  the  inlet  tube,  g, 
fixed  to  the  closed  reservoir  c.    A  small 
screw,    h,   permits    of   regulating    the 
depth  of  the  oil  in  the  constant  level 
reservoir,  /,  and  burners  by  raising  or 
lowering  the  mouth  of  the  tube  g. 

792.  Section  showing  regulating  reservoir  and  burner  cups. 

793.  PETROLEUM 
MELTING    FURNACE. 

Nobel  type.  a,  a',  a",  oil- 
burner  troughs,  b,  b',  air  reg- 
ulating inlets,  c,  c',  crucibles. 
Fire  flue  at  bottom.  See 
Fig.  147  for  details  of  the 
burner. 


MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     30 1 

794.  PETROLEUM  FIRED  REVERBERATORY  FURNACE. 

The  petroleum  enters  the  troughs,  a,  of  the  reverberatory  furnace  through 

the  pipe  c;  t  is  the  pipe 
through  which  passes  the 
overflow  of  the  basins,  and 
d  is  the  air  port  designed 
to  regulate  the  combustion. 
The  flame  breaks  against  the 
fire  bridge,  p,  before  reach- 
ing the  furnace  bottom, 
which  is  composed  of  quartzy 

sand  and  clay.     In  case  of  stoppage  of  the  work,  the  flame  proceeds 

toward  the  flue,  B,  which  is  normally  covered  by  a  stone  A.     The 

casting  is  effected  through  the  tap  hole  g. 
The  charge  is  put  in,  as  usual,  at  the  back  of  the  furnace,  and  is  made 

to  advance  progressively  through  the  working  holes. 
See  Fig.  147  for  details  of  the  burner. 


795.  PLATE  HARDENING 
MACHINE.  Urban's  type.  For 
uniformly  hardening  steel  plates 
and  armor  plates  without  risk  of 
bending  or  buckling. 

For  this  purpose,  the  heated 
plate,  a,  is  lowered  until  it  rests 
vertically  between  guides  midway 
between  two  tanks,  b,  b',  having 
numerous  perforations  in  their 
sides  next  to  the  plate.  By  pull- 
ing a  cord,  c,  the  valves,  d,  d',  are 
opened,  and  salted  water  from  the 
reservoir,  e,  descends  through  the 
pipes,  *,  *,  into  the  tanks,  playing  in 
jets  against-both  sides  of  the  plate  ; 
a  pump  returns  the  water  from  the 
lower  reservoir  to  the  upper  one, 
in  order  that  it  may  be  used  again. 
796.  Section  showing  the  plate  held  in  place  by  guards  and  the 
water  jets  playing  upon  it. 


3O2     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


797.  DOVETAILING   MACHINE.     Plan  and  elevation  of  a  ma- 
chine in  which  the  work  is  done  by  a  gang  of  saws  on  a  mandrel.     The 

mortise-cutting  portion  is  the  right-hand 
part  of  the  lower  figure.  In  it  the  board  is 
secured  on  the  carriage,  S,  in  such  posi- 
tion that  the  edge  of  said  board  projects 
under  the  saws  or  cutters  more  or  less, 
according  to  the  depth  that  the  dovetailing 
is  to  be  cut,  which  will  be  governed  by  the 
thickness  of  the  stuff.  The  board,  on  being 
properly  adjusted,  is  then  brought  in  con- 
tact with  the  saws  by  elevating  the  table, 
thereby  carrying  the  board  upward  to  the 
saws,  D,  D',  cutting  the  sides  of  the  mor- 
tise, and  of  any  angle  that  may  be  re- 
quired, by  adjusting  the  stays  in  which  the 
cutters  are  hung  to  the  required  angle. 

The  central  cutter,  H,  as  will  be  seen, 
cuts  into  the  board  at  a  right  line  be- 
tween the  side  saws,  and  as  it  leads  in 
the  cutting,  the  central  portion  of  the  mor- 
tise is  cut  away ;  the  side  saws,  as  they 
follow,  cut  away  the  remainder,  leaving 
a  clean,  angular  mortise  for  the  admission 
of  the  tenon. 

798.  Elevation,  showing  saws  and  angle  of  board  to  be  dovetailed. 

799.  DIAMOND   MILLSTONE-DRESSING   MACHINE.    A 
Swiss  machine  for  dressing  millstones.     The  frame,  A,  has  arms,  b,  b, 

terminating  in  feet,  c',  which  are 
provided  with  set  screws.  A  tool 
support,  S,  is  pivoted  to  the  center 
of  A,  and  is  adjustable  by  means  of 
sector,  B,  and  slides  on  the  arm,  C, 
of  the  frame.  Two  disks  at  K  carry 
diamonds  on  their  peripheries, 
and  are  set  in  rapid  revolution 
by  belts  from  spindle,  J,  which  is 
revolved  from  any  convenient 
shaft  outside  the  millstone. 
The  cutting  disks  being  put  in 


MILL   AND    FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     303 


rapid  revolution,  the  successive  blows  of  the  diamonds  act  in  a  manner 
similar  to  that  of  a  hand  tool,  and  parallel  grooves  are  cut  in  the  face 
of  the  stone.  Three  of  these  sets  of  parallel  channels  or  grooves  make 
one  division  of  the  stone.  The  guide  bar,  C,  is  adjustable,  so  that  the 
stone  may  have  a  right-hand  or  left-hand  dress,  as  desired. 

800.    FILE-CUTTING    MACHINE.      The  slide  on  which  the  file 
is  bedded  oscillates  laterally  so  as  to  adapt  itself  to  the  variations  of  the 

surface  of  the  file.  For  this 
purpose  the  slide,  a,  is  made 
convexly  cylindrical  at  the 
under  side,  and  is  supported 
in  a  concave  guide,  b,  in  the 
bed  frame  of  the  machine. 
The  file,  A,  is  caused  to  pre- 
sent its  surface  parallel  to 
the  cutting  edge  of  the 
chisel,  d,  by  a  plunger,  c, 
sliding  freely  in  a  guide,  the 
plunger,  c,  carrying  at  its 
lower  extremity  a  feeler 
blade  whose  edge  rests 

upon  the  surface  of  the  file.  Contact  between  the  blade,  c,  and  file,  A,  is 
insured  by  means  of  a  weight  acting  upon  the  plunger  c.  The  feeler 
blade  is  thus  free  to  accommodate  itself  to  variations  in  the  surface  con- 
figuration of  the  file,  but  being  held  rigidly  in  the  transverse  direction, 
compels  the  file  to  accommodate  itself  laterally  to  the  blade  and  so  pre- 
sents its  surface  on  the  line  of  cut,  truly  parallel  to  the  cutting  edge  of 
the  chisel  d.  The  chisel,  d,  delivers  its  blow  under  the  impulse  of  a  spring 
in  a  casing,  g,  the  spring  being  compressed  at  each  stroke  by  the  upward 
movement  of  the  ram  which  is  alternately  lifted  and  let  fall  by  a  revolv- 
ing cam  engaged  by  an  arm  h.  Variation  in  the  degree  of  compression 
of  the  spring,  so  as  to  produce  any  desired  graduation  in  the  strength  of 
blow  of  the  chisel,  d,  is  brought  about  by  increasing  or  diminishing  the 
effective  radius  of  the  cam  to  increase  or  diminution  in  the  height  of  lift 
of  the  ram  h.  The  cam  is  made  tapering  in  the  direction  of  its  axis  and 
is  mounted  upon  its  shaft  with  a  groove  and  feather  connection  so  as  to 
be  longitudinally  adjustable  in  order  to  bring  any  portion  of  its  length 
to  act  upon  the  arm  h. 

801.   Front  elevation  showing  details  of  the  machine. 


304     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,    ETC. 


802.  DOVETAILS. 


The  three  upper  figures  show  the  method  of 
end  splicing  by  dovetails. 

The  series  of  illustrations  show  the  sev- 
eral modes  of  dovetailing  the  edges  of 
boxes  and  drawers. 

o  is  a  miter  and  key  joint. 

p,  the  common  dovetail  joint. 

q,  the  half-lap  dovetail. 

r,  the  secret  dovetail. 

s,  the  lap  dovetail. 

/,  the  miter  dovetail. 

a  shows  the  ordinary  dovetail  with  the 
parts  detached  ;  b  the  parts  put  together. 

Concealed  dovetails  are  made  in  two 
ways : 

c,  d  show  the  lap  dovetail,  in  which  a  fin 
of  wood  on  the  return  edge  hides  the  eiids 
of  the  tenons  and  mortises. 


803.  MORTISING  DOVETAIL  MACHINE.  The  upper  bed 
surface  consists  of  two  equally  but  oppositely  inclined  planes,  B',  B", 

whose  slope  corresponds  with  the 
chamfer  of  the  desired  dovetails. 
C,  C  are  standards  guiding  in  a 
vertical  path  gate  D,  in  which 
is  fixed  a  series  of  chisels  whose 
cutting  ends  are  at  such  an  un- 
equal elevation  as  to  correspond 
with  the  obliquity  of  the  planes, 
B',  B".  These  chisels  are  readily 
adjusted  to  any  height  and  degree 
of  separation,  and  are  fixed  to  their 
proper  positions  by  screw  bolts. 
The  gate  is  elevated  and  depressed  by  means  of  a  lever,  F,  and  is 
gauged  or  arrested  in  its  descent  by  a  stop  or  shoulder.  Stops  on  the 
planes,  B',  B",  gauge  the  stuff.  I  is  a  gauge  for  the  edge  of  the  stuff. 

The  board  containing  the  heading  pins  already  sawed  is  placed  on 
one  of  the  inclines,  B',  B",  and  the  chisels,  being  caused  to  descend,  oper- 
ate to  excavate  on  one  side  the  intervening  stuff  between  the  pins.  The 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Is  practically  anti -friction.  The  soft,  yielding  end  of-  the  cap  in 
contact  with  the  lining  or  tube  of  the  hose  is  very  elastic  and 
yielding,  overcoming  the  swinging  and  mechanical  motion,  doubling 
the  life  of  any  Air-Brake  Hose  when  this  little  Hose  Nipple  Cap 
is  used. 


Price,  i    inch,  per  gross $14  oo 

"      ii    "  "         15  oo 


Put  the  Hose  Nipple  Cap  on  the  end  of  the  iron  nipple  or 
coupling  firmly,  then  coat  the  end  and  outside  of  the  Nipple  Cap 
freely  with  Peerless  Rubber  Cement,  and  apply  hose  to  coupling 
and  nipple  as  usual. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


GOULD 
VESTIBULE  DIAPHRAGMS 


PATENTED  AND  MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PERFECTED  TUI 

For  Pneumatic  Tools 


This  Tubing  is  also  made  plain  with  Cloth  Insertion. 


i  inch 


ETER                   4-PLY 

•1 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

I 
1 
$o  35 

$043 

$o  51 

43 

5i 

63 

5  [ 

63 

76 

67 

83 

I   OO 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER    MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


NFECTED 

For  Pneumatic  Tools 


INT.   DIAMETER 

4-PLY 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

|  inch 
1 
1 

$o  43 

6 

$o  51 

i', 

»% 

I   OO 

I 

83 

i  03 

I  24 

I* 

1  04 

i  30 

1  56 

li 

1  25 

i  56 

1  87 

2 

i  66 

•      207 

2  49 

MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES  AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     305 

stuff  being  then  placed  on  the  other  incline,  and  the  gate  again  depressed, 
the  excavation  is  completed  by  cutting  away  the  opposite  sides. 

For  excavating  the  mortises,  the  doubly  inclined  block,  B,  is  removed, 
and  another  gate  substituted  for  the  gate,  D,  in  which  substitute  gate 
the  chisels  are  so  secured  as  to  have  their  lower  ends  in  a  horizontal  line. 
The  stuff  being  placed  on  the  horizontal  bed  and  the  chisels  depressed, 
the  surplus  timber  is  excavated  at  a  single  stroke. 

804.  FILE-CUTTING  MACHINE.  The  sliding  head  to  which 
the  shank  of  the  blank  is  clamped  is  actuated  by  a  feed  screw  and  half 

nut,  the  latter  being  automatically 
raised  to  stop  the  feed  motion  at 
the  proper  time.  The  aavil  has 
a  hemispherical  block,  whose 
convex  side  rests  in  a  socket  of  its 
support.  The  anvil  and  feed 
movement  are  supported  on  a 
turntable,  by  whose  adjustment 
the  inclination  of  the  teeth  is 
determined.  The  chisel  is  sup- 


ported upon  a  flexible  rod,  which  is  connected  to  the  hammer  handle 
by  a  spiral  spring.  The  hammer  is  attached  to  a  rock  shaft,  which 
has  an  adjustable  arm  acted  on  by  a  cam  on  the  main  shaft. 


805.  BAGGING  AND  WEIGHING 
SCALES.  A  tripod  on  which  is  fixed 
a  Roman  balance  with  an  extension  yoke 
and  funnel  to  which  the  bag  is  attached 
by  a  band  and  clips.  The  beam  of  the 
balance  is  made  to  counterbalance  the 
yoke  and  funnel,  and  the  tare  of  the  bag 
is  placed  on  the  hook  at  the  end  of  the 
scale  beam. 


306     MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC. 


806.  AUTOMATIC  BAGGING 
AND    WEIGHING    MACHINE. 

The  bag  is  attached  to  the  hopper 
funnel  with  its  bottom  resting  on 
the  grated  weighing  platform.  The 
feeding  valve  is  then  opened  and 
connected  by  an  automatic  latch 
to  the  weighing  platform,  which 
drops  at  a  set  weight  of  filling,  dis- 
engaging the  latch,  when  the  valve 
closes  on  the  feed  spout.  The  ad- 
justment is  somewhat  complicated 
and  allows  for  the  average  tare  of 
the  bags. 


807.  TURPENTINE    STILL  with  by-products  of  creosote,  pyro- 
ligneous  acid,  etc.,  produced  by  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood. 

The  blocks  of  wood  are  placed 
in  the  retort,  G,  the  door  on 
the  right  closed,  the  valve  at 
the  conical  end  closed,  and 
the  valve  above  opened.  Wa- 
ter being  introduced  into  the 
chambers  to  the  level  of  the 
grate  bars,  fire  is  applied,  and 
the  clear  white  spirit  passes  in 
vapor  by  the  neck,  V,  to  the 
worm  in  the  tub  C.  As  soon  as  '  it  begins  to  show  color,  the  valve 
above  is  closed,  and  the  valve  at  the  conical  end  opened,  when  the 
vapor  passes  through  the  purifier,  L,  into  the  chamber,  which  is  sur- 
rounded by  water  in  the  tub  D.  In  this  manner  the  different  distil- 
lates are  kept  separate  in  the  several  receivers. 


MILL  AND   FACTORY   APPLIANCES   AND   TOOLS,   ETC.     307 


808.  FLOUR  PACKER.  A  chute  with 
a  quick- closing  gate  delivers  the  flour  to  the 
barrel,  in  which  a  revolving  auger  propeller 
packs  the  flour  tightly.  A  sleeve  guides 
the  flour  and  prevents  waste. 

The  packing  propeller  is  at  the  bottom 
of  the  sleeve,  and  the  filling  commences 
with  the  barrel  elevated  by  the  movable 
platform  and  hand  wheel,  so  that  the  pro- 
peller continually  acts  upon  the  surface  of 
the  compressed  flour  while  the  barrel  grad- 
ually descends  to  the  floor. 


SECTION  XIX. 


TEXTILE   AND    MANUFAC- 
TURING DEVICES,  ETC. 


3°9 


Section  XIX. 


TEXTILE   AND   MANUFACTURING 
DEVICES,   ETC. 


809.  PATTERN  BURRING  MACHINE  for  figured  woolen  goods. 
German  design,  a  is  a  revolving  metal  brush,  under  which  the  stencil 
plate,  b,  passes  as  an  endless  sheet, 
guided  by  the  small  rollers  /,  /,  g,  g. 
The  cloth  passes  underneath  the 
plate,  and  has  the  same  speed  as  this 
plate;  it  is  carried  forward  by  the  guide- 
roller,  c,  which  at  the  same  time  presses 
it  against  the  plate.  The  driving  pulley 
is  on  the  main  shaft,  from  whence  the 
motion  is  passed  on  through  a  diagonal 
shaft  and  bevel  wheels  to  the  roller,  c, 
on  one  side,  and  by  a  belt  to  the  brush 
on  the  other  side.  The  brush  and  the 
guide  roller,  c,  run  in  opposite  direc- 
tions. The  brush  is  covered  in  its  up- 
per half  by  a  cast-iron  cover,  which  protects  it  against  injury,  and  at 
the  same  time  keeps  it  in  the  bearings.  These  bearings  are  made  to  slide 
up  and  down,  and  are  pressed  upward  by  a  set-screw,  /,  acting  upon  one 
arm  of  a  lever  whose  other  arm  has  a  pin  pressing  on  the  under  side  of 
the  bearing.  A  batching  apparatus  driven  by  a  heart  cam  motion  com- 
pletes the  machine. 

The  operation  of  the  machine  is  as  follows:  The  cloth,  which  has 
been  milled  and  raised  in  the  usual  manner,  is  introduced  with  one  end 
between  the  stencil  plate  and  the  guide  roller,  c,  and  with  the  nap  run- 
ning in  the  same  direction.  The  brush,  which  must  be  set  so  that  the 
wires  project  through  the  open  places  in  the  plate,  and  ought  to  run  at  a 
high  velocity,  raises  the  nap  on  these  open  places  in  a  contrary  direction 
to  that  of  the  existing  nap,  and  this  forms  the  design,  which  may  be  either 
the  roughened  or  smooth  surface. 

311 


312          TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


8lO. 


COTTON-SEED    HULLING    MACHINE.     A  machine  by 
which  the  hull  of  the  cotton-seed  is  rasped  off 
by   the   two    corrugated    wheels  and    sifted  by 
the  revolving  shaft  and  screen   from   the   fari- 
naceous and  oily  matters,  which  are  utilized  for 
their  oil  and  the  refuse  for  manure.     The  kernels 
pass  through  the  screen,  while  the  coarser  hulls 
and  fibers  are  carried  along  and  discharged  from 
the  lip  of  the  screen.     The  hulled  seed  is  then  re- 
ceived into  the  box-screen  I,  which, 
being  shaken  by  suitable  mechan- 
ism, separates    the  still   remaining 
lighter  portions  of    the  hulls    that 
pass  the  wire  screen,  carrying  these 
portions  out  over  the  apron  J,  while 
the  cleaned  and  hulled  seed  passes 
out  through  the  chute  K. 


811.   COTTON    BAT    COMPRESSOR    AND    CONDENSER. 

a,  lint  flue  ;  b,  condenser  drum  ;  d,  d,  bat-former  aprons  ;  e,  compression 

roll ;  /,  /,  baling  rolls  ;  g,  core  ; 
h,  baling  belt ;  *,  belt   idler  ; 
j,  hydraulic  cylinder  ;  k,  pres- 
sure column  ;  /,  press  pulley  ; 
m,  bat-former  pulley  ;  n,  pis- 
ton rod  ;  p,  r,  tension  rolls  ; 
5,  pressure  gauge  ;  w,  guides 
for    idler  ;  x,  bed  plate ;  N, 
pressure  regulator.     The  con- 
densing drum  spreads  the  lint 
evenly ;  the 
aprons  press 
it  between  the 
bat-f  o  r  m  e  r 
pulleys,  then 
passing    un- 
der the  com- 
pression roll, 
it  is  rolled  into  a  cylindrical  bale  between  the  baling  rollers. 


TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,   ETC.         313 


812.  COCOANUT-PARING    MACHINE.     A  train  of  gearing  is 
arranged  to  revolve  the  nut  and  the  circular  plate  carrying  the  par- 
ing device.    The  circular  plate  is 
secured  to  a  sleeve  on  the  central 
post  projecting  from  the  base,  and 
receives  its  rotary  movement  from  a 
bevel  gear  mounted  on  the  sleeve. 
On  the   post  immediately  above 
the   sleeve    carrying    the   circular 
plate  is  a  collar  carrying  the  hori- 
zontal arm  which     supports    the 
knife    post,  and   works   over    the 
face   of  the  circular   plate.    The 
horizontal  arm  has  a   depending 
lug  at  its  outer  end  which  engages 

in  turn  with  opposite  marginal  apertures  in  the  circular  plate.  The 
post  carrying  the  box  in  which  the  paring  knife  is  held  is  jointed  to  the 
horizontal  arm,  and  at  the  junction  of  the  two  is  a  coiled  spring  to  force 
the  post  against  the  nut.  A  coiled  spring  is  also  placed  on  the  central 
post,  one  end  being  secured  thereto,  and  the  other  end  to  the  horizontal 
arm.  In  operation,  the  lug  in  the  horizontal  arm  being  in  the  aperture 
on  the  right,  the  circular  plate  carries  it  in  revolving  and  also  the  knife 
post ;  as  the  knife  reaches  the  end  of  the  paring  on  the  left,  the  arm  rides 
up  on  a  beveled  lug  on  the  case,  which  forces  the  lug  on  the  arm  out  of 
the  aperture,  and  the  coiled  spring  on  the  central  post  retracts  the  arm 
back  to  the  first  position  at  the  right. 

813.  FLOCK    GRINDING    MACHINE.     In    this   machine   the 
feed  box  has  radial  agitators  on  a  vertical,  rotating  shaft.      The  endless 

apron  passes  up  one  side, 
and  has  cups  carrying 
up  the  material  and  con- 
veying it  to  the  hopper 
of  the  tearing  cylinder. 
The  material  is  forced 
down  upon  the  tearing 
cylinder  by  reciprocal 
plungers  and,  carried 
along  the  fluted  cutter, 
is  discharged  into  a  box  at  the  side  of  the  machine. 


314         TEXTILE   AND   MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


814.  FLAX-SCUTCHING    MACHINE.     For  threshing  and 
scutching  flax.      The  stalks  are  fed  from  the  table  B  between  two  fluted 

rollers,  the  lower  one  of 
which  is  journaled  in  fixed 
bearings,  and  the  upper  is 
yielding,  being  pressed  down 
by  spiral  springs.  On  pass- 
ing through  the  rollers  the 
stalks  are  subjected  to  the 
action  of  a  series  of  swing- 
ing beaters  pivoted  in  eye 
bolts  op  the  drum  D,  which 
rotates  at  about  ten  times  the 
velocity  of  the  rollers.  The 
separated  seeds  drop  through  the  slatted  bottom  G,  and  the  bruised  fiber 
is  conveyed  to  an  opening  at  the  rear  of  the  machine. 

815.  MULTIPLE-STRAND  CORDAGE  MACHINE.    The  eigh- 
teen bobbins  with  which  it  is  provided  are  each  armed  with  a  special 

brake  which  can  be  regu- 
lated with  the  greatest 
precision,  so  that,  during 
the  reeling,  the  tension 
of  the  yarn  remains  in- 
variable, this  being  an 
important  point. 

These  bobbins  are 
mounted  upon  three 
disks  (three  in  front  of 
and  three  behind  each 
disk),  which  revolve  be- 
tween two  others  keyed  upon  the  central  axis.  When  the  machine  is 
in  motion,  the  three  disks  are  carried  along  in  a  certain  direction  ;  but, 
by  the  combination  of  the  gearings,  they  revolve  at  the  same  time 
around  their  axis  in  an  opposite  direction.  Each  strand  therefore 
receives  the  same  tension. 

When  the  bobbin  yarns  have  each  been  twisted  upon  its  own  laying- 
top,  the  three  principal  strands  that  they  have  formed  pass  to  a  central 
laying-top,  where  they  are  twisted  together.  Thence  they  are  carried 
along  by  polished  friction  drums  and  wound  upon  reels. 


TEXTILE   AND   MANUFACTURING  DEVICES,    ETC.        315 


816.  PAPER    ENAMELING    MACHINE.      For  glossing  paper 
and  card  stock.     The  enameling  mixture  is  thoroughly  stirred  within 

the  chest,  A,  by  stationary  and  revolving 
brushes,  B,  C  ;  falling  through  the  dia- 
phragm, D,  to  the  chamber,  F,  it  passes 
through  the  gate,  a,  to  the  spout,  G, 
whence  it  is  admitted 
by  the  adjustable 
screw  valves,  b,  c,  to 
the  brush  roller,  I, 
rotating  within  a 
cylinder  having  an 
opening  at  its  lower 
side,  from  which  the 
brushes,  N,  spread  the  enamel  on  the  sheet  of  paper  passing  along  on 
the  endless  belt  J.  This  is  revolved  by  two  cylinders,  L,  L,  having  fingers, 
i,  i,  which  clutch  the  sheet  when  presented  to  them,  and  after  carrying  it 
past  the  spreaders,  N,  and  blenders,  P,  fall  and  release  it. 

817.  CORDAGE-MAKING    MACHINE.     Modern  type.     A  three 
strand,  multiple  thread  machine  in  which  the  cable  spool  is  revolved 


for  twisting  the  three  strands  issuing  from  the  triangular  eye  frame,  all 
the  moving  parts  being  automatic  and  driven  from  the  pulley  at  the 
rear  of  the  spool  head.  An  illustrated  description  of  the  details  of  this 
intricate  mechanism  is  not  available ;  but  the  subject  is  a  valuable 
study. 


316          TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC. 

818.  THREE-STRAND    CORDAGE    MACHINE.      The  armed 
carrier  wheels,  K,H,T,  are  fast  on  the  driving  shaft,  S,  which  is  driven 

by  a  gear  wheel 
meshed  with  the 
three  pinions  re- 
volving  the 
spools,  G,  for  a 
back  twist  of  the 
strands.  The 
pinion,  E,  re- 
volves the  ring 

gear,  A,  in  guide  rolls,  the  twist  of  the  strands  and  cordage  being  in 

opposite  directions. 

819.  Cross  section,  showing  back  twist  spool  gears  and  arm,  K. 


820.  THIRTY -TWO    STRAND    CORDAGE   MACHINE.    A 

fine   study  of  the   mechanical  motions  required  in  this  complicated 


mechanism  for  the  manufacture  of  so  simple  a  thing  as  a  rope.     Four 
strands,  each  composed  of  eight  yarn  strands. 

The  tension  of  the  finished  rope  and  its  winding  on  by  the  reel  at 
a  uniform  rate  with  the  twisting  speed  of  the  machine  is  a  most 
important  feature  ;  and  is  operated  by  means  of  two  grooved  drums 
placed  tandem,  over  which  the  rope  is  wound  twice  to  give  it  a  fric- 
tional  pull.  The  drums  are  rotated  by  a  fore  and  aft  shaft  and  gear- 
ing from  the  main  driving  shaft.  The  reel  is  revolved  by  a  friction 
belt,  which  allows  for  varying  its  speed  for  equal  tension  of  the  rope 
as  the  reel  fills  up. 


TEXTILE   AND   MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC.         317 


821.  FLOCKING    MACHINE. 

For  distributing  flock  evenly  on  a 
prepared  surface  of  cloth  or  paper. 

The  cloth  or  paper  is  passed  on 
an  endless  web  with  its  varnished 
or  glued  side  uppermost,  the  varnish 
or  glue  being  applied  by  an  elastic 
roller  fed  from  a  hopper  not  shown. 
The  flock  is  evenly  fed  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  cloth  or  paper  by  the 
revolving  brush  in  the  hopper  at 
the  top  of  the  machine. 

822.  ELECTRIC   CLOTH  CUTTER.      A  revolving  sharp-edged 
blade  driven  by  a  motor  in  the  head  frame  on  an  arm  or  tripod.     'It  is 

14  inches  in  height  and  weighs  35  pounds. 
It  is  capable  of  cutting  any  thickness  of 
cloth  up  to  3^  inches  and  any  width  or 
length.  A  feature  of  the  cutter  is  the  fact 
that  it  is  perfectly  portable,  so  that  goods 
on  any  of  the  cutting-room  tables  can  be 
cut  with  it.  This  is  a  valuable  "feature,  as 
it  obviates  the  folding  of  the  goods  and 
the  carrying  to  the  machine. 

In  order  to  keep  a  perfect  cutting  edge, 
grinders  are  attached  and  can  be  brought 

into  contact  with  the  knife  in  an  instant.     Wolf  Electric  Promoting 

Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

823.  QUARTER    SAWING    OF    LUMBER.      Three  methods  of 
sawing  lumber,  one  of  which,  at  the  left,  is  the  ordinary  method,  the  two 

at  the  right  rep- 
resenting the  cuts 
for  quarter  saw- 
ing. An  exam- 
ple of  a  piece  of 
quarter  sawed 
and  common 
sawed  lumber 
is  shown  in  the 

lower  figures.     The  dotted  lines  in  the  common  sawed  piece  indicate 

the  curl  in  drying. 


3l8          TEXTILE  AND   MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


824.  EVOLUTION   OF   THE   LAG   SCREW   and   the  machine 
for  making  them,  showing  the  general  construction  of  the  cutter  and 

the  principle  upon  which  it  operates,  b  being  a 
lag  screw  which  is  being  cut  and  c  the  cutter,  each 
revolving  in  the  direction  indicated  by  its  arrow. 
The  lag  screw  and  the  cutter  run  together,  just 
like  a  worm  and  a  worm  wheel.  The  cutting 
face  of  the  cutter  is  parallel  to  and  in  line  with 
the  axis  of  the  lag  screw.  The  cutter  spindle 
carrier,  k,  is  carried  by  horizontal  trunnions  in 
uprights  on  the  carriage.  It  is  obvious  that  a 
depression  of  the  arm,  k',  will  bring  the  cutting 
points  in  toward  the  center  of  the  lag  screw,  while 
an  elevation  of  the  arm  will  swing  the  cutter  out 
from  the  center  of  the  lag  screw,  or  cause  it  to  cut 
a  thread  of  larger  diameter.  The  bar,  n,  of  rec- 
tangular section,  is  fastened  rigidly  to  an  upright 
upon  the  frame,  so  that  when  the  carriage  moves 
along  it  slides  over  this  bar.  The  under  edge  of 
the  bar  is  not  straight,  and  against  this  edge  works 
the  roller,  m,  in  a  fork  rigidly  attached  to  the  arm 
k'.  Soon  after  the  cutting  of  the  screw  begins, 
the  roller,  m,  comes  to  a  portion  of  the  under 
edge  of  n,  which  curves  upward,  and  this  up- 
ward curvature,  of  course,  allows  the  arm,  k', 
to  rise  and  the  cutter 
to  swing  away  from  the 
center  of  the  lag  screw, 
thus  forming  the  taper 
point.  A  straight  por- 
tion of  n  then  forms  the 
parallel  portion  of  the 
lag  screw,  and  a  further 
rise  allows  the  cutter  to 
clear  the  screw  entirely, 
when  it  drops  out  fin- 
ished, and  the  carriage 
runs  back,  bringing  the  cutter  in  position  to  begin  another  cut.  Roller 
m  is  held  in  contact  with  bar  n  by  the  pull  of  spring  o. 

825.  Details  of  cutter  and  guide  block. 

826.  General  view  of  the  screw  cutting  machine. 


TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING  DEVICES,   ETC.        319 


827.  PORCELAIN  MOLDING  MACHINE.  French  model. 
The  apparatus,  of  which  a  front  view  is  given,  consists  of  a  vertical  frame 
carrying  the  lathe  below,  a  calibrating  tool  in 
the  center,  and  the  molding  tool  above. 
The  chuck,  A,  coming  from  a  second  machine 
is  secured  to  the  lathe  head.  B  is  the  molding 
tool  moved  by  the  handle  C.  D  is  an  adjust- 
ing collar.  E  a  carriage  regulating  the  move- 
ment of  the  tool  effected  by  the  handle  E.  G 
is  a  gauge  for  regulating  the  form  of  the  plate. 
H  is  the  calibrating  tool.  The  chuck  being  on 
the  lathe  head  the  tool  is  caused  to  descend, 
and  this  meets  the  paste  at  the  center,  de- 
termining its  thickness.  Being  restricted  in 
its  motion  by  the  guide  or  gauge  G  which 
represents  the  profile  of  the  plate,  and  being 
submitted  to  a  horizontal  movement,  it  neces- 
sarily works  the  object  according  to  the  de- 
sired exterior  form  indicated  by  the  gauge. 


828.  PORCELAIN  MOLDING 
MACHINE.  French  design.  The 
pulleys  on  the  vertical  spindle  oper- 
ate an  oval  chuck,  while  a  curved 
form  is  given  to  the  molded  disk  by 
the  revolution  of  the  curved  ring  and 
roller  which  moves  the  trowel  for  the 
required  shape  of  the  disk.  The 
hand  wheel  operates  the  various 
movable  parts  and  the  trowels  for 
molding  the  shape  to  the  form  of 
the  curved  disk. 


320          TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,   ETC. 


829.  DIAMOND    CUTTING.      The  form  a  diamond  shall  assume 
is  determined  by  its  shape  in  the  rough,  the  duty  of  the  lapidary  being 

to  cut  it  so  as  to  sacrifice 
as  little  as  possible  of  the 
stone  and  obtain  the  greatest 
surface,  refraction,  and  gen- 
eral beauty.  Having  decided 
upon  the  form,  a  model  is 
made  in  lead  and  kept  be- 
fore the  workman  as  a  copy. 
The  rough  diamond  is 
cemented  with  fusible  metal 
to  a  handle  called  a  dop,  a, 
leaving  the  part  exposed 
which  is  to  be  removed  to 
form  one  facet.  The  project- 
ing portion  is  then  removed 
by  attrition  against  another 
diamond  similarly  set  in  a 
handle,  B,  and  finished  by 
means  of  diamond  dust  and 
oil  upon  a  steel  disk  or 
wheel,  according  to  circum- 
stances. When  a  facet  is 
finished,  the  stone  is  reset  in  the  handle  and  the  process  repeated. 
Several  months  are  expended  in  cutting  large  stones,  as  the  work  pro- 
ceeds very  slowly. 

The  polishing  is  performed  upon  a  rapidly  revolving  steel  wheel,  d, 
driven  by  a  band,  g,  and  fed  by  hand  with  diamond  dust  and  oil.  The 
diamond  is  set  in  a  dop  as  before,  on  the  end  of  a  weighted  arm,  /,  e,  and 
held  against  the  wheel,  the  results  of  the  process  being  collected  in  a 
box  for  future  operations. 

Diamonds  with  flaws  or  imperfections  are  sawed  asunder  or  split,  the 
latter  (shown  at  A)  being  a  speedy  but  risky  operation,  requiring  great 
judgment  in  determining  the  plane  of  cleavage  and  skill  in  the  use  of  the 
chisel,  b,  and  hammer.  For  sawing,  a  fine  wire  is  used,  fed,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  revolving  wheel,  with  diamond  dust  and  oil. 

830.  Angle  gauge  for  observing  the  angle  of  the  facets. 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


For  Pneumatic  Tools  and  Hoists 


We  manufacture  the  following  brands: 


Special  attention  is  called  to  the  excellent  quality  of  our  Tub- 
ing and  Hose  for  Pneumatic  Tools  and  Pneumatic  Equipment  of 
all  kinds.  The  inner  tube  is  made  of  a  special  compound  to  with- 
stand the  action  of  oil  and  water,  more  or  less  of  which  is  carried 
through  the  pipes  from  the  air  compressor.  Also  hot  air  due  to 
compression  where  there  is  an  insufficient  storage  capacity  to  per- 
mit of  the  air  cooling  before  passing  to  the  tools,  or  where  the 
water-jacket  or  cooling  device  on  the  compressor  is  inadequate. 
This  tubing  and  hose  is  guaranteed  not  to  flake  or  peel  off  and 
get  into  the  delicate  valves  and  port  openings  in  the  tools,  thus 
avoiding  a  great  deal  of  trouble  and  delay  to  the  operator. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS  STEAM    HOSE 

For  Ca^-Heating  Connections 
j* 

See  that  this  Label  is  on  each  piece.    None  Genuine  without  it. 


Facsimile  of  Label 


We  have  made  a  special  study  of  hose  for  car-heating.  Our 
sales  in  the  past  six  years  were  over  400,000  pieces.  This  hose 
is  being  successfully  used  by  all  of  the  leading  railroad  companies 
throughout  the  world,  and  we  guarantee  it  to  be  superior  to  any 
car-heating  hose  on  the  market  today. 

The  label  on  each  piece  of  hose  is  a  complete  record  in  itself. 

Among  the  railroad  companies  using  this  hose  we  mention  the 
Pennsylvania  and  New  York  Central  running  dynamos  for  six  and 
seven  months  continuously,  carrying  from  80  to  1 10  pounds  of 
steam. 

* 


PRICE-LIST 

Int.  Diam. 

i    inch,  5-ply,  per  foot $i  03 

ii     "         "  " i  3° 

il     "         "  "        •   •       i  56 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


DA   STEAM    H< 


Specially  adapted  for  blowing  out  tubes  in  high-pressure  tubu- 
lar boilers.  The  rubber  in  this  hose  is  compounded  to  withstand 
great  pressure  and  heat,  and  will  retain  its  life  and  elasticity.  Its 
peculiar  construction  makes  it  the  most  durable  hose  for  severe 
pressures. 


PRIGS-LIST 

I  inch,  per  foot  .  , $o  63 

83 

.  .  .  . i  03 

"     i  30 

. i  56 

" 2  07 

.' '  2  33 

, 2  60 

"                                   3  50 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


For  Car-Heating  Connections 


See  that  this  Label  is  on  each  piece.    None  Genuine  without  it. 


Showing  a  length  of  Wire- Wound  Peerless  Steam  Hose,  for  Sewell,  Gibbs 
or  Gold  Couplings. 


Showing  standard  shape  of  piece  of  new  U-shape  Steam  Hose,  as  in  use 
on  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad. 


TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC.        321 


831.  DIAMOND    CRUSHER    AND    MORTAR.     Diamonds 
for  the  use  of  the  lapidary  are  crushed  in  a  mortar,  which  consists  of  a 

cylindrical  box,  a,  and  a  pestle,  b,  both  made 
of  hardened  steel.  A  small  rough  diamond  is 
placed  in  the  mortar,  and  the  pestle  driven 
down  by  a  hammer.  The  pieces  of  broken 
diamond  are  examined  for  the  detection  of 
fragments  suitable  for  gravers,  drills,  and  etch- 
ing points.  The  remainder  is  crushed  to  an 
impalpable  powder  by  several  hours'  continued 

work,  rotating  the  pestle  between  blows. 

When  sufficient  fineness  is  not  attained  by  the  mortar,  the  dust  may  be 

ground  between  the  concave  and  convex  surfaces,  c,  d,  of  a  hardened  steel 

mill,  a  little  oil  being  added  to  the  dust.    The  particles  will  grind  each 

other. 

832.  Section  of  the  grinding  mill. 

833.  DIAMOND   HAND.  TOOLS   AND   DRILLS.     In  Fig.  a,  a 
are  front  and  side  views  of  diamond  chisels  used  in  turning  rubies  for 

watch-jeweling  ;  b  is  a  diamond  drill  for  mak- 
ing the  hole  in  the  ruby  plate  ;  d  is  a  tool  of 
steel  wire  to  be  used  with  diamond  dust  in 
drilling  jewels  ;  e,  f  are  two  views  of  a  tri- 
angular fragment  of  diamond  mounted  for 
drilling  china  or  porcelain  ;  g  is  a  square 
stone  mounted  for  the  same  purpose  ;  h  is  a 
metallic  tube  for  drilling  annular  holes  in 
jewels  with  diamond  dust ;  i  is  a  diamond 
point  mounted  for  etching  or  ruling  in  en- 
graving ;  j,  k  are  diamonds  mounted  for  ruling  graduations  of  mathe- 
matical instruments. 


834.  COMBINATION  PRESS  for  fruit, 
lard,  or  a  sausage  stuffer.  For  fruit,  the 
gauze  wire  basket  and  strainer  diaphragms 
are  used.  The  piston,  screw  spindle,  and 
gear  are  attached  to  the  swiyeling  yoke 
and  leave  the  cylinder  clear  for  charging 
and  cleaning. 


322          TEXTILE   AND    MANUFACTURING   DEVICES,    ETC. 


835.  ARTIFICIAL   FLOWER-BRANCHING   MACHINE. 
French  type.     The  basis  of  the  stems  is  wire,  and  two  threads  of  suitable 

material  are  laid  along  this  wire 
to  prevent  subsequent  slipping 
of  the  colored  thread  which 
forms  the  outer  covering  of  the 
stems.  The  ends  of  the  short 
stems  of  leaves,  flowers,  buds, 
and  fruit  being  laid  against  the 
wire  are  wound  under  the  outer 
covering,  and  are  thus  fastened 
to  it. 

The  wire  is  fed  from  a  spool, 
a,  passes  through  a  hollow 
spindle,  b,  and  lies  upon  an  end- 
less feed  belt,  c,  to  which  it  is 
clamped  by  small  pinchers. 
The  belt  is  driven  by  gearing  underneath,  and  carries  with  it  the  wire 
stem,  which  is  slowly  unwound  from  the  spool  a.  Two  threads,  pass- 
ing through  an  eye,  e,  are  also  drawn  through  the  hollow  spindle,  b,  in  con- 
junction with  the  wire,  by  the  motion  of  the  endless  belt.  These  threads 
are  unwound  from  the  spools  /.  At  the  same  time  a  rapid  rotary  motion 
is  given  to  the  hollow  spindle  by  a  small  belt  from  the  driving  pulley  g. 

On  the  revolving  hollow  spindle,  b,  is  fixed  a  spool  frame,  h,  which  car- 
ries two  spools.  The  covering  threads  are  led  from  these  spools  through 
the  loop  of  a  small  flyer  on  the  end  of  the  hollow  spindle,  b,  and  being 
held  in  contact  with  the  wire  as  the  latter  is  slowly  fed  through  the  spindle, 
are  wound  uniformly  over  its  surface,  the  spool  frames  revolving  with 
the  spindles. 

The  ends  of  the  stems  of  leaves,  fruits,  or  flowers  being  thrust  into  the 
ends  of  the  hollow  spindle  are  at  once  caught,  and  firmly  wound  under 
in  a  rapid  manner. 

836.  Detailed  figure  of  the  winding  operation. 


SECTION  XX. 


ENGINEERING  AND  CON- 
STRUCTION, ETC. 


323 


Section   XX. 
ENGINEERING  AND  CONSTRUCTION,  ETC. 


837.  FOUR-SPOOL  HOISTING  ENGINE. 
Mundy  type.  Friction  drums  with  stop  ratchet 
and  pawl  and  friction-brake  straps.  Independ- 
ent clutch  winches.  All  under  control  of  four 
hand  levers  and  two  foot  levers. 

A  most  convenient  type  of  com- 
bination hoist  where  a  great  vari- 
ety of  work  is  in  progress.  The 
two  drums  and  four  spools  have 
each  an  independent  motion  and 
stop. 


838.  DISINTEGRATOR.      Blanchard  type.      On  two  concentric 
shafts  driven  at  high  speeds  are  mounted  grids  or  cages,  one  within  the 

other,  driven  in  opposite 
directions.  F,  the  feed 
hopper.  E,  a  steel  pin 
projecting  within  the  in- 
ner cage  to  receive  the 
impact  of  the  coarse  ma- 
terial. A,  the  outer  cage 
disk  frame.  C,  inner 


cage  disk  frame.       B, 
casing.     D,  D,  B,  journal 

boxes.     Velocity  of  the  periphery  of  the   cages  about  6,000  feet  per 

minute. 

325 


326 


ENGINEERING  AND   CONSTRUCTION,   ETC. 


Slates 


U- 


839.  FOUNDRY  CON- 
STRUCTION. Steel  construc- 
tion with  cupola  in  the  main 
room .  A  platform  or  floor  above 
and  covering  part  of  the  mold- 
ing floor  in  a  confined  building, 
is  made  available  for  fuel  and 
iron  storage  and  for  feeding  the 
cupola.  A  molding  floor  with 
cupola  in  a  steel  frame  exten- 
sion arranged  to  draw  the  metal 
on  the  molding  floor. 


840.  The  extension  may  be 
also  a  power  house  with  boiler, 
engine,  blower,  hoist  to  the 
charging  floor  and  storage  for 
material. 


841.    EXCAVATOR     AND     ROTARY 
SCREEN.     Balanced  and  pivoted  on  a  truck 
with  an  outside  wheel  support  on  a  third  rail 
while  operating.     A, 
engine  for  actuating 
the  bucket  chain  ;  a 
separate   engine    for 
turning  the  excavator 
on  its  pivot.  D,  chain 
gear  for  turning  the 
screen,  C.    One  of  the 
modern  designs 
o  f     machinery 
usedinbuilding 
roads  and  rail- 
ways. 


ENGINEERING   AND   CONSTRUCTION,   ETC. 


327 


842.  UNIVERSAL  POCKET  LEVEL. 
The  under  side  of  the  glass  is  ground  and 
polished  spherically,  concave  of  long  radius, 
and  set  in  a  case  of  steel,  nickel-plated. 
Filled  with  spirits  or  glycerized  water,  ex- 
cept the  bubble  space. 

843.  ADJUSTABLE  BEAM  CLAMP.  For  suspending  iron 
pipes  from  fireproof  ceilings.  The  sleeve  when  turned  into  a  quarter 
turn  allows  the  clamp  to  be  adjusted, 
and  is  then  locked  by  turning  it  back 
to  its  original  position,  the  teeth  on  the 
hooks  engaging  in  corresponding  slots 
on  inside  of  sleeve.  The  hooks  are 
sharpened  where  they  extend  over  the 
flange  of  the  beam  so  they  can  be 
driven  under  the  brick. 

844.    GRAVITY    ELEVATOR.      A 

simple  arrangement  for  lowering  build- 
ing material  in  taking  down  high  build- 
ings. When  the  upper  story  is  cleared 
the  wheel  is  set  on  the  next  floor  below 
and  so  on.  The  brake  controls  the  difV 
ference  in  weight  between  the  empty  and 
loaded  barrow. 

This  method  of  lowering  the  material 
in  taking  down  the  old  buildings,  avoids 
the  dust  nuisance  made  by  discharging 
the  material  through  a  chute. 


845.  PORTABLE  CON- 
CRETE MIXER.  A  rotary 
mixer  driven  by  a  steam  or 
compressed-air  engine,  with 
swinging  shovels  on  the  in- 
of  the  barrel  for  thor- 
oughly  mixing  the  concrete. 


328 


ENGINEERING  AND   CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


846.  CONCRETE  MIXER. 
Smith  type.  Mounted  on  a  truck 
and  driven  by  a  gasoline  engine. 
Mixes  in  batches  and  tilts  to  dis- 
charge while  running. 


847.  PORTABLE  CONCRETE  MIXER.     Square  box  type.     The 

revolution  of  the  rectangular 
box,  hung  at  its  corners,  makes 
a  thorough  mixture  of  the  con- 
crete in  batches.  The  ma- 
terials are  charged  through  the 
hopper  in  measured  quantities, 
so  making  a  uniform  mixture 
for  concrete  work. 


J.  TRENCH  BRACE. 


An  up-to-date  contractor's  appliance  for 
bracing  trenches.  The  large  handle 
nut  and  screw  give  the  brace  great 
power,  and  the  socket  bearings  ac- 
commodate the  brace  to  irregular 
surfaces. 


849.  TYPES 
OF  MACHINE- 
SHOP  CON- 
STRUCTION. 

Sides  may  be  of 
brick  or  steel  with 
corrugated  iron 
siding.  Roofs  of 
steel  framing  with 
slate  covering  and 
glass  lights  in  roof. 


ENGINEERING  AND   CONSTRUCTION,   ETC. 


3*9 


850.  WOOD  PRESERVATION  APPARATUS.     Hot-air  and  tar- 
vapor  process.      Heated  air  is  driven  from  the  generator,  D,  into  the 

chamber,  A,  containing  the  wood,  the 
vapor  escaping  from  the  upper  pipe. 
When  the  wood  is  dry,  tar  is  intro- 
duced into  the  generator,  and  the 
resulting  fumes  similarly  forced  into 
the  chamber  impregnate  the  wood. 

B  is  a  water  box  made  hot  from 
the  furnace,  E,  which  in  turn  keeps 
the  tar  fluid  in  the  tank  C. 


851.  WIRE-GUY  GRIPPER.  The  eccentric  grooved 
levers,  as  shown,  make  a  quick-handled  grip  on  guys  for 
derricks.  It  is  easily  applied  or  removed  by  the  use  of 
the  pin  in  one  of  the  lever  sheaves. 

With  the  addition  of  parallel  jaws  under  the  eccentric 
grips,  this  device  makes  a  good  grip  for  hauling  ropes 
and  cables. 


852.  TIMBER    CREOSOTING    APPARATUS.     Timber  or  piles 
are  bundled  and  shoved  into  a  long  cylinder  and  the  cylinder  head 


closed  tight.  Steam  is  then  introduced  at  a  high  pressure— 100  to 
150  Ibs.  per  square  inch.  This  heat  coagulates  the  sap  and  drives  the 
moisture  from  the  lumber,  when  creosote  oil  is  pumped  into  the  cyl- 
inder and  saturates  the  wood.  The  oil  is  then  driven  out  of  the 
cylinder  by  the  steam  pressure  and  heat  and  the  lumber  withdrawn. 


330 


ENGINEERING   AND   CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


853.  ELECTRICALLY  DRIVEN  HAMMER.  Power  is  trans- 
mitted to  the  crank  shaft,  A,  by  means  of  a  flexible  shaft,  and  a  recipro- 
cating motion  is 
given  to  the 
hammer  head, 
C,  by  the  pitman 
B.  As  the  rota- 
tion of  shaft  A 
is  very  rapid  the 

succession  of  blows  upon  the  chisel  is  so  rapid  as  to '  be  almost  con- 
tinuous. A  small  balance  wheel  on  the  end  of  shaft  A  absorbs  part 
of  the  shock  of  the  impact  and  produces  smooth  running.  A  plunger, 
D,  is  free  to  slide  within  the  hammer  head,  but  is  kept  from  striking 
point  F  by  the  coil  spring  at  E.  When  the  pitman  moves  to  the  right 
its  right-hand  end  presses  against  the  plunger  at  G,  which  in  turn  com- 
municates motion  to  the  hammer  head  through  spring  E,  and  the  chisel 
is  struck  a  sharp  blow. 

After  the  blow,  the  hammer  head  is  returned  by  the  movement  of  the 
pitman  to  the  left,  by  means  of  pin  g.  This  pin  is  attached  to  hammer- 
head C,  but  is  entirely  independent  of  the  plunger  D.  The  end  of  the 
pitman  is  slotted  to  receive  pin  g,  and  the  slot  is  of  such  a  length  that  the 
pin,  together  with  the  hammer  head,  can  have  free  motion  during  the 
blow. 


854-  DUPLEX  ROLLING  LIFT  BRIDGE.  Scherzer  type. 
These  bridges  cover  a  double  waterway  of  no  feet  each,  over  Newark 
Bay,  on  the  line  of  the  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey. 


Two  7  5 -horse-power  gasoline  engines,  manufactured  by  Fairbanks, 
Morse  &  Co.,  are  provided.  Each  engine  is  so  arranged  and  con- 
nected with  the  machinery  that  it  can  operate  both  bridges  either 
jointly  or  separately,  as  desired.  The  operator's  house  is  constructed 
entirely  of  steel  and  fireproof  material,  wood  being  eliminated. 


ENGINEERING  AND   CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


331 


855.  BALANCED    SWING    BRIDGE,   Toronto,   Can.     Operated 
at  the  short  end  by  an  endless  chain  guided  by  pulleys  on  a  quadrant 


frame.  The  bridge  is  160  feet  on  the  long  span  and  100  feet  on  the 
short  span.  Balanced  on  friction  rollers  by  counterweights  and  oper- 
ated by  electric  motor.  Plan  and  elevation. 

Rsmo      856    FALL   ROPE 
CABLE     CARRIER. 

Miller  type.  Five-rope 
system  without  fall  latch. 
The  power  of  the  hoist 
rope  is  increased  three 
times  at  the  fall  block. 

857.  Section  of  a  per- 
manent button  stop  with 
pin  and  holes  for  soldering. 


858.  FALL  ROPE  CA- 
BLE CARRIER.  Four- 
rope  system  with  loop  blocks 
to  support  the  fall  rope. 

The  traction  rope  is  an 
endless  one,  driven  from 
one  end  of  the  carrier  plant. 
The  lift  is  three  times  the 
power  of  the  fall  rope. 


332 


ENGINEERING   AND   CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


859.  CRIB    DAM.     Ottawa  River  type.     A  crib  framing  of  timber 
filled  in  with  stone,  topped  by  a  slope  frame  of  3  to  i,  and  apron  with 

its  apex  at  half  the 
width  of  the  crib  to 
divide  the  total  fall 
of  the  water.  B, 
cross  planking  on 
top  and  back. 
Back  filling  of 
stone  and  earth. 


860.  COUNTERBALANCED  DRAWBRIDGE.  Morris  Canal 
type.  The  draw  of  the  bridge,  which  is  about  25  feet,  is  manipulated 
by  hand  power.  The  entire  length  of  the  bridge  is  55  feet.  The  prin- 
ciple of  operation  is  clearly  shown  in  the  illustration.  The  weight  of 
the  draw  being  about  three  tons,  two  counterbalanced  weights  are  em- 
ployed weighing  3,000  Ib.  each,  made  of  cast  iron  in  the  shape  of 
a  cylinder,  about  3  feet  in  diameter,  and  mounted  in  such  a  way  as  to 
be  rotatable  on  their  axes.  These  weights  run  in  tracks  which  are 


laid  in  an  ellipse  on  an  inclined  framework  extending  from  near  the  top 
of  the  central  framework  to  the  level  of  the  roadway  of  the  bridge. 
Wire  cables  connect  the  counterbalance  weights  with  the  free  end  of  the 
draw,  the  cable  passing  once  around  the  pulleys  at  the  top  of  the  frame- 
work. The  pulleys  are  mounted  upon  a  3-inch  shaft  which  extends 


ENGINEERING   AND   CONSTRUCTION,   ETC. 


333 


along  the  top  of  the  central  cross  beam,  and  which  is  provided  at  its  right- 
hand  extremity  with  a  pinion  2\  feet  in  diameter.  This  engages  with 
a  small  pinion  that  is  mounted  on  the  shaft  that  is  rotated  by  the  endless 
chain  from  below.  The  draw  is  almost  balanced  by  the  weight  of  the 
rollers. 


861.  TRANS- 
FER BRIDGE. 
A  hanging  track 
on  an  elevated 
suspension 
bridge  with  a  car 
suspended  from 
a  truck  and  trav- 
ersed by  an  over- 
head cable. 


862.  EARTH  EMBANKMENT.     Ottawa  River  type.     Solid  stone 
wall  on  canal  side  backed  by  a  clay  puddle  wall  and  back  filling  of  earth 


and  timber  crib  work  rilled  with  stone  and  the  bank  riprapped  with 
large  stone. 

I 

863.  HIGH  STRUCTURES.   Eifel  Tower, 
989  feet  high.    Washington  Monument,  555  feet 
high.      Capitol  at  Washington,  307  feet  high. 
City  Hall,  Philadelphia,  547  feet  high. 
The  cut  represents  the  comparative  height 
of    the    Eifel    Tower,    the 
Washington  Monument  and 
the  Capitol  at  Washington. 
The  City  Hall,  Philadel- 
phia, is  the  highest  build- 
ing in  the  world. 


334 


ENGINEERING  AND   CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


864.  GIGANTIC  WHEEL,  London,  Eng.  Three  hundred  feet 
in  diameter,  carried  on  two  towers,  175  feet  high,  in  which  are  saloon 
and  balconies.  The  wheel  is  driven  by  a  steel  wire  hawser  i£  inches 
in  diameter.  There  are  two  of  these,  one  on  each  side,  passing  around 


grooves  on  the  sides  of  the  wheel,  at  195  feet  diameter.  It  is  only  in- 
tended to  use  one  at  a  time.  The  motive  power  is  taken  from  two  50- 
horse-power  dynamos,  and  of  these  one  will  be  sufficient,  and  the  other 
in  reserve.  There  are  40  cars,  each  25  feet  long,  and  8  platforms  for 
loading  at  once  as  many  cars. 

865.  End  view,  showing  the  three  balconies  and  their  lifts. 

866.  MOVING  PLAT- 
FORM for  boarding  rail- 
way cars.  The  stepped  plat- 
form railway  will  be  very  safe. 
Chances  of  accidents  are  lim- 
ited. The  fall  of  a  person  pass- 
ing from  one  platform  to  an- 
other would  not  be  attended 
with  serious  results,  as  the  dif- 
ference between  the  speed  of 
two  platforms  is  equal  to  the 
average  speed  of  a  pedestrian. 


ENGINEERING  AND    CONSTRUCTION,    ETC. 


335 


867.  TRAVELING  STAIRWAY  OR  RAMP.  A  dynamo  and  a 
transmission  drive  the  upper  drum  and  guards  at  a  mean  speed  of  twenty 

inches  per  second. 

The  system  com- 
prises an  endless 
web  formed  of  bars 
of  wood  which  are 
provided  with  rollers 
that  are  formed  of 
a  material  called 
"hem  a  cite  "  and 
that  run  upon  rails. 
The  returning  half 
is  suspended  from  a 
rail  lodged  in  the 
lower  chord  of  the 
principal  girder. 
This  arrangement  of 
chains  with  detach- 
able links  permits 
of  doing  away  with 
stretchers. 

The  jointed  web  is  actuated  by  a  chain  of  which  each  link  cor- 
responds to  one  of  the  bars  of  wood.  This  passes  at  the  upper  part 
over  an  indented  wheel  actuated  by  the  electric  motor  with  the  inter- 
position of  a  shaft  with  a  ratchet  to  prevent  any  return  in  an  opposite 
direction. 

The  jointed  bars  are  provided  with  rubber  projections  for  the  purpose 
of  giving  the  feet  a  firm  hold.  These  projections,  which  are  arranged 
in  longitudinal  bands,  make  their  exit  at  the  lower  part  and  disappear  at 
the  upper  between  the  teeth  of  metallic  combs  designed  to  take  up  and 
set  down  the  passengers  without  jerks.  The  guards  consist  also  of  end- 
less chains  covered  with  rubber  and  cloth.  Each  link  of  the  chain  slides 
in  a  groove  that  prevents  any  lateral  displacement. 

868.  Perspective  view,  showing  jointed  web,  sprocket  drum  at  the 
lower  end  of  the  ramp  and  a  section  of  the  moving  hand  rail. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


STEAM   HOSE 


A! 2 3  45  6  739/0/1/2 
56.789101112 


W e  Manufacture  the  Following  Brands 


dkeside 


INTERNAL 
DIAMETER 

3-PLY 

4-PLY 

5-PLY 

6-PLY 

7-PLY 

8-PLY 

^ 

$o  43 

$o  51 

$o  63 

$o  76 

$o  89 

$i  02 

£  

51 

67 

83 

I   OO 

i   17 

i  34 

I     

67 

83 

I  03 

i  24 

i  45 

i  66 

Ijr  

85 

i  04 

I  30 

i  56 

i  82 

2  08 

li  

I  02 

i  25 

1  56 

i  87 

2    18 

2   50 

12  
2     

i   18 
i  34 

;s 

ill 

2   O7 

2    17 

2  49 

2  53 

2  90 

2  QO 

3  32 

2k  

i  So 

1  87 

2  33 

2  80 

3  27 

3  74 

2A  

i  66 

2  08 

2  60 

3  12 

3  64 

46 

3    

2   OO 

2  80 

3  5° 

4  20 

4  90 

?6o 

For  Marline  or  Wire-Wound  Hose,,  additional  charge  according  to  size. 
If  Canvas  Cover  is  wanted,  we  charge  as  i-ply.  Steam  being  used  in  vul- 
canizing rubber,  it  follows  that  in  the  continual  use  of  steam  hose,  it  becomes 
over-vulcanized.  Our  Steam  Hose  is  specially  prepared  to  overcome  this 
feature. 


For  use  of  buyers,  we  append  a  table  of  heat  generated  by  pressure. 

40  Ibs.  steam  pressure  generates 269°  heat 

50  '  283° 

60  '  295° 

70  '  306° 

3I50 


90 

100 


.  .  324° 

.    .331° 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS   AIR-BRAKE    HOSE 


IPI23456789IOIII2 


This  is  a  facsimile  of  the  label  on  our  first  quality  of  Air- 
Brake  Hose  (excepting  that  made  for  the  Westinghouse  Air-Brake 
Company,  which  may  be  seen  on  page  70). 

We  have  made  within  the  past  eight  years  over  3,000,000 
feet  of  it  for  railroads  and  the  Westinghouse  Air-Brake  Company. 


We  Guarantee  i 
in  the 


the  Best 


The  label  on  each  piece  is  a  record  in  itself. 
We  make  it  in  22-inch  lengths,    or  any  lengths  desired  up  to 
50  feet,  with  capped  ends. 

No  extra  charge  for  short  lengths. 


Int.  Diam. 

i    inch,  4-ply,  per  foot 
ij     " 


$o  83 
i  04 


-  : 

THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


AND  SIGNAL  F 


Issued  by  The  Peerless  Rubber  Manufacturing 
Company 


All  air-brake  and  signal  hose  must  be  soft  and  pliable,  and  not  less 
than  4-ply.  The  tube  to  be  hand-made  and  so  firmly  joined  to  the  canvas 
that  it  cannot  be  pulled  away  without  breaking  or  splitting  the  tube.  The 
tube,  friction,  coating  and  cover  to  be  of  the  same  quality  of  gum.  No  re- 
claimed rubber  or  old  stock  to  be  used. 

All  cotton  duck  to  be  used  in  air-brake  and  signal  hose  to  weigh  not 
less  than  from  20  to  22  ounces  per  yard,  38  to  40  inches  wide,  to  be  loosely 
woven  and  long  fibre.  Duck  must  be  frictioned  on  both  sides,  and,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  friction,  must  have  a  heavy  coating  of  gum  on  one  side,  so  when 
made  up  there  will  be  a  distinct  layer  of  gum  between  each  ply  of  duck. 
Hose  without  the  coating  will  be  rejected. 

The  tube  to  be  not  less  than  ij-guage  thick.  The  inside  diameter  of 
freight  hose  must  not  be  more  than  iA  inches  nor  less  than  ii  inches.  Out- 
side diameter  not  more  tlun  2  inches  nor  less  than  if  inches.  The  inside 
diameter  of  passenger  and  signal  hose  must  not  be  more  than  \r&  inches  nor 
less  than  i  inch.  Outside  diameter  must  not  be  more  than  i|  inches  nor 
less  than  ITS  inches.  Diameter  to  be  as  specified  throughout  the  entire  length. 
All  short  lengths  to  have  capped  ends.  All  caps  must  be  vulcanized  on,  not 
pasted  or  cemented  on. 

Each  standard  length  of  air  and  signal  hose  must  be  branded  with  the 
name  of  the  manufacturer,  and  the  year  and  month  in  which  made,  name  of 
road,  and  a  table  of  raised  letters  denoting  the  years  an<3  months,  thus : 


^m  \\kWL  OT  ^owa 


HIM  2  34  567  6910  U\2Q 

I  I  %Dl&*AA  Q/!7AQir)///ploc  i 


•> <V/P££/Pt£SS  /?UBBEK>firG.CO.ff.  Y./06 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ND  S! 
MUST  STAI^  E  FOI 

FRI,  BST 

The  friction  will  be  determined  by  the  force  re- 
quired to  unwind  a  section  of  hose  i  inch  in  length, 
the  force  being  applied  at  the  point  of  separation,  as 
per  sketch.  With  a  force  of  25  pounds,  the  separa- 
tion must  be  uniform  and  regular,  and  when  unwound 
from  outside  to  tube,  the  average  speed  must  not  be 
greater  than  12  inches  in  20  minutes. 

STRETCHING  TEST 

The  i-inch  section  of  the  tube  or  inner  lining 
should  then  be  taken  from  the  piece  of  i-inch  section 
used  in  the  friction  test,  and  cut  at  the  thickest  part  of  lap  ;  then 
marks  2  inches  apart  will  be  placed  on  it  and  stretched  10  inches 
from  the  aforesaid  2-inch  marks,  and  released  immediately.  It  will 
then  be  re-marked,  and  will  be  stretched  10  inches,  or  400  per 
cent  without  breaking,  to  remain  stretched  10  minutes,  and  to  be 
measured  10  minutes  after  the  strain  is  removed.  In  no  case 
must  the  piece  show  more  than  ^-inch  permanent  set  or  elonga- 
tion in  2  inches.  Hose  should  be  at  least  from  three  to  seven 
days  old  before  testing. 

All   rejected  material    may   be   returned,   the    shipper    paying 
freight  both  ways. 


THE  PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SECTION  XXI. 


MISCELLANEOUS  DEVICES. 


337 


Section  XXI. 
MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


869.  PORTABLE  SAW  for  felling  trees.  The  saw  is  formed  of 
hardened  steel  plates,  which  are  riveted  together  in  double  series  for  the 
entire  length.  The  rivets  are  sufficiently 
loose  to  form  joints.  Each  plate  or  link 
is  shaped  on  one  side  to  form  a  pair  of 
saw  teeth,  one  tooth  cutting  in  one 
direction  and  one  in  the  other.  The 
plates  are  a  little  thicker  on  the  cutting 
edge  than  at  the  back,  so  that  the  saw, 
as  it  is  sharpened,  is  always  set  so  as  to 
clear  its  cut.  A  cross  handle  at  each  end  of  the  saw  fits  into  a  ring 
for  use.  The  handles  are  withdrawn  from  their  rings  to  render  the 
saw  portable. 

870.  STUMP-PULLING   MACHINE.     The  pulling  mechanism  is 
supported  by  a  tripod,  to  the  upper  end  of  which  is  secured  a  chain 

carrying  a  bar  or  plate  pro- 
vided with  a  bearing  in  which 
slides  a  notched  bar.  Mesh- 
ing with  the  notches  of  this 
bar  are  the  teeth  of  a  pawl, 
which  is  so  connected  by 
levers  with  the  operating 
handle  that  the  downward 
movement  of  the  latter  will 
raise  the  pawl  and  notched 
bar  and  the  chain  attached 
to  its  lower  end.  A  sliding 
bolt  then  holds  the  notched 

bar  in  its  raised  position,  when  the  handle  can   be  raised  to  enable 
the  pawl  to  engage  with  the  next  lower  teeth  of  the  bar.     Thus,  by  a 
339    ' 


340 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


succession  of  up-and-down  movements  of  the  handle,  the  notched  bar 
may  be  elevated  its  entire  length,  or  until  the  stump  is  pulled  com- 
pletely out. 


MOTOR    ROLLER-DISK 


PLOW.  The  gang  of  roller 
disks  are  separately  at- 
tached to  arms  pivoted  to 
a  frame,  which  is  attached 
to  an  extension  of  the  rear 
end  of  the  traction  motor. 
A  windlass  driven  by  the 
motor  lifts  the  disk  plows 
out  of  the  ground  when 
not  in  use. 


872.  AUTOMOBILE    PLOW.     French  type.     In  this  system  the 
part  designed  for  working  the  ground  comprises  a  series  of  three  disks, 

which  are  not  arranged 
in  the  same  plane, 
although  alongside  of 
each  other,  and  each 
of  which  carries  strong 
steel  colters  mounted 
upon  its  circumference. 
These  disks  are  placed 
upon  a  frame  in  the 
rear  of  a  road  locomotive,  the  mechanism  of  which  is  so  combined  as 
to  set  them  in  rotation.  The  frame  that  supports  them  may  be  raised 
more  or  less,  and  may  also  be  thrown  out  of  engagement  with  the  earth. 
As  the  locomotive  advances,  the  disks  revolve  and  their  peripheral 
knives  penetrate  the  earth  and  cut  it  into  slices  the  thickness  of  which 
is  capable  of  varying  according  to  the  velocity  given  the  instrument  and 
to  the  nature  of  the  ground  plowed.  As  may  be  seen,  the  colter  disks 
are  mounted  on  the  back  of  the  locomotive,  and  the  inclination  of  the 
colters  as  well  as  the  rotation  of  the  disks  is  in  a  contrary  direction  in 
order  to  assure  the  pulverization,  which  is  the  real  object  of  plowing. 
The  plow  was  exhibited  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  where  experiments 
with  it  proved  that  it  was  capable  of  plowing  six  acres  per  day  of 
twelve  hours. 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


341 


873.  REVERSIBLE  PLOW. 
The  wheel  runs  in  the  last  furrow. 
y,  yoke  handle,  which  turns  over  to 
the  other  side  at  the  end  of  a  fur- 
row ;  V,  latch  to  fasten  the  handle 
to  the  beam  ;  /,  k,  clevis  and  chain. 


874.  TETHERING  HOOK.  The  hook  or  fastening  for  tethering 
or  coupling  animals  by  their  bridles,  etc.,  and 
for  ofher  uses,  comprises  a  link,  c,  and  a  hook,  a, 
the  point  of  which  can  not  pass  through  the  link. 
The  hook  has  holes  for  the  link  and  the  fixing- 
staple  b.  The  strap,  s,  is  attached  to  the  fasten- 
ing as  shown. 


875.  FOUNTAIN  WASH 
BOILER.  The  broad  base  of  the 
siphon  collects  the  steam  generated 
on  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  which 
rising  in  the  vertical  pipe  induces  a 
=  rapid  flow  of  boiling  water,  creat- 
ing a  circulation  through  the 
clothes. 


876.   POTATO-WASHING    MACHINE,    a,  spiral  of  arms  for 
removing  dirt ;  b,  perforated  screw  for  moving  potatoes  toward  end  of 

washer  next  to  the  com- 
minutor  ;  c,  perforated  pad- 
dles for  lifting  the  clean 
potatoes  into  the  hopper 
leading  to  comminutor  ;  d, 
hopper  for  introducing 

potatoes  into  washer  ;  a,  hopper  leading  to  comminutor,  not  shown. 
The  machine  is  slightly  tilted  so  that  the  water  flows  to  the  left, 
while  the  potatoes  are  forced  to  the  right  by  the  screw  and  spiral 


342 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


877.  POTATO-RASPING  MA- 
CHINE. Used  in  the  manufacture  of 
starch,  a,  hopper  ;  b,  barrel  rasp  ;  c, 
receptacle  for  pulp  ;  d,  wooden  buffer  ; 
e,  setting  screw  ;  /,  water  jet. 

The  buffer  is  for  adjusting  the  open- 
ing between  the  rasping  barrel  and 
itself  to  insure  a  uniformly  fine  potato 
pulp. 


878.  PARIS-GREEN   DUSTER.     A  small  rotary  fan  with  pinion 
and  gear,  driven  by  hand.     A  vibrating  dust  box,  with  a  regulating 

valve  and  spout.  It  will  dis- 
tribute a  pound  of  Paris  green 
evenly  over  an  acre  of  potato 
vines. 


879.  AUTOMOBILE  MOWING  MACHINE.     McCormick  type. 
The  motor  is  a  double  cylinder,  lo-horse-power  gasoline  engine.     The 

oil  tank  is  divided 
into  three  compart- 
ments :  one  for  oil, 
one  for  batteries,  and 
one  for  water.  Power 
is  transmitted  from 
the  motor  by  sprocket 
wheels  and  chain  to 
a  friction  clutch 
placed  on  the  cross 
shaft  of  the  mower. 
This  clutch  is  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  engage 
either  one  bevel-gear 
wheel  or  another  placed  on  each  side,  and  in  this  way  the  machine  can 
be  run  backward  and  forward  at  will.  The  bevel-gear  wheels  engage 
a  pinion  which  serves  to  operate  the  fly-wheel  shaft  and  cutter  bar. 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


343 


They  also  transmit  power  to  the  mower  wheels  through  two  gear 
wheels.  The  friction  clutch  is  controlled  by  a  lever  placed  at  the  foot 
of  the  operator.  Steering  is  effected  by  a  crank  connected  with  the 
guide  wheel  in  front  of  the  cutter  bar.  The  cutter  bar  can  be  lifted  by 
the  driver  from  his  seat  by  means  of  a  lever. 

880.  MODERN    TWO-HORSE    MOWER.     Wood  type.    All 
metal  construction,  except  the  tongue,  whiffietrees,  track  clearer,  and 

A  lever.    The  main  feature  of  these 

mowers  is  the  floating  cutter  frame, 
which  permits  setting  the  cutter 
bar  at  the  desired  height ;  and  up 
hill  and  down  dale,  through  hol- 
lows and  over  ridges,  it  will  cut 
all  the  grass  at  the  same  height, 
until  r  e  - 
adjusted. 
On  all  the 
m  owers 

the  gearing  is  protected  from  dust,  and  roller  bearings  are  used 
throughout,  eliminating  all  unnecessary  friction. 

881 .  CREAM    SEPARATOR.     Danish  type.    The  milk  is  fed 
through  the  pipe  A,  and  passed  down  the  conical  center  through  tubes 

and  into  the  separating  pan 
at  the  bottom.  The  cream 
being  of  less  gravity  than 
the  milk  separates  under 
the  high  speed  of  the  pan, 
and  is  carried  up  along  the 
cone  and  discharged  over  the 
top  of  the  revolving  pan  to 
the  spout  at  the  left  hand. 
The  denser  milk  gathers  at 
the  outside  of  the  pan  and 
rises  through  the  openings 
in  the  annular  groove  and 
is  scooped  up  by  the  dis- 
charge pipe  B.  About  2, coo 
revolutions  per  minute  are 
required  in  these  machines. 


344 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


882.  REFRIGERATION.     Ammonia  process.     The  simple  routine 
of  the  process  of  refrigeration  by  the  circulation  of  ammonia.     It  con- 

WATCR.UPKV  SiStS          °f          threC         PrmCiPal 

parts:  A,  an  "evapora- 
tor," or,  as  sometimes 
called,  a  "congealer,"  in 
which  the  volatile  liquid 
is  vaporized.  B,  a  com- 
bined suction  and  com- 
pressor pump,  which 
sucks  or,  properly  .speak- 


tc 


ing,  "aspirates"  the  gas 
or  vapor  from  the  evaporator  as  fast  as  formed.  C,  a  liquefier  or,  as 
commonly  called,  "  condenser,"  into  which  the  gas  is  discharged  by  the 
compressor  pump,  and  under  the  combined  action  of  the  pump  pressure 
and  cold  condenser  the  vapor  is  here  reconverted  into  a  liquid,  to  be  re- 
turned to  and  again  used  in  the  congealer. 


883.  MODEL  COLD-STORAGE  HOUSE.  The  lettering  on 
the  cut  shows  the  principal  features  of  construction.  The  ice  should 
rest  on  wooden  slats  laid  in  a  galvanized 
iron  pan  a  little  larger  than  the  pile  of  ice, 
with  drip  pipes  and  siphons  to  carry  off 
the  water.  At  the  entrance  to  the  store- 
room there  must  be  a  vestibule,  either  in- 
side or  outside,  as  space  or  circumstances 
may  direct.  The  walls  should  be  thick 
and  the  door  very  heavy.  The  doors, 
both  inside  and  outside,  should  be  fitted 
with  rubber,  so  as  to  close  perfectly  tight, 
and  both  doors  must  never  be  opened  at 
the  same  time.  This  vestibule  should  be 
large  enough  to  contain  a  fair  wagon  load 
of  goods,  so  that  if  you  are  receiving  a  load  of  stuff,  you  are  not  required 
to  stop  until  all  is  in  the  vestibule  and  ready  to  store.  This  house  only 
needs  filling  once  a  year.  The  temperature  will  range  from  34°  in  winter 
to  36°  in  summer,  and  will  preserve  fruit  perfectly  from  season  to  season. 
The  opening  for  putting  in  the  ice,  shown  just  under  the  pulley  in  the 
cut,  has  two  doors,  with  a  space  between ;  each  door  is  a  foot  thick.  The 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


345 


window  in  the  cold  room  has  three  sets  of  sashes,  well  packed  or  cemented. 
The  walls  are  13  inches  thick,  lined  with  17  inches  of  sawdust.  Thirty- 
six  inches  of  sawdust  are  put  on  the  floor  over  the  ice.  The  building 
shown  is  25  feet  square,  inside  measure,  and  22  feet  from  floor  of  cold 
room  to  ceiling  over  the  ice.  The  ice  room  is  12  feet  high,  and  the  cold 
room  9  feet.  Pillars  are  required  under  the  center  of  the  ice. 


884.  MODERN  GRAIN  HARVESTER.    The  grain,  when  cut  and 


thrown  on  to  the  traveling  apron,  is  carried  over  to  the  binder,  where 
it  is  bundled,  tied,  and  dropped  on  the  ground. 


885.     COMPOUND     THRESHER.     A  threshing-machine  study ; 
Reeves  type.     A,  beater  drum  ;  B,  separator  ;  C,  carrier  ;  D,  forwarder  ; 


E,  push  forks  ;   F,  push  rakes  ;   G,  shaking   cranks  ;   K,  V,  winnow 
sieves  ;  O,  winnow  fan  ;  M,  N,  grain  chutes. 


346 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


886.  REFUSE    CREMATORY.     The  figure  shows  a  sectional  ele- 
vation of  this  destructor  furnace  in  which  i  is  the  main  combustion 

chamber,    2    the    fire    grate,    the 


lower  end  of  which  is  carried  on  a 
e  hollow  bearer,  20,  through  which 
water  is  circulated  to  keep  it  cool. 
The  lower  grate,  6,  is  of  sufficient 
length  to  prevent  clinker,  which 
falls  on  to  it  from  the  upper  grate, 
from  falling  over  its  front  end. 
The  clinker  remains  on  this  lower 
grate  until  more  completely  burned 
and  partially  cooled,  when  it  is  raked  off  over  the  front  end.  7,  fa  and 
jb  are  tuyeres  through  which  air,  in  addition  to  that  entering  through  the 
fire  bars,  is  forced  ;  7  and  76,  on  either  side  of  70,  are  not  visible  in  cut ; 
the  refuse  to  be  burned  is  fed  through  the  aperture  9.  The  stoking  hole, 
10,  permits  the  introduction  of  an  iron  bar  for  keeping  the  grate  and  back 
wall,  5,  from  getting  clinkered.  The  products  of  combustion  are  drawn 
through  the  openings,  n,  n,  which  are  at  the  hottest  part  of  the  fire,  into 
the  main  flue,  12,  through  an  intermediate  chamber,  13,  fitted  with  a 
damper,  14. 


887.  CONICAL    CHARCOAL    KILN. 

Built  round  on  a  clay  floor  with  brick  walls 
12  inches  thick  for  7^  feet.  Eight-inch  wall 
to  top.  About  90  vent  pipes  built  into  the 
wall  in  3  rows  with  stoppers.  Size  of  a 
35-cord  kiln,  28  feet  inside  at  bottom  ;  28  feet 
high.  A,  sheet-iron  doors  and  cast-iron 
frames,  6x6  feet,  or  bricked  up  with  mud. 
Time  of  burning  9  to  10  days  ;  at  5  days 
vents  are  plugged  tight.  Product  of  35  cords, 
1,700  bushels.  Thirty-five  thousand  brick 
are  required  to  construct  it. 

888.  Ground  plan  of  the  charcoal  kiln. 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


347 


889.  COKING  OVEN.     Connellsville  type.    The  type  now  in  gen- 
eral use  has  a  diameter  of  from  10  to  12  feet,  and  a  height  of  from 

6  to  8  feet,  and  is  built  of  fire  brick  or 
stone.  It  is  arched  in  the  interior,  and 
has  an  opening  in  the  top  for  charging 
and  for  the  escape  of  the  gases  during  the 
coking  process,  and  a  door  in  the  lower 
front  side  through  which  the  finished 
product  is  "  drawn,"  this  door  being  closed 
during  the  coking  process.  The  average 
charge  of  coal  per  oven  is  from  three  and 
one-half  to  four  tons,  the  heavier  charge  re- 
quiring more  time  for  the  coking  process. 
When  the  charge  is  leveled  it  has  a  depth 
of  from  two  and  one-half  to  three  feet  in 
the  oven,  thus  leaving  sufficient  room  for 
the  accumulating  gas  and  for  the  expan- 
sion and  rising  of  the  coke  during  the 
process  of  its  manufacture.  It  is  the 
practice  to  charge  every  other  oven  each 
day,  and  the  charge  is  ignited  by  the  heat  retained  in  the  walls  of  the 
ovens.  The  ignition  is  indicated  by  a  puff  something  like  a  powder 
explosion.  For  twenty-four  hours  the  gas  is  allowed  to  escape,  and 
then  the  oven  is  closed  up.  Furnace  coke  in  general  use  requires 
forty-eight  hours  for  the  coking  process. 

890.  Plan  of  one  coking  oven  in  a  range  of  a  coking  plant. 

891.  DESTRUCTOR    FURNACE.     English.    Vertical  and  trans- 
verse sections  of  a  double  line  of  furnaces.     The  grates  where  the  fire 

is  made  are  shown  at  A.  At  B  the 
refuse  to  be  destroyed  is  shown  in  an 
inclined  flue  where  it  is  being  dried, 
and  as  it  is  consumed  on  the  grate, 
descends  on  the  slope  of  the  flue, 
fresh  matter  being  supplied  from  the 
pits  at  C.  The  down  flue,  by  which 
the  products  of  combustion  are  car- 
ried to  the  main  flue,  E,  is  shown  by 
the  dotted  lines  in  the  upper  figure. 

892.  Cross  section  of  a  double  fur- 
nace. 


348 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


893.  LIFE-SAVING  NET.  For  bottom  of  elevator  shafts.  A 
strong  rope  net,  F,  held  on  two  sides  by  the  rods,  G,  which  are  in  turn 

supported  on  each  end  by  the 
strut  arms  C.  The  lower  ends 
of  these  arms  fit  the  bearings 
in  the  pillow  blocks,  B,  which 
are  bolted  to  a  stout  plank,  A, 
which  is  securely  fastened  to 
the  bottom  of  the  shaft.  The 
net  is  held  taut  by  a  large  com- 
pression spring,  E,  acting  at  the 
upper  ends  of  the  strut  arms  C.  The  spring,  E,  is  supported  and  held 
in  place  by  pieces  of  large  pipe,  D,  it  being  also  free  to  move  along 
the  same. 

When  the  falling  body  strikes  the  net,  the  fall  is  broken  by  the  com- 
bined action  of  it  and  the  springs  which  take  the  position  shown  by  the 
dotted  .lines  in  the  vertical  section. 


894-  REMINGTON     TYPEWRITER.       Vertical  transverse  sec- 
tion of  the  No.  3  machine,  showing  the  arrangement  of  the  keys,  key 

levers,  and  connections. 
In  the    upper   part  of 


machine  is  arranged  a 
ring  to  which  are 
clamped  loops  in  which 
are  pivoted  the  type 
arms.  There  are  in 
these  machines  as  or- 
dinarily constructed 
from  38  to  42  type 
arms,  each  one  bearing 
at  its  free  extremity  a  die 
having  on  its  face  two 
characters,  an  upper  and  a  lower-case  type,  figures,  and  punctuation 
marks.  The  type  arms  are  pivoted  relative  to  the  ring  so  that  the 
characters  which  they  bear  all  strike  exactly  in  the  same  place.  The 
type  arms  have  hardened  steel  pivots  which  are  ground  to  a  bearing, 
thereby  insuring  accuracy  in  the  movement  of  the  levers. 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


349 


As  shown,  each  type  arm  is  connected  by  an  adjustable  steel  wire 
connector  with  the  key  lever  pivoted  at  the  back  of  the  machine  and 
projecting  beyond  the  front,  where  it  is  curved  upwardly  and  provided 
with  a  finger  piece  or  key  bearing  the  character  or  characters  represented 
by  the  type  arm  with  which  the  key  lever  is  connected. 


895.  REMINGTON  TYPEWRITER.  The  end  of  the  type  arm 
and  the  double  type  carried  thereby  is  shown  in  detail  at  A,  and  the  paper- 
supporting  roller,  B,  is 
shown  in  full  lines 
above  the  lower-case 
type,  and  in  dotted 
lines  in  its  position 
for  writing  capitals. 
The  capitalizing  key, 

C,  which   is  the  fore- 
most one  shown  in  this 
view,  is  connected  with 
a  right-angled  lever, 

D,  through  which  lat- 
eral motion  is  imparted 

to  the  carriage.  A  spring  connected  with  the  lever,  D,  returns  the 
roller  to  its  normal  position  as  soon  as  the  finger  is  removed  from 
the  capitalizing  key.  The  space  bar,  E,  extends  entirely  across  the 
front  of  the  keyboard,  and  a  bar,  F,  which  is  supported  by  rods,  G, 
from  levers,  H,  extends  under  all  of  the  key  levers,  including  the 
levers  attached  to  the  space  bar.  The  levers,  H,  support  the  ratchet 
bar,  I,  which  acts  upon  the  pallets,  a,  b,  in  alternation,  allowing  the 
spring  attached  to  the  paper  carriage  to  move  forward  one  space 
at  a  time,  as  the  pallets,  a,  b,  escape  from  the  teeth  of  the  ratchet 
bar  I.  When  a  key  is  depressed  to  print  a  character  upon  the  paper 
carried  by  the  roller,  B,  the  bar,  F,  will  be  moved  down  and  the  rack  bar> 
I,  shifted  from  the  pallet,  b,  to  the  pallet  a.  This  is  done  without  any 
movement  of  the  carriage  ;  but  when  the  key  is  released  and  the  rack 
bar,  I,  returns  to  its  position  on  the  pallet,  b,  it  allows  the  paper  carriage 
to  move  forward  one  notch.  If  a  greater  space  is  desired  than  the 
normal  action  of  the  machine  provides,  the  space  bar,  E,  is  touched 
immediately  after  printing  the  character,  and  if  a  space  is  required 
without  writing,  the  space  bar,  E,  alone  is  operated. 


350 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


896.  UNITED   STATES   ARMY   AND   NAVY    GUNS.      Parts 
of  re-enforcement  shown  in  section.     Lengths  and  sizes  shown  on  cut. 


5  IN.  R.F.GUN 


The  greatest  assumed  range  of  steel  rifles  of  medium  sizes  is  about 
12  miles,- which  requires  an  elevation  of  from  40°  to  45°,  but  accuracy 
of  fire  is  uncertain  beyond  a  range  of  4  miles. 

897.  UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE  RIFLE.     Krag-Jorgensen 

type.      The  United  States  magazine  rifle  is  the  simplest  arm  of  its  kind 

0  to  take  apart,  as  all  of 

jtnC;  2SF W'Z'"^%%;?  mounted   and    again 

assembled  without 
the  use  of  a  single 
tool. 

The  magazine  holds 
five  cartridges,  which  can  be  held  in  reserve  by  turning  the  cut-off  down ; 
the  gun  can  then  be  used  as  a  single  loader,  just  as  if  it  had  no  magazine 
and,  at  any  moment,  the  cartridges  in  the  magazine  can  be  fired  with 
wonderful  rapidity. 

To  load  this  arm,  the  bolt  handle  is  raised  and  pulled  to  the  rear  in 


MISCELLANEOUS  DEVICES. 


351 


one  continuous  motion,  which  operation  withdraws  the  empty  cartridge 
case  from  the  chamber  and  ejects  it  from  the  gun.  The  top  cartridge 
in  the  magazine  then  rises  in  front  of  the  bolt,  if  using  magazine  fire,  or 
a  cartridge  is  dropped  in  front  of  the  bolt  by  hand,  if  using  single  loader 
fire,  and  the  bolt  handle  pushed  forward  and  turned  down.  This  mo- 
tion seats  the  cartridge  in  the  chamber  and  cocks  the  piece,  which  is  then 
ready  to  fire. 

898.  BREECH-BLOCK  MECH- 
ANISM for  firing  large  guns.  A  rack 
moved  by  the  lever  meshing  in  a  sec- 
tor gear  on  the  breech  block  revolves 
the  block  one  sixth  of  a  revolution, 
when  it  is  swung  out  of  the  breech  and 
clear  of  the  bore.  The  handle  near 
the  pivot  strikes  the  extractor  lever, 
which  operates  the  shell  extractor  and 
draws  the  case.  Seabury  system. 


899.  Shows  the  breech  block 
swung  clear  from  the  chamber 
and  a  section  of.  the  screw  within 
the  chamber. 


900.  The  breech  block 
in  front  of  the  chamber 
ready  to  be  pushed  in 
and  revolved  to  a  lock 
position  by  a  further 
movement  of  the  lever 
handle. 


352 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


901.  MAGAZINE  PISTOL.  Luger  type.  Pressure  on  a  pin  at 
the  butt  of  the  barrel  pushes  to  the  rear  the  barrel  and  the  breech  block, 

which  slides  along  grooves  in 
the  framework.  During  this 
movement,  the  movable  breech 
and  the  barrel  slide  as  one 
piece.  The  breech,  however, 
continues  to  move  by  its  mo- 
mentum the  rollers  of  the 
knee  or  toggle-joint  bearing 
against  the  curved  butt  piece 
of  the  frame  and  causing  a 
circular  movement  of  the  link, 
a,  about  its  axis  b.  The  knee 
rises  until  the  moment  when  the  mainspring,  c,  contained  in  the  stock 
is  entirely  compressed,  as  is  also  the  percussion  spring.  The  cartridge 
case  carried  along  by  the  extractor  strikes  against  the  ejector,  which 
throws  it  out. 

The  seat  of  the  breech  block  being  clear,  the  upper  cartridge  of  the 
magazine  is  pressed  by  a  spring  in  the  magazine  in  front  of  the  head 
cylinder.  The  mainspring,  compressed  by  the  recoil,  pushes  forward 
the  breech  block  through  the  medium  of  a  stirrup  which  connects  the 
two  pieces.  The  knee  lowers  itself  half-way,  at  the  same  time  communi- 
cating its  movement  to  the  receiver  and  to  the  barrel,  while  the  firing  pin 
strikes  against  a  lug  and  the  percussion  spring  remains  compressed. 

As  the  knee  straightens  out,  the  barrel  and  the  breech  block  again 
act  as  one  piece.  The  arm  is  thus  again  loaded,  cocked,  and  ready  to 
fire. 


902.  ARTIFICIAL  ANKLE.    The 

spring,  B,  lifts  the  heel  for  the  forward 
movement  of  the  foot ;  the  pressure  of 
the  body  holds  the  foot  in  contact  with 
the  ground  at  the  forward  movement  of 
the  body.  The  motion  is  limited  by 
the  angular  space  between  the  solid 
bearings. 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


WESTINGHOUSE   AIR-BRAKE 
HOSE 


Rl234567Q9IOim 


Facsimile  of  label  which  the  Westinghouse  Air-Brake  Com- 
pany order  us  to  put  on  all  hose  we  manufacture  for  them. 

The  name  Westinghouse  and  trade-mark  on  this  label  is 
owned  and  controlled  exclusively  by  the  Westinghouse  Air-Brake 
Company,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


Pfc 


)  HOSE 


We  use  /  Construction  in  our 

Pt  st  Grade  onlv 


The  perfected  construction  increases  the  life  of  hose,  as  it 
reduces  to  a  minimum  mechanical  motion,  kinking,  expansion  and 
elongation. 

Both  service  and  shop  tests  show  conclusively  that  the  Per- 
fected construction  distributes  the  mechanical  motion  the  entire 
length  of  Standard  Air-Brake,  Signal  and  Steam  Heating  'Hose, 
instead  of  concentrating  the  motion  at  the  end  of  the  shank  of 
nipple  and  coupling  as  in  the  old  construction,  where  ninety  per 
cent  of  all  hose  fails. 

Perfected  Hose  combines  all  of  the  best  qualities  of  both  cot- 
ton rubber-lined  hose  and  rubber  hose.  Impossible  to  injure  it 
by  mildew  or  dampness. 

The  additional  cost  of  this  Perfected  construction  will  more 
than  repay  our  customers  in  the  increased  life  of  hose. 

Prices  and  particulars  on  application. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   CO. 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

HOSE 

PERFECTED   CONSTRUCTION 


Patented 
July  16,  1901 


Copyrighted 
and  Registered 


We  are  the  exclusive  manufacturers  of  the  Perfected  Hose, 
under  sole  license  granted  to  the  Peerless  Rubber  Manufacturing 
Company  by  the  owner  of  the  patent  and  trade-mark. 

We  manufacture  under  this  patent  and  trade-mark : 
'Air-Brake   Hose,   Steam   Hose,   Brewers'  Hose 


ind  Hose   for 


Made  in  all  standard  sizes  and  diameters,  and  special  sizes  if 
required. 


MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 


16   WARREN    STREET,    NEW   YORK 


rF 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


DIAPHRAGMS 

For  Damper  Regulators 


8    inch  diameter,  A  inch  thick,  each *, 

5,     -     !    "     ::•; 


No.  i  —  6f  inch  outside  diameter,  per  piece  «o  -. 

-  -   -      " 


4-5 


For  Vacuum  Brakes 

No.  2,  each,  List.  . 


5° 


7  10 

5  6c 


MISCELLANEOUS   DEVICES. 


353 


903.  ARTIFICIAL  LEG.  The  socket,  A,  has  a  pad,  B,  and  strap, 
D,  for  adjusting  the  size  to  the  stump.  K,  in  i  and  2,  is  a  bridge  piece 
in  the  upper  section  resting  on  the  knee 
bolt,  F,  and  affording  the  superior  point  of 
attachment  for  the  extensor  spring,  I,  and 
tendons,  i,  i,  which  throw  the  foot  upward 
and  forward  as  soon  as  it  is  lifted  from  the 
ground  in  walking.  The  ham  strings,  N,  N, 
are  attached  to  the  posterior  portions  of  the 
thigh  and  leg,  to  act  as  checks  to  the  for- 
ward motion  of  the  leg.  The  ankle  joint 
consists  of  a  socket  in  the  foot  and  a  ball, 
P,  attached  by  its  neck  and  the  iron  frame, 
Q,  to  the  leg,  and  has  a  horizontal  stud 
upon  it,  fitting  its  appropriate  recess  in  the 
socket  in  the  foot,  so  as  to  prevent  vibration 
in  a  horizontal  plane,  while  leaving  the 
joint  free  for  motion  in  vertical  planes,  as 
described.  The  elastic  straps,  a,  b  (3),  are 
proportioned  as  to  length  and  strength,  and  afford  a  means  of  attach- 
ing the  suspensory  yoke  (4),  whose  straps  pass  over  the  shoulders,  so  as 
not  alone  to  bring  the  weight  upon  the  framework  of  the  body,  but  also 
to  enable  the  shoulders,  by  their  motion,  to  influence  the  action  of  the 
artificial  limb. 


SECTION  XXII. 


DRAUGHTING  DEVICES. 


35S 


Section  XXII. 
DRAUGHTING    DEVICES. 


904.  GEOMETRICAL  PEN.  Suardi's  type.  In  the  gear  pro- 
portion, as  shown,  the  diameter  of  a  is  half  of  that  of  A ;  these  wheels  are 

connected  by  the  idler,  E,  which 
merely  reverses  the  direction  with- 
out affecting  the  velocity  of  a's  rota- 
tion. The  working  train  arm  is 
jointed  so  as  to  pivot  about  the 
axis  of  E,  and  may  be  clamped  at 
any  angle  within  its  range,  thus 
changing  the  length  of  the  virtual 
train  arm  C,  D.  The  bar  being 
fixed  to  a,  then,  moves  aS  though  carried  by  the  wheel,  a1,  rolling 
within  A1;  the  radius  of  a1  being  C,  D,  and  that  of  A1  twice  as  great. 

The  ellipse,  then,  is  described  by  these  arrangements  because  it  is  a 
special  form  of  the  epitrochoid ;  and  various  other  epitrochoids  may  be 
traced  with  Suardi's  pen  by  substituting  other  wheels,  with  different 
numbers  of  teeth,  for  a. 

A  number  of  simple  devices  for  describing  elliptic,  parabolic,  hyper- 
bolic, conchoidal,  heliographic  and  circular  curves  of  great  radius, 
are  illustrated  and  described  under  the  head  of  "draughting  devices" 
in  volume  one  of  Mechanical  Movements. 

To  the  professional  draughtsman  these  instruments  are  valuable 
adjuncts  for  delineating,  in  an  easy  and  satisfactory  manner,  the 
delicate  and  precise  curves  needed  in  accurate  draughting. 

To  the  amateur,  a  simple  method  of  projecting  geometric  curves 
with  precision  is  a  pleasure  that  stimulates  to  greater  effort  in  the 
draughtsman's  art. 

357 


358 


DRAUGHTING  DEVICES. 


905.   ELLIPSOGRAPH.     Mundo  type.     Will  draw  ellipses  of  the 
smallest  size  required  and  of  any  form  from  a  straight  line  to  a  circle. 

A,  main  frame 
with  3  feet  at  a, 
b,  c.      B,    crank 
carrier   revolving 
in    the    grooved 
circle    C.     /,  the 
crank.     The  cir- 
cular rim,  B,  car- 
ries   two     slides, 
above  and  below, 
which       are 
clamped  at  /  by 
the  thumb-screw. 
The   slides  have 
pivot  studs,    one 
of   which  carries 
the  frame  E,  and 
the    other    the 
lower   frame  D  ; 
so    that    by   ad- 
justing   the    two    slides 
and    their   pivotal    con- 
nections  to   the    travel- 
ing  frames   E   and    D, 
at  any  distance  from  the 
center,  n,  equivalent  to 
the  semi-diameters  of  a 
required  ellipse,  the  pen, 
i,  on  the  arm,  /,  of  the 
frame,   E,  will  describe 
the  ellipse. 

906.  Section  of  the 
slide  carrier  and  slides, 
o,  p,  and  nut,  /,  for 
clamping  them. 

907.  Plan  of  slide  carrier  with  top  and  bottom  slide  at  n  and  m. 

908.  Side  view  of  slide  carrier  and  pin  of  the  lower  slide  that  car- 
ries the  frame,  D. 


DRAUGHTING  DEVICES. 


359 


909.  THE   CAM- 
PYLO  GRAPH.     A 

machine  for  tracing 
complex  geometrical 
curves.  The  small 
crank  on  the  bottom 
platform  rotates  the 
plate  containing  a  mul- 
tiple series  of  gea.rs, 
which  mesh  with  pin- 
ions on  four  radial 
arms  and  transfer  their 
motion  through  four 
small  but  similar  gear  plates  to  vertical 
spindles  and  to  reversing  gears  on  the 
upper  platform.  , 

The  face  of  the  gears  on  the  upper 
platform  have  trammel  pivots  to  carry 
the  slotted  bars  that  hold  the  tracing 
pencil.  The  tracing  table  also  turns  in 
unison  with  the  gear  plate  below.  The 
number  of  loops  in  the  figures  are  gov- 
erned by  the  particular  ring  gear  used. 

910.  A  combination  of  curves  much 
used  in  bank-note  engraving. 

911.  Another  form  of  rosette  work. 

912.  Figures  formed  by  a  single  line 
tracing. 

913.  Figure  formed  by  four  separate 
line  tracings. 


SECTION  XXIII. 


PERPETUAL  MOTION. 


361 


Section  XXIII. 
PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


INTRODUCTION. 

THE  history  of  the  search  for  perpetual  motion  does  not  afford  a  single 
instance  of  ascertained  success  ;  all  that  wears  any  appearance  of  proba- 
bility remains  secret,  and  like  other  secrets,  can  not  be  defended  in  any 
satisfactory  way  against  the  opinions  of  the  skeptical,  who  have  in  their 
favor,  in  this  instance,  an  appeal  to  learned  authorities  against  the 
principle  of  all  such  machines,  and  the  total  want  of  operativeness 
in  all  known  practical  results.  Published  statements  afford  sorry  ex- 
amples of  talents  and  ingenuity  strangely  misapplied.  Some,  but  very 
few,  are  slightly  redeemed  from  contempt  by  a  glimpse  of  novelty.  Of 
genius  all  are  deficient,  and  the  reproductions  of  known  fallacies  show 
a  remarkable  ignorance  of  first  principles  on  one  side  and  of  the  most 
ordinary  sources  of  information  on  the  other.  One  of  the  grossest  falla- 
cies of  the  mind  is  that  of  taking  for  granted  that  ideas  of  mechanical 
constructions,  apparently  the  result  of  accident,  must  of  necessity  be 
quite  original.  The  history  of  all  invention  fairly  leads  to  the  conclusion 
that,  were  all  that  is  known  to  be  swept  from  the  face  of  the  earth,  the 
whole  would  be  reinvented  in  coming  ages.  The  most  doubtful  "  origi- 
nality"  is  that  which  any  inventor  attributes  to  his  ignorance  of  all  previous 
plans,  coupled  with  an  isolated  position  in  life.  It  may  be  granted  that 
the  desire  of  secrecy  often  renders  investigation  difficult,  and,  from  some 
remarkable  feeling  of  this  nature,  most  inventors  of  supposed  perpetual- 
motion  machines,  believing  themselves  possessors  of  this  notable  power, 
make  it  a  matter  of  profound  secrecy. 

The  attempts  to  solve  this  problem  would  seem,  so  far,  only  to  have 
proved  it  to  be  thoroughly  paradoxical.  The  inventions  resulting  from 
it  during  the  last  three  centuries  baffle  any  attempt  at  classification  de- 
veloping progressive  improvement.  It  would  almost  seem  as  if  each 
inventor  had  acted  independently  of  his  predecessors  ;  and,  therefore, 

363 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


frequently  reinventing,  as  new,  some  exploded  fallacy.  These  retro- 
grade operations  and  strange  resuscitations  have  led  to  unmitigated 
censure,  and  a  sweeping  charge  of  ignorance,  imbecility,  and  folly.  No 
doubt  many  instances  exist  especially  deserving  the  severest  treatment ; 
but  unsparing  censure  loses  half  its  causticity,  and  it  shows  a  weak  cause, 
or  weaker  advocacy,  to  condemn  all  parties  alike  as  deficient  both  in 
learning  and  common  sense.  It  has  long  been,  and  so  remains  to  this 
day,  an  unsettled  question,  whether  perpetual  motion  is,  or  is  not,  pos- 
sible. To  name  no  other,  it  is  evident,  from  their  writings,  that  Bishop 
Wilkins,  Gravesande,  Bernoulli,  Leupold,  Nicholson,  and  many  eminent 
mathematicians,  have  favored  the  belief  in  the  possibility  of  perpetual 
motion,  although  admitting  difficulties  in  the  way  of  its  discovery. 
Against  it,  we  find  De  la  Hire,  Parent,  Papin,  Desaguliers,  and  the  great 
majority  of  scientific  men  of  all  classes  and  countries.  It  is  evident, 
therefore,  that  even  mathematicians  are  not  agreed. 


914.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  inventors'  paradox.  A  dem- 
onstration by  Dr.  Desaguliers  in  1719,  in  regard  to  the  balance  of 

weights  at  unequal  dis- 
tances from  the  center  of 
oscillation,  showing  that 
the  weight  P  balances  the 
weight  W  at  any  position 
on  the  cross  arm  H,  I,  on 
the  vertical  arm  B,  E, 
when  pivoted  to  the 
double-scale  beam  A,  B, 
and  D,  E,  in  which  the 
resolution  of  forces  is 
made  apparent  in  a  prac- 
tical form  so  often  over- 
looked by  the  inventors 
of  perpetual-motion  ma- 
chines. 

The  cut  representing  Desaguliers'  balance,  with  his  explanation,  goes 
to  show  how  persistently  inventors  have  ignored  the  geometrical  bearing 
of  this  problem  for  nearly  two  centuries. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


365 


Desaguliers'  Demonstration.— A,  C,  B,  E,  K,  D  is  a  balance  in  the  form 
of  a  parallelogram  passing  through  a  slit  in  the  upright  piece,  N,  O,  stand- 
ing on  the  pedestal,  M,  so  as  to  be  movable  upon  the  center  pins  C  and  K. 
To  the  upright  pieces,  A,  D  and  B,  E,  of  this  balance,  are  fixed  at  right 
angles  the  horizontal  pieces  F,  G  and  H,  I.  That  the  equal  weights,  P,  W, 
must  keep  each  other  in  equilibrium  is  evident ;  but  it  does  not  at  first 
appear  so  plainly,  that  if  W  be  removed  to  V,  being  suspended  at  6,  yet 
it  shall  still  keep  P  in  equilibrium,  though  the  experiment  shows  it.  Nay, 
if  W  be  successively  moved  to  any  of  the  points,  i,  2,  3,  E,  4,  5,  or  6,  the 
equilibrium  will  be  continued  ;  or  if,  W  hanging  at  any  of  those  points, 
P  be  successively  moved  to  D,  or  any  of  the  points  of  suspension  on  the 
crosspiece,  F,  G,  P  will  at  any  of  those  places  make  an  equilibrium  with 
W.  Now,  when  the  weights  are  at  P  and  V,  if  the  least  weight  that  is 
capable  to  overcome  the  friction  at  the  points  of  suspension  C  and  K 
'be  added  to  V,  as  w,  the  weight  V  will  overpower,  and  that  as  much  at 
V  as  if  it  was  at  W. 

As  the  lines  A,  C  and  K,  D,  C,  B  and  K,  E,  always  continue  of  the  same 
length  in  any  position  of  the  machine,  the  pieces  A,  D  and  B,  E  will  always 
continue  parallel  to  one  another  and  perpendicular  to  the  horizon. 
However,  the  whole  machine  turns  upon  the  points  C  and  K,  as  appears 
by  bringing  the  balance  to  any  other  position,  as  a,  b,  e,  d ;  and,  therefore, 
as  the  weights  applied  to  any  part  of  the  pieces  F,  G  and  H,  I  can  only 
bring  down  the  pieces  A,  D  and  B,  E  perpendicularly,  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  they  were  applied  to  the  hooks  D  and  E,  or  to  X  and  Y,  the  centers 
of  gravity  of  A,  D  and  B,  E,  the  force  of  the  weights  (if  their  quantity  of 
matter  is  equal)  will  be  equal,  because  their  velocities  will  be  their  per- 
pendicular ascent  or  descent,  which  will  always  be  as  the  equal  lines  4  / 
and  4  L,  whatever  part  of  the  pieces  F,  G  and  H,  I  the  weights  are  applied 
to.  But  if  to  the  weight  at  V  be  added  the  little  weight,  w,  those  two 
weights  will  overpower,  because  in  this  case  the  momentum  is  made  up 
of  the  sum  of  V  and  w  multiplied  by  the  common  velocity  4  L. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  it  is  not  the  distance,  C  6,  multiplied  into  the 
weight,  V,  which  makes  its  momentum,  but  its  perpendicular  velocity,  L  4, 
multiplied  into  its  mass. 

This  is  still  further  evident  by  taking  out  the  pin  at  K  ;  for  then  the 
weight,  P,  will  overbalance  the  other  weight  at  V,  because  then  their  per- 
pendicular ascent  and  descent  will  not  be  equal.  , 

This  "  paradox  "  is  illustrated  in  No.  10,  first  volume  of  Mechanical 
Movements,  inviting  inquiry  by  students,  a  model  of  which  has  been 
exhibited  to  many  doubling  amateurs  by  the  author. 


366 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


915.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  prevailing  type.  A  wheel 
that  is  furnished  at  equal  distances  around  its  circumference  with  levers, 
each  of  which  carries  a  weight  at  its  ex- 
tremity, and  is  movable  upon  a  pin,  so 
that  in  one  direction  it  can  lie  upon  the 
circumference,  while  at  the  opposite  side, 
being  carried  along  by  its  weight,  it  may 
be  forced  to  take  the  direction  of  a  pro- 
longed radius.  This  granted,  it  will  be  seen 
that  when  the  wheel  revolves  in  the  direc- 
tion a,  b,  c,  the  weights,  A,  B,  C,  will 
deviate  from  the  center,  and,  acting  with 
more  force,  will  carry  along  the  wheel  on  this  side.  And  since,  in 
measure  as  it  revolves,  a  new  lever  will  turn  up,  it  follows,  it  was  said, 
that  the  wheel  will  continue  to  revolve  in  the  same  direction. 


916.  PERPETUAL  MOTION. 
Marquis  of  Worcester.  The  weights  on 
the  ends  of  the  pinioned  arms  are  thrown 
out  as  the  wheel  revolves,  giving  a  greater 
preponderance  by  their  greater  distance 
from  the  center  of  rotation.  The  pre- 
cursor of  hundreds  of  motors  on  the  same 
principle  that  do  not  mote. 


917.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  An  oft- 
repeated  type,  since  the  times  of  the  Marquis 
of  Worcester.  This  type  has  been  made  with 
many  sections,  each  section  advancing  a  step 
in  order  to  overcome  its  propensity  to  find  a 
balance  and  an  excuse  for  stopping. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


367 


9i8.   PERPETUAL     MOTION.     Folding-arm  type.     The  lever, 
A,  is  represented  in  the  act  of  falling  from  the  periphery  of  the  wheel  into 

a  right  line.  The  lever  is  composed 
of  a  series  of  flat  rods,  connected  by 
ruler  •  joints,  which  said  ruler  joints 
are  provided  with  a  stop  or  joggle, 
to  prevent  their  collapsing  at  any 
time  more  than  will  bring  any  one 
of  the  rods  which  compose  the  levers 
at  a  right  angle  with  the  rod  next  to  it. 
This  lever  is  attached  to  the  periphery 
of  the  wheel  by  the  hinge  joint,  B, 
provided  with  the  shoulder,  to  pre- 
vent its  falling  into  any  other  than  a 
right  line  from  the  center  of  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  wheel.  The  levers  are  furnished  at  their  outer  ex- 
tremities with  a  bucket  or  receiver,  the  bottom  of  which  is  sufficiently 
broad  to  retain  the  ball  C.  The  balls  remain  in  the  buckets  till  the 
buckets  come  into  the  position  of  the  lever,  D,  when  they  are  expected 
to  roll  out  of  the  buckets  on  to  the  inclined  plane,  and  by  their  own 
gravity  roll  to  the  other  end  of  the  inclined  plane,  ready  to  be  again 
taken  into  the  buckets.  Patented  in  1821. 


919.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Chain 
wheel.  A  chain  running  over  the  wheels,  B,  B, 
is  deflected  by  the  idle  wheel,  D,  causing  a  longer 
length  and  weight  of  chain  on  that  side  in  pro- 
portion to  the  chain  on  the  straight  side  A,  and 
like  the  thousand  and  one  others  was  expected 
to  go. 


368 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


920.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The 
most  common  recurrence  of  the  perpetual- 
motion  idea  since  the  thirteenth  century. 
Inviting  to  look  at,  but  the  resolution  of 
forces  in  the  individual  arms  and  balls 
demonstrates  the  equilibrium  of  forces  and 
its  inability  to  move. 


921.  PERPETUAL     MOTION. 

Magnetism  and  gravity.  B,  a  strong 
magnet  set  in  the  open  slot  between 
the  sides  of  the  wheel  A,  as  shown  in 
the  section.  C,  an  iron  ball.  The 
magnet  is  supposed  to  draw  the  ball  to 
one  side  of  the  center,  and  gravity  gives 
the  ball  the  force  to  turn  the  wheel. 
Patented  in  1823. 

922.  Section  showing  the  ball  and  slot. 


923.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  pick-up-ball  type.  Between 
the  upright  frame,  A,  A,  run  the  wheel,  C,  geared  to  the  pinion,  D, 
and  on  the  same  shaft  the  two  double  pin- 
ions, D,  D,  over  which  double  pinions  run 
a  double  chain,  to  -which  chain  are  fixed 
the  buckets,  F,  F.  The  chain  is  made 
with  joints  on  each  si.de  and  bars  running 
across,  equal  in  number  to  the  cogs  of  the 
IG  wheel  C.  Upon  the  same  axle  with  the 
wheel,  C,  on  the  farther  side  of  the  inner 
stile,  A,  runs  the  wheel,  G,  whose  diameter 
is  double  that  of  the  wheel  C.  The  wheel, 
G,  is  divided  near  the  periphery  into  recep- 
tacles in  number  equal  to  the  buckets  on  the 
chain,  which  receptacles  are  supplied  with 
metal  balls,  I,  I,  from  the  buckets,  F,  F,  by  means  of  the  gutter,  K,  which 
balls  by  their  weight  forcing  round  the  wheel,  G,  and  thereby  lifting  up 
the  buckets,  F,  F,  on  one  side  as  they  go  down  on  the  other  side,  discharge 


THE   PP^PLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS  D 

For  Russell,  Frink,  Walworth,  Jenkins  and 
Kelly  &  Jones  Valves 


They  are  not  affected  by  Steam,  Heat,  Oil  or  Acid,  and  will  pack  an 
Oil,  Acid,  Air,  Steam  or  Water  Valve  equally  well  and  will  not  leak. 

They  are  not  brittle,  but  are  sufficiently  elastic  to  make  a  perfect  seat 
without  the  use  of  a  wrench. 


Size 
J. 

Each 

$o  04 

Size 

>i 

Each 
$o  32 

Size 
IO 

Each 

...  $i  75 

j 

40 

12 

2  OO 

4 

06 

\\ 

50 

14 

.    .    .    3  oo 

60 

16 

4-  so 

i    .  .  .  . 

.1 

...     08 

12 

i 

80 
I    OO 

18 

20 

...    6  oo 
...    8  oo 

j^ 

16 

7 

I  20 

22 

.   .   .1000 

2     .     .     .     . 

...      24 

8 

i  40 

24 

.     .     .  12  OO 

SPECIAL 

HARD  AND  SEMI-H  YDRAULK 

[)  STEAM  PACKING  RINGS 
For  Elevators 


Made  in  the  following  sizes  only 


8H  inch   .   .   . 


10  ! 
iii 

12  f 

13! 


deep 


14!  inch 
15*    ' 
i6f    " 

I7l    " 

20f      '*' 

22|      " 


•A  deep  x 
•&  "  x 
A  "  x 


ft 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

SOMETHING   OF  REST  1 

•iN 

The  alertness  with  which  the  trained  firemen  of  the  present  day  get  to 
work  has  created  the  necessity  of  having  a  Hydrant  Connection  of  such  flexi- 
bility as  to  enable  them  to  make  a  quick,  easy  and  reliable  connection  be- 
tween engine  and  hydrant,  regardless  of  the  position  of  same,  and  we  would 
respectfully  offer  for  this  purpose  our  new  brand  of  Suction  Hose,  styled  on 
account  of  its  great  flexibility, 


"THE   ANACONDA   HYDRANT 

cor         ION 

This  hose  combines  all  the  requisites  of  a  first-class  Suction  Hose,  is  the 
most  flexible  hose  ever  offered  to  the  trade,  and  has  become  a  pet  with  the 
Fire  Boys, 

.1ST 

Int.  Diam, 

2    inch    ....0,0 


Per  Foot 
.$2  60 

•    3  50 

-    4  50 
5  50 

,    6  50 
.    7  5° 
,    8  50 
-    9  50 

Int.  Di 

6    in 

61 
7 
7i 
8 

9 
IO 

i>2 

am.                                                     Par  Foot 

ch  .   o       ....   o   o       .  $10  50 

S                                                                                    J5     1?Q 

s                                          15  oo 

"              0                      .          0          .                                 •         C                                    l6      5O 

*                                                      .     10   SO 

*     .«•>.«.,..>'.    22  50 

.  •  •  •  27  50 

'•a- 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


TORY  MUTUAL 
*E  HOSE 


inch,  per  foot $i  oo 


This  is  a  reliable  hose  for  factory  fire  protection,  and  is  man- 
ufactured especially  to  conform  with  the  requirements  and  recom- 
mendations of  the  Associated  Factory  Mutual  Insurance  Companies, 
being  especially  adapted  for  all  places  where  it  is  kept  hung  up 
in  dry  situations  and  seldom  used. 


THE    PEERLESS    RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


The  best  quality  is  made  of  a  superior  grade  of  linen,  woven 
by  hand.     We  keep  in  stock  the  following  grades  : 


i     inch,  per  foot 


i     inch,  per  foot 
ii     "  " 

i-J- 


UNLINED 

$o  35  2  inch,  per  foot  .......  So  70 

45  2\   "    ."    .......  75 

54  aA  Fire  Dept.  size  80 

RUBBER  LINED 

fo  70  2  inch,  per  foot  .......  $i  18 

80  2i   "     "    .......  i  30 

94  2-i  "       Fire  Dept.  size    i  38 


This  hose  has  been  extensively  used  for  more  than  twenty  years  in  fire 
departments,  mills  and  public  buildings  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  and 
has  given  entire  satisfaction. 

Unlined  Linen  Hose  is  woven  as  tight  as  possible,  to  prevent  leakage 
when  water  is  first  let  into  the  hose.  As  soon  as  the  fabric  becomes  wet  the 
yarns  swell  and  the  hose  becomes  water-tight. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


themselves  again  at  the  bucket,  L,  where  they  are  taken  up  by  the  buck- 
ets, F,  F,  and  discharged  again  at  the  gutter,  K,  and  are  so  repeated 
in  a  constant  succession  as  often  as  any  receptacle  is  vacant  in  the  wheel, 
G,  at  the  gutter,  K,  for  their  reception,  and  by  that  means  the  perpetual 
revolution  is  obtained,  the  upper  ball  being  at  the  same  time  discharged 
from  one  bucket  when  the  lower  ball  is  taken  up  by  another. 

924.  PERPETUAL   MOTION.      The  ball-carrying  belt.     A  rep- 
resents a  wheel  with  twelve  hollow  spokes,  in  each  of  which  there  is  a 

rolling  weight  or  ball.  B  is  a  belt  pass- 
ing over  two  pulleys  C.  There  is  an 
opening  round  the  wheel  from  the  nave 
to  the  circumference,  so  as  to  allow  the 
belt  to  pass  freely  and  to  meet  the 
weights.  The  weights  are  met  by  the 
belt  as  the  wheel  revolves,  and  are 
raised  from  the  circumference  until  they 
are  at  last  brought  close  to  the  nave, 
where  they  remain  till,  by  the  revolu- 
tion of  the  wheel,  they  are  allowed  to 
roll  out  through  the  spokes  to  the 
circumference 

925.  PERPETUAL   MOTION.     Ferguson's    type    to    prove   its 
impossibility.     1770.     The  axle  is  placed  horizontally,  and  the  spokes 

turn  in  a  vertical  position.  The 
spokes  are  jointed,  as  shown, 
and  to  each  of  them  is  fixed  a 
frame  in  which  a  weight,  D, 
moves.  When  any  spoke  is  in  a 
horizontal  position,  the  weight, 
D,  in  it  falls  down,  and  pulls 
the  weighted  arm,  A,  of  the  then 
vertical  spoke  straight  out,  by 
means  of  a  cord,  C,  going  over 
the  pulley,  B,  to  the  weight  D. 
But  when  the  spokes  come 
about  to  the  left  hand,  their 
weights  fall  back  and  cease  pull- 
ing, so  that  the  spokes  then  bend  at  their  joints  and  the  balls  at  their 
ends  come  nearer  the  center  on  the  left  side. 


370 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


926.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  French,  1858.  The  invention 
consists  in  communicating  a  rotary  motion  to  a  fly  wheel  or  drum  by 
means  of  a  set  of  falling  weights  tied  to- 
gether by  chains,  ropes,  or  straps.  This 
set  of  weights,  forming  an  endless  chain, 
runs  over  two  pulleys,  suitably  disposed 
up  and  down  near  the  fly  wheel,  which 
is  provided  with  a  set  of  cups  fixed 
around  its  periphery,  so  as  to  receive  the 
weights  as  they  are  delivered  by  the  upper 
pulley,  and  to  carry  them  down  to  the 
lower  pulley,  whence  the  same  weights 
reascend  in  a  straight  direction  to  the 
upper  pulley.  The  weights  of  the  endless  chain  running  or  falling 
down  in  the  curvilinear  direction  of  the  periphery  of  the  drum  are  more 
numerous  than  those  that  are  raised  up  in  a  straight  line,  because  the 
curvilinear  line  is  longer  than  the  straight  one,  and  the  difference  of 
heaviness  due  to  the  number  of  weights  is  the  force  which,  by  its  action 
at  the  end  of  the  levers  or  radii  of  the,  drum,  causes  that  drum  to 
rotate. 


927.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Revolving  tubes  and  balls.  The 
balls,  A  arid  B,  are  in  equilibrium  because  they  are  at  an  equal  distance 
from  the  vertical  line  that  passes  through 
the  center  E.  By  the  construction  of  the 
machine,  the  ball,  D,  being,  on  the  con- 
trary, more  distant  from  the  point  of  sup- 
port than  the  ball,  C,  must  prevail  over  the 
latter  and  break  the  equilibrium.  It  must 
then  descend  to  the  point,  B,  and  cause 
the  apparatus  to  make  a  quarter  revolu- 
tion. Now  the  latter  can  not  take  place 
without  the  rod,  A,  B,  which  was  situated 
vertically,  assuming  a  horizontal  position,  and  then  the  balls,  A  and  B, 
are  to  each  other  as  were  the  balls  D,  C.  One  must  overcome  the 
other  and  cause  the  apparatus  to  make  another  quarter  revolution. 
This  second  quarter  revolution  can  not  take  place  without  being  fol- 
lowed by  a  third,  through  the  new  position  assumed  by  the  balls  A,  B. 
Specious  argument  of  the  inventor. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


371 


928.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.      Geared  motive  power,    a  is  the 
axis  or  shaft  on  which  the  wheels  are  all  mounted  ;  each  wheel  consists 

of  two  parallel  rims,  b,  b,  each 
of  which  is  connected  by  radial 
arms,  c,  to  a  boss,  d,  keyed  on 
the  axis,  a;  the  working  parts 
of  each  wheel  are  mounted  be- 
t  w  e  e  n  the  rims  and  arms 
thereof,  but  the  outer  rim, 
boss,  and  radial  arms  are  re- 
moved in  the  figure  in  order 
that  the  working  may  be  fully 
shown.  It  must  be  understood 
that  the  pivots  or  axis,  /,  ;,  n,  t, 
hereinafter  referred  to,  on  which 
certain  parts  are  mounted,  are 
supported  by  and  extend  between  the  two  parallel  rims,  radial  arms, 
and  bosses  of  the  wheel,  b,  c,  d.  e,  e  are  curved  arms  working  on  axes  or 
pivots,  /,  fixed  in  the  rims;  each  arm  carries  weights,  g,  g,  held  in  place 
by  adjusting  screws  g'.  Each  arm,  e,  terminates  at  its  innermost  end 
in  a  wheel,  h,  toothed  on  a  portion  of  its  periphery,  through  which 
the  weight,  v,  forces  the  weights,  g,  outward  at  the  right-hand  side  of 
the  wheel,  causing  a  preponderance  of  weight  on  that  side. 

929.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.     The  differential    hydrostatic 
wheel.     A,  B,  C,  D  are  four  vessels  connected  to  the  wheels,  E,  by  round 

pins  which  project  from  the  vessels  on  each 
side,  and  enter  into  corresponding  holes  in 
the  wheels  E.  The  wheels,  E,  are  in- 
tended to  revolve  by  the  space  under  the 
vessel,  B,  being  a  vacuum,  and  therefore 
lighter  than  the  same  portion  of  air ;  a  lit- 
tle before  the  vessel,  B,  reaches  the  high- 
est point  of  the  wheels,  it  begins  to  close, 
and  opens  the  opposite  vessel,  D,  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  vessel,  C,  opens  A,  be- 
cause the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  on  the 
vessel,  C,  is  equal  to  the  pressure  on  A. 
Instead  of  common  packing  to  make  the 
vessels  air-tight,  mercury  is  substituted,  which  has  less  friction,  and  is 


372 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


never  out  of  order.  The  particles  of  mercury  not  being  entirely  free 
from  friction,  a  little  power  is  requisite  to  open  and  shut  the  vessels ; 
this  is  expected  to  be  effected  by  the  rods,  F,  connected  to  the  lever,  G, 
by  chains.  The  rods,  F,  give  motion  to  other  rods,  H,  by  the  rollers 
acting  against  collars  on  the  rods,  H,  not  shown. 

The  levers,  G,  are  successively  worked  by  sliding  over  the  roller  P. 
The  connecting  rods,  H,  are  so  adjusted  as  not  to  draw  the  vessels  out  of 
their  upright  position,  which  would  let  the  mercury  escape ;  also,  the 
lower  vessels,  A  and  D,  are  made  rather  larger  in  diameter  than  B,  C, 
so  that  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  may  counterpoise  the  weight  of 
the  vessels,  A,  C  and  B,  D,  with  their  connecting  rods. 


930.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  lever  type.  The  central 
weights,  A,  each  weigh  one-fourth  more  than  the  weights,  B,  at  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  arms.  The  two 
sets  of  weights  are  connected  pairs, 
each  pair  being  joined  by  a  lever, 
link,  and  bell  crank  C.  The  action 
of  gravity  in  the  central  weights 
compels  the  sliding  weights  at  the 
ends  of  the  arms  to  assume  the 
positions  shown  in  the  engraving. 

Had  this  inventor  applied  a  lit- 
tle mathematical  calculation  to  the 
verification  of  the  truth  or  falsity 
of  the  principle  of  his  device,  he 
might  easily  have  proved  that  it 
was  a  perfect  balance,  and  saved 

himself  both  trouble  and  expense.     The  leverage  of  the  outside  is  exactly 
counteracted  by  the  leverage  of  the  inside  weights. 


931.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  fact 
that  a  double  cone  weight  will  roll  uphill  on  a 
diverging  pair  of  ways  has  been  taken  by  a 
perpetual  motionist  as  the  basis  for  a  self- 
moving  car,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  the  rails 
being  divergent  up  grade  and  parallel  down 
grade  in  sections.  Patented  in  1829. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


373 


932.  PERPETUAL     MOTION.      The  rocking  beam.     A  beam, 
C,  pivoted  on  a  center  at  D,  and  connected  by  a  pitman,  J,  to  a  crank 

and  fly  wheel,  contains  a  long 
straight  tube  at  the  top  and 
two  double  inclined  tubes 
below.  A  ball  rolls  along  the 
upper  tube  by  gravity  in  syn- 
chronism with  the  revolving 
wheel  and  axle,  so  that  its  mo- 
mentum just  carries  it  to  the 
drop  valve  and  incline  at  F  as 
the  crank  reaches  the  upper 
point  of  its  revolution.  The 
steeper  incline  of  the  lower 
double  bend  tube  returns  the 
ball  to  the  farther  end  of  the  tube  in  time  to  start  in  the  straight  tube 
for  its  next  run.  Patented  in  1870. 


933.  PERPETUAL      MOTION.        Tilting  tray  and   ball.    This 
invention  consists  in  the  arrangement  of  an  annular  tilting  tray,  which 

forms  the  orbit  for  a  revolving  ball, 
in  combination  with  a  supporting 
platform,  and  with  a  lever  which  ex- 
tends into  the  tray  and  connects  with 
a  shaft,  to  which  motion  is  to  be  im- 
parted in  such  a  manner  that,  by 
continually  changing  the  position  of 
the  tray,  the  ball  is  caused  to  rotate 
therein  without  interruption,  and  by 
the  action  of  the  rotating  ball  on  the 
lever  the  desired  motion  is  imparted 

to  the  shaft,  which  connects  with  the  working  mechanism  to  be  driven. 
A  represents  a  tray,  which  forms  an  annular  path  for  the  ball  B.  This 
tray  is  made  of  sheet  metal,  or  any  other  suitable  material,  and  its  diam- 
eter is  about  four  times  that  of  the  ball  B.  It  is  supported  in  its  center 
by  a  rod,  which  connects,  by  a  ball-and-socket  joint,  C,  with  a  platform, 
D,  so  that  said  tray  can  be  readily  tilted  in  any  desired  direction.  From 
the  edge  of  the  platform,  D,  rises  a  circular  rim,  E,  which  prevents  the 
tray  from  being  tilted  any  lower  than  desirable.  U.  S.  patent,  1868. 


374 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


934.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The 
rolling  ring  which  did  not  roll.  It  consists 
of  a  stand,  A,  two  idler  pulleys,  C,  between 
which  a  hollow  cylindrical  ring,  suspended 
in  the  manner  shown,  is  expected  to  re- 
volve in  the  direction  indicated  by  the 
c  arrow.  The  only  difficulty  about  it  is  that 
it  will  not  work,  though  it  looked  plausible 
enough  to-  the  inventor. 


935.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Differential  water  wheel.  From 
this  arrangement  it  follows  that  the  portion  of  sponge  No.  4  which  is 
about  to  quit  the  water  is  pressed  upon  by 
No.  5  float  and  spring,  which,  from  acting 
vertically,  is  most  efficient  in  squeezing  the 
sponge  dry ;  while  that  portion  of  the  sponge 
on  the  point  of  entering  the  water  is  not 
compressed  at  all  from  its  corresponding 
float  No.  8,  not  having  yet  reached  the 
edge  of  the  water.  By  these  means,  there- 
fore, it  will  be  seen  that  the  sponge  always 
rises  in  a  dry  state  from  the  water  on  the  ascending  side,  while  it 
approaches  the  water  on  the  descending  side  in  an  uncompressed  state, 
and  open  to  the  full  action  of  absorption  by  the  capillary  attraction. 


936.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Another 
solution  of  the  water-wheel  problem,  to  be  ob- 
tained by  multiplying  the  number  of  wheels, 
which  makes  the  thing  sure  to  work.  The 
siphon,  P,  discharges  water  upon  the  upper 
wheel,  and  by  the  aprons,  V  and  W,  succes- 
sively to  the  second  and  third  wheel ;  all  of 
the  wheels  are  connected  to  a  walking  beam 
c  by  crank  and  pitman,  thus  operating  a  pump 
for  the  water  supply.  Patented  in  1831. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


375 


937.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.     The  gear  problem.      The  frames, 
B,  and  the  wheels,  G,  are  secured  upon  the  hollow  shafts,  so  that  they 

can  not  move  independent  of 
each  other.  Shafts  are  placed 
within  the  hollow  shafts,  H, 
upon  which  the  communicat- 
ing wheels,  D,  and  the  center 
wheels  are  secured,  so  that 
they  can  move  independent  of 
the  frames,  B,  and  wheels,  G. 
While  the  frames,  B,  make 
one  revolution,  the  wheels,  D, 
and  the  center  wheels  make  two  revolutions.  This  is  caused  by  the 
action  of  the  weighted  levers  E.  Their  weight,  or  inertia,  prevents  them 
from  passing  around  the  center  of  the  axis  of  the  wheels  with  which 
they  are  suspended  in  the  revolving  frames.  The  full  force  of  this 
resistance,  or  inertia,  is  applied  to  the  other  wheels  of  each  set,  and  by 
these  wheels  communicated  to  the  center  wheel. 


938.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.      Mercurial  wheel.     A  is  the  screw 
turning  on  its  two  pivots;  B  is  a  cistern  to  be  filled  above  the  level  of  the 

lower  aperture  of  the  screw 
with  mercury;  D  is  a  reservoir, 
which,  when  the  screw  is 
turned  round,  receives  the 
mercury  which  falls  from  the 
top.  A  pipe  conveys  the  mer- 
cury from  the  reservoir  on  to 
the  float-board,  E,  fixed  at 
right  angles  to  the  center  of 
the  screw,  and  furnished  at 
its  circumference  with  ridges  to 
intercept  the  mercury,  the  mo- 
mentum and  weight  of  which 
will  cause  the  float-board  and  screw  to  revolve,  until,  by  the  proper 
inclination  of  the  floats,  the  mercury  falls  into  the  receiver,  E,  from 
whence  it  again  falls  by  its  spout  into  the  cistern,  B,  where  the  constant 
revolution  of  the  screw  takes  it  up  again  as  before. 


376 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


939.  PERPETUAL     MOTION.       Often  repeated  type.     A  prin- 
ciple so  often  employed  for  the  production  of  self-moving  machines  that 

it  ranks  next  to  that  of  perpetual 
eccentric  weights  in  its  delusive 
power  upon  the  minds  of  inventors. 
The  attempt  to  compel  a  water 
wheel  to  raise  the  water  which 
drives  it  is  in  one  form  or  other 
perpetually  recurring  in  devices 
upon  which  our  counsel  and  opin- 
ion are  sought.  The  worst  of  the 
matter  is  that  in  most  cases  our 
advice  to  drop  such  absurd  projects 
is  received  as  evidence  of  want 
of  sagacity  and  knowledge,  and  our 
would-be  client  becomes  the  dupe  of  some  not  over-conscientious  patent 
agent,  who  pockets  his  fees  and  laughs  in  his  sleeve  at  the  greenness  of 
the  applicant. 

The  device  illustrated  is  one  submitted  by  one  of  those  enthusiastic 
individuals,  who,  without  understanding  the  first  principles  of  mechanics, 
believes  he  is  about  to  revolutionize  the  industry  of  the  world  by  his 
grand  discovery;  and  as  honor,  and  not  pecuniary  reward,  is  his  object, 
he  seeks  to  make  public  his  invention  through  the  wide  circulation  of. 
some  journal.  He  is  quite  willing  we  should  adversely  criticise  the  de- 
vice, because  its  merits  are  so  great  that  no  amount  of  skepticism  result- 
ing from  our  blind  prejudice  can,  he  thinks,  influence  candid  minds 
against  a  principle  so  obviously  sound  and  sublimely  simple. 

940.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.      The  air-bag  problem.     A  wheel 
with  a  number  of  air  bags  like  bellows,  fulcrumed  on  an  inner  ring  and 

with  a  weight  on  the  movable  cover.  Each 
air  bag  is  connected  by  a  tube  to  the  opposite 
bag.  The  wheel  is  immersed  in  water, 
when  the  weights  compress  the  air  bags  at 
the  left  in  the  cut  and  extend  the  bags  at 
the  right  side  assisted  by  the  hanging  weights, 
the  air  passing  through  the  connecting  tubes. 
Thus,  by  the  inflation  of  the  bags  on  the  right 
side,  the  wheel  is  made  to  revolve  in  the 
water. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


377 


941.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  A  type  of 
one  of  the  many  forms  of  perpetual-motion 
devices  that  have  been  exploited  during  the 
past  three  centuries,  and  perhaps  earlier,  in 
which  a  water  wheel  is  made  to  pump  the 
water  to  drive  it. 


942.  PERPETUAL   MOTION.      Air  transfer  in  submerged  wheel. 
A,  in  the  cut,  is  a  tank  containing  water,  as  shown.      The  hollow  arms, 

B,  communicate  with  a  hollow  shaft, 

C,  and  the  bellows,  E,  screw  valves, 

D,  being  employed  to  increase  or 
diminish    the  area  of  the  passages 
in  the  hollow  arms  B.     Each  of  the 
bellows,  E,  carries  a  weight,  which, 
during  a  portion  of  the  revolution, 
compresses  the  bellows  and  forces 
the  air  out  of  it  through  the  hollow 
arms,  B,  and  shaft,  C,  into  bellows 
upon  the  opposite  side  of  the  wheel, 
which,  being  inverted,  are  expanded 

by  the  action  of  the  weights,  and,  their  buoyancy  being  thus  increased 
on  one  side  of  the  wheel,  the  latter  is  expected  to  turn  constantly  by 
virtue  of  the  effort  of  the  expanded  bellows  to  rise  to  the  surface. 

943.  PERPETUAL     MOTION.       Extending  weights  and  water 
transfer.     The  stationary  sector  gear,  A,  rolls  the  small  pinions  which, 

by  a  rod  connection  with  the 
following  edge  of  the  hinged 
weights  on  the  periphery  of  the 
wheel,  tilt  the  weights  upward 
and  outward,  making  a  prepon- 
derance on  that  side  of  the  wheel. 
The  same  operation  also  opens 
and  closes  a  series  of  water  bags 
on  the  inner  rim  of  the  wheel, 
each  bag  being  connected  to  the 
opposite  bag  by  a  tube,  thus  add- 
ing additional  weight  to  the  right- 
hand  side  of  the  wheel. 


378 


PERPETUAL    MOTION. 


944.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Eng- 
lish patent  (1832)  in  which  a  verbose  de- 
scription is  given  of  chain  buckets  driven 
by  water  from  a  tank,  which  revolves  a 
geared  wheel  and  pinion  and  by  a  cam 
sustains  the  vibration  of  a  heavy  pendu- 
lum, to  which  is  attached  a  sector  beam, 
pump  chains,  and  counterweights  that 
operate  pumps  for  returning  the  water 
to  the  upper  tank. 


945.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.      The  sponge  problem  of  Sir  W- 

Congreve,  of  rocket  fame.     Three  horizontal  rollers  are  fixed  in  a  frame ; 

^=>^  an  endless  band  of  sponge  runs 

round  these  rollers,  and  carries 
on  the  outside  an  endless  chain 
of  weights  surrounding  the  band 
of  sponge  and  attached  to  it,  so 
that  they  must  move  together, 
every  part  of  this  band  and  chain 
being  so  accurately  uniform  in 
weight  that  the  perpendicular 
side  will,  in  all  positions  of  the 
;  band  and  chain  be  in  equilibrium 

with  the  hypotenuse,  on  the  principle  of  the  inclined  plane.  The  frame 
in  which  these  rollers  are  fixed  is  placed  in  a  cistern  of  water  having 
its  lower  part  immersed. 

On  the  perpendicular  side  of  the  triangle,  the  weights  hanging  per- 
pendicularly alongside  the  band  of  sponge,  the  band  is  not  compressed 
by  them ;  and,  its  pores  being  left  open,  the  water,  at  the  point  where  the 
band  meets  its  surface,  will  rise  to  a  certain  height  above  its  level,  and 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


379 


thereby  create  a  load,  which  load  will  not  exist  on  the  ascending  side, 
because  on  this  side  the  chain  of  weights  compresses  the  band  at  the 
water's  edge,  and  squeezes  out  any  water  that  may  have  previously  ac- 
cumulated in  it,  so  that  the  band  rises  in  a  dry  state,  the  weight  of  the 
chain  having  been  so  proportioned  to  the  breadth  and  thickness  of  the 
band  as  to  be  sufficient  to  produce  this  effect. 

946.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Transfer  of  air.  It  is  an  end- 
less rubber  tube,  with  projections,  on  which  are  fastened  thin  rubber 
bags,  and  a  small  weight  attached  to  each 
bag.  The  bags  are  filled  with  air  when  the 
weight  hangs  down,  and  when  it  comes  on  top 
it  presses  the  air  out  and  through  the  hollow 
projection  and  tube  into  the  next  bag  that 
comes  in  position.  When  placed  over  two 
wheels  in  water,  the  bags  filled  with  air  should 
be  lighter  and  rise,  while  the  other  side,  with 
the  air  forced  out,  should  sink. 

Each  bag,  as  it  comes  into  position  at  the 
bottom  of  the  left  tube,  will  be  filled  with  air 
expelled  from  a  bag  at  the  top.  The  weights 
will  descend  a  certain  amount,  one  in  ex- 
panding and  the  other  in  contracting  the  bag. 


947.  PERPETUAL      MOTION.  .     Differential   weight   of   balls. 

The  tube  is  filled  one  side  with  water  and  the  other  side  with  enough 
mercury  to  force  the  water  up  to  the  top  of  column. 
In  the  figure,  A  is  mercury  and  B  the  water.  The 
balls  to  be  used  are  made  of  iron,  with  an  air-tight 
chamber  filled  with  gas  to  make  them  float  in  water. 
The  machine  is  supposed  to  operate  in  this  way: 
The  balls  are  started  on  the  mercury  side.  Several 
will  be  needed  to  force  the  first  ball  through  the  mer- 
cury, but  the  moment  it  has  passed  the  center  it 
will  rise  to  the  top  of  column  of  water.  The  next 
coming  balls  will  force  it  out  until  it  rolls  off  on  to 
the  proper  place  on  the  power  wheel.  Here  the  balls 
exert  their  weight,  turn  the  wheel,  and  then  drop 

back  into  the  starting  channel  to  force  the  ones  ahead  of  it  through  the 

mercury  back  into  the  water  again. 


380 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


948.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Inclined 
disk  and  balls.  The  partitions  set  at  an 
angle  between  the  outer  and  inner  rim  of  the 
wheel  roll  the  balls  toward  the  center  on 
one  side  and  toward  the  periphery  on  the 
other  side  of  the  disk.  Attached  to  a  screw 
pump.  1660. 

A  type  of  scores  of  water-raising  devices 
by  perpetual  motion  in  the  seventeenth  and 
eighteenth  centuries. 

The  Archimedean  screw  seems  to  have 
had  a  strong  hold  on  the  minds  of  perpetual- 
motion  inventors. 


949.  PERPETUAL  MOTION. 
Self-moving  water  power.  An  Archi- 
medean screw  mounted  with  three  water 
wheels,  by  its  revolution  pumps  water 
which  falls  consecutively  upon  the 
wheels,  and  gives  the  power  required  to 
turn  the  screw.  Seventeenth  century. 


950.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Chain  pump  as  known  in  1618. 
A  water  wheel  which  is  expected  through  a  system  of  gearing  to  operate 
a  chain  pump,  which  pump  should 
raise  the  water  necessary  to  propel 
the  wheel,  and  so  on  forever.  It  is 
probably  unnecessary  to  inform  our 
readers  that  this  fallacious  principle 
has  been  tried  in  various  ways,  and 
that  there  are  occasionally  yet  to  be 
found  those  so  unskilled  in  mechanical 
science,  and  incapable  of  seeing  the 
radical  error  of  the  device,  as  to  waste 
their  substance  in  a  repetition  of  this 
time-honored  blunder. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


381 


951.  PERPETUAL 
MOTION.  The  Archi- 
medean screw  for  raising 
balls.  The  balls  carried 
up  by  the  screw  were  sup- 
posed to  require  less  power 
than  they  gave  by  falling 
on  the  periphery  of  the 
wheel.  Enough  to  drive 
the  screw. 


952.  PERPETUAL  MOTION,  Differential  weight  by  flotation. 
Weights  descending  through  air  force  themselves  by  their  weight  into  a 
liquid  and  rise  by  flotation  on  the  other  side 
of  the  U-shaped  chamber.  A  represents  the 
blocks;  B  is  the  hexagon -shaped  wheel;  C 
is  the  endless  chain,  which  remains  at- 
tached to  the  wheel  by  means  of  its 
pointed  hooks;  E  is  the  receptacle;  F  is 
the  square  wheel  from  which  the  chain,  C, 
at  the  bottom  of  its  course  is  detached  to 
reascend  round  the  wheel  B  ;  G,  rollers, 
of  which  there  are  four,  made  of  India  rub- 
ber or  other  elastic  material,  placed  at  the 
entrance  of  the  receptacle  E  ;  and  H  is 
the  India-rubber  angle  pieces,  also  placed 
at  the  entrance,  between  which  rollers,  G, 
and  angle  pieces,  H,  pass  with  slight  friction  the  blocks,  after  being 
disengaged  from  the  chain  C.  These  blocks,  A,  angle  pieces,  H, 
and  rollers,  G,  being  in  close  contact,  form  a  stoppage,  so  that 
the  water  can  not  issue,  and  are  pushed  and  moved  forward  by  the 
blocks  which  descend  after  them.  I  is  the  endless  band,  resting  on  sup- 
ports, J,  fixed  to  the  inside  of  the  receptacle,  supporting  the  blocks  and 
moving  with  them.  The  blocks,  when  in  the  vertical  part  of  the  re- 
ceptacle, are  conducted  by  four  wires,  one  on  each  of  their  four  sides. 
K  is  a  roller  upon  which  tilt  the  blocks,  guided  by  the  endless  band  when 
on  the  top  of  the  receptacle  to  leave  the  same;  L,  friction  rollers,  on 
which  fall  and  roll  the  blocks  after  having  tilted,  in  order  to  reach  the 
hexagon  wheel  B. 


382 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


953.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  The  flotation  problem.  An  up- 
right tank,  through  which  passes  a  number  of  floats  connected  by  a 
band  of  elastic  rubber  attached  to  their  ends,  leav- 
ing just  enough  space  between  them  to  secure  action 
on  each  side  by  the  water.  They  are  each  of  the 
same  weight  as  an  equal  bulk  of  water  at  the  sur- 
face, therefore  the  upper  one  in  the  tank  has  no 
comparative  weight.  The  next  lower  one  has  a 

5  unit  of  upward  force  equal  to  the  condensation  of 

^  in  I  UK!  *ts  ku^  °^  waterJ  ar>d  so  on,  each  adding  a  unit  to 
the  upward  tendency,  until  we  come  to  the  last,  the 
pressure  on  which  is  altogether  downward  to  the 
amount  of  the  entire  column  of  water;  but  we 
already  have  a  number  of  opposing  upward  forces, 
and  when  we  look  on  the  other  side  and  see  the 
thirteen  active  weights,  it  seems  clear  that  there 
will  be  a  large  surplus  weight,  over  and  above  the 
opposing  weight  and  the  friction  of  the  rollers  and  upper  wheel.  The 
weights  were  to  pass  through  an  elastic  cylinder  at  the  bottom. 


954.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Liquid  transfer.  A  wheel,  each 
of  whose  radii,  A,  B,  contains  a  small  channel  through  which  there  is  a 
communication  between  the  two  bel- 
lows, C,  D,  one  of  which,  C,  is  at  the 
extremity  of  the  radius,  and  the  other, 
D,  is  nearer  the  center.  The  external 
side  of  these  bellows  is  loaded  with  a 
weight.  It  will  be  seen  that  on  one 
side  (C,  for  example)  the  bellows  far- 
thest from  the  center  must  open, 
and  those  nearest  must  close.  A  liquid 
having  been  poured  into  each  radius 
in  sufficient  quantity  to  fill  its  channel 
and  one  of  the  bellows,  it  is  evident 
that  on  the  side,  C,  such  liquor  will  be  at  the  extremity,  that  is  to  say,  in 
the  bellows  that  are  open,  while  on  the  other  side  it  will  be  in  the  bellows 
that  are  near  the  center.  Consequently  one-half  the  wheel  will  be  heav- 
ier than  the  other,  and  so  the  wheel  itself  ought  to  have  a  perpetual 
motion. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


383 


955.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.     Chain-pump  type.     A  series  of 
balls  placed  parallel  to  each  other  are  hinged  or  linked  together  in  a 

similar  manner  as  the  buckets  of  a  chain  pump; 
this  chain  of  floats  is  passed  over  two  sets  of  pulleys 
or  disks  fixed  to  two  horizontal  shafts,  the  one 
placed  vertically  above  the  other,  the  said  pulleys 
being  formed  to  suit  the  diameter  of  the  floats. 
One-half  of  this  chain  of  floats  passes  through  the 
center  of  the  tank  holding  the  water  or  other  fluid, 
and  the  other  half  passes  outside  the  tank  through 
the  air.  The  floats,  when  in  motion,  enter  through 
the  bottom  of  the  tank,  and  rise  up  by  their  buoyancy 
through  the  water;  they  then  pass  round  the  top 
pulley,  descend  outside  the  tank,  and,  passing  over 
the  bottom  pulley,  again  enter  the  tank,  and  so  on. 
If  cylindrical  floats  are  used,  as  described,  they  are 
fixed  on  the  connecting  links  half  a  diameter  or 
more  apart  from  each  other.  An  absurd  device  is 
described  in  this  invention  of  1865,  for  opening 

and  closing  the  entering  and  exit  valves  of  the  chamber  and  the  use 

of  compressed  air  for  operating  them. 

956.  PERPETUAL     MOTION.       Mercurial   displacement  in   a 
cistern  of  water.     A  cistern   full  of  water  4  feet  deep.     Let  B  be  a 

wheel;  freely  suspended  within  it,  let 
there  be  four  glass  tubes  40  inches  long, 
c,  c,  c,  c,  having  large  bulbs,  holding,  say, 
a  pint,  blown  at  the  closed  end.  Fill 
these  tubes  with  mercury,  fix  on  an  In- 
dia-rubber bladder,  that  will  hold  a 
pint,  to  each  of  them  at  the  open  end, 
and  let  them  be  attached  round  the 
wheel,  as  in  the  figure.  As  the  pres- 
sure of  40  inches  of  mercury  will  exceed 
the  atmospheric  pressure,  and  also  that  of  the  four-feet  column  of  water, 
when  the  India-rubber  bottle  is  lowest,  and  the  tube  erect,  as  at  D,  the 
mercury  will  fill  it,  leaving  a  vacuum  in  the  glass  bulb  above.  On  the 
opposite  side  the  mercury  will  fill  the  glass  bulb,  and  the  India-rubber 
bottle  will  be  pressed  flat,  as  will  also  be  the  case  in  the  two  horizontal 
tubes.  Now,  it  is  evident  that  the  two  horizontal  tubes  exactly  balance 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


each  other;  but  the  tube,  D,  with  its  bulb  swelled  out,  displaces  a  pint 
of  water  more  than  its  opposite  tube,  and  hence  will  attempt  to  rise  with 
the  force  of  about  one  pound,  and  each  tube,  when  it  arrives  at  the 
same  position,  must  produce  the  same  result;  the  wheel  must  have  a 
continual  power,  equal  to  about  one  pound,  with  a  radius  of  two  feet. 


957.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.     Air-buoyed  wheel.     A  is  a  cistern 
of  water  filled  as  high  as  line  R;  C  are  six  bladders,  communicating 

by  the  tubes,  D,  with  the  hollow 
axle  E,  which  axle  is  connected 
with  the  bellows,  F,  by  the  pipe  G. 
H  is  a  crank,  connected  with  the 
crank,  I,  by  the  rod  K.  L  is  a 
bevel  wheel,  M  a  pinion,  N  its 
shaft.  O  is  a  crank  attached  to 
the  bellows,  F,  by  the  rod  P.  Q 
are  valves  with  projecting  levers. 
R  and  S  are  two  projecting  knobs. 
T  is  a  hole  in  the  axle,  E,  form- 
ing a  communication  with  it  and 
the  lowermost  bladder.  The  axle, 
E,  being  put  in  motion,  is  expected  to  carry  round  the  bladders 
and  tables,  and  by  the  cranks,  H  and  I,  and  the  connecting  rod,  K, 
cause  the  wheel,  L,  to  revolve,  which,  communicating  a  similar  motion 
to  the  pinion,  M,  shaft,  N,  and  crank,  O,  works  the  bellows,  F,  from 
which  the  air  enters  the  axle,  E,  by  the  tube,  G,  and  passing  through 
the  hole  in  it  at  T,  enters  the  lower  bladder,  C,  by  the  tube  D;  this  blad- 
der being  thus  rendered  lighter  than  the  space  it  occupies,  ascends, 
bringing  the  bladder  behind  it  over  the  hole  in  the  axle,  T,  in  like  man- 
ner, and  which  is  thereby  expected  to  gain  an  ascending  power,  pro- 
ducing a  similar  effect  on  the  one  behind  it.  When  one  of  the  bladders 
arrives  at  the  knob,  S,  the  lever  of  the  valve,  Q,  strikes  against  it  and 
opens  the  valve;  when  the  bladder  arrives  at  C  and  begins  to  descend, 
its  pressure  on  the  water  drives  out  the  air;  the  knob,  R,  then  closes  the 
valve,  Q,  and  prevents  the  entrance  of  any  water  into  the  bladder;  by 
this  contrivance,  three  of  the  bladders  were  expected  to  be  alternately 
full  and  empty,  according  as  they  passed  over  the  hole  T  or  the  knob  S. 
The  reason  assigned  for  the  failure  of  this  machine  was  the  friction, 
the  old  invincible  enemy  of  perpetual-motion  seekers. 


THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


ON    RUBBER-LINED    HOSE 


SHSBBBB8BIB5BB 


Guaranteed  250  pounds  Pressure 
i    inch  diameter,  per  foot 


7° 


Guaranteed   400  pounds  pressure 


2    inch  diameter,  per  foot 
24  "  " 


All  in  50-foot  lengths 


FHE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ER-LINED   HOSE 


Guaranteed  350  pounds  Pressure 

inch  diameter,  per  foot    . 


2i 

24 
3 


j* 


•    -*o  35 

45 
50 


70 
I    00 


Guaranteed  450  pounds  Pressure 


2    inch  diameter,  per  foot 

2| 


All  in  50-foot  lengths 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


LARGE  ROLLS 


Covered  with  Rubber 

We  make  a  specialty  of  covering  with  rubber  large  rolls  used 
by  manufacturers  of  cotton,  woolen  and  paper  goods. 

All  our  rubber  coverings  are  graduated  in  consistency  from 
the  body  of  the  roll  outward,  and  are  especially  prepared  for  the 
work  they  are  to  perform. 

When  ordering,  please  state  the  diameter  the  rolls  are  re- 
quired to  be  when  finished,  also  the  purpose  for  which  they  are 
intended  to  be  used,  and  whether  they  will  be  run  in  hot  or 
cold  water. 

We  make  no  charge  for  attaching  the  rubber  to  the  roll,  but 
charge  only  for  the  amount  of  rubber  actually  put  on  the  roll. 

Price,  per  lb.,  $1.00 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


RUBBER  HAT  BAGS 


Our  Hat  Bags  are  made  of  the  very  best  quality  of  Fine  Para  Rubber, 
and  will  outlast  any  other  bag  on  the  market,  and  we  can  repair  bags  of  our 
own  make  as  good  as  new  at  about  one-half  price  of  new  bag. 

We  have  a  very  large  assortment  of  moulds,  and  can  make  almost  any 
shape  desired. 


87  No.  i  Stock  Hat  Bag,  per  Ib. 
87  No.  2      " 
M.  R. 


.$2  75 

.      2   25 

.    i  50 


UNVULCANIZED  RUBBER  STO* 

Our  long  experience  in  manufacturing  Unvulcanized  Rubber  Stock  for 
use  by  straw  goods  workers  and  rubber  stamp  manufacturers  has  secured  for 
us  an  unrivalled  reputation. 

We  can  make  a  stock  for  any  purpose  desired,  and  guarantee  it  to  do 
the  work. 


87  No.  i  Composition 

87      "       2 

87  "  3 

86  "  i 

86  "  .2 

86  "  3 


Per  Ib. 
,$2  75 

2   25 

i  45 

i  55 

i  15 

i  05 


86  No.  4  Composition 
89    "     2 
88    "     i 

1-29      ' '      2 

R.  L.  G. 
G.  &  R. 


Per  Ib. 

$074 
60 
95 
92 
80 
74 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


385 


958.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  By  mag- 
netic resistance  from  alternate  interposition  of  a 
non-magnetic  conductor  between  the  magnets  and 
armature.  F,  pendulum,  E,  armature,  C,  D, 
magnets.  A,  B,  neutralizing  substance  moved 
by  the  pendulum  to  a  closure  between  the  mag- 
net and  armature  at  the  end  of  the  pendulum 
stroke,  alternately,  so  that  the  opposite  magnet 
will  be  in  force  as  the  armature  swings  toward  it. 
Claimed,  but  not  yet  found. 


959.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.     The  overbalanced   cylinder.     A 
cylinder  containing  a  fluid  with  two  or  more  weighted  rods  passing 

through  stuffing  boxes  in  the  shell.  To 
the  middle  of  each  of  these  rods  is  fixed  a 
ball  of  cork  which  is  expected  to  rise  to  the 
upper  side  of  the  cylinder  whenever  the 
revolution  thereof  brings  it  a  little  below 
the  axis  of  the  cylinder.  In  thus  rising,  it 
will  carry  the  upper  weight  away  from  the 
center  and  bring  the  lower  end  toward  the 
center  so  that  it  is  thought  the  center  of  grav- 
ity of  cylinder  arms,  corks,  and  metallic  balls 
will  be  kept  constantly  on  one  side  of  a  geo- 
~~  metrical  center,  and  constant  revolution 

will  result.  The  fact  is,  however,  that  the  center  of  gravity  will  remain 
always  in  a  perpendicular  drawn  through  the  axis,  and,  consequently, 
the  expectations  of  the  inventor  were  never  realized. 

960.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.      The  hydrostatic  weight  or  differ- 
ential volume  problem.      A  too  prevalent  belief  at  the  present  time 

that  a  large  area  or  body  of  water  has  a  greater  hydro- 
static pressure  than  a  connected  tube  rising  from  its 
base.  A  projector  thought  that  the  vessel  of  his  con- 
trivance, represented  here,  was  to  solve  the  renowned 
problem  of  the  perpetual  motion.  It  was  goblet- 
shaped,  lessening  gradually  toward  the  bottom  until 
it  became  a  tube,  bent  upward  at  c,  and  pointing  with 


386 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


an  open  extremity  into  the  goblet  again.  He  reasoned  thus:  A  pint  of 
water  in  the  goblet,  a,  must  more  than  counterbalance  an  ounce  which 
the  tube,  b,  will  contain,  and  must  therefore  be  constantly  pushing  the 
ounce  forward  into  the  vessel  again  at  a,  and  keeping  up  a  stream  or 
circulation  which  will  cease  only  when  the  water  dries  up.  He  was 
confounded  when  a  trial  showed  him  the  same  level  in  a  and  in  b. 

961  PERPETUAL    MOTION.      Capillary  attraction  type.     Plan 
and  leveation.     A  tank  nearly  filled  with  water  and  two  wheels  marked 

a,  a  and  b,  b  are  placed 
in  the  water  in  the  tank. 
By  capillary  attraction 
the  water  rises  between 
the  two  wheels  marked 
x,  x,  to  a  height  above 
the  level  of  the  water  in 
proportion  to  the  distance 
of  the  wheels  from  each  other  at  x,  x.  As  the  water  rises  between 
the  wheels  marked  x,  x,  above  its  level,  the  weight  of  water  between 
the  wheels  will  cause  the  wheels  to  continually  revolve. 

962.  Elevation,  showing  the  position  of  the  water  raised  by  capil- 
lary attraction. 

963.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.     Magnetic  pendulum.     Let  A,  A, 
represent  two  magnets  revolving  on  axes.       Let  B  represent  a  larger 

magnet  hanging  on  an  axis,  pendulum  fash- 
ion, between  the  two  former.  As  the  poles 
of  the  two  smaller  magnets  lie  in  the  same 
direction,  the  effect  will  be  to  draw  the 
larger  magnet  toward  that  on  the  left 
hand,  while  it  is  at  the  same  time  repelled 
by  that  on  the  right;  but,  while  this  is  going 
on,  the  upper  end  of  the  large  magnet  raises, 
by  means  of  a  guide  wire,  the  tumbler  D. 
which,  just  before  the  magnets  come  in 
contact,  passes  the  perpendicular,  and  falls 
over,  carrying  with  it  the  lever  connected  with  the  two  wheels,  C,  C,  and 
causing  them  to  perform  a  quarter  revolution;  these  wheels  are  con- 
nected by  lines  with  two  small  wheels  fixed  on  the  axles  of  the  two  mag- 
nets A,  A.  While  the  former  make  a  quarter  revolution,  the  latter  turn 
half  round.  Patented  in  1829. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


387 


964.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Magnetic  wheel.  A  light  wheel 
on  friction  rollers,  set  with  slips  of  iron  at  an  angle  around  its  periphery. 
N,  N  are  two  magnets,  which,  attracting  the  rim 
of  the  wheel,  will  render  one  side  lighter  and  the 
other  heavier,  causing  it  to  revolve  ad  infinitum  : 
or,  to  render  it  more  powerful,  let  the  steel  rims 
be  magnetized,  and  fixed  on  the  wheel  with  their 
north  poles  toward  its  center.  Let  two  more 
magnets  be  added,  as  shown  by  the  unshaded 
lines;  let  these  two,  S,  S,  be  placed  with  their 
south  poles  nearest  the  rim  of  the  wheel,  and 

the  other  two,  N,  N,  with  their  north  poles  in  that  position.  Now, 
as  similar  poles  repel  and  opposite  poles  attract,  the  wheel  will  be 
driven  round  by  attraction  and  repulsion  acting  conjointly  on  four 
points  of  its  circumference.  B,  B  are  blocks  of  wood  to  keep  off  the 
attraction  of  the  magnets  from  that  part  of  the  wheel  which  has  passed 
them.  No  substance  yet  found  that  interrupts  the  magnetic  field. 


965.  PERPETUAL 
the  eighteenth  century. 
1 


MOTION.      Magnetic  mill  of  the  middle  of 
A,  B,  C,  D  represents  a  frame  of  brass  or  wood 
for  the  machine,  E,  F,  to  run  in. 

E  and  F  are  two  brass  wheels,  similar  and 
equal,  fixed  upon  a  movable  axis. 

i,  2,  3,  etc.,  are  a  number  of  artificial  mag- 
nets  placed  within  the  teeth  of  the  wheel 
all  round,  and  as  near  each  other  as  is  pos- 
sible, provided  they  do  not  touch ;  their  north 
•     poles  at  E  and  their  south  poles  at  F. 

H  and  I  are  two  similar  and  equal  mag- 
nets fixed  in  the  brass  plate,  A,  C,  very  near 
each  other,  but  not  touching. 
K  and  L,  two  more,  fixed  in  the  brass  plate,  B,  D. 
Now,  as  the  north  pole  of  one  magnet  repels  the  north  pole  of  another 
magnet  and  attracts  the  south,  and,  inversely,  the  south  pole  of  one 
magnet  repels  the  south  pole  of  another  and  attracts  the  north,  so  the 
south  pole,  I,  attracts  all  the  north  ones  at  E,  and  the  north  pole,  H, 
repels  all  the  north  ones  at  M.     In  like  manner,  K  attracts  at  N  and 
L  repels  at  O,  and  by  this  means  the  whole  machine,  E,  F,  is  expected 
to  move  perpetually  around. 

Now  this  would  be  all  lovely  if  magnets  did  not  attract  in  more  than 


388 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


one  direction.  Many  American  inventors  have  tried  the  same  principle 
over  and  over,  only  to  find  their  wheel  standing  still,  and  have  then  sighed 
for  some  medium  which,  interposed  between  a  magnet  and  its  armature, 
would  prevent  attraction  while  thus  interposed. 

966.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.   Regenerating  pendulum.  A,B,E,F 
is  a  frame  connected  by  C,  D,  a  crossbar,  through  which  runs  g,  a  pen- 
dulum hung  on  a  pivot,  C.     This  pendu- 
lum has  two  arms,  one,  a,  measuring  five 
feet,  and  the  other,  b,  one  foot  in  length, 
connected   so   together  to  form   a  lever 
with  a  long  and  short  arm,  whose  fulcrum 
is  c.     This  pendulum  has  a  weight  of  two 
pounds  at  its  end.     K,  K  are  two  short 
levers  having  a  joint  in  them  to  allow 
the  pendulum  to  pass  them  one  way,  but 
not  the  other,  without  moving  them,  whose 
fulcra  are  d,  d,  by  which  they  are  connected 

with  A,  B.  From  these  run  cords,  /,  /,  over  pulleys,  m,  m,  which 
cords  are  connected  (for  the  purpose  of  drawing  them  up  into  catches) 
with  h,  h,  springs  throwing  with  a  power  of  three  pounds.  I,  I  are 
catches  for  the  springs  when  brought  back  after  working  their  power. 
N  is  the  point  where  the  pendulum,  g,  will  escape  from  the  lever  K. 

967.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.     Magnetic  wheel.     A  wheel,  A, 
with  a  series  of  armatures  on  its  periphery,  revolves  before  a  horseshoe 

magnet.  Upon  the  shaft  are  also 
mounted  a  star  wheel  and  a  pro- 
peller wheel.  The  star  wheel  is 
arranged  to  tilt  a  lever,  which 
carries  at  its  extremity  a  plate, 
B,  of  brass  coated  with  the 
"chemical  and  mineral  sub- 
stances" which  make  it  an  in- 
sulator of  magnetism.  The  per- 
manent magnet  is  a  U-shaped 
bar,  with  its  poles  near  the  wheel, 
A,  and  opposite  the  path  of  the 
insulating  plate  B.  The  propeller  wheel,  turning  in  a  cup  of  water,  serves 
to  equalize  the  motion,  and  thus  prevent  the  machine  from  running 
away  with  itself  and  committing  self-destruction,  so  the  inventor  said. 


PERPETUAL   MOTION. 


389 


968.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Alternate  magnet  type.  The  swing- 
ing of  the  outside  magnets  of  opposite 
polarity.  Alternate  the  attraction  and 
repulsion  of  the  magnets  on  the  wheel 
to  generate  power  to  swing  the  outside 
magnets  in  and  out  of  their  sphere  of 
action.  Patented  1799. 


969.  PERPETUAL    MOTION.      Electro-magnetic  type.      In  the 
engraving,  A  represents  a  frictional  electrical  machine  ;  B,  a  crank  ;  C, 

an  electro-magnet ;  D,  wire  con- 
F,  a  trunnion ;  G,  an 
E,  a  circuit  closer  ;  H,  a 


M 


ductors  ; 

armature 

pitman  ;  I,  an  insulating  substance  ; 

and  J,  a  spiral  spring. 
The  device  is  expected  to  operate 

as  follows: 
The  frictional  electrical  machine 

is    started,   which    magnetizes   the 

temporary  magnet  and  draws  the  armature  toward  it.  This  breaks 
the  circuit  at  the  point,  I,  E,  which  demagnetizes  the  temporary  magnet 
and  allows  the  spring,  J,  to  again  close  the  circuit.  By  this  means  a 
continued  motion  is  expected  to  be  kept  up. 

To  those  not  familiar  with  the  science  of  molecular  physics  this  device 
may  appear  very  plausible;  a  little  reading,  however,  upon  the  subject 
of  the  correlation  of  forces  will  serve  to  show  its  utter  fallacy. 


970.  PERPETUAL  MOTION.  Elec- 
trical generation.  One  of  the  types  prev- . 
alent  among  amateur  electricians,  in  which 
the  electric  current  from  a  dynamo  is  to 
generate  steam  by  resistance  coils  to  drive 
the  engine  that  runs  the  dynamo,  the 
"steam  being  first  started  by  a  furnace.  F, 
engine  ;  D,  dynamo  ;  B,  resistance  coil  in 
boiler  H  ;  A,  lamp  or  furnace. 


INDEX. 


Accumulator,  165. 

Acoustic  telephone,  31,  32. 

Aerial  top,  140,  146. 

Agitator,  fluid,  284. 

Air  and  vapor  gas,  157. 

Air-moistening  apparatus,  142, 144. 

Air-operated  crane,  151. 

Airships,  147,  148,  149,  150. 

Ammonia  compressor,  255. 

Ampere  meter,  170. 

Anemometer,  35,  36. 

Ankle,  artificial,  352. 

Arc  lamp,  171. 

Arc  light  circuit,  173. 

Artificial  flower  machine,  322. 

Artificial  leg,  353. 

Assay  ore  crusher,  275. 

Automatic  trolley-wheel  guard,  180. 

Automobile  brake,  213. 

Automobile,  interchangeable,  218. 

Automobile  mowing  machine,  342. 

Automobile  plow,  340. 

Automobile  speed  and  steering  gear, 

214. 

Automobile  steam  engine,  214. 
Automobile  transmission  gear,  238. 

Bag  elevator  and  conveyor,  24. 
Bagging  machines,  305,  306. 
Ball-bearing  castor,  252. 
Ball  bearings,  251,  252. 
Ball  joint,  flexible,  129. 
Balls,  magic  and  gyrating,  143. 
Barometer,  recording,  38. 
Beam  clamp,  327. 
Bell  buoy,  204. 
Belt  forg'e  hammer,  293. 
Belt  shipper,  pneumatic,  30. 
Bending  machines,  293,  294. 
Bicycles,  motor  types,  213,  214. 
Binding  post,  170. 
Blacksmith's  helper,  292. 
Blower,  sirocco  fan,  140. 
Blowers,  steam,  60. 
Blue-print  machine,  185. 
Boat,  bicycle  gear,  197. 
Boat,  catamaran,  197. 
Boat,  Holland  submarine,  199. 
Boat,  ice,  200. 
Boat,  shallow  draught,  198. 
Boat,  torpedo,  198. 
Boats,  curious,  189  to  192. 
Boiler  and  engine,  solar,  57. 
Boiler,  automobile,  62. 
Boiler,  duplex  water  tube,  56. 
Boiler  feeder,  67,  68. 


I    Boiler,  finger  tube,  55. 
Boiler,  flash,  55,  56. 
Boiler,  internally  fired,  53. 
Boiler,  marine  water  tube,  58. 
Boiler,  solar,  57. 
Boiler,  triplex,  54. 
Boiler,  vertical  water  tube,  55. 
Boiler,  water  tube,  54. 
Boilers,  53  to  58. 
Boilers,  down  draught,  54. 
Boilers,  heat  circulation,  53. 
Boring  chuck,  geometrical,  257. 
Boring  elliptic  cylinders,  291. 
Braiding  machine,  167. 
Brake,  electric,  177. 
Brake,  track,  226. 
Breakwater,  floating,  206. 
Breech  block,  351. 
Brick  clamp,  288. 
Bridge,  balanced  swing,  331. 
Bridge,  counterbalanced,  332. 
Bridge,  rolling  lift,  330. 
Bridge,  transfer,  333. 
Briqueting  machines,  282,  283. 
Bulldozer  press,  230. 
Buoy,  fog  horn,  123. 
Buoy,  lighting,  205. 
Buoy,  whistling,  204. 
Burners,  oil  fuel,  61,  62,  63,  64. 

Cable  carrier,  33 1 . 

Cable  grip,  Brooklyn  bridge,  226. 

Campylograph,  359. 

Car  coupler,  230. 

Car  seat,  reversing,  227. 

Car  step  extension,  229. 

Car  trucks,  trolley,  223. 

Car  wheel  rolling  mill,  227. 

Cash  carrier,  27. 

Centrifugal  separator,  292. 

Chains,  machine-made,  287. 

Charcoal  kiln,  346,  347. 

Chimney  draught  indicator,  65 

Chuck,  drill,  288. 

Clamp,  adjustable,  327. 

Clamp,  brick,  288. 

Clock  correction,  268,  269. 

Clock,  flying  pendulum,  269. 

Clock  movements,  263  to  270. 

Clock,  novel,  268. 

Clock,  self-winding,  270. 

Clock,  solar  and  sidereal,  266,  267. 

Clock,  synchronizing,  270. 

Cloth  burring  machine,  311. 

Cloth  cutting  machine,  317. 

Clutch,  friction,  251,  28,  29,  30. 


391 


392 


INDEX. 


Clutch,  magnetic,  178,  179. 

Clutch,  multi-plate  friction,  222,  250. 

Clutch,  reversing,  200. 

Coal-handling  plant,  284. 

Coal-washing  machine,  283. 

Cocoanut-paring  machine,  313. 

Coking  oven,  34 7. 

Cold  storage  house,  344. 

Combined  vice,  anvil  and  drill,  288. 

Commutator  construction,  169. 

Compressor,  ammonia,  255. 

Concrete  mixer,  327,  328. 

Condensers,  surface,  69,  70. 

Cone  drum  drive  gear,  241. 

Controller,  electric,  169. 

Conveyor,  25,  284. 

Cordage  machines,  314,  315,  316. 

Cotton-seed  huller,  312. 

Coupling,  flexible,  92. 

Coupling  for  right  angle  ihafts,  249. 

Coupling,  quick,  23. 

Crane,  electric,  177. 

Crane,  hydraulic.  151. 

Crank,  flexible,  92. 

Crank-pin  turning  machine,  228. 

Crank  problems,  246,  249. 

Crank  substitute,  236-247. 

Crane  truck,  292. 

Crematory,  refuse,  346. 

Cream  separator,  343. 

Creosoting  apparatus,  329. 

Crib  dam,  332. 

Curious  boats,  189  to  192. 

Cutting  diamonds,  320,  321. 

Cylinder  boring,  elliptic.  291. 

Dam,  crib,  332. 
Dash  pot,  91. 

Dead  center  problems,  246,  249. 
Demagnetizing  a  watch,  185. 
Diamond  crusher,  321. 
Diamond  cutting,  320,  321. 
Diamond-drilling  machine,  275. 
Diamond  millstone  machine,  302. 
Diamond  tools,  321. 
Differential  speed  gear,  237. 
Disintegrator,  325. 
Dog,  universal,  287. 
Dovetailing  machine,  302,  304. 
Dovetails,  304 
Drawbridge,  330  332. 
Dray,  steam,  217,  218. 
Drill  chuck,  288. 
Drill,  expanding,  290. 
Drill,  lubricating,  289. 
Drilling  machine  for  rails,  228. 
Drying  grain   150. 
Dumping  wagon,  212. 
Dynamometer,  43. 
Dynamos,  compound,  168. 
Dynamos,  shunt  wound,  168. 

Earth  embankment,  333. 

Eddy  tailless  kite,  147. 

Eifel  Tower,  333. 

Electrical  clock  correction,  268. 

Electric  bell,  182. 

Electric  blowpipe,  173. 

Electric  blueprint  machine,  185. 


Electric  cable  machine,  165. 

Electric  chafing  dish,  181. 

Electric  clock  controller,  264. 

Electric  commutator,  169. 

Electric  controller,  169. 

Electric  crane,  177. 

Electric  curling-iron  heater,  185. 

Electric-driven  sewing  machine,  174. 

Electric  elevator,  174. 

Electric  engine  stop,  172. 

Electric  escapement,  265. 

Electric  fire-alarm  system,  183. 

Electric  furnace,  173,  174. 

Electric  hammer,  330. 

Electric  incubator,  175. 

Electric  lighting  circuit,  173. 

Electric  lighting  system,  181. 

Electric  motor,  169. 

Electric  motor  pump,  175. 

Electric  pendulums,  263,  265. 

Electric  ratchet  escapement"  265. 

Electric  repeating  clock,  264,  265. 

Electric  soldering  copper,  176. 

Electric  track  brake,  177. 

Electric  transformer,  170. 

Electric  tree  felling,  184. 

Electric  trumpet,  184. 

Electric  welding  apparatus,  1 76. 

Electric  wire  insulation,  166. 

Electro-magnetic  clutch,  178,  179. 

Elevator,  bag,  24. 

Elevator,  cargo,  103. 

Elevator,  gravity,  327. 

Ellipsograph,  358. 

Engine,  automobile  steam,  214. 

Engine,  convertible,  78. 

Engine,  Corliss  type,  76,  77. 

Engine,  floating  valve  gear,  93. 

Engine  governors,  96,  97,  98. 

Engine  high  speed  vertical,  75. 

Engine,  oil,  115. 

Engine,  oscillating,  108. 

Engine,  pendulum,  107. 

Engine,  reversible,  rotary,  104,  109. 

Engine,  reversing  gear,  93,  95,  96,  100. 

Engine,  revolving,  79. 

Engine,  rotary  piston,  108. 

Engine,  steam  or  air,  75. 

Engine  stop,  automatic,  95. 

Engine,  three-cylinder,  78. 

Engine,  triple  expansion,  74,  76. 

Engine,  two-cycle  marine,  114. 

Engines,  gas  and  oil,  113  to  117. 

Engines,  rotary,  104  to  109. 

Engines,  types  of  compound,  73  to  80. 

Engine  valves,  piston,  81,  82,  83. 

Engine  valves,  slide,  79  to  85. 

Engraving  machine,  257,  258,  259. 

Epi cyclic  train,  238. 

Evaporator,  fresh  water,  70. 

Excavator,  326. 

Expansion  joints,  102. 

Fan  blower,  sirocco,  140. 
Feathering  paddle  wheel,  194. 
File-cutting  machine,  303,  305. 
Fire-alarm  mechanism,  183. 
Fire  extinguisher,  133. 
Flax  scutching  machine,  314. 


INDEX. 


393 


Flock  grinding  machine,  313,. 
Flocking  machine.  317. 

jrip,  shaft,  287. 
Suns,  army  and  navy,  350,  351. 

Flour  bagging  machines,  305,  306. 

Flower-branching  machine,  322. 

Hammer,  electric,  330. 

Flying  machine,  149. 
Flying  propeller.  146. 

Heater  and  purifier,  69. 
Heating  by  waste  gases,  104. 

Fog  whistle,  2051 

Hoist,  pneumatic,  151. 

Forge,  gas  fired,  297. 

Hoist,  worm  gear,  26. 

Forge,  petroleum,  300. 
Formula  for  spring  power,  44  to  49. 
Foundry  construction,  326. 

Hoisting  engine,  325. 
Horological  motions,  263-271. 
Hulling  cotton-seed,  312. 

Fountain  washboiler,  341. 
Four-spool  hoist,  325. 
Friction  gear,  variable  speed,  239. 
Friction  pulleys,  25,  26.  28,  29. 

Hydraulic  elevator,  134. 
Hydraulic  jack,  131. 
Hydraulic  press,  132. 
Hydraulic  punch,  133. 

Friction  ratchet,  250. 

Hygroscope,  42,43. 

Fruit  dryer,  152. 

Fruit  press  321. 
Fuel,  coal  dust  feed,  60.  61. 

I  beam  trolley,  24. 

Fuel,  oil  burners,  61,  62,  63,  64. 
Furnace,  down  draught,  58,  59. 
Furnace,  gravity  feed,  58. 
Furnace,  refuse,  346,  347. 

Ice  boat  details.  200. 
Ignition,  gas  engine,  118. 
Incubator,  electric,  175. 
Irrigation,  124. 

Furnace,  under  feed,  59. 

Furnaces,  hardening,  296,  301. 

Tack,  hydraulic,  131. 

Furnaces,  melting,  297,  298,  299. 

Jets,  sand  blast,  142. 

Furnaces,  ore,  276,  277. 

Joint,  flexible,  103. 

Joints,  expansion,  102. 

Joints,  flexible  ball,  102. 

Gas-fired  lime  kiln,  162. 

Gas  forge,  155. 

Kansas  windmill,  144. 

Gas  gravity  balance   161. 

Kerosene  cook  stove,  161. 

Gas  meter,  coin  in  slot,  256. 

Kercsene  heater,  161. 

Gasoline  and  steam  motor,  114. 

Kiln,  charcoal,  346. 

Gasoline  light   160. 

Kites,  tailless,  146.  147. 

Gasoline  motor,  6-cylinder,  113. 

Knots  and  splices,  203,  204. 

Gasoline  vaporizer,  117. 

Gas  producer,  156,  157,  158. 
Gear  automobile  steering,  212. 
Gear,  differential  speed  212. 
Geared  crank  substitute,  236. 
Gear,  elliptic  linkage,  234-235. 
Gear,  friction,  cog  check,  236. 

Lag  screw  machine,  318. 
Lathe  attachment,  taper,  290. 
Lathe,  crank  pin,  228. 
Lathe  driving  gear,-  240. 
Lathe,  geometrical,  258. 
Lathe,  spiral  fluting,  256. 

Gear,  interrupting  cam,  235. 

Lathe,  square  turning,  247. 

Gear,  reverse  motion,  234,  100. 

Launch,  fast  type,  196. 

Gear,  swash  plate,  233. 

Level,  pocket,  327. 

Gear,  transmission,  238. 
Gear,  variable  speed,  239,  240,  241. 
Gear,  volute  tappet,  234. 
Gear,  worm,  233. 
Geometrical  boring  chuck,  257. 

Lever  draught  equalizers,  17,  18. 
Lever  nippers,  19. 
Life-saving  net,  348. 
Light,  gasoline,  160. 
Light,  Lucigen,  159. 

Geometrical  pen,  357. 
Gigantic  wheel,  334- 

Light,  Wells,  158. 
Limekiln,  gas-fired,  162. 

Gold  amalgamator,  281. 
Gold  separators,  280. 
Governor  fan,  98. 

Linkage  motion,  24.5:,  246,  247. 
Link  joint,  double,  247. 
Link  motion,  shaft  driving,  248. 

Governor,  marine.  98. 

Locomotives,  rack  railway,  224,  225. 

Governors,  engine,  96,  97,  98. 

Low  water  alarm,  68. 

Governor,  water-wheel,  129. 

Lumber,  quarter  sawed,  317. 

Grading  wagon,  211. 

Grain  drying  apparatus,  150. 
Grain  elevators,  141. 
Grain  elevator,  pneumatic,  141. 
Grain  harvester,  345. 
Grain  thresher,  345- 
Grapnel,  submarine,  200,  201. 
Grapple,  timber,  18. 
Gravity  elevator,  327. 
Gravity  plane  sheaves,  281. 

Machine-shop  construction,  328. 
Magic  ball,  143- 
Magnetic  ore  separator,  278. 
Megascope,  143- 
Melting  furnaces,  297,  298,  299,  300. 
Merry-go-round,  sailing,  145. 
Meter,  ampere  recording,  170. 
Mining  lamps,  273. 

394 


INDEX. 


Models  of  international  racing  yachts,  192 

Perpetual  motion. 

to  194. 

Electro-magnetic,  389. 

Moistening  apparatus,  144,  142. 

Falling  weights,  370. 

Mond  gas  plant,  156. 

Ferguson's  type,  369. 

Motion,  circular  from  reciprocating,  235. 

Flotation  problem,  382. 

Mot  on,  circular  to  parallel,  237. 

Floating  weights,  381. 

Mot  on,  crank,  no  dead  center,  249. 
Mot  on,  intermittent  rotary,  236. 

Folding  arm  type,  367. 
Geared  motive  power,  371. 

Mot  on,  reciprocating  stop,  248,  249. 

Gear  problem,  375. 

Mot  on,  vibrating,  237. 

Hydrostatic  weight,  385. 

Motor,  electric,  i6g. 

Inclined  disk,  380. 

Motor,  light  gasoline,  113. 

Lever  type,  372. 

Motor,  novel,  56. 

Link  bucket  and  pump,  378. 

Motor,  oil,  115. 

Liquid  transfer,  382. 

Motor,  spring,  252,  253,  254. 

Magnetic  mill,  387 

Motor,  starter,  119. 

Magnetic  pendulum,  386. 

Motor,  swing,  255. 

Magnetic  resistance,  385. 

Motor,  water,  127. 

Magnetic  wheel,  387,  388. 

Motor,  weight  driven,  253,  254. 

Magnetism  and  gravity,  368. 

Motors  and  turbines,  126,  12*7,  128. 
Motors,  floating,  126. 

Marquis  of  Worcester,  366. 
Mercurial  displacement,  383. 

Motors,  gasoline.  11310  117. 

Mercurial  wheel,  375. 

Motors,  wave,  123. 
Molding  machine,  319. 

Oft  repeated  type,  366. 
Often  repeated  type,  376. 

Moving  platform,  334. 

Overbalanced  cylinder,  385. 

Mowing  machine,  342,  343. 

Paradox,  364. 

Mufflers,  120. 

Pick-up  ball,  368. 

Multiple  shaft  driving  gear,  248. 

Prevailing  type,  366. 

Regenerating  pendulum,  388. 

Net,  life-saving,  348. 
Nets  and  seines,  206,  207. 

Rocking  beam,  373. 
Rocking  weights,  377. 

Nozzle,  fire  extinguisher,  133. 

Rolling  ring,  374. 

Nozzle,  water-wheel.  129. 

Sponge  problem,  378. 

Submerged  wheel,  377. 

Oil  burners,  160,  161. 
Oil  cook  stove,  161. 

Tilting  tray,  373. 
Transfer  of  air,  379. 

Oil  heater,  161. 

Tubes  and  balls,  370. 

Ore  car,  280. 

Water  power,  380. 

Ore  crusher,  275,  278. 

Water  wheel  and  pump,  377. 

Ore  pulverizer,  278. 

Water-wheel  problem,  374. 

Ore  roasting  furnaces,  276,  277. 

Ore  sampler,  279. 

Phenakistoscope,  260. 

Ore  washing  tower,  279. 

Pipe-bending  machine,  294. 

Pistol,  magazine,  352. 

Packing  machine,  flour,  307. 

Planetariums,  259. 

Pantanemone  windmill,  144. 

Plate-hardening'furnace,  301. 

Pantographic  engraving,  257. 

Platform,  moving,  334. 

Paper  enameling  machine,  315. 

Plow,  automobile,  340. 

Parallel  from  circular  motion,  237. 

Plow,  reversible,  341. 

Parallel  motion  linkage,  245,  246. 

Plow,  roller  disk,  340. 

Paris-green  duster,  342. 

Plug  for  leaky  tubes,  65. 

Pendulum,  flying,  269. 

Plug,  safety,  65 

Pendulums,  electric,  263. 

Pneumatic  ball  puzzle,  139. 

Perpetual  motion,  363  to  389. 

Pneumatic  concentrator,  279. 

Air-bag  problem.  376. 
Air-buoyed  wheel,  384. 
Alternate  magnet,  389. 
Archimedean  screw,  381. 

Pneumatic  disk  puzzle,  139. 
Pneumatic  fan,  140. 
Pneumatic  grain  elevator,  141. 
Pneumatic  lift,  151. 

Arm  and  ball,  368. 

Pneumatic  moistening  apparatus.  144. 

Ball-carrying  belt,  369. 

Porcelain  molding,  319. 

Capillary  attraction,  386. 
Chain  problem,  383. 

Potato  rasping  machine,  342. 
Potato  washing  machine,  341. 

Chain  pump,  380. 

Power  hack  saw,  294. 

Chain  wheel,  367. 

Press,  combination,  321. 

Differential  water  wheel,  374. 

Pressure  regulators,  99. 

Differential  weights.  379. 

Producer  gas  apparatus,  156. 

Differential  wheel,  371. 

Prony  brake,  42. 

Double  cone,  372. 

Propeller,  feathering  blade,  196. 

Electrical  generation,  389. 

Propeller,  reversing  clutch,  200. 

THE    PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SMETA1  -INSERTED  MATS 

PATENTED  1886 


Are  made  with   Metal   Insertions  in  each  or  every  other  rub- 
ber diamond,  as  desired. 

Manufactured  up  to  8  inches  wide  and  6  feet  long. 


x  NX  NX  NX  NX  \x  NX 


\x 

X  \ 
NX  NX 


_•« 

NX 


re  inch  thick,  per  square  foot    .    . 


|o  go 
i  30 


MANUFACTURED  AND   PATENTED   EXCLUSIVELY  BY 
16  WARREN    STREET,   NEW  YORK 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


METAL-INSERTED  STEP  MATS 

For  Car  Steps 

We  illustrate  two  designs  in  different  sizes  which  we  carry  in  stock. 


o  o  o  o  o 


o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o 


5   1-2x22  INCHES 


7x24  INCHES 

5i  x  22  inches,  per  dozen $12  oo 

7    x  24  inches,  per  dozen •. .1600 

These  mats  are  guaranteed  to  outwear  any  others.     New  designs  with 
Metal  Insertions  furnished  upon  application. 

PATENTED  AND   MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY   BY 

THE   P 

16  WARREN  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PERFORATE 

Pattern  No.  504  A 


Pattern  No.  505  A 


rF1-- 

THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


EERLESS  PERFORATED  MAtTl 


In    Perforated    Matting    we    illustrate    a    few    of    our    latest 
designs. 

These    will    be   found    very    durable,    the    quality    being  the 
best. 


• 
i  inch  thick,  per  square  foot  .....................  j^  75 


............   .    ........    i  oo 

*  "  "  .....................      I    25 

Extra  for  letters,  each    ...................  25 


Made  in  any  width  up  to  6  feet 
Made  in  any  length  desired 


INDEX. 


395 


Propeller  wheels,  types,  194,  195. 
Pulley  balancing  machine,  289. 
Pulley,  friction,  25,  26,  28,  29. 
Pulleys,  change  speed,  248. 

Springs  and  their  power,  44  to  49. 
Square,  turned  by  circular  motion   247. 
Stairway,  traveling,  335. 
Steam  separator,  68. 

Pulverizer,  325. 

Steam  traps,  65,  66,  67. 

Pump,  electric  driven,  175. 

Steam  turbine,  De  Laval  87. 

Pump  valves,  128. 
Pumps,  centrifugal,  124,  125. 

Steam  turbines,  85  to  87. 
Steam  whistle,  288. 

Pumps,  rotary,  124,  125. 

Steel  furnace,  298. 

Steel  mixer,  299. 

Quarter  sawing  lumber,  317. 
Quartz  pulverizer,  278. 
Quick  coupling,  band,  23. 

Steering  gear,  automobile,  212,  213. 
Steering  gear,  drag,  202. 
Still,  water,  130. 

Rail  track  brake,  226 

Storage  battery,  165. 
Strainer,  basket,  130. 

Ram,  steam,  no. 

Structures,  high,  333. 

Ramp,  stairway,  335. 
Ratchet,  reversible  friction,  250. 

Stump  puller,  339. 
Submarine  boat,  199. 

Reciprocating  stop  motion,  248. 
Refrigeration,  344. 
Refrigerator,  domestic,  134. 

Sun  and  planet  motion  236. 
Surface  condensers,  69,  70. 
Surrey,  steam,  216. 

Register,  fare-recording,  225. 

Swing  bridge,  331. 

Regulators,  pressure,  99,  131. 
Reverberatory  furnace,  301. 

Swing  motor,  255. 

Reversing  gear,  91. 

Tandem  worm  gear,  174. 

Rifle,  U.  S.  magazine,  350. 
Road  grading  wagon,  211. 

Telegraph  printing,  182. 
Telegraphy,  wireless.  179,  180,  181. 

Roasting  furnaces,  ore,  276,  277. 
Rock  railway  locomotives,  224,  225. 

Telephone,  acoustic,  31.  32. 
Tempering  baths,  296,  297. 

Roller  disk  plow,  340. 

Tethering  hook,  341. 

Rolling  mill  for  car  wheels,  227. 

Thermohydroscope,  43. 

Rope  hitches,  202. 

Thermometer,  max.,  min.,  40. 

Rope  knots  and  splices,  203,  204. 

Thermometer,  metallic,  36,  39,  40. 

Rope  machines,  315,  316. 

Thermometer,  registering,  39. 

Rope  tramway,  25. 

Thermometer,  sunshine,  41. 

Rose  lathe,  258,  259. 

Thermostat,  39. 

Thread  rolling,  294. 

Sailing  wagon,  145. 

Timber,  creosoting,  329. 

Sail-rigged  merry-go-round,  145. 

Tire-setting  machines,  295,  296. 

Sand  blast  apparatus,  142. 

Top  aerial,  140. 

Sanders,  track,  222. 

Torpedo,  dirigible,  198. 

Saw,  portable,  339. 

Torpedo,  Whitehead  199.              v 

Saws,  metal,  294,  295. 

Traction  wheel,  211. 

Screw  cutting  machine,  318. 
Screw  driver,  universal,  23. 

Tram  rope  carriage,  25. 
Transformer,  electric,  170,  181. 

Seamless  tube  machine,  295. 

Transmission,  wire,  23. 

Search-light,  171. 

Trench  brace,  328. 

Seines  and  nets;  206,  207. 

Trolley,  I  beam,  24,  26. 

Separator,  cream,  343. 

Trolley  replacer,  229. 

Separator,  dry  placers,  280. 

Trolley-wheel  guard,  180. 

Separators,  magnetic,  277,  278. 

Turbine,  Parson's  steam,  85. 

Sewing  machine,  electric,  174. 

Turbines,  water,  127,  128. 

Shaft,  right  angle  coupling.  249. 
Ships,  air,  147,  148,  149,  170. 

Turpentine  still,  306. 
Two-way  conveyor,  25. 

Signals,  railway,  221,  222. 

Typewriter,  348,  349. 

Siphon,  water  ram,  135. 

Types  of  propeller  wheels,  194,  195 

Sluice  gate,  130. 

Soldering  copper,  gasoline,  289. 

Valve,  automatic  closing,  101. 

Soldering  furnace,  kerosene,  160. 

Valve,  differential,  exhaust,  100. 

Sounding  machine,  201. 

Valve,  double  beat,  130. 

Sparking  plug,  117. 
Speed  gear,  differential,  212,  213-237. 

Valve  gear,  Corliss,  89  to  91. 
Valve  gear,  novel,  88,  92. 

Speed  gear,  variable,  239,  240,  241. 

Valve  gear,  reversing,  93,  95,  96. 

Speed  indicator,  41. 

Valve  gear,  Stevens,  88. 

Speed  pulleys,  expanding,  248. 

Valve  gear,  triple  expansion,  94. 

Speed  train,  238. 

Valve  gear,  Walschaerts,  94. 

Spiral  fluting  lathe,  256. 

Valve  gear,  Wolf  type,  91. 

Spraying  nozzle,  132. 
Spring  motors,  252,  253,  254. 

Valve  movement,  pump,  128. 
Valve,  reducing,  100. 

396 


INDEX. 


Valve,  reversible,  101. 
Valve,  self-closing  stop,  99. 
Valves,  engine,  79  to  101. 
Vaporizer,  gasoline,  117. 
Variable  speed  device,  27. 
Ventilator,  valve  light,  152. 
Venturi  tube,  131. 
Viscosimeter,  29. 

Wagon,  dumping,  212. 
Wagon,  grading  211. 
Wagon,  sailing,  145. 
Wagon,  steam  freight,  217,  218. 
Walking  beam,  short  range.  247. 
Wash  boiler,  fountain,  341. 
Washing  machine,  potato,  341. 
Washington  Monument,  333. 
Watch  to  demagnetize,  185. 
Water  elevator,  steam,  no. 
Water-flow  regulator,  132. 
Water-gas  apparatus,  158. 
Water  meter,  131. 
Water-pressure  regulator,  131. 
Water  ram,  135. 
Water  still,  130. 
Water-wheel  nozzle,  129. 


Wave  motors,  123. 

Welding,  electric,  176. 

Well-boring  tools,  274,  275. 

Wells  light,  158. 

Wells,  re-enforcing,  135. 

Wheel,  feathering  paddle,  194. 

Wheel,  gigantic,  334. 

Wheel,  traction,  211. 

Whistle,  fog,  205. 

Wind  force,  register,  37. 

Wind  meter,  recording,  37. 

Windmill,  Kansas,  144. 

Windmills  Pantamemone,  144. 

Wind  vane,  registering,  35. 

Wire  covering  machines,  165,  166,  167. 

Wire  guy  gripper,  329. 

Wireless  telegraphy,  179,  180,  181. 

Wiring  ignition,  118. 

Wiring,  multiple  cylinder,  118. 

Wood  preserving  app.,  329. 

Worm  gear,  174. 

Worm  gear  hoist,  26. 

Wrench,  expanding,  251. 

Yacht  models,  of  the  international  races, 
192  to  194. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


-ra- 


PEfckLtSS 
COMBINATION    MATTING 

Pattern  No.  10— Sections  5  inches  square 


• 

Price,  per  Ib.,  40  cents 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


ll 


PEERLESS  PATENT 
METAL-INSERTED  STEP  MATS 

For  Car  Steps 
CLOVER-LEAF  PATERNS 


7x24    INCHES 


BOTTOM   STEP 
PRICE-LIST 

STANDARD 


.  $16  oo 


7  x  24  inches,  per  dozen 

BOTTOM  STEP 

7  inches  wide,  23-inch  top,  284-inch  bottom,  per  dozen .$1800 

8  inches  wide,  23-inch  top,  2gHnch  bottom,  per  dozen 20  oo 

TOP  STEP 

12  x  24  inches,  per  dozen $24  oc 

These  mats  are  guaranteed  to  outwear  any  others.     New  designs  with 
Metal  Insertions  furnished  upon  application. 

MANUFACTURED  EXCLUSIVELY  BY 

THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING   CO. 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER   MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


PEERLESS   RUBBER 


II  IN 


In  the  line  of  matting  our  Peerless  Patent  Combination  Mat- 
ting excels  all  other  makes,  both  in  the  unique  designs  and  the 
quality  of  material  used.  We  append  a  table  showing  estimated 
weights  of  same. 


_3_ 

inch,  30  inches  wide, 

yard  long       .         weighs    6 

Ibs 

A 

"      35 

"              "        7 

A 

"      36            " 

« 

A 

"40            " 

"           "        8 

« 

"      30 

l( 

4 

"      35             " 
"      36 

'  "        84 
"            "         9 

" 

4 
-rr 

"      40 
inch  thick  

"           "       10 
weighs  14^  Ibs.  per  square 

yard 

.   .   .       .   .       .    .        "       19      " 

^ 

« 

.   .    .   .   "      24      " 

u 

u 

.    .        "       284     "                " 

TT 

f, 

"       33       " 

* 

« 

"       38       " 

Price,  per  lb.,  40  cents 


THE   PEERLESS  RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


COMBINATION    MATTING 

Pattern  No.  8  —  Sections  5  inches  square 


Price,  per  lb.,  40  cents 


TT 
/s/ 

HI* 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER  MANUFACTURING  COMPAQ 


EERLESS  KNOB  STEP 


THE  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Santa  Barbara 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST 
STAMPED  BELOW. 

DATE 

j£ 

^>-c^ 

~—  t 

MAY  1 9  1993 


RECEIVED 

MAY  0  4  1993 
EMS  LIBRARY 


'idth  up  to 


.     $12   00 


THE   PEERLESS   RUBBER 


iH>        CLIPSE 

'NROW    GASKET 


16  WARF04  ST,N.Y. 


n 


